Cornell Mniversity Library

THE GIFT OF

eS ard Weelogical § ane

Ac t4qut . We

‘ornell University Library

Contributions to Canadian palzeontology

Cornell University

Library

The original of this book is in the Cornell University Library.

There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text.

http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924003872409

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA GEORGE M. DAWSON, C.M.G., LL.D., F.R.S., Dimucror

CONTRIBUTIONS

TO

CANADIAN PALA-ONTOLOGY

VOLUME IL.

BY

J. F. WHITEAVES, F.GS,, FRSC, &e.,

PALEONTOLOGIST AND ZOOLOGIST TO THE SURVEY

OTTAWA PRINTED BY S. E. DAWSON, PRINTER TO THE QUEEN’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 1885-98

No. 660

Each of the sheets of previous parts of this volume bears, at its foot, the imprint of a date at which an edition of 100 advance copies, without plates, was distributed to paleontologists and scientific publications.

Part I, complete, consisting of pages 1-90, with plates 1-11, (in each case, both inclusive) was published in 1885; Part IT, of pages 91-196, with plates 12-26, in 1889; Part III, of pages 197-254, with plates 27-32, in 1891; and Part IV, of pages 255-360, with plates 33-47, in 1892.

The Part now submitted (Part V) which concludes the volume and consists of pages 361-436, with plates 48-50 and five woodcuts, will bear date herewith.

GEORGE M. DAWSON.

GroLocicaL Survey DEPARTMENT, Orrawa, November, 1898.

‘GEOLOGICAL AND NATURAL HISTORY SURVEY OF CANADA.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

VOLUME I. BY J. F. WIHITEAVES.

1, Report on the Invertebrata of the Laramie and Cretaceous rocks of the vicinity of the Bow and Belly Rivers and adjacent localities in the North-West Territory,

The present paper is intended primarily as a paleontological supple- ment or appendix to Dr. G. M. Dawson’s “Report on the Region in the Vicinity of the Bow and Belly Rivers,” published in 1585 in the “Report of Progress” of the Survey for 1882-83-84. It is mainly based upon collections made by Dr. Dawson and Messrs. R. G. MeCon- nell, J. B. Tyrrell and T. C, Weston in the years 1881-84, but in order to make it as complete a presentation as possible of the present state of our knowledge of the invertebrate fauna of the Laramie and Cretace- ous rocks of the Canadian North-West, it contains also a revision of the species from these formations obtained by Dr. Dawson in 1874 in his capacity of Geologist to H. M. North American Boundary Com- mission, and identifications of a few Cretaceous fossils collected by Prof. Macoun in 1879.

Dr. Dawson’s Report, in the volume referred to, contains several short lists of fossils, but these as there stated “are to be regarded as provisional only,” and may be considered as superseded by the present paper.

The species are enumerated or described, as the case may be, in a stratigraphical and descending order corresponding as nearly as possible to the grouping and nomenclature in Dr. Dawson’s Report. The only exceptions to this mode of arrangement occur in the case of .a few of the specimens from the Laramie basin north of the typical region near the Belly River. In this northern part of the basin it has so far been impossible to correlate the sub-divisions of the Laramie with those of the Belly River and vicinity.

The writer desires to acknowledge his obligations to Dr. C. A. White, of the Smithsonian Institute, Washington, for a direct compari- son of a number of Canadian specimens with the types of several of his own and of Mr. Meek’s species in the museum of that institution, and for various and valuable critical suggestions.

June, 1885. 1

2 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL-EONTOLOGY.

A. FROM THE WESTERN LARAMIE. (1.) From tag Porcupine Hin SERIES.

No fossils have yet been obtained from the Porcupine Hill Series proper, though it is probable that a systematic search would result in the discovery of fossiliferous beds. In the sandstones and shales of Shaganappie Point, two miles west of Calgary, however, Sir William Dawson collected a few remains of the shells of fresh water mollusca in 1883. The deposits at this place are on the horizon of those of the Porcupine Hill Series of the southern part of the district, though for reasons which will be stated more at length in connection with the St. Mary R. Series, the definition of the sub-divisions of the Laramie has not been attempted on the northern part of the map which accom- panies Dr. Dawson’s report. The genera or species indicated at this locality appear to be somewhat us follows, so far as they can be ascer- tained :—Three cetached valves of a Spheerium or Leptesthes, the largest of which may be conspecific with the Spheriwm recticardinale of Meek & Hayden, but the characters of the interior ofall three are unknown: fragments of a Physa, probably of that form of P. Copei, White, which will be described and figured in the present paper as the variety Canadensis ; casts of the interior of the shell of a Goniobasis (2) ; Viviparus Leai, Meck & Hayden; anda single specimen of a shell which is either an unusually large form of a new species of Valvata which willbe found described a little farther on under the name of Vy filosa, or a species of Patula.

(2.) From tae WILLow Creek SErRIEs.

Tn the clays, sandstones and indurated sands of this sub-division of the Western Laramie, fossils appear to be scarce and are usually not well preserved. The only localities at which any were collected are on the Upper Belly River seven miles above the mouth of the Old Man River, and on the Upper Belly River near Slide Out, by Mr. R. G. McConnell in 1881. The species from the locality first mentioned are—an apparently new species of Unio; fragments of a small bivalve perhaps referable to the genus Spharium; crushed examples of a new species of Patula, which will be described a little farther on, under the name P. obtusata, from much better specimens collected from the “ St. Mary River Series” on the Old Man River ; and a few badly preserved casts of a Goniobasis, which is probably only a variety of the G. tenui- carinata of Meck and Hayden. On the Upper Belly River near Slide

WHITEAVES. ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 3

Out the only fossils collected are a few casts of a Unio which are not sufficiently perfect to be identified. A few fragments of Unios and other fresh water shells were noticed at some other localities, but no specimens were collected.

The supposed new species of Unio from near the mouth of the Old Man River may be described as follows :

Unio Auperrensis. (N. Sp.)

Plate 1, fig. 1.

Shell very inequilateral, strongly compressed at the sides and thickest near the mid-length, so that the outline of the closed valves as seen from above is regularly lanceolate: lateral outline transversely subelliptical : length about twice the maximum height: height almost exactly twice the greatest thickness. Anterior and posterior extre- mities both rounded at the margin, and of nearly equal breadth : an- terior side very short: posterior side considerably elonyated, about three times as long as the anterior: ventral margin and superior bor- der almost straight and nearly parallel for the greater part of their length,—the former rounding upwards obliquely and rather abruptly, and the latter sloping downwards in an equally abrupt and obliquely convex curve, at each end. Beaks very small and inconspicuous, placed about half way between the centre and the anterior termination of the valves.

Surface concentrically striated: test rather thin: characters of the interior unknown.

Length, seventy millimetres: maximum height, thirty-six mm.,: greatest thickness, eighteen mm.

Upper Belly River, Alberta, N. W. T., seven miles above the mouth of the Old Man River, R. G. McConnell, 1881: one nearly perfect specimen with the test preserved on both valves and entirely free from the matrix,

(3.) From tHe St, Mary Rrver SERIES AND LOWER PORTION OF THE LARAMIE GENERALLY.

In the southern portion of the district included in the geologically- coloured map of the region in the vicinity of the Bow and Belly Rivers, the Laramie, on lithological grounds, is clearly separable into three subdivisions, as described in Dr. G. M. Dawson’s report already referred

4 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL-EONTOLOGY.

to, In the district embraced by the northern part of the map it has been found difficult to carry out a similar lithological subdivision of the formation, and no attempt has heen made to indicate such subdivisions on the map. Still further northward, in the district from which the greater number of the fossils collected by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell were obtained, it becomes quite impossible to distinguish tbe three subdi- visions above referred to. The mollusca from this ¢istrict, however, are for the most part from the lower portion of the Laranie, and con- sequently from a horizon nearly or quite equivalent to that occupied in the typical region by the St. Mary River Series. In the present paper, under the heading A. of the “ Western Laramie’ und in section 3, the spevies collected from the St. Mary River Series proper will be separately designated as such. The remainder are from the lower por- tion of the Laramie in its northern extension, with the exception of six species from the same northern region, which occupy positions so far up in the Laramie that the els in which they occur may possibly represent the Willow Creek or Porcupine Hill Series. These again will be specially designated, though they ure included in the present section for convenience of desvription. With the exception of these last-mentioned species. the mollusca here described or enumerated in section 3 of subdivision A may be considered as representing the fauna of the lower part of the Laramie of the region.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

ANOMIA PERSTRIVOSA. (N, Sp.)

Plate 1, fiz. 2.

Upper valve (assuming that the shell is an Anomia) moderately con- vex, irregular in outline, and varying from subcircular to obliquely subovate, sometimes slightly arcuate and curved to the left. Beaks marginal, small, but in some specimens rather prominent.

Surface marked by radiating raised lines, a few of which, at distant but irregular intervals, are conspicuously broader and more prominent than the rest. Under an ordinary simple lens, these radiating lines are seen to be subnodulous, in consequence of their passing over the faint concentric lines of growth. Under valve and characters of the interior of the upper unknown.

Upper Belly River, twenty-three miles above the mouth of the Water-

1 ai : . . ton, R. G. McConnell, 1881; St. Mary River Series: three specimens.

WHITEAVES. | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA, 5

The muscular impressions and hinge dentition of this shell Jing unknown, it is. of course, not quite certain whether it is an Anoma or not. Dr. C. A. White, who has seen the specimens, thinks it ix a Placunanomia, of the subgenus JWonia, Gray,

OsTREA GLABRA, Meek and Hayden.

Ostrea glabra, Meek & Hayden. 1857. Proce. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil, vol. IXN., p. 146.

Ostrer Wyomingeusis, Meek. 1873. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr. for 1872, p. 508. Illustrated by Dr. C. A. White on pl. 20 of Contr. to Pal. (U.8. Geol. Surv., 1880), Nos. 2 to 8.

Ostrea arevatilis, Meek. 1873. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr. for 1872, p. 477.

Ostrea glabru, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., Rep. Inv. Cret. and Tert. Foss. U. Miss. Cy., p. 509, pl. 40, figs. 2, a,b, ¢, d.

Ostron insecuris, White. 1876. Powell’s Rep. Geol. Uinta Mts., p.112. Illustrated on pl. 21 of Dr. C. A. White’s Contr. to Pal., Nos. 2 to 8

Ostrea glabra, White. (as of M. & H.) 1880. U.S. Geol. Sury., Contr. to Pal., Nos, 2 to 8, p. 56.

Ostrea glubra, White. (as of M. & H.) 1883. Rey. Non-Marine Foss. Moll. N. Am., pls. 9,10, 11 and 12.

Bow River, mouth of East Arrow-wood Creek, G. M. Dawson, 1881: Upper Belly River, twenty-two and twenty-three miles above the mouth of the Waterton, R. G. McConnell, 1881; St. Mary River Series. High River five miles above the forks, R. G. McConnell, 1882: Forks of Devil’s Pine and Three Hills Creeks, also Red Deer River, near 8th correction line, J. B. Tyrrell, 1884. Oyster Creek, N. W. branch of the north fork of the Old Man River, G. M. Dawson, 1884. This last locality is in a nearly isolated basin in the mountains, and the horizon is not certainly that of the St. Mary River Series.

Most of the specimens from these localities belong to the variety Wyomingensis.

A single valve of an oyster collected by Prof. Macoun from a layer of limestone in the Hand Hills, in Township 28, Range 17, west of the 4th Meridian, may also be referable to this variable species.

OSTREA SUBTRIGONALIS, Evans and Shumard.

Ostrea subtrigonalis, Meek. (as of E. & 8.) 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol, IX., Rep. Inv. Cret. & Tert. Foss, U. Miss. Cy., p. 510. pl. 40, figs. a, b, ¢, d. © “ White. 1883. Rev. Non-marine Foss. Moll. \. Am., pl. 12, figs. 2-5.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL-EONTOLOGY.

fon}

Rye-Grass flat, Old Man River, G. M. Dawson, 1881, and T. C. Weston, 1883, not uncommon ; in basal beds of St. Mary River Series. Upper Belly River, twenty-two miles above the mouth of the Waterton, R. G. McConnell, 1881; St. Mary River Series: one valve.

Perhaps a variety of the preceding species, as suggested by Dr. C. A. White.

Unio Dan, Meek and Hayden.

Unio Dani, Meek and Hayden. 1857. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se., Phil. vol. IX, p. 145. ‘ “Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. UX., Rep. Inv. Cret. and Tert. Foss. U. Miss. Cy., p. 517, pl. 41, figs. 13, a, b, ¢.

Bow River, mouth of East Arrow-wood Creek (base of section), also Bow River, four and eight miles west of Blackfoot Crossing, G. M. Dawson, 1881; St. Mary River Series.

Belly River, west of crossing of MacLeod-Benton Trail, and Little Bow River, five miles below crossing of Blackfoot Trail, R. G. Me- Connell, 1881; St. Mary River Series.

Pincher Creek, T. C. Weston, 1883; St. Mary River Series. Knee Hills Creek, Township 29, Range 22, west of 4th Principal Meridian, J. B. Tyrrell, 1884.

In a conversation with the writer, Dr. C. A. White expressed the opinion that the Unio Danw, U. subspatulatus and T, Deweyanus of Meek & Hayden are all varietal forms of one species, and it is upon this hypothesis that the fossils from the above mentioned localities are all referred to (7 Dane. Some of these specimens from the Canadian North-west are fairly typical representatives of the U. Dane; some again we more like (7. subspatulatus, while others possess characters apparently intermediate between these two varieties or nominal species,

Unto sENnEcTUs, White.

Unio senectus, White. 1877. Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. JIL, p. 600.

a . a 1880. U.S. Geol. Surv., Contr. to Pal. Nog, 2-8 28, figs. la, b,c. : i = AOR. oot POU, PL

se White. 1883. Rev. Non-Marine Foss. Moll. N. Am., p. 26, pl 19 figs. 1, 2. ‘

Bow River, two miles below the mouth of Jumping Pound River Bs _ a owes maa ss Ht ; ; (1, M. Dawson, 1881: three imperfect but characteristic casts, two of

WWHITEAVES. ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. ve

which have been sent to the author of the species, who confirms the correctness of their identification.

CoRBICULA CYTHERIFORMIS, Meek & Hayden.

Cyrena (Corbicula ?) cytheriformis, Meek & Hayden. 1860. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., vol. NII., p. 176.

Corbicula cytheriformis, M. & H. Ib., p. 432.

‘Corbiendu cytheriformis, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX, &e., p- 520, pl. 40. figs. 5 a, b, ¢, d, e.

White. 1880. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., Contr. to Pal., Nos. 2-8, p. 74, pl. 21, figs. 4a, b,c, d.

- ‘ White. 1883. Rev. Non-Marine Foss. Moll. N. Am., p.31.

pl. 22, figs. 1-6.

“ “

Rye-Grass flat, Old Man River, G. M. Dawson, 1881 and T. C, ‘Weston, 1883. From the basal beds of the St. Mary R. Series.

CORBICULA OCCIDENTALIS, Meek & Hayden. Plate 1, fiys. 3 & 3a.

Cyrona occidentalis, Meek & Hayden. 1856. Prov. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil, vol. VIII. p. 116.

Corlicula occidentalis, Meek. 1869. Ib., vol. NII, p. 432.

Corbicula (Veloritina), Bainisteri, Meek. 1873. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr. for 1872, p. 513.

Corbienta occidentalis, Meek & Hayden. G.M.Dawson. 1875. Rep. Geol. & Res. of Rex. in Vic. of 49th. Par., p. 138.

Corbicula occidentalis, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX, p. 521, pl. 40, figs. 6a, b, e-

Corbicula oceidintalis, White. (as of M. & H.) 1880. U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr. Contr. to Pal., Nos. 2-S, p. 75, pl. 21, figs. 3a, b, c.

Corbicula occidentalis, White. (as of M. & H.) 1883. Rev. Non-Marine, Foss. Moll. N. Am.,, p. 31, pl. 17, figs. 6,7 & pl. 23 figs. 1-6.

St. Mary River, two miles north of the 49th Parallel,—and four miles west of the St. Mary River; G. M. Dawson, 1874, H. M. North American Boundary Commission; St. Mary R. Serics.

Bow River, mouth of East Arrow-wood Creck, (top of section) G. M. Dawson, 1881; Rye-Grass flat, Old Man River, GM. Duwson, 1881 and T. C. Weston, 1883, very abundant. All St. Mary R. Series.

Upper Belly River, twenty-two and twenty-three miles above the mouth of the Waterton, R. G. McConnell, 1881; at both places probably -from the St. Mary R. Series, but in a disturbed region.

5 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

Oyster Creek, N. W. branch of the north fork of the Old Man River : G.M. Dawson, 1884, See note to same place under Ostrea glabra. Red Deer River, near the 8th correction line,—and forks of the Devil's Pine and Three Hills Creeks; J. B. Tyrrell, 1884.

The specimens from these localities, which are somewhat variable in shape, appear to be nearly intermediate in their characters between C. occidentalis and C, eytheriformis, and it is doubtful to which of these species they should be referred. According to Meek. the shell of @, occidentalis is “ subtrigonal in form, with height and length about equal,” whereas that of C. cytheriformis is said to be “transversely ovate sub- trigonal, or varying to sub-circular, hut always a little longer than high.” In the Canadian specimens, some of which are very perfect and mea- sure fully one inch and three quarters in their two lateral diameters, the outline is distinctly subtrigonal and the height and length are either equal or else the height slightly exceeds the length. Ax com- pared also with the published figures of the two species, the specimens from the Canadian North-West are much more like those of C. occiden- talis than those of C. cytheriformis.

CoRBICCLA OBLIQUA. (N. Sp.)

Plate 1, figs. 4, a and 4b.

Shell compressed convex, the thickness through the closed valves being about one-third less than the maximum height inclusive of the beaks : obliquely sub-ovate, usually a little longer than high and very ineyuilateral. Anterior side extremely short, its margin either slightly concave or vertically truncated under the beaks above, and rounding abruptly or declining rapidly and convexly into the ventral margin heluw-> posterior side moderately clongated, obtusely pointed at the base, its upper margin forming one continuous, obliquely convex curve which extends from the beaks to the base; ventral margin »emi- ovate, Beaks small, anterior and nearly or quite terminal, almost erect, their extreme apices only being curved inwards, forwards and a little downwards.

Surface concentrically striated: characters of the interior unknown.

Length of the most perfect specimen collected. twenty-six milli- metres: maximum height of the same, twenty-two mm. : thickness through the closed valves, fifteen mm,

Rye-Grass flat, Ol Man River, (one pertect specimen, with the test preserved on both valves) and Bow River, eight miles west of Blackfoot Crossing, (a well preserved cast of a left valve), G. M.

WHITEAVES | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. o

Dawson, 1881. Upper Belly River, twenty-two miles above the mouth of the Waterton, (two lett valves), and Little Bow River, opposite the mouth of Snake Valley, (one right valve with the test preserved), R.G, McConnell, 1881. All from the St. Mary R. Series.

The lateral compression of the valves and their extreme obliquity, coupled with the small size and nearly terminal position of the beaks, seem to afford a realy means of distinguishing this shell from the Corbicula vecidentalis of Meek and Hayden.

SPHLERIUM RECTICARDINALE, Meek and Hayden.

Sphariim reeticardinale, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., Phil. vol. VIII, p. 176.

Sphicium reeticardinale, Meek. 1876. Rep. U. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX, p. 527. pl., 43, figs. 3, a, b.

Old Man River, two miles above Rye-Grass fiat, G. M. Dawson, 1881. St. Mary River Series: one nearly perfect specimen and seven single valves,

(CORBULA PERUNDATA, Meek and Hayden.

Corlula purunduta, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc, Phil. vol- VIII, p. 116.

Corbuly perundata, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Sury. Terr., vol. IX., p. 530, pl. 40, figs. 4, a, b,c, d.

South or First Branch of the Milk River, N. W. T., G. M. Dawson, 1sv4, H. M. American Boundary Commission: a few single valves from a loose piece of concretionary limestone.* According to Dr. C. A. White, (. perundata 1s only a variety of C. subtrigonalis, M. and H.)

CoRBULA PERANGULATA. (N. Sp.) Plate 1, figs. 5, 5 a and 5 b, and plate 2, fig. 1.

Shell compressed laterally, moderately convex, thickest a little in front of the middle and narrowing revularly as well as gradually to the posterior end but very abruptly sv to the anterior, so that the outline of the closed valves as seen from above is ovutely lanceolate,

* These are the specimens referred to on page 37 Candin a foot note to page 126 C of Dr- Dawson’s Report on the Bow and Belly River country published in 188

10 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

Anterior side very short, obliquely and convexly subtruncated at its extremity above and in the middle, but obtusely sub-angular below at its junction with the ventral margin: posterior side elongated and pro- duced into a long and narrow pointed beak, which is either straight or curved slightly upwards and whose upper margin is strongly angulated. Ventral margin semi-ovate, very moderately convex, curving up- wards somewhat more rapidly at the anterior than at the posterior end, but very gently at both, the posterior half being often nearly straight or even faintly concave: superior border descending abruptly and obliquely in front of the beaks and confluent with the margin of the anterior end in one unbroken line which descends obliquely from the beaks to the base,—descending gradually behind the beaks in either a straight line or with a shallowly concave curve to the upper termina- tion of the posterior side: beaks obliquely flattened on all sides, placed in advance of the middle, that of the right valve curved inwards and downwards. that of the left erect but somewhat incurved and with a slight forward inclination. Posterior area large and very distinctly defined, flattened at a right angle to the valves and in some cases shallowly excavated, broadly lanceolate in outline as viewed from above, and bordered by the strong keel which also forms the upper margin of the beaked posterior extremity of each valve.

Surface marked with a few coarse and rather distant but irregularly disposed lines of growth, with much finer and close set concentric strike between them. Test rather thick: hinge teeth as in Corbula proper, muscular impressions unknown.

Dimension» of a full sized and perfect specimen: length, forty millimetres: maximum height, twenty-five millimetres: thickness through the closed valves, nineteen millimetres. The maximum thickness of another specimen of the same length and height is only sixteen millimetres.

In young individuals the anterior end of the shell is regularly rounded, and the posterior area is not so much flattened down as it is in the young shell. The beaked posterior side is usually pointed at its extremity, but in some specimens there is a distinct truncation at its extreme tip.

Rye-Grass flat, Old Man River, G, M. Dawson, 1881 and T.C, Weston, 1883. extremely abundant. Upper Belly River, twenty-three miles above the mouth of the Waterton, and Scabby Butte, seven miles north of the confluence of the Belly and Ol Man Rivers: R. G MeCounell, 1881. All from the St. Mary R. Series,

A very distinct species, apparently belonging to the same scetion of the genus us the Corbula pyriformis of Move, Specimens of the latter

shell from the Bear River Laramie of S. W. Wyoming. kindly for-

WHITEAVES. | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 11

warded by vr.C, A. White for comparison, are distinctly pyriform in outline as viewed from above, the closed valves being very ventricose anteriorly,—the beaks of both valves are gibbous and curved strongly inwards, while the posterior area, though tolerably well defined is small and narrow. In (C. perangulata, on the other hand, the outline as viewed from above is ovately lanceolate, both beaks are obliquely fiat- tened and the posterior area is large and broad. The external aspect of C. pyriform’s. as Mr. Meek has pointed out, is like that of a Nera, whereas the outside of the present species has more the look of a Deda.

Dr. Dawson states that the beds characterized by 2 great abund- ance of this species, together with Ostrea glabra. var. Wyomingensis and Corbicula occidentalis (or C. cytheriformis) occur at the very base of the Laramie, and that these deposits may even be regarded as forming a passage between that formation and the summit of the marine Cre- taceous. These beds are most characteristically developed in parts of the south western portion of the district embraced by the geological map before referred to, where they frequently occur in the disturbed strata of the foot-hill region. They have been recognized as far north as a few miles west of Blackfoot Crossing on the Bow River.

PANop.EA SIMULATRIX. (N.S).) Plate 2, figs. 2 and 2a.

Shell slightly inequivalve, the umbo of the right valve being a little larger and more tumid than that of the left: valves compressed at the sides, thickest on the anterior umbonal slopes and narrowing very gradually to the posterior end but more rapidly to the anterior: pos- terior termination gaping : lateral outline elliptic ovate, the length being fully twice the maximum height inclusive of the beaks, and the pos- terior side a little longer, narrower and more pointed than the anterior. Umbones broad, obtuse and depressed: beaks small, subcentral but placed a little in advance of the middle, that of the right valve curved inwards and downwards with a slight inclination forwards, that of the left valve curved inwards and a little forwards but uot downwards : ligament apparently short and external.

Surface concentrically striated: inner layer of the test nut nacreous: hinge teeth and muscular impressions unknown,

Length of the most perfect example collected, (the one figured) fifty-two millimetres: greatest height of the sume, twenty-five mm. : thickness of the same, sixteen and a half.

The specimen from which the above description was made and which

12 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.EONTOLOGY.

is therefore intended as the type of’ the species, was collected by AL, J.B. Tyrrell in 1884 from the south bank of Knee Hills Creek, in Township 29, Range 22, west of the 4th Meridian.

Ten imperfect and badly preserved casts of shells which are probably referable to this species, were collected by Dr. G. M. Dawson in 1851, five at Rye-Grass flat on the Old Man River, and five at the mouth of East Arrow-wood Creek, on the Bow River; all from the St. Mary River Series. Mr. R. G. McConnell collected a similar cast on the Belly River, twenty-three miles above the mouth of the Waterton, in 1881, Some of the specimens collected by Dr. Dawson and Mr. MeConnell, are broader infront and shorter than the type, and in others the beaks are placed much further forwards.

In referring these shells to the genus Panopea rather than to dAno- donta ov Unio the writer has been influenced by the following considera- tions: first, that the valves gape et the posterior end; sccondly, that they are slightly inequivalve, and lastly, that the inner layer of the test ix not nacreous. The specific name is suggested hy the close resemblance that the most perfect specimen presents to a narrow form of Mya arenaria,

?

Panopea curta. (N. Sp.) Plate 2, fig. 5.

Shell compressed laterally, about one-tourth longer than high, and nearly equilateral; posterior end gaping. Anterior side broad and about as leony as the posterior, narrowing obliquely and conyvexly both above and below, and obtusely subangular or somewhat pointed * little below the middle; posterior side also broad, truncated almost vertically at its extremity in the right valve, but somewhat more rounded in the left. Ventral margin broadly and regularly rounded, most prominent in the middle: superior border descending rapidly and obliquely in front of the beaks, at first nearly straight and hori- zontal behind them, but ultimately forming an abruptly rounded Junction with the outer margin of the posterior end above; beak of the right valve very nearly central, broad and moderately pro- minent, incurved, with a slight inclination forward; Leak of the lett valve a little sinaller and more depressed.

Surface marked with rather course and irregularly disposed concen- tric strie or lines of growth. Hinge teeth and muscular impressions unknown,

Length of the most perfect specimen known, forty-eight millimetres ;

WHITEAVES. | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA, 13

maximum height of the same, thirty seven: exact thichkress not ascer- tainable,

Fork» of Devil's Pine and Three Hills Creeks. J. B. Tyrrell, 1884: two specimens.

Perhaps only a broad and short variety of the preceding species, From the same locality Mr. Tyrrell collected seven specimens of a shell which may possibly represent a form intermediate between this and P. simulatrix, lut they are so imperfect and bully preserved that it is impossible to state to what eenus they should be referred,

GASTEROPODA.

Liws-£a TENTICosTATA, Meek and Hayden,

Linnea tenvicostata, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil, p. 119.

Dimnua (Aeta) tenuicostata, M. and H. 1800. Ib., p. 431.

Linnaa (Phirolinneu) tnicostata, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 554, pl. 44, fizs. 13, a, b,c.

Mouth of the Blind Man River, Township 39, Range 27. west of 4th Principal Meridian; J. B. Tyrrell, 18s4; several characteristic but not very perfect specimens.

Mr. Tyrrell states that the fossils from this locality are from beds which are probably higher in the Laramie than those from which most of the other species here described under the heading A 3 were collected, but the precise relationship of these beds with the subdivisions adopted in the more southerly portion of the district has not yet been determined.

ACELLA. (Species undeterminable.)

A few fragments of an Acclla were collected by Dr.G. M. Dawson in 1874 and 1881 from the North or Second Branch of the Milk River, in the St. Mary R. Series.

Dr. C. A. White, to whom these specimens were sent, regards them as distinct from his A. Haldeman, but they are too imperfect to admit of an accurate description of their characters.

June, 1885.

14 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL-EONTOLOGY. Parsi Corer, White. Plate 2, figs. + and da.

Physa Copei, White, 1877. Bul. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IIL, p. 602. isso. U.&. Geol. Surv. Terr., Contr. to Pal., Nos. 2-8, p. 85,

pl. 24, figs. 4a and b. i " 1883. Rev. Non-Marine Foss. Moll, N. Am., pp. 43, 44, pl.

25, figs. 1 and 2.

Bow River, eight miles west of Blackfoot Crossing ; Gooseberry Cation, St. Mary River, and St. Mary River, three miles north of the 49th Parallel, G. M. Dawson, 1881. Pincher Creek, crossing of Mill Creek and Fort MacLeod Trail, G. M. Dawson and R. G. McConnell, 1881, and T. C. Weston, 1883. All from the St. Mary R. series.

High River, one mile below the Forks, R. G. McConnell, 1882,

Mouth of Blind Man River, J. B. Tyrrell, S84; from the same geo- logical horizon and from the same beds as Lannea tenuicostata.

A few specimens of a large Physa were collected at the above- mentioned localities, which xcem to correspond very well with Dr. White's descriptions and figures of P. Cope, especially in the character “spire short, less than one-third the entire length,’ and in the fact that the © diameter of’ the hody volution is almost equal to one half the entire length of the shell. The number of volutious in P. Cope: is indeed stuted to be about four, but Dr. White's figures show that the apex as well as the outer lip of the type of that species are very imperfect. In unbroken Canadian specimens of the shell now under consideration the number of volutions is six or seven, but the three apical whorls are exceedingly slender and fragile, and consequently may have been broken off in Dr. White’s specimens, as they most frequently are in those from the Bow and Belly River district. Seven of the most per- fect specimens from Pincher Creek and one example from Gooseberry Cajion were sent to Dr. White for examination, who reports upon them as follows, in a letter to the writer: “These all seem to belong to P. Coit. I think that if they had reached the size of my type speci- mens the last whorl would have been proportionately larger than your specimens present,”

Puysa Cops, var. CANADENSIS. (Var. Nov.) Plate 2, figs. 5,5 band 5 a,

Shell large, attaining to a length of fully two inches, narrowly sub- ovate or ovately subfusiform in outline: length rather more than twice

wriTeaves. | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA, 15

the maximum breadth: outer whorl, as measured close to the aperture, a little longer than the spire. Volutions six or seven. the first three or four slender and increasing slowly in size. the two next, especially the last but one, increasing rapidly both in length and breadth, each being obliquely and very gently convex: suture well defined but not very deeply impressed: outer whorl moderately convex, about one-third longer than broad, and broadest a little above the middle. Aperture rather more than one half the entire length of the shell, a little more than twice as long as wide, narrowly subovate or semiovate, contracted and acutely angular above, broader and usually more rounded but in some specimens bluntly pointed below: outer lip thin and simple: columella bearing a narrow, prominent and oblique fold near its base, the fold in some specimens being bordered below with a rather deep groove: columellar callus broad and closely adherent, except at its extreme base, where it is slightly separated from the main body of the shell in such a way as to form a minute and narrow kind of umbilical chink or perforation.

Surface nearly smooth, marked only with the faint and somewhat distant lines of growth common to most species of this genus.

Length of a large and nearly pertect specimen, fifty-three milli- metres: maximum breadth of the same, twenty-two mm.: length of body whorl, as measured close to the outer lip, thirty mm, In a slightly smaller specimen which shows the characters of the aperture better, the length of the aperture is twenty-five mm. and its maximum width only ten.

Pincher Creek, cro-sing of Mill Creek and Fort MacLeod Trail, very abundant, G. M. Dawson and R. G. McConnell, 1881, and T, C. Weston, 1883. Goo-eberry Cation, St. Mary River, frequent, GM. Dawson, 1881: Second or North Branch of the Milk River, G. M. Dawson, 1831. All from the St. Mary R. Series.

During the past four years upwards of two hundred specimens of one or more species of Physa, whose relations to forms already described are extremely puzzling, have been collected by officers of the Survey in the Laramie Formation of the Canadian Northwest. Out of these specimens it is possible to select a few which have a large and long body whorl, and a very short acutely acuminate spire, and these cannot at present be distinguished from the Physa Copeé of White.

By far the larger number, however, whose characters are more min- utely described above, have a much longer spire, though it apparently never quite equals the outer whorl in length. Such specimens =cem to be very nearly related to the Bulinus disjunctus of White, and have been doubtfully referred to that species in Dr. Dawson's report, though in B. disjunctus the length of the spire is said to be “a little more than

16 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.EONTOLOGY.

half that of the whole shell.” Thirty of the best specimens of this peculiar form, from Pincher Creek and (rooseberry Canon, have heen examined by Dr. White, who writes that he ‘ cannot satisfactorily identify them with B. disjunetus nor with any other published species.”

Still, the-e comparatively long-spired forms, and those with a short spire which have already been identified with P. Copei ave connected by so many intermediate gradations that the writer is convinced that they cannot be separated specifically, and that the former can only he rewarded as a well-marked but not very constant variety of the latter. The whole of the Physas that have so far been collected from the Canadian Laramie uppear to the writer to belong to one variable species. If the identification of any of them with P. Copei be correct, the whole must be considered as varietics of that species, and if incorrect the whole of the specimens here described and flgurel may be By whatever name they may be

designated simply as P. Canadensis.

called, their extreme variability suggests the idea that Bulinus disjune- tus and B. atacus of White may also prove to be varietal forms of P. Coper.

A unusually narrow form of the variety Canadensis occurs at Pincher Creek, in which the whorls are so much flattened laterally that the maximum breadth of the shell is considerably less than half its entire length. Such specimens as these, one of which is represented hy figure da of Plate 2. approach very nearly in shape to B. atarus, and it is worthy of note that at Pincher Creek they occur associated with undoubted examples of Ttviparus prudentius, White, as B. atavus does in the valley of Crow Creek in Northern Colorado.

Judging by the figure in Pictet’s “ Traite de Paléontologic,” and by that in Zittel’s “Handbuch der Paleontologie,” P. Cope’, var Canadensis seems to be rather nearly related to the Physa nobilis of Michaud, from the French Lower Eocene, but the original description and figures of that species are unfortunately not accessible to the present writer,

Dr. Paul Fischer* restricts the use of the name Bulinus, Adanson, to a group of shells with very convex whorls and an obtuse apex, and re- moves that genus from the family Physide on account of its different odontophore, It is in accordance with this view and in spite of its close resemblance to B. disjunctus that the present shell is regarded as a Physa rather than «a Bulinus,

* Manuel de Conchyliologie. Vol. I. p. 509. Paris, 1881,

,

WHITEAVES. ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA, 17 ACROLOXUS RADIATULUS. (N. S).)

Plate 3, fivs. 1 & la.

Shell depressed conical, very slightly elevated, the height being about one-fourth the maximum breadth. apex eccentric, inclined dis- tinctly to the left and placed about half way between the centre and the posterior end: base. or margin of aperture, ovate in outline, not quite one-third longer than broad, rounded in front and somewhat pointed behind.

Surface markel by minute concentric lines of growth. which are crossed by numerous, closely dispose l and almost equally minute radiating raised lines, both of which are too small to be seen without the use of a lens.

Length of the only specimen collected, five millimetres and a half: maximum breadth, four mm.: approximate height, from apex to base, about one mm.

Mouth of Blind Man River, Township 39. Range 27, west of 4th Principal Meridian, J. B. Tyrrell, 1584. From the same geological horizon and from the same beds as Limnwa tenuicostata.

AcRoLOXts MiNUTUS, Meek and Hayden.

Villetia minut, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proe, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil, p. 120.

Aneylus (Acrolorns, minutus, M. & EH. 1860. Ib., p. $82.

Acrolorus minutus, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX, p. 543 pl. 44, fig. 10. Illustrated also in Dr. White’s Rev. Non-Marine Foss. Moll. N. Am., pl. 24, fig. 27.

North or Second Branch of the Milk River, G. M. Dawson, 1874, H. M. North American Boundary Commission. Gooseberry Caton, St. Mary River, and Old Man River, two miles above Rye-Grass flat, G. M. Dawson, 1881. Pincher Creek, T. C. Weston, 1£83. One or two specimens from each locality. All from the St. Mary R. Series.

The identification of these little shells with the species named above is not altogether satisfactory, first, on account of the vagueness of Mr. Meck’'s definition of the characters of A. minutus, and secondly, because of his statement that the specimens from the upper Missouri country, decribed under that ‘name “may possibly belong to more than one species,” Some of them may perhaps be referable to A. radiatulus.

July, 1385. 2

18 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL ZONTOLOGY.

PATULA ANGULIFERA. CN. Sp.) Plate 2, figs. 6,6 a, and 6b.

Shell sublenticular, deeply umbilicated, periphery thin, angular and rather distinctly keeled : upper side very gently convex or very obtusely conical, nearly flat, the spire being raised only a little above the outer whorl. Volutions four, the first and second rounded above, the third and fourth flattened -omewhat obliquely; lower side rather more con- vex than the upper, narrowing obliquely and somewhat convexly to the: umbilical margin: umbilicus about one-third of the entire diameter of the base, deep, conical and obtusely subangular at its margin. Aper- ture trapezoidal, widest at a right angle to the axis of the shell, the columellar side being nearly parallel with the lower half of the outer lip, which latter is thin and simple.

Surface marked with minute and closely arranged striz, which cross the whorls transversely, and which are arched forwards on the upper surface,

Maximum breadth of the only specimen collected, sixteen millime- tres: height or depth of the same, as measured from the apex to the umbilical margin, eight mm.

Pincher Creek, T. C. Weston, 1883; St. Mary R. Series: a nearly perfect and tolerably well-preserved specimen.

This angulated and keeled shell seems to bear somewhat the same relations to the ordinary species with a rounded periphery that the recent Patula Cumberlandiana of Lea does to P. alternata.

PatcLa opresata. (N. Sp.) Plate 2, figs. 7,7a and 7b.

Shell depressed, subdiscoidal, very moderately convex both above and below, the height being less than one half the greatest breadth : spire obtuse, nearly flat and raised but little above the highest level of the outer whorl. Volutions four to five, rounded, slender, and rather closely embracing, so that the upper surfaces only of those of the spire are exposed to view, except perhaps in the umbilical cavity : suture distinct but not very deep: outer whorl narrowly rounded at the periphery, moderately convex and retreating obliquely to the umbilical margin below: umbilicus about one-third the diameter of the base, deep and with steep sides, but with a rounded margin, Aperture (as seen in the few specimens collected, which may not be adult shells) apparently

wuiteaves ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA, 19

almost circular but shallowly emarginate on the columellar side by the encroachment of part of the last whorl but one: outer lip thin and simple.

Surface marked with fine transverse striations.

Greatest breadth of the largest specimen collected, thirteen millime- tres: height of the same, five mm.; width of umbilicus of do., about four mm. and a half.

Old Man River, twelve miles below Fort MacLeod (two large specimens) and two miles above Rye-Grass flat, (five smaller ones) all collected by G. M. Dawson, in 1881, from the St. Mary R. Series. As alrealy remarked on page 2, two specimens of this species were collected by R. G. McConnell in 1881, from the “ Willow Creek Series ”’ on the Belly River, seven miles above the mouth of the Old Man R.

There are so many points of resemblance between this species and the next that it is perhaps doubtful whether the shells described above are correctly referred to the genus Patula. They may be immature indi- viduals of a new species of Anchistoma. In Dr. G. M. Dawson's report on the geology of the Bow and Belly River district, they are indicated under the name Selenites, ly the present writer, on account of their supposed resemblance to the recent Srlenites concavus, which is the Heliz concava of Say.

ANCHISTOMA PARVULUM. (N. Sp.) Plate 3, figs. 2, 2a & 2b.

Shell very small, subdiscoidal, nearly flat above and rather strongly convex below: volutions six, very slender, narrow and coiled on nearly the same plane, increasing very slowly in size and so closely embra- cing that the upper surfaces only of those of the spire are visible : first, second and third volutions about as much elevated as the outer whorl, the fourth and part of the fifth sunk to a slightly lower level: suture narrow, not very distinct: outer whorl flattened above and subangular at the periphery: umbilicus small but deep, about one-third or a little less than one-third of the entire basal diameter. Aperture exceedingly

narrow and contracted, its outer margin, as viewed laterally, produced above into a small and narrowly rounded lobe next to the suture, and

obliquely truncated below the middle, with an oblique constriction or narrow groove immediately behind the truncated portion. Characters of the interior of the aperture unknown.

Surface apparently almost smooth, but the surface markings are not well preserved,

20 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALBONTOLOGY.

Maximum breadth, four millimetres: height or depth, about two,

Old Man River, two miles above Rye-Grass flat, G. M. Dawson, 1881; St. Mary River Series.

The only specimen collected is a well preserved cast of the interior, with nearly all the test preserved except that which originally formed the outer margin of the aperture. In the cast this margin appears to be unbroken, but still it is possible that the specimen may not represent a fully adult shell. The species is referred to Klein’s genus Anchistoma in the sense in which Stoliezka and Fischer use the word, also on account of its apparent generic affinities with the three species of Anchistoma described by Stoliezka in the “Cretaceous (rastropoda of Southern India,” though it may be a small Polygyra. The upper portion of the aperture of the A. Arrialoorcnse of Stoliczka seems to be singularly like that of the present species.

THAUMASTUS LIMNZEIFORMIS, Meek and Hayden. Plate 3, fig. 3.

Bikinis limnwiformis, Meck and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. vol. TUL

Bulimus Nebrascensis, Meek and Hayden. Th.

Thaumastus Himnwiformis, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 553, pl. 44, fies. 8, a, b, ¢, d.

Rosebud River, Township 27, Range 25, west of 4th Principal Meri- dian, one perfect and exquisitely preserved specimen, also, Three Hills Creek, Township 30, Range 23, west of 4th Meridian, a few examples associated with Campeloma producta White; at both localities collected by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell in 1884.

The dimensions of the specimen from the Rosebud River, which is of average size, are as follows: length, twenty-four millimetres: maxi- mum breadth, nine mm.: length of last whorl, ay measured near the aperture, twelve mm.

Although the specimens collected by Mr. Tyrrell are nearly twice the size of Meek’s types and have a slightly more produced spire, they agree so Closely in every other respect with the description and figures of T. limneiformis that they are believed to be only a large local variety of that species.

WHITEAVES. | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 21

MeLantaA WYoMINGENS18, MEEK.

Helania (Gonivbusis ?) Wyomingensis Meek. 1873. Rep. U. & Geol. Surv. for 1872, p. 516.

Mlunia larunda, White, 1876. Powell’s Rep. Geol. Uinta Mts., p. 181.

Melania Wyomingensis, (Meek) White. 1880. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., Contr. to Pal. Nos. 2-8, p. 95, pl. 28, figs. 6a and b. Figured also on Pl. 26, figs. 1,2 and 3 of Dr. White's Rev. Nun-Marine Foss. N.A.

Upper Belly River, twenty-two and twenty-three miles above the mouth of the Waterton, R.G. McConnell, 1881. two characteristic specimens and two fragments. This species comes from the basal beds of the Laramie referred to in connection with the description of Corbula perangulata.

GoONIOBASIS NEBRASCENSIS, Meek and Hayden. Plate 5, fies. 4 and 4a.

Milania Nebrasevisis, Meek and Hayden. 1854. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil, vol. VIII, p. 124.

Coniobasis Nebrascencis, M. and H. (White). 1875. Rep. Geogr. and Geol. Surv. W. of 100th Mer., Washington. p. 213, pl. 12, figs. 9a, b, e.

Goniohasis: Nebrascensis, Meek, 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX, p. 565, pl. 43, figs. 12, a-h.

Gomohasis Nebrascensis, M and H. (White). 1883. Rey. Non Marine Moll. N. Am., p. 57, pl 26, figs. 15 and 16.

Shell elongated, narrowly subovate, length a little more than twice the maximum breadth, spire about one-half the entire leneth, base imperforate. Volutions six or seven, those of the spire obliquely and very moderately convex or somewhat compressed laterally; suture not very distinct; outer whorl rather strongly convex in the middle, narrowing rapidly and unequally below. Aperture suboyate, broader than long, angular above and narrowly rounded below ; outer lip thin, simple, and with a shallow sinus above the middle.

Surface presenting a silky appearance to the naked eye, but, when examined with a lens, the sculpture is scer to consist of 2 minute and regular decussation caused by very minute and densely arranged trans- verse strice, which are crossed by equally crowded and minute revoly- ing lines.

Length of one of the most perfect specimens, twenty millimetres; maximum breadth of the same, eight millimetres; length of the outer volution, ten.

22 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALZONTOLOGY.

North or Second Branch of the Milk River (“nodular layer’), G. M. Dawson, 1874, H. M. North American Boundary Commission. Old Man River, two miles above Rye-Grass flat, and St. Mary River, three miles north of the 49th Parallel, G. M. Dawson, 1881, All from the St. Mary R. Series.

As the few Canadian specimens that have yet been collected seem to represent a rather peculiar variety of the species, an original descrip- tion and a figure of one of the best preserved and most perfect speci- mens collected by Dr. Dawson is here given.

GONIOBASIS TENUICARINATA, Meek and Hayden. Plate 3, figs. 5 and 5a.

Melania tenvicarinata, Meek and Hayden. 1857. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., vol. IX, p. 187.

Goniobasis tenuicarinata, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 566, pl. 48, figs. 14, a, b, e.

Bow River, two miles below the mouth of Jumping Pound River, G. M. Dawson, 1881; a few beautifully preserved specimens.

(FONIOBASIS TENUICARINATA, Meek and Hayden, Var. Plate 3, figs. 6 and 6a.

Shell turreted, moderately elongated, the length being rather more than twice the maximum breadth; spire somewhat longer than the outer volution; base either imperforate or possibly with a very narrow fissure in place of the umbilicus. Volutions seven, the first, second, and third slender but rather ventricose, the three succeeding ones angulated and bearing a distinct narrow and prominent keel a little above the middle, their sides obliquely flattened above the keel and moderately convex or compressed in a direction nearly parallel to the axis below it; suture distinct. Outer whorl angulated and carinated considerably below the centre, strongly convex just below the keel, and narrowing gradually to the base. Aperture broadly subovate, pointed above and narrowly rounded below.

Sculpture consisting of numerous and very closely arranged minute revolving lines, which are too small to he visible to the naked eye, in addition to the spiral keel.

Length, twenty-one millimetres; maximum breadth, nine milli- metres ; length of vuter volution, ten.

“WHITEAVES. ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 23

Two miles above Rye-Grass flat and twelve miles below Fort MacLeod on the Old Man River; also Gooseberry Cafion on the St. Mary River; G. M. Dawson, 1881. Pincher Creek, T. C. Weston, 1883. All from the St. Mary R. Series.

The specimens from the Bow River, which are here regarded as pro- bably representing the most typical form of G, tenuicarinata, have con- ‘vex and scarcely angulated whorls, the later ones of the spire being encircled with three or four rather distant, spiral raised lines, and the outer whorl by six or seven. Under a lens also, the surface of the volutions in this form is seen to be marked by crowded and minute ‘transverse raised lines, at right angles to the spiral ones.

The shells from the localities indicated above seem to form a well- marked variety of G. tenuicarinata, which differs from the Bow River and more typical form in having the whorls always rather distinctly angulated above the middle, in the fact that the spiral raised lines are obsolete except the single raised line or minute keel upon the angle, and in the minute sculpture, which consists of exceedingly fine revolv- ing impressed lines, instead of transverse raised striae,

HypRosia.

A number of minute and slender fossil shells which appear to belong either to this or to some closely allied genus, were collected by G. M. Dawson at the North or Second Branch of the Milk River in 1874 aud 1881; on the Old Man River, two miles above Rye-Grass flat, in 1881; and by Mr. T. C. Weston at Pincher Creek, in 1883; from the St. Mary R. Series. They rarely exceed three millimetres in length, and most of them are mere casts of the interior of the shell, though in some specimens the whole or part of the inner layer of the test is preserved. Some of them are considerably elongated and narrow in proportion to their length, and such specimens appear to be rather nearly related to the Hydrobia recta of White, though they are not quite so slender. Others again are comparatively shorter and more conical, and these are difficult to separate from the H. Utahensis of White and similar forms, but the whole of the specimens are too imperfectly preserved to be satisfactorily determined, and it is doubtful even how many species they represent.

24 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL-EONTOLOGY.

CAMPELOMA pRoDUcTA, White.

Campeloma (Lioplas ?) producta, White. 1883. Rey. Non-Marine Foss. Moll. N- Am., p. 63, pl. 26, figs. 21-27,

Three Hills Creek, Township 30, Range 23, west of 4th Principal Meridian; J. B. Tyrrell, 1884: alundant.

Judging by Canadian specimens, this shell seems to the writer to be much more nearly related to some of the smooth N. American species of Pleuroceru, such as P. subulare, Lea, P. neglectum, Anthony and others, than to the Viviparide.

Vrvirarus prupDENTICs, White.

Viviparus prudentius, White. 1880. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., Contr. to Pal., Nos. 2-8, p. 98, pl. 28, figs. 5 a and b.

Viripurus prudentius, White. 1883. Rey. Non-Marine Foss. Moll. ¥. Am., p. 61, pl. 25, figs. 17,18.

Gooseberry Cafion, St. Mary River, G. M. Dawson, 1881, and Pincher Creek, T.C. Weston, 1883 ; from the St. Mary R. Series : rather common at both localities.

Viviparts Lear, Meek and Hayden.

Paludina Leai, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proce. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. vol. VIIL, p- 121. Viripara Leai, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Lh, vol. NTI., p. 155. Viviparus Leai, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr. vol. IN., p. 577, pl. 44, Z figs. 6, a, b, e, d. Viriparus Leai, M. and H. White. 1883. Rey. Non-Marine Foss. Moll. N. Am., p. 61, pl. 27, figs. 10-14.

Bow River, four miles west of Blackfoot crossing, abundant, and well preserved; St. Mary River, at Gooseberry Cation, and three miles north of the 49th Parallel, common; Old Man River, two miles above: Rye-Grass flat; G. M. Dawson, 1881, Belly River, twenty-three miles above the mouth of the Waterton; R. G, McConnell, 1881. Pincher Creek, T. C. Weston, 1883. All from the St. Mary R. Series.

Blind Man River, near 5th Principal Meridian, J. B. Tyrrell, 1884: from a slightly higher geological horizon than Limnoa tenuicostata.

lo pers

WHITEAVES. | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA.

VALVATA FILOSA. = (N. Sy.)

Plate 3, figs. 7 and 7a.

Shell small, depressed turbinate, spire raised very little above the highest level of the outer whorl: volutions three, regularly rounded ; suture distinct and deep: umbilicus rather less than one-third of the diameter of the base: aperture circular: outer lip thin and simple. Surface of the outer volutions marked by closely and regularly arranged, transverse and somewhat flexuous thread-like raised lines which are too minute to be visible without the aid of a lens. Test very thin and fragile.

Maximum breadth, about three millimetres : height considerably less. but not ascertainable with much exactitude, all the specimens having either the upper or the under side buried in the matrix.

Pincher Creek, T. C. Weston, 1883. St. Mary R. Series: not uncom- mon, but with the delicate test rarely preserved.

Mouth of the Blind Man River, Township 39, Range 27, west of 4th Principal Meridian, J. B. Tyrrell, 1SS4: from the same beds as L/mnea tenuicostata.

Some casts of a small Valvata from the North or Second Branch of the Milk River, which are referred to Planorbis or Valvata subumbilicate of Meek & Hayden, by Dr. G. M. Dawson, on page 131 of his “ Report on the Geology and Resources of the Region in the vicinity of the 49th Parallel,” are probably referable to this species.

This little shell appears to belong to a well-marked section of the genus, which has several tertiary as well as recent representatives, and which Fitzinger has proposed to separate under the name Gyrorbis. Its sculpture and shape are not unlike those of the Valvata Leopoldi of De Boissy, from the French Eocene, as figured by Pictet (Traite de Paléontologie, atlas, pl. 48, fig. 21), and Chenu (Manuel de Conchylio- logie, vol. 1, fig. 2229), but the Canadian species has much the narrower umbilicus of the two.

Among recent shells J”. filosa is very closely allied to the V. striata of Dr. Lewis, which is common in the Province of Quebec, and which in the writer's judgment, is quite distinct from the V. s’ncera of Say.

Vatvata Bicincta. (N. Sp.)

Plate 3, figs. 8, 8a and 8b.

Shell depressed turbinate or subdiscoidal, spire raised very little above the highest level of the outer whorl in some specimens, its apex

26 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

sunk a little below that level in others: outer whorl bicarinated or en- circled by two narrow and minute but prominent thread-like spiral keels, one of which is placed on or about the middle of the upper sur- face, and the other around the umbilical margin. Volutions three or three and a half, those of the spire exposed only on the upper or pos- terior surface, the first and earliest part of the second regularly rounded in the middle; suture distinct and deep. Outer volution flattened above, with a downward inclination, on the inner side of the keel, rounded on its outer side and at the periphery: umbilicus deep, conical and about one-third the entire basal diameter. Aperture rounded in some specimens, somewhat rhomboidal in others, possibly from vertical compression, outer lip thin and simple.

Surface marked by minute, densely crowded and flexuous, transverse raised striz, in addition to the spiral keels, but the former are too small to be made out without the use of a lens.

Maximum breadth, five millimetres: height not ascertainable with much accuracy, but evidently much less than the breadth.

Mouth of the Blind Man River, Township 39, Range 27, west of 4th Principal Meridian, rather abundant and associated with the preceding species. From the same geological horizon as Limnea tenuicostata.

It is possible that V. bicincta may prove only a variety of V. filosa, but at present no intermediate forms have been collected.

B. FROM THE LARAMIE OF THE SOURIS RIVER DISTRICT.

(This is a northern extension of the Fort Union Laramie not at present proved to be stratigraphically continuous with the Western Laramie proper. The speci- mens here described from the Souris River are from localities in the immediate vicinity of the 49th Parallel near the intersection of the 103rd Meridian. See Geol. and Res. 40th Parallel, p. 86 eé sey., and Report of Progress Geol. Survey Can, 1879-80 p. 16 .A.)

Unio priscus, Meek and Hayden.

Unio priscus, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil, vol. VIIL, p. 117. “Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr. vol. IX., p. 516, pl. 43, figs. 8 a, b,c, d.

Wood End Depot, Souris River, G. M. Dawson, 1874, H. M. North American Boundary Commission : five or six well preserved but very imperfect specimens, in which only the beaks aid the anterior half of

WHITEAVES. | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 27

the test is preserved. Two casts of a Unio collected by Dr. Dawson at Pyramid Creek, in the same year and under the same auspices, may possibly also belong to this species.

CoRBULA MACTRIFORMIS, Meek and Hayden.

Corbula mactriformis, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se., Phil., vol. VIIL, p. 117. Corbula (Potamomya) mactriformis, M. & H. 1860. Ib. vol. XIL, p. 432. Corbula mactriformis, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. EX., p. 528, pl. 48, figs. 7, a-f.

Wood End Depét, Souris River, G. M. Dawson, 1874, H. M. North American Boundary Commission: several perfect valves and a few fragments, associated in the same beds with Unio priscus.

THAUMASTUS LIMNZIFORMIS, Meek and Hayden. Plate 3, figs. 3a and 8b.

Bulimus limneiformis, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. vol. VIIL., p. 118.

Bulinus Nebrascensis, Meek and Hayden. Ib.

Thaumastus limnziformis, Meek. 1876. Rep. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p 553, pl. 44, figs. 8, a, b,c, d.

Wood End Depét, Souris River,—and Pyramid Creek, G. M. Dawson, 1874, H. M. North American Boundary Commission. Six specimens from the first named locality and one fragment from the second.

GoNIoBASIS TENUICARINATA, Meek and Hayden.

Melania tenuicarinata, Meek and Hayden. 1857. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. vol. IX,, p. 137.

Goniobasis tenuicarinata, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 566, pl. 43, figs. 14, ah, c.

Pyramid Creek, G. M. Dawson, 1874, H. M. North American Boun- dary Commission, one specimen.

Lo wa)

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY. CaMPELOMA pRopUctTA, White.

Cumpetoma (Lioplu.r?) producta, White. 1883. Rev. Non-Marine Foss. Moll. N. Am., p. 63, pl. 26, figs. 21-27.

Wood End Depét, Souris River, abundant, and ‘Great Valley,” about one hundred miles west of Wood End, on the 49th Parallel, G. M. Dawson, 1874, H. M. North American Boundary Commission.

Short Creek, Souris River, A. R. C. Selwyn, 1880.

VIVIPARUS TROCIIFORMIS, Meek and Hayden.

Paluding (rochiformis, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil, vol. VIUL,, p. 122

Tiripara trochiforimis, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Th., vol. NIL, p. 155.

Viripurns trochiforinis, Meek, 1876, Rep. U.S. Geol. Sury. Terr., vol. IX., p. 580. pl. 44, figs. 2 a-e.

Souris River, four miles east of Roché Percée, and Great Valley, about one hundred iniles west of Wood End Depot, on the 49th Parallel, (. M. Dawson, 1874, H. M. North American Boundary Commission.

Viviparus Lear, Meek and Hayden.

Paludina Leai, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proce. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil, vol. VIII, pel2 i.

Viripara Lear, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Ib., vol. NIT., p. 185.

Vuiparus Liat, Meek, 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. EX., p. 577, pl. 44, figs. 6, a, b, ¢, d.

Souris River, four miles east of Roche Percée, G. M, Dawson, 1874, H. M. North American Boundary Commission. Short Creek, Souris River, A. R. C. Selwyn, 1880.

WHITEAVES. ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA, 29

C. FROM THE ‘FOX HILLS” AND “FORT PIERRE” GROUPS OF THE UPPER CRETACEOUS.

The reasons for not considering the fossils from these two formations separately are thus given in the following memorandum prepared by Dy. Dawson. “In the district embraced by the geological mup of the region in the vicinity of the Bow and Belly Rivers, published in the “Report of Progress” of the Canalian Survey for 1882-84, it is generally impossible to separate the Fox Hills and Fort Pierre series. In the map referred to, these series are consequently represented by a single colour. In a few places, generally situated in the south-western part of the district, the Fox Hills Group is clearly recognizable in the form of massive beds of sandstones, which on the St. Mary's River were observed to be about eighty feet in thickness. In other parts of the region the dark-bluish or cotfee-coloured shales of the typical Fort Pierre Group become interbedded with sandstones. lose their dark colour, and pass imperceptibly upwards into the base of the Laramie, This is well seen in the vicinity of Rye-Grass flat, on the Old Man River. The change from murine to fresh water conditions. in these cases, occurs in this series of transitional beds, and when the fresh water character becomes pronounced, the fossils are found to be characteristically Laramie, to the exclusion of the marine Cretaceous forms of the underlying beds. When the Fox Hills Group is repre- sented by massive sandstones, fossils of any kind are rarely present. Most of the fossils which form the subject of the present report have been collected in the district above defined, but the remarks above made with regard to the unsatisfactory character of the stratigraphical grounds for the separation of the Fox Hills and Fort Pierre Groups are generally equally applicable to the contiguous districts to the east and north, from which a portion of the fossil mollusca were derived.”

BRACHIOPODA.

LineuLa nitipa, Meek and Hayden.

Lingua nitida, Meek and Hayden. 1861. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. NIIL., p. 443. s Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 9, pl 28, figs. 18a, b.

Three miles north of Ross Coulée, near Irvine Station, on the Cana- dian Pacific Rallway T. C. Weston, 1884; abundant: Old Wives Creek, Township 10, Range 11, west of third Principal Meridian, R. G. McCon- nell, 1884: one specimen.

30 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

OsTREA PATINA, Meek and Hayden.

Ostrea patina, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil, p. 277. Ke 3 ve G. M. Dawson, 1875, Rep. Geol. and Res. Reg. Vicin. 49th Parallel, p. 110. Ostrea (? Gryphiea) patina, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. [X., p. 16, pl. 10, figs. 2a, b—a, b, bis, and 3 e-f, also pl. 11, varieties,

White Mud River (sometimes called Frenchman’s Creek) near the 49th Parallel and south of Woody Mountain, G. M. Dawson, 1874, H.M. North American Boundary Commission: abundant and well preserved.

OsTREA INORNATA, Meek and Hayden.

Ostrea inornata, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., p. 181. fs Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Sury. Terr., vol. IX., p. 14, pl. 10, fig. 4.

St. Mary River, near its confluence with the Belly River, G. M. Dawson, 1881: one perfect and apparently typical specimen.

OSTREA SUBTRIGONALIS, Evans and Shumard,

Ostrea subtrigonalis, Meek. 1876. (But doubtfully as of E. and 8.) Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 510, pl. 40, figs. la, b, ¢, d. Figured also on pl. 12, figs. 2-5, of Dr. C. A. White’s Rev. Non-marine Foss. Moll. N. Am., Washington, 1883.

A number of valves of a small oyster which agree perfectly with Meek's description and figures of O. subtrigonalis were collected by G. M. Dawson in 1881 on the banks of the Belly River at the mouth ofthe St. Mary River, in rocks overlying the coal and occupying a position at the base of the shales of the Fort Pierre Group. Similar specimens were collected by Dr. Dawson in 1883 at Milk River Ridge in rocks of precisely the same geological horizon. The Belly River specimens are narrowly arcuate and more or less mytiloid in outline, while their lateral margins are usually?but not always minutely crenulated. The lower valve is shallow, and either free or with a small scar of attach- ment, while the upper valve is flat.

WHITEAVES. | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 31

CuLtamys NEBRASCENSIS, Meek & Hayden.

Pecten Nebruscensis, Meek & Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. p. 87. Chlamys Nebrascensis, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol IX., p. 25, pl. 16, figs. 6, a, b, ¢.

East branch of the Poplar River on the 49th Parallel (the locality where the Woody Mountain Astronomical Station was established, vide page 107 of Dr. Dawson’s Report on the Geology and Resources of the country in the vicinity of the 49th Parallel), G. M. Dawson, 1874, H. M. North American Boundary Commission : a perfect single valve whose outer surface is buried in the matrix.

Old Wives Creek, Township 10, Range 11, west of 3rd Principal Meridian, R. G. McConnell, 1884: two single valves with the test almost entirely exfoliated,

PTERIA LINGUIFORMIS, Evans and Shumard. (Sp.)

Avicula linguiformis, Evans and Shumard. 1854. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. vol. IL., p. 163. . "3 Meek. 1859. Hinds’ Rep. Assinib. and Saskatch. Expl. Exp., Toronto, p. 183, pl. 1, fig. 6. Pteria linguiformis, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 32, pl. 16, figs. 1, a, b, ¢, d.

Elbow of South Saskatchewan, Prof. H. Youle Hind, 1858, Dr. R. Bell, 1873, and Prof. Macoun, 1879. South Saskatchewan, fifteen miles west of Swift Current Creek, R. G. McConnell, 1882, and Bull's Head, about twenty-two miles west of the west end of the Cypress Hills, R. G. McConnell, 1883. Three miles north of Ross Coulée, near Irvine Station, on the Canadian Pacific Railway, T. C. Weston, 1884; abundant.

Preria (Oxytoma) NEBRAscANA, Evans and Shumard.

Avicula Nebrascana, Evans and Shumard. 1857. Trans. .\c. Sc. St. Louis, vol. L, p. 38. ie s Meek. 1859. Hind’s Rep. Assinib. and Saskatch. Expl. Exp., Toronto, p. 183, pl. 1, fig. 7. ; Pteria (Oxytoma) Nebrascana, Meck. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX, pe 34, pl. 16, figs. 3 a, b, and pl. 28, fig. 12.

“South Branch of the Saskatchewan,” Prof. H. Y. Hind, 1858. South Saskatchewan opposite Swift Current Creek, R. G. McConnell, 1882, :

lo

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

wy

Prerta (PseupoprTera) FIBRosa, Meek anl Hayden, Var. Plate 4, tig. 1.

Aricula ? fibrosa, Meek and Hayden, 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., p. 56.

Pholudomya fibrosa, M. and H. 1856. Th. 286.

Aricula (Pseudoptera) fibrosa, Meek. 1873. Sixth Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., p. 48. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IN, p. 36, pl. 17, figs. 17, a,b, ¢,d. Whitfeld (as of M. and H.). Paleontology of the Black Hills of Dakota, p. 386, pl. 7, fig. 5.

Shell nearly ejuivalve, strongly compressed at the sides, obliquely sub-ovate and about one-third higher than long. Posterior margin sloping downwards and backwards in a broadly-convex, oblique curve from the posterior endl of the hinge-line to the narrowly rounded hae: anterior margin retreating obliquely backwards and downwards under the beaks, with a slightly and doubly sinuous outline in some speci- mens and a shallowly sigmoid one in others, Hinge-line short and straight: anterior and posterior wines quite obsolete: beaks small, anterior, terminal, curved inwards and forwards: posterior area large, broad, obliquely and sinuously flattened, bounded on each valve by a minute, narrow and moderately prominent plication, which extends from the posterior side of the beaks to the corresponding extremity of the basal margin.

Surface nearly smooth, but markel with a few, faint and distant, rounded concentric undulations. On the posterior area, too, in addi- tion to the minute radiating fold which bounds it, there are two similar but distant radiating folds, which become obsolete towards the hinge near the outer margin of each valve, and letween the innermost of these and the boundary of the area there is a short and not very deep radiating groove or narrow sinus, which also becomes obsolete towards the hinge line. Character of the interior of the valyes unknown.

Length of the most perfect specimen, nineteen millimetres; height of the same, thirty-one mm.

Bow River, below Horse-Shoe Bend, G. M. Dawson, 1881: two well preserve l and nearly perfect casts of the interior of the shell. These specimens differ from the typical form of Pteria (Pseu loptera) fibrosa in the much greater lateral compression of the valves. especially in the umbonal region, and in their nearly smooth surface. They can scarcely be considerel, however, as indicating anything more than a local and rather well-marked variety of that species. of which it has heen thought desirable to prepare an original description and a figure.

wniteaves. ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 33

The distinction between Pseudoptera, Meck. and Meleagrina, Lamarck, is not very clearly defined, and it is possible and by no means impro- bable that the present species may be congeneric with the Meleayrina antiqua of the Chico group of California and with the IL amygdaloidea of the Middle Cretaceous of Skidegate Inlet in the Queen Charlotte Islands.

INocERAMUsS ALTUS, Meek.

Tnoc.rumus altus, Meek. 1871. Dr. Hayden's Rep. U.S. Geol. Sury. Terr., p. 302. e es “1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX,, p. 43. pL 14, figs. 1, a, b. fs = “Whitfield (as of Meek). Pal. Black Hills Dakota, p. 391, pl. 9, fig. 11.

East Fork of the Milk River, G. M. Dawson. 1874, H.M. North American Boundary Commission: a number of well-preserved but much distorted specimens, from a boulder, Most of these agree fairly with My. Meek’s and Prof. Whittield’s descriptions and fivures of J. altus, but one of them is strikingly like Prof. Whittield’s figure of a shell which he regards with doubt as possibly a variety of the J, Vanucemi of Hall and Meek, on pl. 7. fig. 10, of the “ Paleontology of the Black Hills of Dakota.”

Inoceramucs Barasini, Morton.

dInoceramas Baralnii, eh 1854. Synops. Org. Rem., p. 62, pl. 17, fig. 3 (pl. 13, g.11°).

Inoceramus gibbus, Tuomey. 1854. Proc.-Ac. Nat. Sc, Phila., vol. VIL, p. 170.

Inoceramvus cuneatus, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Ib., 181.

Inoceramus Crippsii? var. Barahini, Morton. Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. £9, pl. 13, figs. 1, a, b, c, and pl. 12. fie. 3.

Inoceramus Barabini, Whitfield. Pal. Black Hills Dakota, p. 398, pl. 7, fig. 7 and pl. 9, fig. 8.

Twelve miles east of White Mud River (or Frenchman's Creek), G. M. Dawson, 1874, H. M. North American Boundary Commi-sion: seven specimens. Elbow of South Saskatchewan, Prof. J. Macoun, 1879: two good specimens and two imperfect ones.

July, 1885. ® 3

34 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY. InoceRAmus SAGENSIS, var. NEBRASCENSIS, Owen.

Inoceramus Sagensis, Owen. 1852. Geol. Rep. Min., Iowa and Wiscons., p. 582, pl. 7, fig. 3.

Tnoceramus Nebracensis, Owen. 1852. Ib., p. 582, pl. 8, fig. 1.

Tnoceramus Sagensis, var. Nebrascensis, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr. vol. IX., p. 52, pl. 13, figs. 2a, b.

TInoceramus Sagensis, Whitfield. Pal. Black Hills Dakota, p. 393,, pl. 7, fig. 12, and pl. 8, fig. 2.

St. Mary River, about ten miles from its mouth, G. M. Dawson, 1881: one rather large but imperfect specimen which closely resembles Owen’s figure of the type of I. Sagensis. South Saskatchewan, oppo- site Swift Current Creek, R. G. McConnell, 1882 and 1883: three very large specimens, two of which are upwards of a foot in length, by fully fourteen inches in height, as measured obliquely in the direction of the main axis of the valves.

In the largest individuals the concentric undulations become obsolete in the basal or anterior two-thirds of the shell, and the test, which is only about two millimetres thick near the ventral margin, is nearly smooth, and only faintly and concentrically striated on its outer sur- face. The outline of the largest and most perfect of the Swift Current specimens, which appear to belong to the variety Mebrascensis, is singularly like that of Sowerby’s figure of J. latus, Mantell, in vol. VL, p. 159, tab. 182, fig. 1 of the Mineral Conchology.

INocERAMUS TENUILINEATUS, Hall and Meek. Plate 5, figs. 1 and 1 a.

Inoceramus tenuitineatus, Hall and Meek. 1854. Mem. Am. Ac. Arts and Sci., Boston, vol. VIII, p. 387, pl. 2, figs. 3a, b. Ke af Meek. 1876., Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p.57. pl. 12, fig. 6. Inoceramus tenuilineatus, Whitfield. (as of H. and M.) Pal. Black Hills Dakota, p. 400, pl. 9, figs. 12, 13.

Blood Indian Creek, longitude 110° west,—also Elbow of the South Saskatchewan River, Prof. J. Macoun, 1879: two fine specimens, which belong to that form of the species in which the concentric undulations are unusually strong and well-defined, from each of these localities.

@

auiteaves.] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 35

GERVILLIA RECTA, Meek and Hayden.

Gervillia recta, Meek and Hayden. 1861. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se., Phil., vol. XIII,

p. H1. i “Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX, p. 66, pl. 29, figs. 1 a, b.

Bull's Head, about twenty-two miles west of the west end of the Cypress Hills, R. G. McConnell, 1883: one nearly perfect and very typical specimen, with fragments of others in the same hand speci- men of rock,

GERVILLIA RECTA, Var. BOREALIS. (Var. nov.)

Plate 4, figs. 2,2 a and 2 b.

Shell large and thick, attaining to a length of fully six inches, ine- quivalve, the left valve being usually compressed convex and obliquely flattened posteriorly and immediateiy under the posterior wing, but rarely rather strongly convex, while the right valve is uniformly almost flat: lateral margins of the valves not distinctly tortuous.

Main body of the shell, exclusive of the posterior wing or alation, elongated and narrow, about three times as long as high, very obliquely sublanceolate or semi-lanceolate in outline, its upper boun- dary. under the posterior alation, being nearly straight, and its lower margin very broadly and convexly arched: posterior extremity generally subtruncated almost vertically. Including the posterior alation, the maximum height is nearly equal to one-half the entire length. Posterior wing large and long, occupying more than one-half the entire length, its posterior margin obliquely and contayely emar- ginate: anterior wing almost obsolete, small, angular and pointed in front. Hinge-line long and straight, between one-half and two-thirds the entire length in the largest specimens: beaks minute and incon- spicuous, anterior but not quite terminal.

Surface marked with a few, irregularly disposed, concentric lines of growth. Cartilage pits apparently six, the three anterior ones separ- ated by intervals of about equal breadth with themselves, the three posterior ones much more distantly disposed.

Muscular scars very faintly impressed and not perceptibly excavated. Posterior muscular scars very large, elongated in a direction nearly parallel with the longer axis of the valves, narrowly ovate, acutely pointed above and narrowly rounded below, their pointed extremities

36 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.EONTOLOGY,

placed immediately under the posterior termination of the hinge and their outer margins close to and parallel with the upper margin of the posterior ends of the valves. Anterior muscular scars about half as large as the posterior, and narrowly elongated in nearly the same direction, pointed above and below, broadly convex on their outer and straight on their inner sides, placed high up in and partly across the angles formed by the hinge-line and the anterior margins.

Belly River, west of the mouth of the St. Mary River, G. M. Dawson, 1881: and Belly River, near the mouth of the St. Mary River, R. G. McConnell, 1881. St. Mary River, near the Police Fort, T. C. Weston, 1883: South Saskatchewan, opposite Swift Current Creek, R. G. McConnell, 1882 and 1884. Lorne Crossing of the Red Deer River, Township 35, Range 16, west of 4th Principal Meridian: and Berry Creek, Section 31, Township 25, Range 12, west of 4th Principal Meridian, J. B. Tyrrell, 1884. One or two more or less perfect but usually very large specimens from each of these localities.

This variety, if indeed it be sufficiently well marked to be called a variety, appears to ditfer chiefly from the type of the species in its much larger size and in the proportionately greater length of its pos- terior wing. One of the specimens collected by Mr. Tyrrell on the Red Deer River, which is five and a half inches in length, apart from the greater proportionate length of its posterior alation, is so like Meek’s figure of G. recta that it can scarcely be separated from that species even as a variety. It is not improbable that Meek’s types of G. recta are immature shells and that the specimens from the Cana- dian North-West, which are very characteristic of the Fort Pierre Group of that region, may represent merely the adult form of the species.

MopioLa arrenvata, Meek and Hayden.

Mitilus attcnuatus, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil... vol. VII. p. 56.

Modiola attenuatv, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Ib., vol. NII, p. £27.

Volsdla attenuata, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p- 74, pl. 28. figs. 8a, b.

St. Mary River, near its confluence with the Belly River, T. C. Wes- ton, 1883: abundant. Three miles north of Ross Coulée, near Irvine Station on the Canadian Pacitic Railway, T. C. Weston, 1884.

WHITEAVES, | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 37

MopioLa (BRACHYDONTES) DicHoToMA. (N. Sp.) Plate 4, figs. 3 and 3a.

Shell equivalve, rather strongly convex when adult, thickest on the rounded umbonal ridge, which is moderately prominent and tolerably well detined as far as the middle of the valve-, but which widens and gradually becomes obsolete towards and at the posterior end of the base: maximum thickness ahout equal to the height in fully grown Specimens and about one-fourth les. than the height in immature ones. Lateral outline somewhat variable in different specimens, the largest being subelliptical with a slightly arcuate base, while tho.e which are not quite full-grown are narrowly subtrapezoidal; length about twice the maximum height. Anterior side narrow and extremely short, its margin retreating abruptly, obliquely, and more or less convexly downwards and inwards; posterior side considerably elongated and much broader than the anterior, broadest a little behind the middle, its superior border broadly arched in the largest specimens and faintly and obtusely subangular at the termination of the hinge line behind in smaller individuals, its basal margin shallowly arcuate or nearly straight, and its extremity narrowly rounded below the middle. Beaks small, anterior, terminal or very nearly terminal.

Surface marked by a few concentric lines of growth, and by numer- ‘ous minute, rounded, radiating ribs, which curve upwards and outwards and are distinctly dichotomous on the posterior area, but which are apparently not so distinctly dichotomous below the umbonal ridge.

Dimension: of a perfect cast of the interior of the largest specimen collected: length, twenty millimetres; maximum height, ten mm.; thickness through the closed valves, seven mm. and a half. A -maller right valve with the test preserved is eleven mm. in Jength, and seven in its greatest height.

St. Mary River, near its confluence with the Belly River, G. M. Dawson, 1881, and T. C. Weston, 1883; two casts of the interior and a perfect right valve, with most of the test preserved.

NectLa caNcELLATA, Meek and Hayden.

Nucula cancellata, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil, vol. VIIL, p. 85. © Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., }.102, pl. 28, figs. 13a, b, c, d, e.

St. Mary River, eleven miles above its mouth, (+, M. Dawson, 1881:

38 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY,

one perfect and beautifully preserved xpecimen, with the test preserved on both valves and entirely freed from the matrix.

Youpra sciruLa, Meek and Hayden. . Pl. 5, fig. 2.

Nucula scitula, Meck and Hayden, 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., vol. VIIL., p. $4.

Leda scitula, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Ib., vol. NIL, p. 185.

Leda (Yoldia) seitula, M. and H. 1860. Tb., p. 428.

Yoldia seitula, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 110, pl. 28, fig. 9.

Twelve miles east of White Mud River, on trail to Woody Mountain, one well preserved right valve, and 49th Parallel, on the east branch of the Poplar River (the place called “ Woody Mountain Astronomical Station” on page 107 of Dr. Dawson’s Report on the Geology and Resources of the Country in the Vicinity of the 49th Parallel): a mould of the exterior of a left valve: both collected by G. M. Dawson in 1874, while on the staff of H.M. North American Boundary Commission.

The identification of these two specimens is not entirely satisfac- tory, their characters agreeing better with Meek’s descriptions than with his figures of Y. scitula. Meek’s latest statement in regard to that shell is that its posterior side is ‘‘subangular or very narrowly rounded in outline,’ but in the figure the posterior side is represented as subangular above, In hoth of the specimens collected by Dr. Dawson the posterior side is very narrowly rounded, both above and below, and there is no trace of any angularity above.

Youpia Evansi, Meek and Hayden.

Nueula Eransi, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se, Phil., vol. VIITI.. p. S4.

Leda Evansi, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Ib., vol. XTT, p. 185.

Leda (Yoldia) Evansi, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Ib., p. 429.

Yoldia Eraist, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX, p. 111, pl. 28.

® figs. 10, a,b, e.

South Saskatchewan, fifteen miles west of the mouth of Swift Current Creek, R. G. McConnell, 1882: a single right valve. Old Wives Creek, Township 10, Range 11, west of 3rd Principal Meridian, R. G. McConnell, 1884: several imperfect and not very well preserved. specimens,

waiteaves J LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 39

Ltcina occIDENTALIS, Morton.

Tellina occidentalis, Morton. 1842. Jour. Ac. Nat. Sc., Phil, vol. VII, p. 210,

pl. 11, fig. 3. Mould of Lucina? Owen. 1852. Rep. Geol. Surv. Wisc., Iowa and Minn., pl. 7, fig. S.

Dueina occidentalis? Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., Phil. vol. VII, p. 272. Not Lucina secidentalis, Reeve, 1850. 3 Meek (as of Morton). 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX, p. 134, pl. 17, figs. 4, a, b, ¢, d.

Bull Pound Creek, Section 3, Township 26, Range 14, west of 4th Principal Meridian, J. B. Tyrrell, 1884: ten specimens, with both valves and the test preserved. Old Wives’ Creek, Township 10, Range 11, west of 4th Principal Meridian, R. G. McConnell, 1884: two small specimens which belong to the form to which Hall and Meek gave the name LD. subundata.

The largest individuals from Bull Pound Creek are exactly like Meek’s representations of Lucina occidentalis on plate 17, figures + a and 4 b, of the ninth volume of the United States Geological Survey of the Terri- tories, but the smaller ones correspond quite as closely to his figures of L. subundata on the same plate. The few Lucine which have yet been collected from the Fort Pierre Group of the Canadian North-West, however, all clearly belong to a single species, and it is extremely probable that ZL. subundata is only the young of L. occidentalis, as Mr. Meek has suggested may be the case. In reference to these two nominal species and to the variety ventricosa, Mr. Meek remarks (on page 136 of the volume last cited), “it may be possible that all three of the types here described are merely varieties or represent different ages of the same species. Indeed, [ confess that I am not altogether satisfied with the conclusion that they belong to more than one species; but having already separated them, it is perhaps better to continue this arrangement than to unite the whole under one name doubtfully.”

TancrREDIA AMERICANA, Meek and Hayden.

Hettangia Americana, Meek and Hayden, 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., Phil., vol. VIIL, p. 274, and (1860) Ib., vol NIL, p. 185. Tancredia Americana, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. [X., p. 142 pl. 38, figs. 1, a, b, ¢, d, e, f, g, h. Berry Creek, Section 31, Township 25, Range 12, west of 4th Prin- cipal Meridian, J. B. Tyrrell, 1884: one adult specimen with the valves spread out on a piece of sandstone.

40 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALZONTOLOGY.

Crprina ovata, Meek and Hayden.

Cuprina ovata, Meek and Hayden. 1857. Proc. Ac. Nat.Se., Phil, vol. IX., p. 144. " “ Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p- 146, pl. 129, figs. 7 a, b, c, and woodcut, fig. 8.

Variety atta. (Var. nov.) Plate 5, fig. 3.

Shorter than the typical form and broader in the direction of its height.

Belly River, near and a little west of the mouth of St. Mary River, also below Horse Shoe Bend, G. M. Dawson and R. G. McConnell, 1881; St. Mary River, near its confluence with the Belly River, G. M. Dawson, 1881, and T. C. Weston, 1883: extremely abundant and well preserved at each of these localities, the prevalent form being appa- rently the var. alta.

St. Mary River, west of MacLeod Benton Trai!, R. G. McConnell, 1881, mostly the var. alta. South Saskatchewan, opposite Swift Cur- rent Creek, R. G. McConnell, 1882: the typical form apparently most prevalent. Toss Coulée, near Irvine Station, on the Canadian Pacific Railway, T. C. Weston, 1884: many casts of the interior of shells of the typical form and a few of the rar. alta.

An exceedingly abundant and characteristic species in the Canadian North-west. The specimens are often very perfect and beautifully preserved, and the variety alta seems more common than the type, though the two forms are usually if not invariably found associated together at each of the localities from which the species has been col- lected.

CoRBICULA OCCIDENTALIS, Meek and Hayden.

(For the synonymy, &c., of this species see page 7).

A few imperfect and badly preserved specimens of a Corbicula which are apparently referable to this species were collected by Dr. G. M. Dawson in 1383, at the base of the Fort Pierre Group, at Milk River Ridge, associated with an abundance of Ostrea subtriyonalis, and with a fragment of a Unio.

wuireaves. ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 41

PROTOCARDIA SUBQUADRATA, Evins and Shumard. Plate 5, figs. 4, and 4a.

Cardium subquadratum, Evans and Shumard. 1857. Trans. Ac. Nat. Se. St. Louis, vol. 1, p. 39. Protocardia (Leptocardia) subquadrata, Meek (as of E. and §.). 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 175, pl. 29, figs. 8a, b, c, d,e.

South Saskatchewan, opposite Swift Current Creek, R.G. McConnell, 1882: very abundant. Bull’s Head, about twenty-two miles west of the west end of the Cypress Hills, R. G. McConnell, 1883: not uncom- mon. Three miles north of Ross Coulée, near Irvine Station, on the Canadian Pacitic Railway., T. C. Weston, 1884: a number of casts of the interior of the closed valves. Four miles south of Battle River, Township 38, between Ranges 12 and 13, west of 4th Meridian, J.B. Tyrrell, 1884.

Some badly preserved, imperfect and immature specimens of a amall Protocardia collected by G. M. Dawson on the Smoky River, in 1879, which were referred by the writer to the P. rara of Evans and Shumard in a provisional list of the fossils of that locality on page 124 B. of the “ Report of Progress” of the Canadian Survey for 1879-80, most probably also belong to the present species.

PrRoTocaRDIA BOREALIS. (N. Sp.) Plate 6, figs. 1,1 a, 2, 2 a, and 3.

Shell of medium size for the genus, specimens varying from a little less than an inch to an inch and five-eighths in length; valves rather strongly convex, thickest just above the mid-height; lateral out- line varying in different specimens from rounded subquadrangular to obliquely and broadly subovate; length slightly exceeding the maxi- mum height. Anterior side very short, its extremity regularly rounded ; posterior side rather longer than the anterior, its extremity somewhat obliquely sub-truncated above, and rather narrowly rounded at the base below. Superior border descending very abruptly in front of the beaks, nearly straight and parallel to the ventral margin behind, cardinal margin short, ventral margin nearly straight in the middle and for the greater part of its length; umbones broad, oblique, and obtusely angular behind; beaks placed in advance of the middle (in some specimens very near to the anterior margin) curved inwards and downwards with a slightly forward inclination.

42 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL .ZONTOLOGY,

Surface nearly smooth but marked with very fine and closely arranged concentric striz, also by a few distant lines of growth, which latter are waved and toothed on the posterior area, where they are crossed by obscure, rounded, radiating ribs. These ribs, though obsolete above, are sufficiently well marked below to cause an inter- locking of the margins of the valves at the posterior end of the base.

Hinge dentition unknown; anterior and posterior muscular scars nearly equal in size, the anterior broadly subovate and higher than broad, the posterior somewhat pointed both above and below; pallial line not clearly indicated.

Dimensions of an average individual: length, twenty-three milli- metres; maximum height, twenty-one mm. and a-half; thickness through the closed valves, seventeen mm. A large cast of the interior of a shell, from near Ross Coulée, which is probably referable to this species, measures forty-one millimetres in length by thirty-nine in height.

St. Mary River, near its junction with the Belly River, G. M. Dawson, 1881, and T. C. Weston, 1883: very abundant. St. Mary River, W. of MacLeod Benton Trail, R. G. McConnell, 1881, and South Saskatche- wan, opposite Swift Current Creek, R. G. McConnell, 1882. Three miles north of Ross Coulée, near Irvine Station, on the Canadian. Pacitic Railway, T. C. Weston, 1884, associated with P. subguadrata.

CALLISTA (DOSINIOPSIS) DEWEYI, Meek and Hayden. Plate 6, figs. 4,5, and 5 a.

Cytherea Deweyi, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. vol. VIIL, p. 88. Merctrix Deweyt, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Ib., vol. NIL, p. 185. Callista Dewey, Meek and Hayden. 1861. Ib., vol. XIII., p. 148. Callista (Dosiniopsis) Deweyi, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 182, pl. 17, figs. 15a, b, e, d, e.

Bull’s Head, about twenty-two miles west of the west end of the Cypress Hills, R. G. McConnell, 1883: five specimens, some of which shew the hinge dentition well, and others the pallial sinus. Hill south of Big Plume Creek, Township 8, Range 5, west of 4th Principal Meridian, R. G. McConnell, 1883: nine unusually perfect examples of a shell which is probably only a large form of C. Dewey/, but which, in shape and gize, approaches very closely to the CL Owenana of Meek and Hayden.

In the “Paleontology of the Black Hills of Dakota’ (page 416) Prof. Whitfield places C. Deweyi among the synonyms of Morton’s

WHiTEAves. J LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 43 Cytherea Missouriana, but with a query, and calls the latter shell Dosinia Missouriana. Under the circumstances it is thought best to retain Meek and Hayden's name for the Canadian specimens, first, because they are much more like Meek’s figures of C. Dewey/ than they are to either Morton's or Whitfield’s figures of Cytherea or Dosinia Missouri- and, and secondly, because thev clearly do not belong to the genus Dosinia.

Macrra (CympopHora) Warrenana, Meek and Hayden.

Muctra Warrenana, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. vol. NIIL, p. 271.

Mactra (Cymbophora) Warrenana, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 208, pl. 30, figs. 7, a, b, ¢, d.

South Saskatchewan, five miles above Swift Current Creek, R. G. McConnell, 1883: two specimens. Ross Coulée, near Irvine Station, on the Canadian Pacific Railway, T. C. Weston, 1883; a single left valve.

AMLactra (CyMBOPHORA) GRAcILIs, Meek and Hayden.

Muctra gracilis, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Proe. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil, vol. NIL,

p. 179. * Mactra (Cymbophora) gracilis, Meek. 1876. Rep. US. Geol. Sury. Terr., vol. TX,

p. 209, pl. 17, fis. 18a, b.

East Branch of the Poplar River, on the 49th Parallel (the place called ‘‘ Woody Mountain Astronomical Station” on page 107 of Dr. Dawson’s “‘ Report on the Geology and Resources of the country in the vicinity of the 49th Parallel’), G. M. Dawson, 1874, H.M. North American Boundary Commission: abundant and well preserved.

LiopistHa (CYMELLA) unpATA, Meek and Hayden.

Fholadomya undata, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proe. Av. Nat. Sc. Phil, vol- : VIIL., p. 51. Liopistha (Cymella) undata, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 236, pl. 39, figs. 1, a, b. St. Mary River, near its junction with the Belly River, G. M. Daw- son, 1881, and T. C. Weston, 1883. South Saskatchewan, opposite mouth of Swift Current Creek, R. G. McConnell, 1882: very abundant.

44 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALZONTOLOGY.

Bull’s Head, about twenty-two miles west of the west end of the Cypress Hills, R. G. McConnell, 1883: abundant. Berry Creek, Township 25, Range 12, and four miles south of Battle River, Township 38, be- tween Ranges 12 and 13, both west of 4th Meridian, J. B. Tyrrell, 1884. Three miles north of Ross Coulée, near Irvine Station, on the Canadian Pacific Railway, T. C. Weston, 1884: abundant.

A very common and widely distributed species in the Upper Cre- taceous rocks of the Canadian North West.

Ne#ra Morzavensis, Meek and Hayden.

Corlula Moreauensis, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se Phil., vol. VIIL., p. 83. Nera Moreauensis, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Ib., vol. NIL, p. 185.

A a Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Sury. Terr., vol. IX. p. 239, pl. 17, figs. lla, b, ¢.

- o Whitfield (as of Meek), Pal. Black Hills, Dakota, p. 420, pl. 11, fig. 31.

Old Wives Creek, Township 10, Range 11, west of Third Principal Meridian, R. G. McConpell, 1884: two specimens.

Panop.ca supovatis. (N. Sp.) Plate 6, figs. 6 and 6 a.

Shell nearly equivalve, rather strongly convex, most prominent a little above the middle, and slightly in advance of the mid-length, obliquely compressed behind; lateral outline transversely and broadly suboval; length not quite one-third more than the maximum height; posterior termination of the valves gaping. Anterior side a little shorter than the posterior, its outer margin subangular at its junction with the superior border above, and retreating obliquely and rapidly both inwards and downwards in a broadly convex curve to the base below ; posterior side abruptly contracted, its margin nearly straight above but rounding up very rapidly from the base below, its gaping termination narrow and subtruncated somewhat obliquely above the middle of the valves. Ventral margin broadly and convexly arched, rounding up rapidly at each extremity: superior border descending gradually in front of the beaks, and nearly straight behind; umbones moderately prominent; beaks placed a little in advance of the middle, apparently rather small and incurved, with a slightly forward inclina- tion.

WHITEAVES. ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 45

Surface markings of the test unknown, but the cast of the interior of the valves is marked by faint broad undulations. On a minute frag- ment of the test which happens to be preserved, there are indications of raised concentric striations.

Dimensions of the only specimen collected: Length, seventy-six millimetres (or about three inches); height, inclusive of the beaks. fifty-five mm.; maximum thickness through the closed valves. thirty- fivemm.

Four miles south of Battle River, Township 38. between Ranges 12 and 13, west of 4th Meridian, J. B. Tyrrell, 1884: one cast of the interior of the united valves.

An apparently well marked species, characterized principally by its regularly inflated valves and its transversely broad suboval form, also by the abrupt contraction of its narrowly gaping posterior margin, and by the angularity of its anterior margin above.

Pieces of fos~il wood which are completely riddled with the burrows of a species of Tercdo or Turnus were collected by Mr. Tyrrell at the same locality and date as Panopewa subovalis, The posterior termination of each of these burrows is spheerical in form, but as the shape and sculpture of the valves of the mollusk which made them are unknown, it is impossible to say to what species or even to what genus they should be referred.

GASTEROPODA.

HaMINEA OCCIDENTALIS, Meek and Hayden.

Bulla occidentalis, Meek and Hayden. 1854. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil, vol. VIIL., p. 69. (Not &. occidentalis, A. Adams, of earlier date.)

Bulla Nebraseensis, Meek and Hayden. 1861. Proc, Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. vol XIIL, p. 427.

Haminea occidentalis, Meek. 1874. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX,, p. 271, pl. 18, figs. lla, b, and 12a, b.

Blood Indian Creek, north of the Red Deer River and twenty miles east of the Hand Hills, Prof. Macoun, 1879: one well preserved cast of the interior of the shell. South Saskatchewan, opposite Swift Cur- rent Creek, R. G. McConnell, 1882: a similar cast. Old Wives Creck, Township 10, Range 11, west of 3rd Principal Meridian, R. G. MeCon- nell, 1884: four specimens, two of them with large portions of the test well preserved.

A cast of the interior of the shell of a very narrowly cylindrical

AG CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL ZONTOLGGY.

species of Cylichna, which appears to be undescribed, but which does not afford sufficient characters for a satisfactory diagnosis, was col- lected by Mr. T. C. Weston, in 1884, three miles north of Ross Coulée, near Irvine Station, on the Canadian Pacific Railway.

Acrmon aTrenuAtTus, Meek and Hayden.

Action (Solidula ?) attenuatus, Meek and Hayden. 1858. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. vol. X., p. 54.

Solidula attenuata, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Ib., vol. XIL, pp. 155 and 424,

Action attenuatus, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. [X., p. 281, pl. 19, figs. 17a, b.

Old Wives’ Creek, Township 10, Range 11, west of 3rd Principal Meridian, R. G. McConnell, 1884: one good specimen with the test preserved.

CinuLia concinna, Meek and Hayden.

Action concinnus, Wall and Meek. 1854. Mem. Ac. Arts and Sc., Boston, vol. V. (N.S), p. 390, pl. 3, fig. 4.

Avellana subglobosa, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. vol. VIIL, p. 64.

Avellana concinna, Meek. 1859. Hind’s Rep. Saskatch. and Assinib. Expl. Exped. Toronto, p. 184.

Cinulia concinna, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Vroec. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. XII, p. 425.

Cinulia (Oligoptycha) concinna, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 254, pl. 31, figs. 6 bis., a, b, ¢.

Twelve miles east of White Mud River (or Frenchman’s Creek), G. M. Dawson, 1873-74, H.M. North American Boundary Commission.

Elbow of South Saskatchewan, Prof. J. Macoun, 1879. Old Wives Creek, Township 10, Range 11, west of 3rd Principal Meridian, R. G. McConnell, 1884. Not uncommon at each of these localities.

This species was first collected in Canada by Prof. H. Youle Hind in 1858, at “Two Creeks, on the Assiniboine.”

WHITEAVES. | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 47

ANISOMYON ALVEOLUS, Meek & Hayden.

Helcion alveolus, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil, vol. VIII, p- 68.

Anisomyon alveolus, Meck and Hayden. 1860. Am. Jour. Sc. & Arts, vol. NXVIIL, (2nd series), p. 35.

Anisomyon alveolus, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 292, ph 1s, figs. 4, a, b.

White Mud River (or Frenchman's Creel), near the 49th Paralle and south of Woody Mountain, G. M. Dawson, 1874, H. M. Nort American Boundary Commission: one imperfect specimen.

ANISOMYON CENTRALE, Meek.

Plate 7, figs. 1,1 a, and 2,2 a.

Anisomyon centrale, Meek. 1872. Rep. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr. for 1870, p. 312. a White. 1876. U.S. Expl. & Surv. W. of 100th Merid., p. 194, pl. 18, fig. 8. “ _ White. 1877. Hayden’s U.S. Geol. & Geogr. Surv. Terr. Idaho and Wyoming, p. 303, pl. 9, figs. la, b,c & d.

Old Wives Creek, Township 10, Range 11, west of 3rd Principal Meridian, R. G. McConnell, 1884: four large and well preserved casts of the interior of the shell.

No two of these specimens are alike either in shape or in surface markings, although they all agree to a certain extent in their conical form, elevated apex and in their being marked with from four to six radiating furrows. In two of these casts the apex is nearly central, but in the other two it is placed very near to the anterior end, and these latter approach rather nearly to the A. borealis, Morton (sp.), especially to the specimen figured under that name by Prof. Whitfield on plate 12, fig. 23 of the “ Paleontology of the Black Hills of Dakota.” Moreover, in each of the specimens collected by Mr. McConnell, the radiating furrows differ both in number and in their relative position. In one of the casts, too, there is a distinct and rather prominent ridge, which extends from the beaks backward to the posterior end of the base, and this is quite wanting in the other three.

In reference to Colorado specimens of A. centrale, Dr. C. A. White makes the following remarks, which are quite as applicable to those from Old Wives Creek. “This species seems to be at least as distinct from any of other published forms as they are from each other, but specific variation in this genus is evidently very great. Indeed, I

48 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL/EONTOLOGY.

think one cannot examine the original types of the published species and the collections subsequently made, together with the original descriptions and illustrations given by Mr. Meck in the publications of the United States Geological Survey of the Territories, without entertaining serious doubts whether more than two or three out of the seven published species of this genus from the Cretaceous strata of the United States are well founded.”

Lunatia concinna, Hall & Meek. (Sp.)

Nautica concinna, Hall & Meek. 1856. Mem. Am. Ac. Arts & Sc. Boston, vol. V., p. 384, pl. 3, figs. 2a, b, ¢, d.

Natica Moreauensis, Meek & Hayden. 1856. Trans. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. VIIL, p. 64 & ib., p. 282.

Natica (Lunatia) Moreawnsis, Meek & Hayden. 1860. Ib., vol. XIL, p. 422.

Lunatia concinna, Hall & Meek. (Sp.) Meek. Rep. U.S. Geol. Terr., vol. IX., p. 314, pl. 32, figs. Ila, b, e-

Elbow of the South Saskatchewan,—also Blood Indian Creek, north of the Red Deer River and twenty miles east of the Hand Hills, Prof. J. Macoun, 1879: one good specimen from the former locality, and two remarkably well preserved and large cxamples from the second.

The Natica obliquata of Hall and Meek, specimens of which were collected by Prof. H. Youle Hind at Two Creeks, on the Assiniboine. in 1858, is probably only a variety of this species.

AncuurA AMERICANA, Evans and Shumard. (Sp.)

Rostellaria Americana, Evans and Shumard. 1857. Trans. St. Louis Ac. Se, vol. L,p. 42. (Not R. Americana, VOrbigny, 1826.) Aporrhais Americana, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Proce. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. vol. XIT., pb. 425. Anchira ee ee ricand, Meek. 1864. Smithson. Check-List N. Am. Cret. Foss., p. 19. “e i Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 325, plate 52, figs. 8, a, b.

South Branch of the Saskatchewan, Prof. H. Youle Hind, 1858, Ross Creek, near Irvine Station, on the Canadian Pacific Railway, R. G- McConnell, 1883; three specimens. Old Wives Creek, Township 10, Range 11, west of 5rd Principal Meridian (two or three fragmentary examples), and North Woody Mountain, on a branch of Old Wives Creck, in Township 6, Range 4, west of the same Meridian, R. G, McConnell, 1884; five fine specimens.

WHITEAVES. | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 49

The specimens collected by Prof, Hind, which are in the Museum of the Survey, are extremely small, but those since obtained by Mr. McConnell are much larger, and one of them iy almost adult and shows part of the expanded outer lip.

Vanikoropsis TuoMEyANna, Meek and Hayden. (Sp.)

Natice Tuomeyana, Meek and Hayden. 18536. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se.. Phil, vol. VIII. p. 270.

Nuticopsis Tuomeyana, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Ib., vol. XIL, p. 423.

Vanikoropsis Tuomcyant, Meek. 1876. Rep. U. 8. Geol. Sury. Terr., vol. IX., p. 3382, pl. 39, figs. 2 a, b.

Three miles north of Ross Coulée, near Irvine Station, on the Cana dian Pacific Railway, T. C. Weston, 1884; four or five specimens. These are not more than half the size of the type of the species figured by Meek, and are probably not full grown shells, as they have not developed the “large, strong, oblique folds or plications ”.....“on th body volution,” which are said to characterize the adult shell.

CEPHALOPODA.

BacuLitEs compressus, Say.

Baculites compressus, Say. 1821. Am. Jour. Sc. & Arts, vol. IL, p. 41—Morton. 1834. Synops. Org. Rem. Cret. Gr. U.S., pl. 9, fig. 1; and Jour. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil, vol. VIIL, p. 211—Hall and Meek. 1854. Mem. Amer. Ac. Arts « Sc., Boston, vol. V. (N. &.) p, 400, pl. 5, fig. 2 and pl. 6, figs. 8 and 9.—Meek and Hayden. 1860, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. XIL., p. 421.—Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Sury. Terr., vol. IX., p. 400, pl. 20, figs. 3, a, b,c.

Creek twelve miles east of White Mud River (or Frenchman’s Creek) and White Mud River near the 49th Parallel, also East Branch of the Poplar River, on the 49th Parallel (the place mentioned on p. 107 of Dr. Dawson’s “ Report on the Geology and Resources of the region in the vicinity of the 49th Parallel” as that “where the Wood or Woody Mountain Astronomical Station was established”), G. M. Dawson, 1874, H. M. North American Boundary Commission. Elbow of South Saskatchewan, Prof. J. Macoun, 1879. Bow River, below Horse Shoe bend, and Belly River, five miles above Coal Banks, G. M. Dawson, 1881. St. Mary River, west of Mac Leod-Benton Trail, R. G. McCon-

August, 1885. 4

50 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.LONTOLOGY,

nell, 1881,—and Belly River, twenty-two miles and a half above the mouth of the Waterton, R. G. McConnell, 1882, Milk River Ridge,— and Red Deer River, above crossing of Lord Lorne Trail, R.G. MeCon- nel], 1852. Ross Creek. near Jrvine Station, on the Canadian Pacific Railway, R. G. McConnell, 1883. Bull Pound Creek, Sections 3 and 15, Township 26, Range 14, west of 4th Principal Meridian ; Battle River, Township 39. between Ranves 12 and 13; and Berry Creek, Township 25, Range 12: J. B. Tyrrell, 183+.

The specimens from these localities appear to correspond well with the published descriptions and figures of B. compressis, and are charac- terized by their strong lateral compression, by their nearly smooth surfiice, and by the acute primary lobes in each septum, On pave 107 of bis British North American Boundary Commission Report, Dr. Dawson has quoted Baculites ovatus as occurring also at Wood ALoun- tain Astronomical Station, but the specimens thus identified, which are in the Museum of the Survey, seem to the writer, on the whole, to aceord better with the characters of B. compressus. though -ome of and

them appear to be almost intermediate between that species B. ovatus. BAcULITES GRANDIS, Hall & Meck.

Buculites grandis, Halland Meek. 1554. Mem. Am. Ac. Arts & Se., Boston, vol. V.(N. S.), p. 402, pl. 7, figs. 1 and 2; pl. 5, figs. Land 2; and pl. 6, fig. 10. : tS Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IN., p. 598, pl. 33, figs. L. a, b, ¢, and woodcut fiz. 55.

Fast Fork of Mill River, in drift boulders, GM. Daw-on, 1874, H. M. North American Boundary Commi:sion: two large specimens, the most perfect of which measures three inches and a quarter in it: diameter, as measured from the siphonal to the anti-iphonal side, at its larvest extremity, by two inches and a half in its maNximum lateral diameter.

According to Dr. Dawson," “the valley of the Ea-t Fork of Milk River, where it crosses the Line, is wide and trough-like, with scarped banks about forty feet in height. The cliffs are compo-ed entirely of drift deposits, and it maintains this character us far up and down as I have been able to examine it. Many fragments of Cretaceous to--il- and large masses of fossiliferous ironstone, are found in the bed of the stream and in the clay banks; and »9 large a proportion of the drift is formed of the redistributed matter of the Cretaceous clay-shales. that it seems probable that they exist here at no very great depth. Bacu- Nites grandis is arnoug the fossils, and was not elsewhere observed; there

* Kep. Geol. and Res. Reg. Vic. 49th Parallel, p. 114.

WHITEAVES. | LARAMIE AND GRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 51

are also a few species which are probably derived from the lower beds of the Tertiary.”

Specimens which appear to differ from those from the Hast Fork of Milk River only in being a little smaller, have since been collected at the following localities. St. Mary River, eleven miles above its mouth, G. M. Dawson, 1881; and Belly River, near the St. Mary River, R. G. McConnell, 1881. South Saskatchewan, opposite Swift Current Creck, R. G. MeConnell, 1882 ; and Lorne Crossing of the Red Deer River, Section 24, Township 25, Range 16, west of 4th Principal Meridian, J. B. Tyrrell, 1884. None of the specimens from these lovalities, however, shew the septation and hence there may be a doubt whether they are correctly referred to B. grandis or not, but they scem to differ from the Baculites here referred to B. compressus in being thicker later- ally, in having the antisiphonal side distinctly flattened, and in being marked by coarse and distant transverse undulations.

ScaPHITES ABYssINUS, Morton. (Sp.) -Amimon ites abyssinus, Morton. 1841, Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. vel. VIIL., p. 209

pl. 10, fig. 4. Scuphites Mandanensis ’, Meek & Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat.Sc. Phil. vol. VI,

pe 28L. Scuphites ubyssinus, Meek & Hayden. 1860. Ib., vol. NIL, p. 420. x ef Meek. 1876.Rep. U. 8. Geol, Surv. Terr., vol. IN., p. 441, pl.

35, figs. Za, b & 4.

White Mud River, about twenty miles west of the crossing of Wood Mountain and Cypress Hills trails, R. @. McConnell, 1884: one perfect, adult and well preserved specimen, which is much more like Meck’s figure 2a of S. abyssinus on plate 35 of his “ Report on the Invertebrate Cretaceous and Tertiary Fossils of the Upper Missouri country, in volume IX. of the U.S. Geological Survey of the Territories,” than it is to Morton’s figure of the type of that species.

Scapuites NicoLuEti, Morton. (Sp.)

Ammonites Nicolfetii, Morton. 1841. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. vol. VIII, p. 209,

pl. 10, fig. 3. oe a Owen. 1852. Rep. U.S. Geol. Sury. Wiscon., Towa and

Minn., pl. §, fig. 1.

Scaphites (Ammonites) comprimis, Owen, 1552. T)., p- 580, pl. 7, fig. 4.

Scaphites Nicolictii, Meek & Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil, vol. VII, p. 281.

Scaphites Nicolletii, Meck. 1876. Rep. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol LX., p. $55, pl. 34, figs. 4a, b, ¢ & 2a, b.

Creek twelve miles east of White Mud River (or Frenchinan’s Creek),

52 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.JEONTOLOGY.

(+, M. Dawson, 1874, H. M. North American Boundary Commission : one well preserved but impertect specimen. Old Wives Creek, Town- ship 10, Range 11, west of 3rd Principal Meridian, 2. G. McConnell, 1884: two nearly perfect specimens, which in this instance correspond better with Morton’s figure of the type of his A. Micolleti, than with Meek’s subsequent illustrations of the same species.

ScAPHITES NODOSUS, Owen.

Sruphites (Ammonites ?) nodosus, Owen. 1852. Rep. Geol. Surv, Iowa, Wiscon. and Minn., p.580, pl.S, fiz. +—Meek & Hayilen. 1860. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil, vol. NIL, p. 420.— Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX. pp. 426-430, pl. 25, figs. la, b, ¢; 2a, b,¢; and fiv. 4: also pl. 26, figs. la, b, ¢.

South Branch of the Saskatchewan, Prof. 1. Youle Hind, 1858: two imperfect and not very large specimens. Elbow of the South Saskat- chewan, Prof. J. Macoun, 1879: one fine specimen which measures nearly five inches in its maximum diameter. South Saskatchewan, mouth of Swift Current Creek, R. G. McConnell, 1882: one specimen nearly as large as that collected by Prof. Macoun. West end of the Cypress Hills, R. G. McConnell, 1883: a medium sized example.

SCAPHITES SUBGLOBOSUS. (N. Sp.) Plate 7, fig. 3, and plate 8, all the figures.

Shell strongly inflated, subglobose but narrowly and deeply umbili- cated in the centre, attaining to a large size, the largest example col- lected, which is entirely septate, being nearly five inches in its mawxi- mum diameter, while the maximum breadth of it< aperture, which is identical with the greatest lateral convexity, is three inches and a half. Volutions broadly rounded on the periphery and iniddle of the sides, but much more narrowly convex on their inner or umbilical sides, increusing rapidly in breadth laterally, but not so rapidly in diameter from the siphonal to the antisiphonal side,—closely involute and so deeply embracing that the whole of the inner ones are concealed, except in the largest individuals, in which a considerable portion of the last volution but one is exposed in the umbilical cavity: umbilicus about one-fourth of the entire diameter, with steep sides and an obliquely rounded and il-defined margin. Aperture transversely reniform, nearly twice as broad as high and rather deeply emarginated by the encroachment of the preceding volution.

WHITEAVES. | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA, 53

Surface marked by transverse and nearly straight ribs, which in- Crease in number either by bifurcation or intercalation, especially in half grown and very young shells, so that there are often twice or perhaps three times as many on the centre of the periphery as on the umbilical margin, In specimens which measure about two inches in their greatest diameter and in still smaller ones, there is a row of distantly arranged small nodes on vach side near the periphery of the outer volu- tion and a faint tendency towards the same kind of sculpture around the umbilical margin. In the largest specimens, however, these rows of nodes are entirely obsolete. Septation, as far as it can be made out, apparently very like that of Scaphites nodosus.

East Branch of the Poplar River, on the 4th Parallel, (the locality where the Wood Mountain Astronomical Station was established) G. M. Dawson, 1874, H. M. North American Boundary Commission : one large but rather imperfect specimen. Old Wives Creek, Township 10, Range 11, west of 3rd Principal Meridian, R. G. McConnell, 1884: one large and nearly perfect specimen and several others varying from less than one inch to two inches in their greatest diameter.

The characters which are most relied upon for the separation of this species from S. nodosus, Owen, are the much greater size of the former and its more nearly globose form. The septation of both of these forms, indeed, appears to be much alike, and very young shells of S. subglobosus have a somewhat similar sculpture to S. Conradi, but in large individuals of the former the ribbed surface of the outer volution is entirely free from nodes.

PLACENTICERAS PLACENTA, Dekay. (Sp.)

Ammonites plucentu, Dekay. 1828. Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist., vol. ii, p. 27s, pl. 5, fiz, 2 (3 by mistake).—Morton. 1829, Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil, vol. VL, p. 195; and Am. Journ. Se. and Arts, vol. XVIII, pl. 2, figs. 1, 2 and 3; also, 1834, Synops. Org. Jiem. Cret. Form. U. 8., p. 36, pl. 2, figs. 1 and 2.

Placenticeras placenta, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 465, pl. 24, figs. 2a, b.

South Branch of the Saskatchewan, Prof. H. Youle Hind, 1858. White Mud River, (or Frenchman’s Creek) on the 49th Parallel, G@. M. Dawson, 1874, H. M. North American Boundary Commission : one large and characteristic fragment. Blood Indian Creek, longitude 111° west, Prof J. Macoun, 1879: one large specimen and two or three fragments. St. Mary River, near its mouth, @. M. Dawson, 1881: one specimen which measures upwards of seventeen inches in diameter,

54 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY,

and Belly River, west of St. Mary River, G. M. Dawson, 1881: two fragments ; also, St. Mary River, west of MacLeod Benton trail, R. G. McConnell, 1881, three good examples, averaging about six inches in diameter. Lake south of Milk River, (a large fragment) and South Saskatchewan, opposite Swift Current Creek, (a large and pertect specimen fifteen inches in diameter) R. G. McConnell, 1882. Red Deer River, above crossing of Lord Lorne trail, R. G. McConnell, 1882, (one large fragment) and J, B. Tyrrell, 1884, a similar but smaller

specimen, PLACENTICERAS PLACENTA, Var. INTERCALARE.

? Ammonites syrtalis, Morton. 1834. Synops. Org. Rem. Cret. Gr. U.&., p. 40, pl. 16 (14 by mistake), fig. 4.

Ammonites placenta, var. intercalaris, Meek & Hayden. 1860. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se., Phil, vol. XIL, p. 117.

? Ammonites Tamutlicus, Blanford. M.S. 8. 1862. Mem. Geol. Surv. India, vol. VIL, p. 118.

? Ammonites Guadaloupe, Stoliczka. 1865. Palzeont. Indica, vol. I., p. 90, pl. 47, figs. 1 and 2, and pl. 48, fig. 1. Not A. Gua- daloupx, Roemer.

Plucenticeras placenta, var. intercalare, Meek. 1876. Rep. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IN., p. 468, pl. 23, figs. la, b, e-

St. Mary’s River, near its mouth, G. M. Dawson, 1881: a nearly perfect and exquisitely preserved specimen, about five inches and a half in diameter, with the test preserved. In this specimen the double row of small nodes or tubercles which forms the outer boundary of the periphery and the single row which encircles the umbilicus on both sides of the shell are moderately well developed, but the row on the outer half of each of the sides is almost obsolete. Berry Creek, Township 25, Range 12, west of 4th Principal Meridian, J. B. Tyrrell, 1884: one imperfect specimen, in which all the rows of nodes and. tubercles are fully developed.

WHITEAvES. ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 55

D. FROM THE BELLY RIVER SERIES.

Dr. Dawson's views on the stratigraphical position of the “ Belly River Series” are fully stated in pages 118-126 C, of the Report of Progress of the Canadian Survey for 1882-83-84. It is there explained that this name has been used to designate a considerable thickness of beds which occupy a position below the shales of the Fort Pierre Group, or at least below an upper portion of these shales. The beds of the “ Belly River Series” are estuarine throughout, and ditfer in this respect from those described as occurring below the shales of the Fort Pierre Group in the Missouri region proper. Owing to the differences between the section in the Bow and Belly region and that on the Missouri, the exact stratigraphical position of the “ Belly River Series ” was for a long time considered doubtful, bat Dr. Dawson has, on stratigraphical grounds, become convinced that it occupies the horizon assigned to it in his report. It may be aided that Mr. R. G. McConnell, who assisted Dr. Dawson in the geological work, fully concurs in this opinion.

In the course of the explorations two sets of beds were at first distinguished, and these were provisionally recognized as the “ pale” and “yellow” series respectively. These have now been united under the name “ Belly River Series,” the first named being the upper and the second the lower part of the series. It should be stated, however, that while (according to Dr. Dawson) the evidence is indubitable and precise as to the fact of the position of the pale or upper portion of these shales, that affecting the yellow or lower beds is somewhat less definite. The bearing of all the facts is discussed in the report above cited, and need not be repeated.*

The molluscan fauna of the pale or upper beds is comparatively scanty, though vertebrate remains, which have not yet been reported on, are somewhat abundant. It is unfortunate that the rather exten- sive collection of mollusca made from these beds by Mr. T. C. Weston at a locality in Milk River Ridge which proved unusually rich in fossils, and which was specially revisited in 1883 for the purpose of collecting them, was subsequently lost in transit. The yellow and supposed lower beds often contain great quantities of molluscan remains, and a number of species are represented.

“In this connection it seems desirable to state that all the notes on the stratigraphieal posi - tion and lithological peculiarities of the formations mentioned in the present paper were supplied by Dr. G. M. Dawson. Judging by their respective invertebrate faunw, it would seem impracti- cable to separate the “ Belly River Series ” from the Laramie and more especially from the “ Judith River Group,” on purely paleontological evidence. (J. F. W.)

D6 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL AONTOLOGY.

(1.) From raz Pave or Upper Portion or THE SERIES.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

OsTREA GLABRA, Meek and Hayden.

(The synonymy of this species and references to the publications in which it was described will be found on page 5.)

Near Bull’s Head, R. G. McConnell, 1883: a number of detached valves on a slab of limestone. Saskatchewan Coal Mines, near Medi- eine Hat, T. C. Weston, 1884: abundant.

OsTREA SUBTRIGONALIS, Evans and Shumard.

(For references to the publications in which this shell was described and figured, see also page 5.)

Woodworth Mine, Medicine Hat, R. G. McConnell, 1883: from the base of this portion of the series, common and associated with the preceding species.

Preria (Oxytoma) Nesrascana, Evans and Shumard. (Sp.)

(For references to publications in which this species was described see page 31.)

Milk River Ridge, R. G. McConnell, 1882: a cast of a left valve, with 2 considerable portion of the test preserved.

MytiLus suBarcuatus, Meek and Hayden.

Mytilus subarcuatus, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. vol. VILL, p. 276.

Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Sury. Terr, vol. IX., p. 69, pl. 38, figs. 2a, b.

“ “

South Saskatchewan, eight miles below the Red Deer River, R. G. McConnell, 1883: a few small but perfect specimens, the largest of which is not more than twelve millimetres or about half an inch in length.

WOITEAVES. | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUs INVERTEBRATA.

=)

ou

CRENELLA (?) PARVeELA. (N. Sp.) Plate 9, fix. 1,

Shell small for the genus, (assuminy it to be a Crenella) ayyparently not exceeding a quarter of an inch in length by one-third less in height. moderately inflated but very tumid in the umbonal region, lateral outline tranversely elliptic subovate, very narrow at the anterior endl and increasing rapidly in breadth, or rather in height, to the posterior. Anterior sile extremely small. its margin subtrancated almost verti- cally under the beaks: posterior side much longer and broader, its extremity regularly rounded. Beaks anterior, terminal and recurved,

Surface nearly smooth and marked only with very tine and close set concentric strie, Which are not visible without the use of a lens. Characters of the interior of the valves unknown.

Length of the largest specimen collected, six millimetres ; maximum height of the same. four mm.; exact thickness through the closed valves not ascertainable with much accuracy.

Milk River Ridge. R. G. McConnell, 1832: three perfect single valves, with the test preserved on cach,

It is possible that this little shell should be placed in Conrad’s genus Arcopernu* rather than in Crenello. If radiating strie or cost or a cancellate sculpture are essential characters of the latter genus, then it in clear that the present shell cannot be a @renella. The only North American species to which the C. (7) parcula ears much resemblance is the Uodiola yranulato-costellata of Reemer,r from the Texan Creta- ceous, Wut this latter shell, a- its specific name impliex, has the outer surface of the valves marked with numerous, equal and granulated, radiating lines. Judging by the published figures, the Crenedla elegantula of Meek and Havdeu,? from the Fox Hills Group of Deer Creek and the Yellowstone River, is ax broad or high anteriorly as it is posteriorly, and its surfuce is said to be marked with bifureating radiating stric.

* Am. Journ. Conch., vol. I., p- 140. pl. 10, he,

+ Die Kreidebildungen von Texas, p. 54, pl. 7. figs. l2a, b, ¢ :

t Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX.. Rep. Invert. Cret and Tert. Fo: Miss. Cy., p. 75, p1. 28, figs. 6,0, bw

o w

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL -ZONTOLOGY.

Anoponta PRopPATORIS ? White.

Plate 9, figs. 2 and 2 a,

Lnodonta prmpataily White. 1877. Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IIL, p. 601.

= White. 1880. U.s. Geol. Sury., Contr. to Pal., Nos. 2-8, p. 61, pl. 24, figs. 2a, b, ¢ and d. es vf White. 1883. Rey. Non-Marine Foss. Moll. N. Am., p. 23,

pl. 19, figs. 6, 7, 8 and 9.

Forty-ninth Parallel, six miles west of the first or South Branch of the Milk River, G. M. Dawson, 1874, H. M. North American Boundary Commission : one goodspecimen. Big Island bend, on the Belly River, Gt. M. Dawson, 1881: x few badly preserved casts of the interior of the shell. Milk River Ridge, R. G. McConnell, 18S2: six casts of the interior of the united valves, with large portions of the thin test preserved, South Saskatchewan, eight miles above the mouth of the Red Deer River, R. G. McConnell, 1883: abundant. Red Deer River, Township 21, Range 12, west of 4th Principal Meridian, R. G. MeCon- nell, 1883: two small casts. Near Bull’s Head, R. G. McConnell, 1883: three casts of the interior of the adult shell.

The characters of the interior of the valves are not at all clearly shewn in any of the specimens from these localities. The hinge line appears to have been thin and edentulous, but it is impossible to ascer- tain definitely whether the pallial line had a sinus or not.

The form and surface markings of the exterior of the shell, which is nearly all that the Canadian specimens shew, are as much like those of the so-called Thracia ’ subtortuosa of Meek’ as those of Anodonta propa- toris, and it is not at all unlikely that some if not all of the fossils now under consideration should be referred to the former species rather than to the latter,

All the specimens collected by Dr. Dawson and Mr. McConnell prior to 1883 were at first and for a long time supposed by the writer to be conspecific with TV. subtortuosa. This opinion, too, seemed to be con- firmed by the circumstance tirst that their tests showed scarcely any traces of an inner nacreous layer, and secondly by the fact that at Milk River Ridge they were obtained from a series of beds which hold Mactra alta (which occurs with T. subtortuosa at the mouth of the

Judith River in Montana), and such other marine types as Pteria

* Rep. U.S. Geol. Sury. Terr., vol. TX., p. 223, pl. 36, fig. 5.

waiteaves. } LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. a9

Nebrascana, the Crenella parvula here described, and an undescribed gasteropod belonging apparently to the genus Aporrhais or Auehura.

On the other hand, at each of the localities at which these fossils were collected they are invariably and directly associated with numer- ous examples of one or more species of Univ, and at the South Sas- katchewan and near Bull’s Head with large Phys, All the specimens of the present shell, too, which Mr. McConnell obtained at the South Saskatchewan in 1883, and which have most of the inner layer of the test preserved, are brilliantly nacreous, and young individuals, from more than one Canadian locality, are remarkably like Dr. White's figures of the young of A. propatoris.

Unio priwevus, White.

CO De, White. 1877. Boul U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. TIL, p. 599. © White. Isso. U.S. Geol. Sury., Contr. to Pal, Nos. 2-8, p. 70, pl. 29, figs. 3a aid b. s White. 1883. Rey. Non-Marine Foss. Moll, \. Am., p. 26, pl. 14,

figs. 4 and 5.

Branch of East Fork of Milk River, Township 1, Range 27, west of $rd Principal Meridian, R. G. McConnell, 1883: one specimen with both valves, but with most of the outer layer of the test exfoliated,

Usto Day-z, Meek and Hayden.

Unio Duns, Meek and Hayden. 1857. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sv., Phil. vol. TX, p. 145. “Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., 0 IX., Rep. Inv. Cret. and Tert. Foss. U. Miss. Cy., p. 517, pl. 41, figs. 3, a, b, ¢.

South Shore of the Belly River above Coal Banks, T. C. Weston, 1883 : four specimens, which are very variable in form.

Unto consuetus. (N. Sp. ?)

Plate 9, figs. 4 and 4 a.

Shell rather large, moderately convex, (the maximum thickness through the closed valves as compared with their height being about as three to five) transversely elongated, a little more than twice ax long as high, very inequilateral, the anterior side being extremely short, and the posterior much produced ; superior and inferior borders very

60 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALAZONTOLOGY.

nearly parallel for the greater part of their length. Margins of both extremities evenly rounded in some specimens, but in others the pos- terior end is bluntly pointed just below the middle. Superior border descending obliquely, convexly and abruptly in front of the beaks, nearly straight and horizontal, but sightly convex behind them: ven- tral margin also nearly straight except at the immediate extremities,— apparently never concavely arcuate near the centre ; sides of the valves also never concave near the midleneth below. Beaks very small, depressed, ill defined and approximated, placed very near the anterior margin but not quite terminal.

Surface marked with the usual concentric lines of growth. Hinge dentition unknown.

Dimensions of the most perfect specimens collected: length, one hundred and fifteen millimetres, ora little more than four inches and a half: height of the same, fifty-one mm. In this individual, which is a little distorted and twisted to one side, the valves are partially open, so

, that the exact thickness throuvh them is difficult to ascertain, but in another specimen which appears to belong to the same species and whose valves are closed, the maximum height is fifty millimetres, and the greatest thickness of both united is about thirty.

The species attains to a still larger size than this, for a cast of the interior of the valves trom another locality measures fully one hundred and thirty-tive millimetres in length, by sixty-five in heiyht.

Milk River Ridge, R. G. McConnell, 1882: one very large and nearly perfect cast of the interior of both valves. Red Deer River, Township 21, Range 12, west of 4th Principal Meridian, R. G. McConnell, 1883 : one perfect specimen with the whole of the test preserved, three imper- fect but well preserved specimens, and one cast of the interior,

Some custs of a large Unio, which are probably also referable to this species, were collected by G@. M. Dawson in 1874, six miles west of the first branch of the Milk River, while attached to H. M. North Ameri- can Boundary Commission ; also, in 1881, on the Bow River, ten miles below Grassy Island,—and by Mr. McConnell, in 1883, on the South Saskatchewan, eight miles above the mouth of the Red Deer River.

So few perfect specimens of’ this shell have yet been obtained that its specific relations are by no means clear. The Specific name suggested for it, which must be regarded as perely provisional, is intended to convey the idea that its characters are of a very ordinary kind and ones that are shared by it in common with many fossil and recent species of Unio. It may he only an unusually large variety of Unio Dane, but appears to be proportionately broader in the direction of its height than that shell is, its ventral mar

gin is not distinetly arcuate, if at all, and its flanks are never shallowly concave near the midlength

WHITEAVES. ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 61

below. The type and only specimen known of’ the (y/o Albertensis of the “ Willow Creek Series,” described on page 3, looks very much like an immature shell, and it is not impossible that (7. consuetus may ultimately prove to be the adult state of that species. There is also a considerable resemblance between the only perfect specimen known of U. consuetus and the (7 Couesi of Dr. C. A. White, as fieured on plate 27 of his “Contributions to Paleontology,’ (Nos. 2-8) published at Washineton in 1880, under the auspices of the U. 8. Geo- logical Survey.

SPHERIUM FoRMOsuM? Meek and Hayden, Var. Plate 9, fig. 3.

Cyclas formosa, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proe. Ac. Nat. Se., Phil, vol. V11I. p. 115.

Cuclas fragilis, Meek and Hayden. Ib.

Spharium formosum, Meek and Hayden, 1860. Ib., vol. NII. p. 185.

- ¢ rs i G. M. Dawson, 1875. Rep. Geol. and Res. Vic. 49th Parallel, p. oe e . Meek. 187. Rep. U. & Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 526.,

pl. 48, figs. 4, a, b, ¢.

Shell small, moderately convex, most prominent above the middle, in the umbonal region, a little longer than high; anterior side short and narrowly rounded ; posterior side broader and slightly rounded or very faintly subtruncated vertically, or at nearly a right angle to the poste- tior end of the hinge line, at its extremity. Superior border straight and nearly parallel with the ventral margin behind the beaks,-— descending abruptly, obliquely and somewhat concavely in front of them; ventral margin broadly and regularly rounded ; umbones tumid, beaks obtuse, raised very little above the highest level of the hinge margin and placed slightly in advance of the middle.

Surface marked with numerous, minute, close-set and regularly dis- posed concentric, raised strie, which can scarcely be seen without the aid of a lens; also by a few distant lines of growth. Hinge dentition and muscular impressions unknown.

Length of the most perfect specimens, six millimetres and a half; maximum height of the same, five mm., und a half.

Ed. Mahan’s Coulée, G. M. Dawson, 1881: apparently abundant but very badly preserved. Belly River, eight miles above Coal Banks, T. C, Weston, 1883, a few single valves.

By an accidental oversight no mention was made of this little Spherium in the enumeration of the fossils of the “ Western Laramie ”

62 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL-EONTOLOGY.

=

in section A, on page 9. It, however, was first discovered on the Second or North Branch of the Milk River, in 1874, by G. M. Dawson, as stated in his British North American Boundary Report, in rocks which he has since designated as the St. Mary River Series.

It is doubtful whether this Sphwrium should be regarded as merely alocal variety of the S. formosum, ov as a distinct species. As compared with Meek’s description of S. formosum, the specimens collected by Dr. Dawson and Mr. Weston are not nearly so much pointed at the poste rior end of the base, nor so obliquely truncated posteriorly, and the cardinal margin, in the Canadian specimens, ix more nearly parallel with the ventral.

AMucrra (CymBopuora) aLta, Meek and Hayden.

Muctra alte, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. vol. VIII, p. 271. Murtra (Cymbophora) alta, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX, p. 210, pl. 37, figs. 2, a, b.

Milk River Ridge, R. G. McConnell, 1882: tive or six large single

valves. CORBULA SUBTRIGONALIS, Meek and Hayden.

Corlila subtrigonalis, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., Phil, vol. VIII, p. 116. Corbule (Potamomuya) subtrigonalis, Meek and Hayden, 1860. Ib., vol. NIL, p. 432. Corhuda subtrigoniis, Meek. 1876. Rep. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr, vol. IX., p. 529, pl. 40, figs. 3, a, b. Mlustrated also on pl. 19, fies. 10-17, of Dr. C. A. White's Rev. Non- Marine Foss. Moll. N. Am.

Peigan Creek, Township 7, Ranve 6, west of 4th Principal Meridian, KR. G. MeConnell, 1883: a small piece of rock containing afew de- tached valves of this species.

CoRBULA PERUNDATA, Meek and Hayden.

Corhila perundata, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil, vol. VIIL, p- 116. oh 6 Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. TX., p. 530. pl. 40, figs. 4a, b, ¢, d.

With the preceding, of which, as already remarked on page 9, Dr. C. A. White thinks it only a variety ;—also near theU. S. Boundary line, on a branch of the east fork of the Milk River; at both places collected by R. G. McConnell in 1883.

WHITEAVES. ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 63 GASTEROPODA. Puysa Corer, White.

Physa Copei, White. 1877. Bul. U. 8. Geol. Sury. Terr, vol. IIL, p. 602. < ee isso. UL 8. Geol. Sury. Terr., Contr. to Pal., Nus. 2-8, p. 85, pl. 24, figs. 4 a and b. . s 1ss3. Rey, Non-Marine Foss. Moll. N. Am., pp. 43, 44, pl. 25, figs. 1 and 2.

South Saskatchewan, cight miles above the mouth of the Red Deer River, R. G. McConnell, 1883: a few specimens with the test preserved. Near Bull’s Head, same collector and date: two large casts of the interior,

Imperfect specimens of a few additional species of gasteropoda, which are either too badly preserved to be determined, or properly character- ized if new, were obtained at various localities from this subdivision of the Belly River Series.

One of these is an elungated, spiral and evidently marine shell, from Milk River Ridge, which is most likely the young of a new species of Aporrhais or Anchura, but which may be a Scalaria. It has at least six rounded and ventricose shells with a deep suture, and its sculpture con- sists of strong und straight ribs, which cross the volutions transversely hut somewhat obliquely, and there are no indications of any spiral or revolving markings,

A second elongated, spiral shell, which occurs in the Belly River above Coal Banks and at Milk River Ridge, may be an extreme variety of Gonivbasis tenuicarinata, or perhaps a new species of Sp/ronema, It also has about six very ventricose whorls andl a deeply excavated suture, but its volutions are sub-angular above, and the sculpture of its later whorls consists of four small spiral raised ridges.

Fragments of a large [e/parus which is probably V. Conrad were collected by Mr. MeConnell in 1885 on the South Saskatchewan, eight miles above the Red Deer River and on the Red Deer River, while numerous perfect opercula, which resemble those of Vreyparus and Campeloma except in being smaller, thicker and apparently calcareous, were obtained by Mr, T. C. Weston in the sume year from the Belly River, eight miles below Coal Banks.

G+ CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

(2.) From tHe Lower or YELLOWISH AND BANDED PoRTION OF THE SERIES.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

ANOMIA MICRONEMA, Meek.

_lnomia micronema, Meek. 1875. Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., 2nd Ser., No. 1, p. 43. ie Meek. White. 1880. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., Contr. to Pal., Nos. 2-8, p. 57, pl. 25, figs. 2, a,b, c,d. Tllustrated also on pl. 12 (figs. 6-11), of Dr. White’s Rev. Non-Marine Foss. N.

Am. Washington, 1885. South Saskatchewan, half a mile below the forks of the Bow and Belly Rivers, T. C. Weston, 1883: one perfect well-preserved specimen

of the upper valve.

OsrREA GLABA, Meek and Hayden.

(The full synonymy of this species and references to the publications in which it was described are given on page 5.)

South Saskatchewan, one mile below the mouth of the Bow River, G.M. Dawson, 1881, and T. C. Weston, 1883; also South Saskatchewan, six miles below the mouth of Bow River, and thirty-five feet above the water level, G. M. Dawson, 1881. North Bank of the Milk River, five miles below Pa-kow-ki Coulée. and south bank of Milk River, above Pa-kow-ki Coulée, forty and a hundred feet abuve the water level, G. M. Dawson, 1881.

Abundant and associated with Corbula subtrigoualis and C. perundata at each of these localities. Some of the specimens are very typical, others belong to the variety arcuatilis, Meck, and one from the South Suskatchewan comes very near to the O. inornata of Meek and Hayden trom the Fort Pierre Group.

ANODONTA PARALLELA ? White.

alnodouta parallela, White. 1878. Bul. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IV., p. 709.

a & i 1880. U.S. Geol. Surv., Contr. to Pal., Nos. 2-8, p. 62, pl. 24, fig. 3 a.

- e White. 1883. Rev. Non-Marine Foss. Moll. N. Am., p. 23, pl. 19, fig. 5.

South Saskatchewan, one mile below the mouth of Bow River, T. C. Weston, 1883: one imperfect and badly preserved specimen, whose identitication with the above named species is consequently somewhat doubtful.

WHITEAVES. ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA, 65

Unio priscus, Meck and Hayden.

Plate 10, fig. 3.

Dp

Unio priscus, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. vol. VIEL, p. 117.

es . Meek. 1876. Rep. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr. vol. IX., p. 516, pl. 43, figs. Sa, b, ¢, a.

Belly River, two miles above Woodpecker Island, @. M. Dawson, 1881: an imperfect but beautifully preserved right valve, which is almost certainly specifically identical with the similarly imperfect specimens trom the Laramie of the Souris River District, already referred to this species on pages 26 and 27,

The “small. very regular, concentrie wrinkles” on the beaks and “the two small, raised radiating lines which extend from the back part of the beaks obliqhely backward and downward across the poxtero- dorsal region of the immediate umbones,” which, according to Meek, are among the distinguishing characters of U, priscus, are extremely well shown in most of the specimens from the Canadian Laramie and Belly River Series. Both of these characters, however, are said to be common to CU. priscus and to the U. vetustus of Meek from the Bear River Laramie, but on page 165 of the U.S. Geol. Surv. of the 40th Parallel under Prof. Clarence King (Washington, 1877), Mr. Meek states that he has “long suspected” that the latter shell ‘‘ may possibly be iden- tical’ with the former.

A perfect but very immature specimen of a Unio collected hy Mr. Weston in 1883 from the South Saskatchewan, one mile below the mouth of the Bow River, which measures only eighteen millimetres in its greatest length, and which is figured on plate 10, is possibly also referable to [ priscus, though it agrees quite as well with the descrip- tion of U. vetustus und even better with the figures.

Unio Day.r, Meck & Hayden.

Unio Danw, Meek & Hayden. 1857. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. IN., p. 145, is Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 517, pl. 41, figs. 13, a, b, &

Belly River, north-west angle of Driftwood Bend, G. M. Dawson,

1881 : abundant, typical and well preserved, August, 1885. 5

66 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL ZONTOLOGY.

Unto Deweyanus, Meek & Hayden.

Unio Deweyanus, Meek & Hayden. 1857. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., vol. [X., p. 145. « Meek. 1867. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IN., p. 519, pl. 41, figs. 2, a, b,c. Tllustrated also on pl. 17 (figs. + and 5) of Dr. C. A. White’s Rev. Non-Marine Foss. Moll. N. Am. Washington, 1883.

South Saskatchewan, one mile below the mouth of the Bow River, T. CG. Weston, 1883 : a few rather imperfect specimens.

As already stated on page 6, Dr. C. A. White is of the opinion that U. Deweyanus is only a variety of OU. Dan.

Unto supracipBosus. (N. Sp.) Plate 10, fig. 1. Shell compressed at the sides, the maximum convexity being appar-

ently less than half the greatest height, though all the specimens so far rather tumid a little behind

collected are more or less crushed laterally, the mid-length and below the middle in some individuals, so that the outline of a section through the centre of the closed valves at a right angle to their length would be very nearly lenticular: a little longer than high, and very inequilateral: lateral outline obliquely and broadly subovate: superior border gibbous behind the beaks: posterior end of the base always somewhat pointed. Anterior side very short, its margin abruptly and more or less broadly rounded or receding obliquely and abruptly inwards and downwards from a little above the middle into the base below: posterior side much longez than the anterior, its extremity obliquely truncated above and in the middle and narrowly rounded or bluntly pointed at the base below. Superior border broadly and con- vexly arched behind the beaks and probably winged when quite perfect : ventral margin broadly semiovate, usually much straighter behind than in front: umbonal region not distinctly defined as such and flattened laterally; beaks small, inconspicuous, depressed considerably below the highest level of the superior border, and placed very near the anterior end but not quite terminal.

Surface concentrically striated. Hinge dentition and muscular Impressions unknown.

Dimensions of the most perfect specimen collected . maximum length, sixty millinietres: greatest height of the sume, about forty-six mm.: approximate thickness through the closed valves, about twenty mm.

WHITEAVES. | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA, OF

South Saskatchewan, one mile below the mouth of the Bow River, T. C. Weston, 1883: six nearly pertect bat somewhat distorted specimens.

The lateral outline of this shell is a little like the young examples of Unio yonronotus tigured by Dr. C. A. White on plate 26. figs. 2 6, d, eof his “Contributions to Paleontology.’ Nos. 2-8 CULS. Geol. Surv., Wash. ington), but the posterior and postero-basal margins of the latter species ave represented as coarsely plicated and. its “superior border as forming a subangular junction with the posterior margin behind. The present species also seems to be nearly related to the (7 Hayden’ of Meek from the Bridger Group of Wyoming,

Uyto senectus. White. Plate 10, fig. 2.

Cniv sencetus, White. Isv7. Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IIL, p. 600. 3 ee Isso. U.S. Geol. Surv., Contr. to Pal., Nos. 2-8, p. 69, pl. 2s, figs. la, bande. White. 1ss5. Rev. Non-Marine Foss. Moll. N. Am., p. 26, pl. 19, Hes. 1, 2.

South Saskatchewan. one mile below the mouth of the Bow River, T.C. Weston. 1583: one specimen which measures seventy millimetres in its greatest length by forty mm. in its greatest height, and five small specimens the largest of which is thirty-six millimetres long and twenty high.

The largest individual collected at this locality seems to differ alittle from the type of (7. senectus tirst tigured by Dr. White in being sub- truncated somewhat obliquely at the posterior margin rather than regularly roundel, and some of’ the smaller examples (such as the one representel on plate 10) have both umbonal siopes on cach valve rather «distinctly detined. These slight and apparently inconstant variations from the normal form, however, ave obviously not of specific importance.

CORBICULA OCCIDENTALIS. Meck and Iayden.

(References to the publications in which this species was described are given on pige 7.)

North side ot the Milk River. tive miles below Pa-kow-ki Coulée, G@ AM. Dawson, 1881: a number of well-preserved and nearly perfect single

68 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

valves which ave all quite empty and show the hinge dentition, muscu- lav impressions and the small shallow subangular pallial sinus very clearly.

The specimens from this locality are slightly different in shape from those from the “ Western Laramie ’ mentioned on page 7, but the Cor- bicule from the Milk River are also almost exactly intermediate in their characters between C. occidentalis and C. eytheriformis.

Spruriuu rormostm ? Meek and Hayden, Var.

(A description of this shell, with references to the publications in which S. formosum was described, will be found on page 61.)

Belly River, east side of Driftwood Bend, G. M. Dawson, 1881. South Saskatchewan, one mile below the mouth of the Bow River, T. GC. Weston, 1883. A few single valves from each of these localities.

CorRBULA SUBTRIGONALIS, Meek and Hayden.

Corbula subtrigonatis, Meck and Hayden, 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. vol. VIII. p. 116.

Corbulu (Potumomuya) subtrigonalis, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Ib., vol. XIT., p. 452. Corbula subtrigonalis, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. LX., p. 529 pl. 40, figs. 3, a, b.

s White (as of Meck). Isso. U.S. Geol. Surv., Contr. to Pal., Nos. 2-8. p. SO, pl. 25, figs. 6, a, b, ¢, d, e. as is White. 1883. Rey. Nou-Marine Foss. N. Am., p. 36, pl.

19, figs. 11-15.

Belly River, east side of Driftwood Bend, and Belly River near its junction with the Bow River, G. M. Dawson, 1881. South Saskat- chewan, six miles below the mouth of Bow River and thirty-five feet above the water level, (FM. Dawson, 1881. North side of Milk River, five miles below Pa-kow-ki Coulée, and south side of Milk River, one mile above the mouth of Pa-kow-ki Coulée and forty feet above the water level, @. M. Dawson, 1881.

South side of the Saskatchewan, one mile below the mouth of the Bow River, T. C. Weston, 1883. Abundant at each of these localities.

WHITEAVES. ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS [NVERTEBRATA. 69

CorBuLa PERUNDATA, Meek and Hayden.

Corbula perundata, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se., Phil., vol. VIL, p. 116. a i Meek. 1876. Rep. U. 5, Geol. Sury. Terr., vol. IX... ps 930, pl. 40, figs. 4, a, b, ¢, dl.

Creek “about fourteen miles north-eastward from the most eastern of the Three Buttes,” G. M. Dawson, 1874; very abundant: see page 122 of Dr. Dawson’s “Report on the Geology and Resources of the region in the vicinity of the Forty-ninth Parallel. Abundant also at all the localities at which C. subtrigonalis has yet been collected at this horizon in the “ Belly River Series.” As already stated on page 9, Dr. C. A. White thinks that @. perunduta is not specifically distinct from (. subtrigonalis.

GASTHROPODA.

RuyropHorus (?) euaBer. (N. Sp.) Plate 10, figs. 4 and 4a, h, ¢.

Shell (when adult or nearly adult) ovately subfusiform, its length being about twice its maximum breadth: spire conical, moderately elevaced: axis and base imperforate. Volutions about six, increasing rapidly in size, those of the spire obliquely compressed at the sides, the one next to the body whorl being moderately convex and the earlier ones much less so: suture lightlyimpressed. Body whorl large and long, though its length is rarely or never quite twice as great as its maximum breadth, obliquely compressed next to the suture, most prominent and somewhat shouldered a little above the middle, below which it narrows gradually into the more or less pointed or very nar- rowly rounded base. Aperture elongated and narrow, pointed both above and below, but most acutely so above: columella bearing at least one fold, which is prominent, oblique and situated at a short dis- tance from the base: outer lip thin and apparently simple.

Surface polished, nearly smooth, marked only by minute and parallel lines of growth, which are faintly, minutely and shallowly curved backwards immediately next to the suture. Test rather thin.

70 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL. KONTOLOGY,

Length of unaverage sized adult specimen, twenty- nine millimetres : maximum breadth of the game, fifteen mm.: length of the body whorl, twenty.

Belly River, east side of Driftwood Bend, and Belly River near its junction with the Bow River, G@. M. Dawson, 1881. South side of the Milk River, one mile above Pileow-let Coulée and forty feet above the water level, (r. M, Dawson, 1881. South amet Ne one mile below the mouth of the Bow River, T. C. Weston, 1883. Apparently common at each of these localities.

t Driftwood Bend a number of specimens were collected which a to be very youny or half grown shells of this species. These differ from adult or nearly adult examples in being narrowly fusiform, with an attenuated and extremely slender spire not unlike that of an clcella. One of these, which is figured on plate 10, fig. de, and which mesures about ten millimetres in length, has as many us seven volu- tious, the first three of which are exceedingly slender, fragile and apparently non-persistent. The body whorl also of these half grown shells is often concavely but shallowly constricted next to the suture,

This shell is very doubtfally and only provisionally referred to Meek’s venus Rhytophorus. Tt differs materially from the two described and typical species (the R. priscus of Meek and the R. Mees of White) in the total absence of the “small, oblique, short folds around the top of

the somewhat shouldered whorls” which suggested the generic namie and which may or may not be an essential character. According to Meek* “aslght curve in these little folds or cost indicates the presence of afaint sinus in the lip near the suture, somewhat as in Sehizostonut, Lea, but much less deeply defined,” and the type species is said to have “one rather strong oblique fold” on the columella below, * and a much smaller Jess oblique one ubout half way up the aperture” Tn the present species there is a similar slight curve in the nes of growth next to the suture, and wv correspondingly oblique fold in the columella below, but the aperture of all the specimens is so much filled up with the matrix that it ig at present impossible to ascertain whether there was a second fold or not, without great risk of injury to the specimens. It may be that the present shell is more nearly related to the South American fresh water genus Chilina than it is to Rhytophorus.

‘U.S. Geol. Expl. 40th Parallel under Prof. Clarence King, vol. LV. yp. 175,

WHITEAVES. | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA, 71

PLANORBIS PAUCIVOLVIS. (N. Sp.) Plate 10, fig. 5.

Shell very small, discoidal, thin, nearly flat or slightly concave on one side and apparently somewhat more convex near the circumfer- ence and depressed in the centre on the other. Volutions four, slender and increasing very slowly in size, their dorso-ventral diameter being not much greater than their breadth from side to side,—closely coiled but not very deeply embracing, so that the ereater part of all the inner whorls is exposed to view, at any rate on the left or flattened side. Body whorl angulated at the junction of its left or flattened side with the periphery.

Surface markings unknown, the outer layer of the test being exfolia- ted in the only perfect specimen collected.

Maximum diameter of the largest specimen, about two millimetres and a half: greatest breadth of the same, approximately, three-quarters of a millimetre.

Belly River, near its junction with the Bow River, G. M. Dawson, 1881: two small and very badly preserved specimens. South Saskat- chewan, six miles below the mouth of Bow River and thirty-five feet above the water level, (+. M. Dawson, 1881: one apparently adult and nearly perfect specimen and a smaller one.

The only perfect and tolerably well preserved example of this shell that has yet been obtained has most of the right side buried in the matrix.

Paysa Copgr, White.

Physa Copvi, White. 1877. Bul. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. ITT, p. 602.

« « 1ss0, U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., Contr. to Pal., Nos. 2-8, p. $5, pl. 24, figs. ta and b. x « 1883. Rev. Non-Marine Foss. Moll. N. Am., pp. 43, 44, pl.

25, figs. 1 and 2.

Belly River, near its junction with the Bow River, G. M. Dawson, 1881: one very small specimen. South Saskatchewan, six miles below the mouth of the Bow River and thirty-five feet above the water level, G. M. Dawson, 188L: an embryonic example not quite three milli- metres in length. South Saskatchewan, one mile below the mouth of the Bow River, T. C. Weston, 1883: a full grown individual, mcre than an inch and a half long.

72 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

THAUMASTUS LIMN#IFORMIS, Meek and Hayden

Bulimus limnwiformis, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. vol. VIII, p. 118.

Bulimus Nebraseensis, Meek and Hayden. Ib.

Thaumustus limneiformis, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.§ Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX, p. 553, pl. 44, figs. 8, a, b,c, d.

South Saskatchewan. six miles above the mouth of Bow River and thirty-five feet above the water level, G. M. Dawson, 1881. one nearly perfect specimen with the test preserved, and twelve casts of the interior of the shell.

The specimens from the Western and Souris River Laramie which have been referred to 7. limneiformis on pages 20 and 27 have some- times us many as seven volutions rather than “from five to six,” though in other respects they agree very well with Meek’s description of that species, especially in their polished surface which is said to be marked only “by very fine, nearly obsolete lines of growth,” in their mode- rately elevated spire which is represented as “a little obtuse at the immediate apex,” and in the fact that their apertures and spires are nearly equal in length.

Premising that Thaumastus (Albers) is only a subgenus of Bulimulus (Leach) it is also to be noticed that the spires of such specimens as those figured on plate 8, whose nuclear whorls are exquisitely pre- served, are much more like those of many recent species of Bud/mulus from the West Indies and South America, when examined under a lens, than they are like those of any of the living species of Goniobasis.

Dr. C. A. White, to whom the originals of figures 3, 3a and 3b on plate 3 were submitted, was at one time inclined to think that they should possibly be regarded ag a variety of the Goniobasis invenusta of Meek and Hayden, but if that view be correct, then G. invenusta, as suspected by Meek, can scarcely be a true Gon/obasis and probably not even a fresh water shell. It may be that J. limneiformis, G. invenusta and Linea compactilis, Meck, are more closely allied, both generically and specifically, than their names would lead the student to suppose.

The specimens colleeted by Dr. Dawson from the Belly River Series on the South Saskatchewan evidently belong to the same species as those from the Western and Souris River Laramie, though those from the first mentioned locality are a little larger and their spires are rather more produced in proportion to the entire length of the shell.

WHITEAVES. | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 73

VELATELLA BAPTISTA, White.

Velutella. baptista, White. 1878. Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IV., p. 715. es és es 1880. U.S. Geol. Surv., Contr. to Pal., Nos. 2-8, p. 89, pl. 29, figs. 6 a, and b. ee White. 1883. Rey. Non-Marine Foss. Moll. N. Am., p. 52, pl.

23, figs. 16-20.

Coulée “about fourteen miles north-eastward from the most eastern of the Three Buttes,” near the Forty-ninth Parallel, G@. M. Dawson, 1874, A.M. North American Boundary Commission. The place mentioned on page 122 of Dr. Dawson’s “ Report on the Geology and Resources of the region in the vicinity of the Forty-ninth Parallel,” &e.

Belly River, east side of Driftwood Bend, and Belly River near its junction with the Bow River, G. M. Dawson, 1881. South Saskatchewun six miles below the mouth of the Bow River, G. M. Dawson, 1881. South side of Milk River, one mile above the mouth of Pa-kow-ki Coulée, G. M. Dawson, 1881. South Saskatchewan, one mile below the mouth of the Bow River, T. C. Weston, 1883. Apparently common at each of these localities.

Some of the specimens correspond almost exactly with Dr. White’s dlescriptions and figures of the type of V. éaptista, though the callus on the columellar side and the outer lip seem to be thickened to an unusual degree, while other individuals can scarcely be distinguished from the very nearly related Velutella patedliformis of Meek.

Mevania? inscuupta, Meek. Plate 10, fig. 6.

Melania? inseulpta, Meek. 1873. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv., p. 515.

Goniobasis insculpta, G. M. Dawson, as of Meek. 1875. Rep. Geol. and Res. reg. vic, Forty-ninth Parallel, p. 122.

Melunia? insculpta, Meek. White. 1880. U. 8. Geol. Surv., Contr. to Pal., Nos. 2-8, p. 94, pl. 20, fig. 4 a,

Melania insculpta, White. (as of Meek) 1883. Rev. Non-Marine Foss, Moll. N Am., p. 54, pl. 26, figs. 4 and 5.

Coulée “about fourteen miles north-eastward from the most eastern of the Three Buttes” and near the Forty-ninth Parallel, G. M. Dawson, 1874, H. M. North American Boundary Commisson : four specimens.

South Saskatchewan, six miles below the mouth of Bow River and thirty-five feet above the water level, G. M. Dawson, 1881; two fine

74 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY,

examples, one of which is nearly perfect, and fully an inch and « half in leneth. North side of Mill River, five miles below Pa-kow-ki Coulée, —and south side of Milk River, one mile above the mouth of Pa-kow-ki Coulée and forty feet above the water level, G@. M. Dawson, 18S] several specimens from each of these localities,

Dr. CU. A. White’s figures of this species, which are the only ones yet published, are taken from imperfect specimens. and do not give quite us Clear an idea of its characters as Mr. Meek’s original description does. The speciinen from the South Saskatchewan represented on plate 10, is nearly perfect wud has nine volutions preserved,

GoNTOBASIs suBTORTUOSA, Meek and Hayden. Plate 10, fig. 7.

Melania subtortuosa, Meek and Hayden. 1557. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. IX., y. 156,

Goniobusis ? subtortuosa, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. EX. p. 969, figs. 75 and 76 in text and pl. 42 figs. 17, a,b.

es White (as of Meek). 159). U. S. Geol. Sniv., Contr. to Pal, Nos. 2-s, p. U4. White (as of Meek). Iss3. Rev. Non-Marine Foss. Moll. XN. Ams Ti ity Phe 2s fle. Ba.

Shell elongate conical, the leneth being ubout twice as great us the maximum breadth, the apical portion rather slender: volutions six or seven, increasing somewhat gradually in ize. those of the spire pro- ininent, angulated and bearing a small but distinet spiral keel a little below the middle of their exposel surtace-, this keel heing bordered beneath by a narrow groove which ix well clefined on the last whorl of the spire but which becomes Jess distinct on the body-whorl: suture deep in consequence of the prominence and angn- larity of the volutions. Body-whorl very littl: less than one half the entire length, and a little broader than long, unealated and distinetly keeled ju-t ubove the middle, obliquely flattened between the suture and the keel and strongly convex at the base: axis imperforate or very nearly so. Aperture rhormbie subovate. pointed above and nar- rowly rounded below.

Surfuce marked with close--e1, regularly disposed and <ornewhat flexnous striations which cross the whorls transversely. but with no revolving markings other than the spiral keel, exvept one or two very faint ane distant lines on the body-whorl near the keel,

Leneth of the most perfect spectnen collected, eighteen millimetres :

WHITEAVES. | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 75

maximum breadth of the same, ax measured across the centre of the body-whorl, ten mm. length or height of body-whorl, not quite nine mm.

Belly River, two miles above Woodpecker Island,—and Belly River, east sie of Driftwood Bend, G@. M. Dawson, ls81. South Saskatche- wan, one mile above the mouth of the Bow River, T. C. Weston, 1883. Apparently not untrequent at each of these localities.

The description given above and the figure on plate 10 are both taken from an unusually perfect and well preserved specimen collected by Mv. Weston on the South Saskatchewan. In Mr. Meek’s diagnosis of the characters of G. subtortuosa the number of volutions is said to be “about five’ and his measurements and figures of that shell do not correspond at all well with the proportions und contour of the Cana- dian specimens. Dr, C. A. White, however, who has kindly compared the fossil obtained by Mr. Weston with the specimen described and figured by Meek, informs the writer that the former is “ without doubt the G. (?) subtertuosa of Meek and Hayden,” and adds that Meek’s type of that species is “imperfect and partially crushed,” and that it would not warrant a definite determination of the number of whorls.

The only species with which the present shell is at all likely to be confounded is the Cass/opella turricula ot White, but the latter is stated to have nine or ten volutions, its base is said to be distinctly umbilicated, and the spiral keel which encircles its spire is represented as placed considerably below the middle of each whorl.

It is ditticult to see how G@. subtortuosa can be separated generically’ from such living species as the @. arutocarinata of Lea and other forms belonging to that section of the genus.

HypRoBIA sUBCYLINDRACEA. (N. Sp.) Plate 10, fig. ».

Shell very small, narrowly clliptic-subovate, rather slender, the length being about one-third greater than the maximum breadth: volutions five, those of the spire very gently convex. their sides being compressed somewhat obliquely ; last whorl of the spire nearly or quite equal to the body whorl in breadth or convexity : suture distinct: spire about twice as long as the aperture and rather obtuse at its immediate apex. Body-whorl comparatively narrow, subeylindrical above and imperfor- ate at the base: aperture ubliquely subovate, somewhat pointed above : outer lip simple and rather thin.

Surface smooth and polished.

76 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

Greatest length, three millimetres and a half: maximum breadth or convexity, a little over one mm.: length (or height) of body-whorl, about one mm,

Belly River, east side of Driftwood Bend, G. M. Dawson, 1881: one nearly perfect specimen with the test preserved. North side of Milk River, five miles below Pa-kow-ki Coulée, G. M. Dawson, 1881: a cast of the interior of the shell.

This little species appears to be much slenderer than any of the North American fossils which have been referred to the genus Hydrobia with the exception of the . recta of White,* and the latter shell has a totally ditferent outline to the present one, ix said to attain toa length of eighteen millimetres and to have apparently twelve or more volutions.

Vivirarus Conrapi, Meek and Hayden.

Paludina Conradi, Meek and Hayden. 1856, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil, vol. VIIL,

p: 122.

nf A Meek and Hayden. 1860. Ib., vol. XII, p. 188.

se # Meek, 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. EX, p. 579, pl. 42, figs. 15, a,b, ¢, d.

ee White. (as of M. and H.) 1880. U.S. Geol. Surv. Contr. to Pal, Nos. 2-5, p. 100.

ee = White (as of M. and H.). 1883. Rev. Non-Marine Foss. N.

Am., p. 61, pl. 24, figs. 4, 5 and 6.

South Saskatchewan, six miles below the mouth of the Bow River and thirty-five feet above the water level, GM. Dawson, 1881. large and abundant. South side of Milk River, one mile above the mouth of Pa-kow-ki Coulée and forty feet above the water level, G, M. Dawson, 1881. one specimen. South Saskatchewan, one mile below the mouth of the Bow River, T. (. Weston, 1833. not unfrequent.

* Described on p. 132 of Powell's Rep. onthe Gevlozy of the Uintu Mountains, and figured on plute 27, fig 28, of Dr. C. A- White’s Review of the Non-Marine Fossil Mollusea of N. America-

WHITEAVES, ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA.

aT aT

CAMPELOMA MULTILINEATA, Meek & Hayden.

Paludina multilincata, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proe. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., yol. VIIL., pe 120. Vivipara multilineata, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Ib., vol. XII, p. 85. Viripara Nebrascencis, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Ib., p. 430. Melantho multilineutus, Meek. 1863. In Prof. Gill’s paper on the Viviparide, Proc. Ac, Nat. Se. Phil., vol. XY, p. 7. Campeloma maultilineata, Meek. 1866. In Conrad’s Smithsonian Eocene List. s ES Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 556, pl. 44, figs. 1, a,b. ss es White. (as of M. & H.) 1880. U. 8. Geol. Sury., Contr. to Pal., Nos. 2-8, p. 101, pl. 28, figs. ta, b. ee : White. (as of MI. & H.) Rev. Non-Marine, Foss. Moll. N. Am., p. 63, pl. 27, figs. 1-7.

Belly River, east side of Driftwood Bend,—and South Saskatchewan, six miles below the mouth of Bow River and thirty-five feet above the water level; G. M. Dawson, 1881. u few more or less perfect speci- mens from each of these localities. Northside of Milk River, tive miles below Pa-kow-ki Coulée, G. M. Dawson, 1881: two well preserved examples.

Some of the specimens from the Belly River show the “slight angu- larity at the distal ~ide of the larger volutions” indicated in Dr. White’s latest figures of the species and his explanations thereof, but those from the South Saskatchewan are more like the type originally figured by Meek and some are very near in their character to C. vetula, which, however, Meek thought might be a mere variety of C. multilineata.

CAMPELOMA PRODUCTA, White.

Campeloma (Lioplax?) producta, White. 1883. Rev. Non-Marine Foss. Moll. N. Am., p. 63, pl. 26, figs. 21-27.

South Saskatchewan, one mile below the mouth of Bow River, T. C. Weston, 1883: abundant.

From the collections made so far it would appear that Ostrec glabra and QO. subtriyonalis, Unio Dane, U. senectus and U. priscus, Corbicula occidentalis, Spherium formosum? var., Physa Cope, Phaumastus limnar- formis, Campeloma producta (and possibly Corbula perundata) are Common to the Canadian Laramie and Belly River Series.

78 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALONTOLOGY.

E. FROM THE “LOWER DARK SHALES” OF DR. DAWSON’S REPORT.

These are obviously Cretaceous but their exact horizon in the upper division of that formation has not yet been ascertained! with much certainty.

Of the eleven species of fossils which have so far heen collected from them, seven or eight seem to be identical with forms that are elsewhere regarded us characteristic of the Fort Pierre or Fox Hills (roup, but the presence in these shales of Scaphites Warreni, var. Wyoming- ensis, and possibly of Ostrea congesta, may indicate that they occupy a slightly lower position in the series.

Dr. Dawson states that on the Milk River, at the mouth of Pa-kow- ki Coulée these shales undoubtedly and directly underlie the yellowish heds of the Belly River Series.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. OsTREA CoNGESTA. Conrad,

Ostren conygesta, Conrad. 1845. Nicollet’s Rep. of Expl. in the Northwest, p. 167,

2 Hall and Meek. 1854. Mei. Ain. Ac. Arts and Sc, Boston, vol. VIIL. (1. s.), p. 405.

ee f Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc, Av. Nat. Se. Phil, p. 256.

Hall. 1856. Vacifiv R. RB. Reports, vol. IIL, p. 100, pl. 1, fig. 11.

e = Meek. 1876. Rep. US. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 18, pl. 9,

fies. 1; we bc, ds e; £

Rocky Spring Ridge. near Macleod Benton Trail, G. M. Dawson, 1881: a few exfoliated and badly preservet valves on two small slabs of limestone,

West flank of West Butte, Montana. in the Sweet Grass Hills and close to the international boundary line, G. M. Dawson, 1881: one pertect under valve. attached by its whole lower surface to a fragment of the outer laver of the test of a Jarse /noreranuts,

These specimens ure for the inost part too imperfect to be identitied with much certainty, though they agree very well with Meek’. descrip-

“Geol. und Nat. Hist. Surv. Canada. Rep. Progre-s. 882-53-s4.—Report on the Region in the Vicinity of the Bow and Belly River-, N.W. T ,p. 117e.

weiTeaves. ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. re

tion of O. congesta, and appear to be exsentially similar to the fossils from the Pembina Escarpment which Dr. Dawson has referred to that species on page 79 of his British North American Boundary Commis- sion Report.

Preria (Oxytoms) Neprascana, Evans and Shumard.

Anica Nbrascana, Eyans and Shumard. 1857. Trans. Ac. Se. St. Louis, vol. I. p. 38. ‘ Meek. 1859, Hind’. Rep. Assinib. and Saskatch. Expl. Exp., Toronto, p. 183, pl. 1, fiz. 7. Pheia (Ovutumeay Nebrascuna, Meek. 1876. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX, p- o4, pl. 16, figs. 5 a,b, and pl. 28, fig. 11.

Rocky Spring Ridge, near MacLeod Benton Trail; Milk River, about three miles westof crossing of MacLeod Benton Trail; and west flank of West Butte, Montana, in the Sweet Grass Hills, near to the international boundary line; G. M. Dawson, 1881: a few recognizable specimens from each of these localities.

NvcuLa CANCELLATA, Meek and Hayden.

Nucula cancellutu, Meek & Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sec. Phil., vol. VIIL, p. 95. ss 7 Meek. 1876. Rep. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX, p. 102, pl. 28, fis 13 a,b,c, d, e.

Millk River, at the mouth of Pa-kow-ki Coulée, and Milk River, four miles east of the crossing of MacLeod Benton Trail, G. M. Dawson, 1881. apparently common at both of these places. The specimens are precisely similar both in shape and sculpture to the beautiful fossil mentioned on

pages 37-38. Mactsa ((YyMBOPHORA) GRACILIS, Meek and Hayden.

Mactra gracilis, Meek and Hayden. 1800. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., vol. NII., p. 1c. Muctra (Cymbophora) gracilis, Meek. 1876. Rep. U. 8 Geol. Surv. Terr IN, p. 209, pl. 17, figs. 1S, a, b.

Milk River, at the mouth of Pa-kow-ki Coulée, GM. Dawson, 1881: one very imperfect specimen with only small fragments of the test preserved.

80 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

Lropisra (CyMELLA) unpata, Meek and Hayden.

Pholadumya undata, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil, vol. VII, p. $1.

Liopistha (Cymella) undata, Meek. 1876. Rep. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 236, pl. 39, figs. 1, a, b.

Milk River, four miles east of MaeLeod Benton Trail, G@. M. Dawson, 1881: five well characterized specimens.

CoRBULA PERUNDATA ? Meek and Hayden:

Corbula perundata, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. VIII, p. 116. 8 Meck. 1876. Rev. U.S. Geol. Surv. Verr., vol. TX., p. 580, pl. 40, figs. 4.a,b, ¢,4. Figured also on plate 14, figs. 16 and 17, of Dr. C. A. White’s Rey. Non-Marine Foss. Moll. N. Am.

Rocky Spring Ridge, near MacLeod Benton Trail, G. M. Dawson. 1881: a badly preserved right valve which is somewhat doubtfully referred to this species.

CORBULAMELLA GREGARIA, Meek & Hayden.

Corbula? yregaria, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., vol. VIIL,

p. S4. Corbulamella gregaria, Meek & Hayden. 1857. Ib., vol. INX., p. 148. “ ee Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Sury. Terr., vol. UX., p. 247,

pl. 17, figs 15, a,b, ¢, d.

West flank of West Butte, Montana, in the Sweet Grass Hills. near the international boundary line. G. M. Dawson, 1881. a number of per- fect specimens crowded together iu a small hand specimen of rock. It is only upon the weathered outward surface of the rock. however. that the outlines of the united valves cun be clearly made out, and the char- acters of the interior of the latter are entirely unknown.

WHITEAVES. | LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 81

GASTEROPODA.

ENTALIS PAUPERCULA, Meek and Hayden.

Dentalium pauperculum, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. XIL., p. 178.

Entalis ? paupercula, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 269, pl. 18, fig. 14.

Milk River. at the mouth of Pa-kow-ki Coulée, G. M. Dawson, 1881. one specimen.

Since the pages in which the fossils of the Fox Hills and Fort Pierre Groups are enumerated were printed, a few specimens of a smooth Dentalium which is probably also referable to Entalis paupercula were obtained from rocks which represent one or other of these horizons, by breaking up small pieces of limestone collected by R. G. McConnell in 1884 at Old Wives Creek, Township 10, Range 11, west of the 3rd Principal Meridian.

Pyrirusts Newserryi, Meek and Hayden.

Fusus Newberryi, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., vol. VIII., p. 66. Fusus (Pyrifusus?) Newberryi, Meek and Hayden. Jh., vol. XIL, p. 421.

Pyrifusus (Neptunella) Newberryi, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 346, pl. 31, figs. 6, a, b, c, d, e, f.

West flank of West Butte, Montana, in the Sweet Grass Hills, and near the Forty-ninth Parallel, G. M. Dawson, 1874, (H. M. North American Boundary Commission) and 1881: one adult but not very well preserved specimen and two or three immature ones.

August, 1885. 6

82 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALZ ONTOLOGY.

CEPHALOPODA. BacuLiITEs ASPER, Morton.

Baculites asper, Morton. 1834. Synopsis Org. Rem. Cret. Gr. U.S., p. 48, pl. 1, figs. 12 and 13; and pl. 13, fig. 2. Gabb. 1860. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., vol. VIII., p. 394, pl. 3, fi. 4. Buculites asperoides, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil, vol. XIL, p. 421 (without description). Baculites asper, Morton? Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 404, pl. 39, figs. 10 a, d (not b, c).

Rocky Spring Ridge, near MacLeod Benton Trail, G. M. Dawson, 1881; apparently rather abundant. West flank of West Butte, Mon- tana, but close to the Forty-ninth Parallel, G. M. Dawson, 1881.

These fossils evider tly belong to the same species as those from Mon- tana which Mr. Meek referred doubtfully to the B. asper of Morton. The most perfect of the specimens collected by Dr. Dawson is slender, with an ovate section, and measures about five inches and a half in length. It tapers very gradually and, as Mr. Meek observes, ‘is orna- mented on vach side, near the antisiphonal margin, both on the septate and non-septate portions, by a row of rather distantly separated, node- like prominences, that show the faintest perceivable tendency to ex- tend obliquely forward and toward the siphonal side, as undulations, parallel to the lines of growth.”

Scapuites WaRRENI, Meek und Hayden.

Scaplites Warren’. Meek and Hayden. 1860. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., vol. XII. p- 117; and Jb, p. 420. : a Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S, Geol. Sury. Terr., vol. IX., p. 420, pl. 6, fig. 5, and wood cuts, figs. 61, 62 and 63 on p. 421.

West flank of West Butte, Montana, near the Forty-ninth Parallel, (+, M. Dawson, 1881: abundant but usually imperfect and badly pre- served, One of the specimens from this locality, however, ix nearly perfect and corresponds almost perfectly with Meck’s figures of the variety Wyonungensis, and two others although immature are well preserved and very little broken. Rocky Spring Ridge, near MacLeod Benton Trail, G. M. Dawson, 1881: four specimens.

wiTEaves. ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 83

F. EXACT GEOLOGICAL HORIZON UNCERTAIN.

“The species included under this general title are from several localities in the Foot-Hills and Rocky Mountains where the beds are much disturbed, and as the sections have not yet been worked out in detail there is no satisfactory stratigraphical evidence as to the posi- tions which these deposits occupy in the series.”” G. M. Dawson. With the exception of the first-named, which’ is possibly from the Laramie Formation, the whole of the species are undoubtedly Cretaceous.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. OsTREA SUBTRIGONALIS, Evans and Shumard.

Ostrea subtrigonalis, Meek. 1876. (But doubtfully as of E.and 8.) Rep. U.%. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 510, pl. 40, figs. 1, a. b, e, dy Figured also on pl. 12, figs. 2-5, of Dr. C. A. White’s Rey. Non-Marine Foss. Moll. N. Am., Washington, 1883.

Middle Fork of the Old Man River, about two miles above the mouth of the North Fork, G. M. Dawson, 1883: a number of specimens of the shell of a small oyster which appear to be referable to this species.

These shells are not quite as typical forms of O. subtrigonalis as those from the Belly River indicated under that name on page 30, and some have very much the appearance of small examples of Ostrea glabra, especially of the variety arcuatil’s, Meek. It may be that both species are represented at the locality first mentioned.

OsTREA congEsta, Conrad.

Ostrea congesta, Conrad. 1843. Nicollet’s Rep. of Expl. in the Northwest, p. 167.

i Hall and Meek. 1854. Mem. Am. Ac. Arts and S8c., Boston, vol. VIII. (n. s.), p. 405.

a 8 Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. p. 286.

e es Hall. 1856. Pacific R. R. Reports, vol. III., p. 100, pl. 1, fig. 11.

- “ Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. EX., p. 15, pl. 9,

figs. 1, a, b, ¢, d,e, f.

Waterton River, a few miles below the lake, G. M. Dawson, 1881: about half a dozen badly preserved specimens.

34 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

Pinna Lakes, White.

Pinna lakesii, White. 1879. Rep. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr. for 1877, p. 181. Y a Hf 1880. U.S. Geol. Surv., Contr. to Pal, Nos. 2-8, p. 17, pl. 11, figs. la and b. South branch of the South Fork of the Old Man River, G. M. Daw- son, 1883: one very well preserved but not quite perfect cast of the interior of the closed valves.

VOLVICERAMUS EXOGYROIDES, Meek and Hayden. (Sp.)

Inoceramus exogyroides, Meek and Hayden. 1862. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. XIV., p. 26. as : Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. UX., p. 46, pl. 5, figs. 3, a, b, ¢.

South branch of Drywood Fork, Waterton River, G. M. Dawson, 1881: a cast of the interior of a rather small specimen of the left or convex valve (the only valve known), with large portions of the some- what thick test preserved. Entrance to North Kootanie Pass (from shales), G. M. Dawson, 1883: a larger cast of the interior of the left valve, but with not a fragment of the test remaining.

INOCERRAMUS UNDABUNDUS, Meek and Hayden.

Inoccramus undabundus, Meek and Hayden. 1862. Prac. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. XIV., p. 26. « “ Meek. 1876. Rep. U. 8. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 60, pl. 3, figs. 2, a, b.

Highwood River, ten miles west of the first fork, R. G. McConnell, 1882: two very large but not quite perfect single valves, in a dark or blackish shale. North-West branch of North Fork of the Old Man River, about four miles below the mouth of Oyster Creek, in a thick band of dark shale; G. M. Dawson, 1883: one small but nearly perfect left valve.

WHITEAVES. ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA, 85

INOCERAMUS PBOBLEMATICUS, Schlotheim.

Ostracites labiatus, Schlotheim. 1813. Bronn’s Jahrbuch, vol. VIL, p. 93.

Mytilites problematicus, Schlotheim. 1820. Petriefactenk., vol. I, p. 302.

Mytiloides labiatus, Brongniart. 1822. Cuy. Oss. foss., pl. 3, fig. 4, in Geol. des eny. de Paris.

Inoceramus mytiloides, Mantell. 1822. Geol. of Sussex, p. 215, pl. 27, fig. 2, and pl.

28) fig. 2. fs Sowerby. 1823. Min. Conch., vol. V, p. 62, pl. 442. He ¢ Goldfuss. 1836. Petriefact. Germ., vol. IT, p. 188, pl. 113, fig. 4.

Inoceramus problematicus, VOrbigny, 1843. Pal. Franc., Terr., Cret., vol. IIL, p- 510, pl. 406. Meek and Hayden, 1857. Proe. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil, vol. IX., p. 119, / Inoceramus pseudomytiloides, Schiel. 1855. Pacific Railway Reports, vol. IL, p- 108, pl. 3, fig. 8. Inoceramus laliutus, Stoliczka. 1871. Pal. Indica, vol. III., Cret. Pelecyp. S. India., p. 408, pl. 24, fig. 1. Inoceramus problematicus, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol IX, p. 62, pl. 9, figs. 3, a, b.

Mill Creek, at mill west of Fort McLeod, in thin pieces of brittle and fissile shale, G. M. Dawson, 1881, and T C. Weston, 1883: a few perfect but flattened single valves. Dr. Dawson informs the writer that these Inocerami from Mill Creek come from a band of dark shales in the dis- turbed foot hill region. These shales, however, immediately overlie or underlie a series of sandstones which hold plants apparently iden- tical with those of the Dakota Group. It is probably in the continua- tion of the same band of shales that the fossils from the entrance to the North Kootamie Pass came.

Characteristic specimen of the typical Z. problematicus have also been recognized in pieces of a drab or yellow-grey limestone collected by Mr. J. W. Spencer in 1874 on the Swan River, N. W. T.

PHOLADOMYA PAPYRACEA, Meek and Hayden.

Pholadomya papyracea, Meek and Hayden. 1862. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. XIV., p. 27. fe a6 Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 217, pl. 5, figs. 4, a, b.

North West branch of North Fork of the Old Man River, about four miles below the mouth of Oyster Creek, G. M. Dawson, 1883: one

specimen.

86 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALHZONTOLOGY.

CEPHALOPODA. ScAPHITES WaRRENI, Meek and Hayden.

Scaphites Warreni, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., vol. NIL, p.p. 177 and 420. i ee Meek. 1876. Rep. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 420, pl. 6, fig. 5.

Highwood River, ten miles west of first fork, R. G. McConnell, 1882: four fine specimens of an unusually large form of the species, the largest of which measures nearly three inches in length, in the direction of the longer axis of’ the ellipse, by about one inch and a half in its greatest lateral diameter. Entrance to North Kootanie Pass, G. M. Dawson, 1883: one specimen. North West branch of North Fork of the Old Man River, about four miles below Oyster Creek, G. M. Dawson, 1883: an imperfect but large and very ventricose specimen, which is nearly two inches broad although no part of the deflected portion is preserved.

SCAPHITES VERMIFORMIS ? Meek and Hayden.

Seaphites rermiformis, Meek and Hayden. 1862, Proce. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. vol. XIV, p22. x es Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. LX., p. 423, pl. 6, figs. 4, a, b.

North West branch of North Fork of the Old Man River, G. M. Dawson, 1883: two nearly perfect specimens and two fragments. En- trance to the North Kootanie Pass, G. M. Dawson, 1882: several large fragments.

These specimens appear to differ from those from the saine localities which are here referred to S. Warreni, in having the deflected portion much shorter. and in their coarser ribs, the larger ones of which usually (though not invariably) bear a row of rather prominent nodes on the outer half of each side. These nodes, however, are frequently not developed, and it may be that the shells now under consideration should be regarded as only u coarsely ribbed variety of S. Warren.

wHiteaves. ] LARAMIE AND CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. ST

CRUSTACEA.

HopLoparia? CaNnapeEnsts, Whiteaves.

Plate 11.

Hoploparia ? Canadensis, Whiteaves. 1884. Proc. and Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. 2, p. 237.

Highwood River (a tributary of the Bow River), ten miles west of the first fork, R.G@. McConnell, 1882: one specimen.

The following is a copy of the original description of this interestine fossil,

* The specimen originally consisted of an elongate-oval and. flat- tened concretionary nodule of soft argillite, with a small piece broken off from one end. but enough of the matrix has been removed to show most of the carapace and the upper surface of a few of the abdominal segments. The anterior extremity of the carapace, with the rostrum, ix unfortunately not preserved, and the tail, with some of the posterior abdominal segments, was broken off when the nodule was found. The ambulatory feet are preserved, but it was found to be scarcely possible to remove the soft shale from around them without running the risk of spoiling the specimen.

The carapace. like that of most of the macrura, is elongated and comparatively narrow, with nearly parallel sides, and, when perfect, its length must have been about twice as great as its breadth. A little in advance of the midlength a single, broadly V-shaped, deep and rather wide groove or furrow crosses the carapace transversely. The posterior half of the carapace is depressed and rather «distinctly three- keeled in a longitudinal direction, though it is most hkely that these appearances are mostly or wholly «ue to a considerable and abnormal compression from above. Be this as it may, in the specimen collected by Mr. McConnell, a central keel, or narrow but prominent raised ridge, which is about three times as broad posteriorly as it is anteriorly, and which is bounded on each side by a deep and angular turrow, extends from the posterior end of the carapace to the centre of the V-shaped groove which transverses it. This central keel is much more strongly marked than the broad and comparatively obtuse and lateral keels, which latter are placed near the outer margin of each side. The sur- tace of the posterior half of the carapace (and perhaps that of the anterior also) is covered’ with rather distant, small, isoluted conical tubercles, which, under the lens, look as if they might have each borne

88 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

a bristle at the summit, and which, occasionally, are surrounded by a minute annulus at the base; and the three keels each have a single series of larger conical tubercles, whose pointed apices are directed forward.

In front of the transverse and V-shaped furrow the carapace is very badly preserved, and the anterior margin with the rostrum is broken off. The two lateral and tuberculated keels appear to be prolonged to within a short distance of the front margin of the carapace, though they are somewhat less distinct in front of the transverse furrow than they are behind it. On the anterior side of the furrow the central keel is absent. and the median portion of this part of the carapace bears a number of comparatively large and prominent, distinct and conical tubercles, which are somewhat peculiarly arranged. Next to the furrow, and in advance of it, in the median line, there are five tubercles arranged in two convergent rows of two pairs and an odd one, which, if connected by linex, would have much the shape of an isosceles triangle, witn its base near to the furrow. Between the space bounded by these five tubercles and each lateral keel, there is a shal- lowly concave and rather broad depression of the carapace. In front of these five tubercles, again, there are four others and still larger ones (the two anterior ones apparently of considerable size), arranged some- what in the form of a square, any of whose sides would be greater than the base of the isosceles triangle indicated by the other five.

The upper surface of each of the abdominal segments bears a tubercle in the centre, on its anterior edge, and another one on the margin of each of the sides. The most prominent characteristic of the species, in fact, is the possession of three widely distant, longitudinal and tuberculated keels, which extend over nearly the whole length of the upper surface of the body.

To the right of the carapace, in front, there are indications of what appears to have been a large pinching claw, and, if the appearances presented are correctly interpreted, the sides of the fixed ramus of that claw are also coarsely tuberculated.

Until its exact generic position shall have been settled by the col- lection of more perfect specimens, it may be convenient to designate the present species as Hoploparia (?) Canadensis, though it is by no means certain that it belongs to McCoy’s genus of that name.”

Judging by the invertebrate fossils alone, it would seem probablo that the friable and fissile shales at Mill Creek which hold typical example of Inoceramus problematicus may represent the “ Niobrara

WHITEAVES j LARAMIE ANID CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATA. 30

(rronp” of the Upper Missouri Section. On similar evidence, also, the rocks at the two localities on the Waterton River which have yielded respectvely Ostrea conyesta and Volviceramus exayyroides ; those at the Highwood River which contain Lnoceramus undabundus and Scaphites Warren: , those on the Northwest branch of the North fork of the Old Man River from which Inoceramus undabundus. Pholadomya papyracea. Scaphites MWarrent and 8S. cermiformis were collected ; and those at the entrance to the North Kootanie Pass which are characterized by Vol- crecramus esoyyrgides, Seaphites Warren’ and S. veriiforn’s,—woultd appear to be us nearly as possible the Canadian equivalents of the * Fort Benton Group.”

Tn conclusion, it may be remarked that (as already purtly stated in the foot-note to page 55) the invertebrate fauna of the “ Belly River Series” seems to be essentially the sume as that of the “Laramie” of the United States and Canada, unless more than one formation has been confounded under the latter name, and that it is at present scarcely possible to separate the “ Lower Dark Shales” of Dr. Daw- son's Bow and Belly River Report from the ‘Fort Pierre and Fox Hills” Groups, on purely paleontological grounds.

Atugust, 180. :

GEOLOGICAL AND NATURAL HISTORY SURVEY OF CANADA.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

VOLUME I. BY J. F, WHITHAVES.

2. On some fossils from the Hanulton Formation of Ontario, with a list of the species at present known from that formation and province.

The calcareous shales and limestones of the Hamilton Formation of the Middle Devonian System in western Ontario have long possessed aspecial interest to paleontologists, on account of the variety and excellent state of preservation of' the fossils which they contain.

A succinct account of the first recognition of the exact veological horizon of this group of rocks is given by Mr. Alexander’ Murray on pages 129-182 of the “ Report of Progress of the Geological Survey of Canada for 1853-54-55-56,” published in 1857, and their distribution in Ontario is described more in detail in the fifteenth chapter of the “ Geology of Canada” (1863) and in Professor Chapman’s “ Outlines of the Geology of Canada” published in 1876.

According to the writer last mentioned, “the formation in this dis- trict is estimated at about 250 feet in thickness. It extends across the counties of Norfolk, Elgin, Kent, Middlesex and Lambton, and also the south part of Huron, but is much obscured throughout this area by overlying clays, sunds and other drift and superficial deposits. The best exposures ocenr in the township of Bosanquet, in the north-west corner of Lambton,” To this it may be added that extensive and richly fossiliferous outcrops occur on both banks of the Sable River, in the adjacent township of West Williams, county of Middlesex, near Bartlett's Mills, that Widder and Thedford are both in the township of Bosanguct, and that the name of the station on the Grand Trunk Railway which was formerly called Widder has been changed to Thedford, the two villages of that name being only one mile and a half apart.

Most of the fossils that have been recorded from these rocks in Ontario are enumerated or described in two papers hy the late Mr. E. Billings, and in two reports by Professor H. Alleyne Nicholson.

In Mr. Billings paper “On the Fossil Corals of the Devonian rocks of Canada West,” published in the Canadian Journal for March 1859, two species, viz.: Heliophyllum Halli of Edwards and Haime and HT. tenur-

September, 1887. 8

92 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALONTOLOGY.

septatum, Billings, are enumerated as occurring in the Hamilton For- mation, the latter being then described for the first time. To these should probably be added the Cystiphyllum Americanum of Kdwards and Haime, which ix one of the commonest fossils of this formation, although by some inadvertence Mr. Billings omitted to state from what particular horizon the specimens he referred to were obtained.

in another paper by My. Billings, ‘On the Devonian Fossils of Canada West,” published in the Canadian Journal for May 1860, nine species of corals, six of which hal not previously been described, and fifteen of brachiopoda, two which were here named and characterized for the first time, ave enumerated as having been collected in the Hamilton Formation.

Professor IT, A. Nicholyon’s “ Report upon the Paleontology of the Province of Ontario,” published at Toronto in 1874, which is exclu- sively devoted to the organic remains of the Devonian rocks, contains the most exhaustive and indeed the only list that had appeared up to that date of the fossils of the Corniferous and Hamilton Formations of that province. The number of species from the latter formation enumerated in this list is fifty-six, many of which were described for the first time in this report, but seventeen out of the fifty-six are identical with forms that had previously been recorded by Mr, Billings as occurring in'the same formation.

In his Report upon the Paleontology of the Province of Ontario, published at Toronto in 1875, Professor Nicholson adds fifteen species to the fauna of the Hamilton Formation of that province, two out of the seventeen there mentioned as belonging to it having been previously recognized or described by Mr. Billings.

Due allowance being made for names that are mentioned by both of these paleontologists, the total number of species recorded in these four publications from the formation and province in question is eighty-one, and since 1875 about twenty additional species have been described or identified by E. Billings, Drs. Nicholson, Carl Rominger and G. J. Hinde, Prof. H. Montgomery and Messrs. Etheridge and Carpenter, thus bringing the general total, to the close of 1886, up to a little over one hundred.

In addition to these the Museum of the Geological Survey of Canada contains nearly forty species of fossils, most of which have not pre- viously been recoynized as occurring in the Hamilton Formation of Ontario, or at least not in any Canadian publication. With the excep- tion of Spirifera subdecussata and Dalmanites Helena, they are all from the townships of Bosanquet or West Williams, and a few of them appear lo be undescribed. Some of these fossils were collected by Mr. James Richardson in 1859 and by Mr. Johnson Pettit in 1868, but by

wuiteaves.] FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 93

far the greater number were obtained by the Rev. Hector Currie (formerly of Widder and now resident at Thedford) and by the Rey. J. M. Goodwillie, two zealous and successful collectors of the fossils of these townships since 1876, who generously presented a number of their choicest specimens to the Museum of the Canadian Survey in 1882.

The object of the present paper is to place upon reegrd the names of these and other fossils new to the published lists, with descriptions and figures of such as appear to be undescribed, and finally to give as complete a list as possible of all the species known up to the present date from the formation in Ontario.

In the preparation of this paper the writer desires to acknowledge his obligations to My. Charles Wachsmuth for the identification of three species Of crinoids, ay well as for valuable eritical sugeestions in refer- ence to the crinoids and blastoids generally; to Professor James Hall for the loan of two of the types each of his Pentrem/tes leda and P. White’; and to Professor R. P. Whittield for the loan of one of the types of Nuclescrinus lucina, Hall, now in the American Museum of Natural History in New York city, and for the comparison of Canadian specimens supposed to be referable to Vucleoerinus elegans, Conrad, and Productella truncata, Hall, with the types of those species in the same institution.

CCELENTERATA. ANTHOZOA.

(Tetracoralla, Heckel: Rugosa, Edwards and Haime.)

ACERVULARIA PROFUNDA, Hall.

Aceryularia profunda, Hall. 1758, Rep. Geol. Sury. St. Iowa, vol. I, pt. 2, p. 477, pl. 1, figs. 7 a, b, ¢.

Township of Bosanquet, Mr, J. Pettit, 1368; one fine specimen,

Dr. Rominger, in his “ Fossil Corals of Michigan,” ()). 106) expresses the opinion that A. profunda is only « variety of A. Davidson, Edwards and Haime, and that Acervularia itself is synonymous with Cyathophyllum.

4 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PATUEONTOLOGY.

ECHINODERMATA. CRINOIDEA. Taxocrinus LOBATUS, Hall, var. Plate 12, fig. 1.

Fork giocrinus loiatus, Hall. 1862. Fifteenth Rep. N. York &t. Cab. Nat. Hist.,

p. 124. oa Tarverinus lobatus, Wachsmuth and Springer. 1879. Rev. Palscocrincidea, pt. 1, p. 49. ” . Miller. 1883. Cat. Am. Pal. Foss., Second Ed., p. 258.

Plates of the “dorsal cup” and arms of apparently the same shape, number, and disposition as those of the type of 7. lobatus, but the biturcating plates or third radials of the Canadian variety are desti- tute of nodes. and the entire surface appears to be smooth rather than “finely granulose.” This latter circumstance, however, may be due to a slight weathering of the specimens.

Near Thedtord, Rev. Hector Currie, two specimens: one collected in 1882 and the other in 1853,

These two fossils are regarded with some doubt as a local variety of Taxocrinus lobatus, principally upon the authority of Mr. Charles Wachsmuth who has examined and reports as follows upon thera in a letter to the writer: ‘IT have compared the two specimens with Forbeswerinus lohatus and F. nuntius, Hall. which are both Tawoersnus. They differ froin both of these species in having neither nodes nor spines upon their bifarcating plates. The nodes, however, might be undeveloped, as is the cause sometimes in Lavocrnus LPhremer, and this is the more probable as the specimens agree in other respects with Hall's description of Lorbestocrinus nuntius, Vt is very curious that Hall, in his description of Forbeswcrmus muntins, speaks of the very remarkable resemblance of this species tof Livemerand that in Vol, 2 of the Ohio Report, Pl. 1z. fig. 2. a specimen which is almost identical with Tarocrinus Thieme: is called furbesrocrmus lobatus, vay, tardus and not F’. nuntius, var. tardus, as it ought to be. I have compared your specimens also with Taxocrinus Ithacens’s, William-, with which they avree more closely than his figures on Plate 1 would sugyest, I have good india rubber casts of his type specimens, and tind in none of them the second primary radials so widely separated asin his figure. He deseribes all plates in a radial direction from the tirt primary yadial up as brachials and arm plates, i. c. as free plates; while in fact

WHITEAVES. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 95

his species, like all others of the genus, has not only three or more primary but also several secondary radials, connected laterally by inter- radials, though these latter, which were moveable in the animal, are rarely preserved in the fossil. Tasoerinus [thacensis ditters from your specimens in huving less bifurcations and in possessing almost straight and not stronely waving sutures.”

Homocrints crassts. (N. Sp.)

Plate 12, fig. :

Calyx, or rather ‘dorsal cup,” somewhat bell-shaped, rather broad and slightly intlated near the base and concavely as well us very shallowly constrictel a little below the middle. Height of the dorsal cup, from the lower margin of the underbasuls to the sum- mit of the first radials, very little greater than its maximum breadth. Underbasuls pentagonal, about one half the size of the basals. and broader than high: basals moderately large, about equal in size to the anterior radials, the three anterior ones hexayonal, the two posterior ones heptayonal and truncated above: inferior aual plate equal in size tu the underbusals, square and resting obliquely between two basals, the right radial and the superior anal plate. Primary radials pentagonal, nearly flat below, slightly raised in the middle above, and truncated abruptly and somewhat obliquely, in such a manner as to form a shallowly excavated articulating area whose contour is almost circular, but a little broader than high, and which is furnished with a small, ovate, marginal foramen, whose acutely pointed apex opens directly into an obtusely angular notch in the centre of the upper margin of the plate. Right posterior radial a little smaller than the rest. Superior anal plate pentagonal, equal in size to the right posterior radial, but devoid of course of a distinct lateral articulating area, Substance of the plates thick: outer surface apparently smooth.

Near Thedford, Rev. Hector Currie, 1882: a single specimen of the dorsal cup, entirely free from the matrix.

This species may be easily distinguished from the H. scoparius of Hall, from the Lower Helderberg of the State of New York, and from the A. proboscidialis of Hall, from the Oriskany Sandstone of the sane State, by its much larger size, by its broader, shorter and more bell- shaped dorsal cup, and by the much greater thickness of the plates of which this part of the calyx is composed.

96 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALHONTOLOGY. ARTHROACANTHA PUNCTOBRACHIATA, Williams. Plate 13, figs. 1, and 1a.

Arthroacantha punctobrachiata, H. 8. Williams. 1883. Trans. Am. Phil. Soe., April, pp. 83 & 8b.

Hystricrinus Carpenteri, Hinde. 1885. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, vol. XV., p. 157.

Township of Bosanquet, Mr. J. Pettit, 1868: Bartlett's Mills, near Arkona, Rev. Hector Currie and Rev. J. M. Goodwillie, 1882, and H. M. Ami, 1883.

In the Museum of the Survey there are five good specimens of this species and there are two also in the Redpath Museum at Montreal. These latter were collected by the Rev. Hector Currie, and were kindly loaned to the present writer for examination and study, by Sir William Dawson. Of these seven specimens five have the whole of the calyx, with portions of the arms, beautifully preserved, but the summit of each is completely filled by ashell of Platyceras dumosum, Conrad, var. rarispi- num, Hall. The perforated tubercles to which the moveable spines were attached, are well shewn in each specimen and it is not unusual to find the spines lying alongside of the tubercles.

In 1883 Prof. H. 8. Williams published a description of a new genus of crinoids for which he proposed the name Arthroacantha, This genus was shewn to be most nearly related to Hewacrinus, Austin, but to differ therefrom in ‘“ possessing a well defined third primary radial similar in size to the second, and from which the free arms abruptly diverge,” and from it and “from all other hitherto undescribed crinoids, in the possession of slender, acicular spines which were free from the plates and were evidently articulated by some means upon elevated pitted tubercles on the surface of the calyx, vault and free arms.” The type of this genus was stated to be the A. Jthacensis (Williams) “ from the base of the Chemung Group at Ithaca, N. Y.,” and this species was deseribed in minute detail, with full measurements of all the parts known, and illustrated with an octavo plate of eight figures.

On page 83 of the paper in which the genus Arthroacantha was des- cribed by Profesor Williams the following remarks occur. “In study- ing this genus, I have examined several specimens which agree with the typical form in the general character of the plates and the arms in one case, and possess the pitted tubercles on the surface. The most important among these is the original specimen of a figure issued by the New York State Muscum with the name Platycrinus ? punctobra- chiatus. The original ix in the Museum of Cornell University. The

WHITEAVES. ] FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 94

name was proposed by Prof. Hall, but, as he informs me, the species was never described. This, with several other undescribed species, was photographed and the plate was privately distributed about 1872, with name attached, but with no descriptions. The arms, the shape of calyx, and the plates that were preserved, correspond in general with A. /thacensis, but the tubercles on the culyx plates are finer, more numerous, and the pitting very indistinct, and the basal plates are relatively larger than in the typical specimens of that species. Hence we are led to believe that the Hamilton species is distinct from the Chemung specimens, and even if it were properly described and pub- lished, it is probably safe to regard it as a distinct species. Althongh the specimen shows no traces of the free spines, the nature of the tubercles leave little doubt of a generic identity with Arthroacantha Ithacensis, and the Hamilton form may be called Arthroacantha puncto- brachiata. In the Museum of Cornell University are two specimens, each a portion of the basal disc, which appear to be identical with A. punctobrachiata. One is marked Moscow shale, locality not designated ; the other is marked Hamilton Period, Delph’, N.Y. and is on a soft dark shale with specimens of Pholidops.”

On page 86 of the same paper, in reference to A. [thacensis, we read as follows : ‘‘ This species differs from the Arth. punctobrachiata of the Hamilton group in the more distinct and less numerous tubercles on the surface of the calyx plates: the smaller size of the tubercles leads to the inference that the spines were smaller in the Hamilton form ; the calyx plates were apparently thicker in the Chemung species, and the second and third radial of the specimen Arth. punctobrachiata are higher than those of Arth. Ithacens/s.”

The following year, on receipt of a copy of Professor Williams’ paper, the present writer came to the conclusion that the specimens now under consideration were referable to A. punctobrachiata, Williams, first, because they are from the Hamilton Formation,—secondly, be- cause they avree perfectly with Professor Williams’ diagnosis of the characters of the genus,—and thirdly, because they ditter from the A. Ithacensis, of the Chemung group, as figured by Williams, in having more numerous and less distinct tubercles on the surface of the calyx plates, with shorter and smaller spines articulated to these tubercles, A similar conclusion had previously been arrived at, on perfectly independent vrounds, by Mv. Charles Wachmuth, to whom two of the Canadian specimens had been submitted.

In 1885 Dr. George Jennings Hinde published a paper entitled “ Description of a New Species of Crinoids, with Articulating Spines,” and to this species he gave the name Alystricrinus Carpenteri. The specimens upon which the paper was based were stated to he from the

98 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALHONTOLOGY.

Middle Devonian of Arkona, Ontario, and the locality, as well as the description and figures, leave little room for doubt that Dr. Hinde’s specimens are both specifically and generically identical with those whose nomenclature is now being discussed. In this and in a subse- quent paper Dr. Hinde claims that Professor Williams’ genus Arthroa- cantha cannot be retained, because “the name drthracanthus was employed by Schmarda in 1854 for a genus of Rotatoria,’ and that the species Arthroacantha punctobruchiata must also be rejected, because it Was never properly described.

But to the first of these objections it may be answered that, although from a purist’s standpoint, the o in Arthroacantha may be supertiuous, yet the difference in the terminations of the two words in question is quite sufficient to admit of the use of both. Generic terms which differ only in this respect, such as, for example, Picus, a woodpecker, and Pica, 2 magpie—Cyprinus, a carp, and Cyprina, a mollusk—and many such instances could be cited, ure in universal use among biologists at the present day, with no inconvenience resulting therefrom. In reply to Dr. Hinde’s second contention, viz., that the A. punctobrachiata has never been properly described, the whole of the original description of that species has already been quoted, so that the reader, on this point, can form his own opinion, In the writer’s judyment, however, the dis- tinctive characters given by Prof. Williams, though largely negative and unaccompanied with any figures, are yet sutliciently explicit to allow of the recognition of the species, and if this be the case, the laws of nomenclature would seem to require that his name should be adopted.

DoLarocrinus Liratus, Hall.

Cacabocrinus liratus, Hall. 1862. Fifteenth Rep. N. York 8t. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. ease Dolutocrinus liratus, 5. A. Miller. 1877. Cat. Am. Pal. Foss. p. 77.

“ ¢ Wachsmuth and Springer. 1881. Rey. Paleeocrinoidea, pt. 2, p. 126.

Bartl@s Mills, near Arkona, Rev. J. M. Goodwillie, 1882: one good specimen, which appears to belong to this species, although, as pointed out by Mr, Wachsmuth, it has only 1x2 secondary radials (brachials, Hall) while the type of D. liratus is said to have 2 x 2. The generic and specific characters of this specimen and of the beau- uful example of Ollacrinus spinigerus collected by the Rey. Iector Currie. were first recognized by Mr. H. M. Ami.

WHiTEaves. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO, 99

Doratocrinus LAMELLOosus, Hall,

Cacabocrinus lamellosus, Hall. 1862. Fifteenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 141. Dolatocrinus lumellosus, 8. A. Miller. 1877. Cat. Am. Pal. Foss., p. 77, = mS Wachsmuth and Springer. 1881. Rey. Palzocrinoidea, pt. 2, p. 126.

Near Thedford, Rev. Hector Curric, 1882, teste Wachsmuth one nearly perfect und tolerably well preserved but somewhat crushed example of the calyx,

Donatocrinus CanapEnsts. (N. Sp.)

Plate 12, figs. 3,3 a,3b, and 3c.

Calyx rather small, sub-hemispherical, much broader than high . “dorsal cup’ broadly and shallowly basin-shaped but deeply concave in the centre exteriorly: dome moderately elevated, rather distinctly pentalobate as viewed from above, the radial areas being slightly raised and the interradial as slightly depressed.

United basals small and forming a funnel-shaped concavity for the reception of the column.

First primary radials hexagonal, broader than high and broadest above the middle,—almost completely sunk in the basal concavity. Second primary radials quadrangular, much broader than high, rather smaller than the first and unlike them forming part of the lateral wall of the calyx. Third primary radials pentagonal, much broader than high and a little broader than the second. On the upper sloping sides of each third primary radial, there is a similarly shaped but much smaller pair of secondary radials, or radials of the second order. On its two upper sides each secondary radial to the right bears a pair of still smaller tertiary radials while each one on the left bears a single tertiary radial on its inner and upper side. These three tertiary radials are quadrangular or subquadrangular in outline, but their upper margins are obliquely bevelled off and deeply emarginate in the centre, in such a way as to form articulating bases, or portions of bases, of attachment for the arms. In every ray, therefore, there were originally three arms, two on the right side and one on the left, though the arms themselves do not happen to be preserved in the only specimen known to the writer.

Interradials two: the first rather larger than the first primary radials,

100 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

subovoid and truncated above, or obscurely nine-sided with the upper side much the broadest, resting against the sides of the second and third primary radials, and about equalin height to both of the latter. Second interradials much smaller than the first, about twice as broad as high, hexagonal (or possibly quadrangular) in outline. Above each of the second interradials there are three plates, the central one pen- tagonal and browder than high, with a minute and apparently hexa- gonal plate, which is higher than broad, on each side of it. These three plates are in each case placed between the arm bases of two contig- uous rays.

Dome plates polygonal, varying in shape and size according to their relative position, some of those in the interradial areas being slightly larger than any of those in the radial. Anal apertare nearly but not quite central.

The sculpture of the outer surface of the plates of the dorsal cup con- sists of numerous raised ridges which radiate from a large and promi- nent tubercle in the centre of each plate. In the radial series the first, second and third primary radials are connected by a continuous ridge, which is broader and more prominent than any of the other radiating ridges in these plates, and this bifurcates, in the centre of each third primary radial, into two branches which diverge outwards and upwards through the secondary radials as far as the commencement of the arm bases below. In the interradial series, a ridge which is also broader and more prominent than the other radiating ridges, commences in the middle of the lower margin of each of the first primary interradials and extends upwards as far as the central tubercle. From this point it bifurcates widely outward and upward until the extremity of each of its brauches reaches nearly as far as and almost coalesces with that of the corresponding branch in the nearest secondary radial.

The outer surface of the dome plates is very minutely granulose and ornamented, with but few exceptions, by minute, low, isolated and rounded tubercles, of which there ure from one to six in cach plate.

Maximum height of the only specimen known, about thirteen aud a half millimetres; greatest breadth of the same, nineteen mm. and a half,

Near Thedford, Rev. J. M. Goodwillie,1882: a single specimen.

This species appears to be most nearly related to Dolatocrinus triadactylus of Barris, from the Hamilton Formation of Alpena, Mich- igen. Ma, Wachsmuth, who has kindly compured the type of D. Canadensis with authentic examples of D. triadactylus, in a letter to the

* Deseribed and figured in §the ‘Proceedings of the Davenport Academy of Natural Sciences” for 1883,

WHITEAVES. ] FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 101

writer states that the latter “has the same general form and the same arm formula, but the basals are less deep and have around the column, at a level with the lower plane of the calyx, a prominent rim, and its ornamentation consists of numerous ridges arranged in trianyles without _ tubercles, and these outer ones enclose two smaller triangles.”

CoLumns oF DoLATOcRINUs.

Plate 12, figs 4, 4a.

Portions of the column of one or more species of Dolatocrinus were collected by Mr. J. Pettit, in 1868, in the shales of the Hamilton Group of the township of Bosanquet.

These consist of groups of from two to ten or more joints, which are circular in outline and depressed at the sutures, which are sometimes minutely crenulated. In the centre of each of these groups, and superimposed upon two or three joints, there is a prominent but still rather narrow ring, which at equal distances apart bears three lami- nar expansions, which are flattened at aright angle to the joints on which they are placed, but in a direction parallel to the axis of the column. These laminar expansions are triangular in outline, in the only specimen in which their margin is unbroken, their bases are as broad as the cluster of joints of the column of which they form a part is high, and they project from it to a distance of as far as six milli- metres. The central canal is very large and circular in outline.

MecistTocrints Ruaosus, Lyon and Casseday.

Megistocrinus rugosus, Lyon and Casseday. 1859. Am. Journ. of Sc. and Arts, Vol. xxviii, p. 245.

Near Thedford, Rev. J. M. Goodwillie, 1882: one specimen, which has been identified with this species by Mr. Charles Wachsmuth.

Meatstocrinus, Sp, Inpt. Plate 13, figs. 2, 2a, 2b.

A specimen which Mr. Wachsmuth thinks ix probably the central dome plate of a large Megistocrinus, was collected hy the Rey. Hector

102 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

Currie, near Thedford, in 1882. At the same locality and date two other and similar specimens were obtained by Mr. Currie, but the original of figures of 2, 2a and 2b on Plate 13 is the only one that the writer has seen.

Its dimensions are: height, fourteen millimetres; maximum breadth, sixteen mm.; breadth at base, eight.

As viewed in one direction its outline is somewhat hatchet-shaped with a truncated base, while, as viewed in the opposite direction, its outline is wedge-shaped with the sides slightly convex. The centre of the base is rather deeply excavated and surrounded by a single row of concave and somewhat oblique facets. From one point of view the plate broadens rapidly from the base upwards about as far as the middle, and its upper margin is semicircular, while, from another (at nearly a right angle to the first) it narrows rapidly from below upwards and outwards into a thin and sharp edge.

To the naked eye the surface of the plate seems smooth, but when examined under a lens the base is seen to be minutely granulose and the sides and edge minutely corrugated in a longitudinal direction, though one of the flattened sides seems to be much less distinctly cor- rugated than the other.

SPINE OF DOME OF CRINOID. (Genus and species unknown.) Plate 13, figs. 3, 3a.

The curious flask-shaped body represented on Plate 13, which is evidently a spine from the dome of some unknown crinoid, was also collected by the Rev. Hector Currie, at Thedford, in 1882, and presented by him to the Museum of the Survey.

[ts apex is unfortunately broken off, but the part which is preserved is fourteen millimetres in length or height. The centre of the base is rather deeply excavated and surrounded by a single row or ring of’ eight oblique facets, some of which are faintly concave. Immediately above the hbase the spine is swollen into a rather narrow bulb-like expansion, Whose maximum breadth is five millimetres, and above this it narrows vradually, the breadth at the broken summit being about two nm.

When viewed under a lens the facets which surround the central excavation of the base are seen to be minutely granulose, and the bul- bous part of the spine is ornamented with irregular and longitudinally disposed, but somewhat twisted, thin and flat lamellar ridges, which are more or less broken up into low spines whose apices are directed

wuiTeaves. ] FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO, 103

upwards. Above the bulb the surface is minutely and longitudinally corrugated, but near the apex it becomes nearly smooth.

A certain general resemblance which this spine bears to the spines on the dome of Dorycrinus cornigerus and D. Gouldii, expecially in the structure of the base, suggests the idea that it may have formed part of the dome of a crinoid belonging to the family Actinocrinide.

OLLACRINUS SPINIGERUS, Hall. Plate 13, figs. 4, 4a and 4b. Trematocrinus spiniqerus, Hall. 1862. Fifteenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist.,

Gouniast roidocrinus spimigcrus, Meek & Worthen. 1866. Geol. Sury. Illinois, Vol. 2) p: 222:

Goniastiroiocrinus spinigerus, 8. A Miller. 1877. Cat. Am. Pal. Foss., p. 80.

Ollucrinus spinigerus, Wachsmuth & Springer. Rey. Paleeocrinoidea, pt. 2, p. 219.

Near Thedford. collected by the Rev. Hector Currie in 1883: one perfect and exquisitely preserved specimen of the calyx, with the dome plates /n situ, which he has kindly presented to the museum of the Survey.

“This beautiful specimen shews splendidly the interradial depres- sions described on page 218, part 2, of the Revision of the Paliweo- crinoidea, It also shows well the ambulacral or arm openings, and the extended arm-like water tubes, which ure represented exceptionally in this species, from their base up, by two independent appendages; while in all other known species of this genus the tubes in this as in the other interradii, respectively, are suturally connected for some dis- tance, being only divided at their outer ends.” Wachsmuth.

Messrs. Meek and Worthen with some doubt and Mr. 8. A. Miller positively state that this species should be placed in Lyon & Casseday’s genus Goniasteroidocr/nus, rather than in Ollacrinus, Cumberland, Zittel, however, in his “Handbuch der Paleontologie,” as well as Wachsmuth «& Springer, in the memoir cited above, take the opposite view of the case.

ANCYROCRINUS BULLOsUS, Hall.

Plate 15, fig. 5.

Ancyrocrinus hulhosus, Hall. 1862. Fifteenth Rep.N. York State Cab, Nat. Hist., p. 118, pl. 1, figs. 25 and 26,

A perfect but worn specimen of the root and part of the column of a crinoid which is clearly referable to the genus Ancyrocrinus and appa-

104 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.ZONTOLOGY.

rently to the species named above, has long been in the Museum of the Survey, labelled as having been collected in the township of Bosanquet.

It is thirty-three millimetres in height from base to summit, thirteen mm. in breadth, as measured from the apices of two lateral processes, and four across the summit. The base is shortly and broadly conical or bluntly pointed as viewed laterally, and distinctly quadrangular, with the sides faintly concave, as viewed endways. In the centre of the base there ix a minute circular depression or pit, around which at a distance of about two mm. there is a circular impressed line. The four lateral ascending spinose processes upon which the genus was based, are represented by four low conical protuberances, which are slightly flattened laterally and truncated at their apices in a direction nearly parallel to the main axis of the column. At the summit of each of these truncated protuberances thereis alongitudinally oval depression, in the centre of which there seems tu be a minute and narrowly linear perforation. Immediately above these processes the ascending column is eight mm. broad and about seven-eighths of an inch long, and from this point it narrows gradually upwards to the summit, which, as already stated, is four mm. in diameter. Throughout its entire length the column appears to be circular, but the specimen is very much worn, and its central canal as seen from above, is distinctly four lobed.

BLASTOIDEA.

PENTREMITIDEA FILOSA. (N. Sp. 7) Plate 14, figs. 1, 1 a, 1b.

Perhaps the same as Pentremites Whiter, Hall, a description of which may be found on paye 150 of the Fifteenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist.

Of medium size, height about one-fourth greater than the maxi- mum breadth, which latter ranges from a little below the middle of the specimen to the base of the radial sinuses: lateral outline sub- ovate but conical at the hase and truncated at the summit: transverse section, in the thickest part, pentagonal in outline with nearly straight sides, which latter, however, are very faintly depressed in the centre, and as fuintly convex laterally.

Ab-oral side inversely and doubly pyramidal, three-sided at and near the base of the body, but gradually becoming five-sided and pen- talobate above; its lower portion rather narrowly conical as viewed sideways, its upper moiety broadening more vapidly upward and

WHITEAVES. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 105

outward, Oral side not quite three times as high as the ab-oral, of nearly equal thickness for about one-third of its height, then narrow- ing gradually and convexly upwards from about the middle of the calyx to the summit: peristome narrow and concayely excavated.

Basals reaching rather more than half-way to the bases of the radial sinuses, and together forming a rather shallow cup, which is three-sided below, five-sided above and angularly five-lobed at its upper margin, and whose breadth above is nearly twice its height. Basal plates three, two pentagonal and one quadrangular.

The “bodies” or undivided portions of the radials broaden outwards more rapidly than the basals do, and from this circumstance it follows that an obtuse angle is formed at the junction of the basals with the radials, especially in a line with the ambulacra.

Radials occupying about eleven-thirteenths of the entire height of the calyx, lanceolate in outline, with a truncated base, and rather more than twice as high us broad. The apices of each of the two adjacent radials are united so as to form an acute point, which projects a little above the oro-anal surface. Radial sinuses very deeply cleft, and occupying about nine-tenths of the total height of each radial. The sides bordering the sinuses are elevated and formed into ~harp edges, which stand out at right angles above the ambulacra in such a way as to form prominent radial lips, which are somewhat effuse and most raised around the bases of the ambulacra.

Ambulacra linear, rather narrow, increasing in breadth regularly but very slowly upwards, so that they are nearly twice as broad at their summits as at their bases, which latter are narrowly rounded. The food groove in the centre of each ambulacrum deepens towards the summit, and is almost obsolete ut and near the base, while the outer sides of the ambulacra are depressed in such a way as to form a deep groove on each side next to the radial lips. The whole surface of each ambulacrum, although convex towards the centre, is not pro- minent, but on the contrary sunk a little below the general level of that of the radials.

The interradial on the anal side is comparatively large, and plainly visible in a side view, especially when examined with a lens: its outline is rhomboidal, but its apex ix narrowly and rather deeply emarginite. The other interradials ure extremely small, and not visible at all in a side view, as they are sunk in the oro-anal excavation, and form a nar- row rim around the spiracles.

The posterior spiracle is confluent with the anal aperture. The other spiracles (four in number) are rather large, between crescentic and reniform in outline, rounded on their inner margins, and placed close to the central opening. They are situated within the inter-

106 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALMONTOLOGY.

radials, and occupy nearly their whole area, leaving only a very nar- row rim exposed. They are equal in size, similar in shape, and partly divided in the centre by an incomplete septum. Central opening pentagonal or obscurely five lobed, but shallowly and concavely emar- ginate on the anal side.

Summit plates, hydrospires, pinnules and column unknown.

The surface ornamentation consists of exceedingly fine concentric lines, which follow the gencral contour of each plate. These lines are always too minute to be seen without the aid of a lens, but are much coarser and more sharply defined in some specimens than in others.

Dimensions of one of the most perfect specimens collected: Height, thirteen millimetres ; maximum breadth, nine and a half mm. ; height of radial, eleven; breadth of radial, tive; depth of sinus of radial, nine and a half.

Near Thedford, Rev. Hector Currie, 1876-82: nine specimens, most of which are perfect, undistorted and remarkably well-preserved.

A provisional name has been given to the specimens described above, because it is almost impossible to decide whether they are or are not identical with the Pentremites Whiter of Hall, owing to the very peculiar state of preservation of the latter.

Professor Hall’s types of P. Whitei (twoof which he has kindly lent to the present writer, for comparison) are all stated to be “ crushed” so that “their true Foian cannot be known.” One of the specimens forwarded by Professor Hall has the pinnules preserved on all sides, so that the whole of the interradials and summit characters, as well as the upper halves of the radials, are completely hidden from view. In the other, most of the pinnules are preserved, especially on one side. This latter is the only specimen which shews any of the inter- radials, and in it the writer has failed to find more than one, which appears to be the interradial on the anal side. Moreover, the char- acters of this supposed solitary interradial on the anal side in one, and those of the lower and exposed half of the body in both of the typical examples of P. MWh/tei that the writer has been able to examine, appear to be essentially similar in all respects to those of the corresponding parts in the Canadian specimens.

But, on the other hand, Professor Hall distinctly states that the interradials of P, Whitei are “ comparatively large and lozenge shaped,” and if this is true of any of its interradials other than the one on the anal side, then P. White’ must be both generically and specitically distinct from the specimens collected by the Rev. H. Currie. Again, in the original description of P. Whitei, the pseudambulacral fields (ambulacra) are said to “extend a little more than half the length of the body,” and the pseudambulacral areas (or radial sinuses) to oceupy

WHITEAVES. ] FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 107

about two-thirds the length of the radials, from which it would seem that the radials in Professor Hall's species are not nearly so deeply cleft as they are in the Canadian specimens.

By whatever name they may eventually be known, the Thedford specimens now under consideration ditfer from the genus Pentremites, as recently restricted by Etheridge & Carpenter in their “ Catalogue of the Blastoidea in the British Museum,” in the fact that only the inter- radial on the anal side is visible in a side view. In this particular, as well as in the fact that the posterior spiracles are confluent with the anus, they resemble Troostocrinus as defined in the monograph just cited, but their base is not long and tapering, and upon the whole they seem to agree best with the characters of Pentremitidea as ex pressed in the same volume.

NUCLEOCRINUS ELEGANS, Conrad. Plate 14, fig. 2. (Summit plates only.)

Nueleocrinus elegans, Conrad. 1842. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. VIIL, p. 289,

pl. 15, fig. 17. es “Hall (as of Conrad). 1862. Fifteenth Rep. N. York St. Cab.

Nat. Hist., p. 147, pl. 1, figs. 14 and 15.

Nucleocrinus lucina? Hall. Montgomery. 1881. Can. Nat. and Geol. (N. 8.) vol. X., p. 80, with three woodcuts.

Nucleocrinus Canadensis, Montgomery. Ib., p. 83.

Elzacrinus lucins, Hall, var. Canadensis, Mongomery. Etheridge and Carpenter. 1886. Cat. Blast. Brit. Mus., p. 36, pl. 18, fig. 19.

Near Thedford, Rev. Hector Currie, 1877-82 : five specimens.

These differ slightly from typical specimens from the State ot New York, in being not quite so globose in their contour. Judging from diagrams forwarded by Mr. Wachsmuth there would appear to be some minor differences in the shape and number of the summit plates in examples from the two localities, but as the sutures between these plates are nearly always difficult to define, these supposed differences may be more apparent than real. In each of the Canadian specimens the summit plates are preserved, and these, as represented in the figure on plate 14, appear to be seven in number, viz., one rather large and somewhat excentric central or sub-central plate, which is partly surrounded by four large and two small proximals. In the New York specimens, the lower portion of the central or sub-central plate is divided transversely by asuture in such « manner as to separate from it an eighth and distinct anal plate, which is pentagonal in outline, and of which suture or plate no trace has yet been detected in the Canadian

September, 1887. 9

108 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALZONTOLOGY.

specimens. In other species of the genus, however, Mr. Wachsmuth states that some of the sutures of the summit plates are as frequently anchylosed as not, and it may be that this is the case with the suture in question in the few Canadian examples of WV. elegans that have yet been collected. Further, the outer margin in each of the four large proximals in the New York specimens of IV. elegans is represented by Professor Hall, as well as by Mr. Wachsmuth, as convex in the middle and concave only at the sides, whereas the outer margin in each of the larger proximals of the Canadian specimens is uniformly though rather shallowly concave. Still, these differences, whether real or apparent, can scarcely be regarded as of specific importance, and Professor R. P. Whitfield, who has kindly compared some of the specimens collected by the Rev. H. Currie with Conrad’s type of WV. elegans pow in the American Museum of Natural History in New York city, entertains no doubt as to their identity with that species.

Some of the specimens collected by Mr. Currie are more elongated than others, and it was at one time supposed that the most clongated forms might possibly be referable to WV. lucina, Hall, but in that species, as shown in an authentic specimen forwarded by Professor Whitfield and as stated by Prof. Hall, the sides are deeply and angularly concave whereas those of NV. elegans are nearly flat.

GRANATOCRINUS LepA, Hall (Sp.)

Plate 14, figs. 3,3 a, 3b, 3 ¢, 38d and 38f.

Pentremites ieda, Hall. 1862. Fifteenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 149, pl. 1, fig. 11.

Pentremitidea leda, Hall? sp., Etheridge and Carpenter. 1886. Cat. Blast. in Brit. Mus., pp. 12, 17, 104, pl. 5, figs. 12, 18 and 14.

Near Thedford, Rev. Hector Currie, 1878: three perfect and beauti- ful specimens, two of which are entirely free from distortion.

All three have been directly compared with two of the types of Pentremites Leda kindly forwarded by Professor Hall, which latter, however, are crushed nearly flat laterally and do not shew any of the spiracles. The only appreciable difference that the writer has been able to detect between the Canadian and the New York State speci- mens, is that in the former the whole surface of each of the inter- radials, all of which are visible in a side view, is distinctly but irregu- larly corrugated when examined with a lens, while in the latter most of the surface is covered by tine lines which follow the contour of each plate, and by only a few and less distinct corrugations which are often

wuiteaves. } FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 109

altogether absent. This difference, even if constant, which it does not appear to be, is probably not even of varietal importance.

The species is placed in the venus Granatocrinus, rather than in Pen- tremitidea as suggested by Etheridge and Carpenter, mainly on the authority of Mr. Wachsmuth, who informs the writer that it ‘is intermediate between Granatocrinus and Pentremitilea, but nearer the former. It has tive circular spiracles, that of the posterior side confluent with the anal aperture; all five deltoid pieces are plainly seen in a side view, and the ambulacra extend to almost the full length of the calyx; the basals slightly projecting.”

Professor Whittield thinks that the Pentremites Maia of Hall ix only a variety of the present species.

CopAsTER CANADENSIS, Billings.

Plate 14, Figs. 4 and 4a.

Codaster Cunadcnsis, Billings, 1869. Am. Journ. Sc. and Arts, Series 2, vol. XLVIIL, p. 79.

“ “ # 1870. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 4, vol. V., pp. 262, 263.

" ie « 1874. Geol. Sury. Can., Pal. Foss., vol. IL, pp. 100, 101.

Codaster Hindei, Etheridge and Carpenter. 1882, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 5, vol. [X., p. 235.

The types of C. Canadensis appear to have been collected by Mr. Johnson Pettit in 1868 in the township of Bosanquet, and from the same township, three-quarters of a mile from Thedford, the Rev. Hector Currie has since obtained twelve other specimens, two of unusually large size, in 1882-84, three of which he has kindly for- warded to the writer for examination and study.

Although the name suggested by Mr. Billings is here provisionally retained, partly because it is the oldest and partly because it was pub- lished in one of the Survey reports, it is quite possible that it may have to be abandoned in favour of the later name given toit by Messrs. Etheridge and Carpenter, on the ground that the former was not accompanied by a recognizable definition of its specific characters.

On page 92 of a paper entitled “On the Devonian Fossils of Canada West,” published in the “Canadian Journal” (of Toronto) for May, 1860, in reference to the genus Cyrtodonta, Mr. Billings himself writes: “T have been the first to describe correctly and illustrate this genus under a name that is in no respect inappropriate, and I have a right to retain that name against those which are objectionable or not founded on

110 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALAONTOLOGY,

an intelligible generic description.” The clause italicized (the italics are the present writer's) if applicable to a genus ought to be equally so to a species, and if this be the case, the few remarks published about some of the minute structural peculiarities of C. Canadenis can scarcely be regarded as an intelligible specitic description.

But, in spite of Mr. Billings’ contention, the majority of American paleontologists seem to have rejected his genus Cyrtodonta and to have adopted the earlier name Cypricardites, Conrad, notwithstanding the extremely vague and unsatisfactory detinition of the characters of the latter, and every naturalist knows that many of the species proposed by such writers as Linnaeus and Lamarck in Europe, and Rafinesque and Conrad in America, are universally accepted to-day although no one pretends that they could be identified from the original descrip- tion. It is also only proper to add that although the shales of the Hamilton Group of Ontario have been diligently examined by many collectors for the last twenty years, it has yet to be shewn that they have yielded more than one species of Codaster, and further, that the types of C. Canadensis have for many years been preserved in the Museum of the Survey which is and always has been freely accessible to all.

ELEUTHEROCRINUS CASSEDAYI, Shumard and Yandell. Plate 14, figs. 5, 5a and 5b.

Eleutherocrinus Cassedayi, Shumard and Yandell. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. VIII., p. 73, plate 2.

Near Thedford, Rev. J. M. Goodwillie, 1882: two good and exception- ally well preserved specimens, one of which (the original of the figures on Plate 14) he has generously presentcd to the Museum of the Survey.

In reference to this latter, which he has minutely examined, Mr. Wachsmuth writes: “Your specimen is most beautifully preserved, especiully the ambulacra which are excellently shewn, the food grooves can be followed up to the sockets of the pinnules. I think the anus has never been described in this genus, it having been taken for a mere break in the plate. Your specimen shows that it is located at the right upper edge of the azygos radial, which is somewhat excavated and constitutes the outer wall of the triangular aperture.”

WHITEAVES. ] FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 111

MOLLUSCOIDEA. BRACHIOPODA. Linauna iaea, Hall,

Lingua ligea, Hall. 1860. Thirteenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 76. 8 . ° 1867. Pal. St. N. York, vol. IV., part 1, p. 7, pl. 1, figs. 2a, and 2b.

Near Thedford, Rev. Hector Currie, 1882: one specimen.

Linauta Turprorpensrs, (N. Sp.)

Plate 15, fig. 1.

Shell strongly compressed, thickest in the umbonal region: lateral outline rather broadly subelliptical; length about one-third greater than the maximum breadth. Lateral margins nearly straight and but slightly convex in their central portions, but narrowing gently in a convex curve at and towards each extremity; anterior margin regularly rounded ; cardinal slopes slightly convex, diverging forward and outward from the beaks at an angle of about one hundred and twelve degrees, and not at all angular or even subangular at their junction with the lateral margins; beaks small and not very prominent.

Surface polished and glossy, but marked with fine, concentric, raised lines of growth, which are crossed by numerous, closely arranged and almost equally minute radiating raised lines, which extend from the beaks to the anterior margin and are most prominent on and near the latter.

Dimensions of the specimen figured: maximum length, fifteen milli- metres and a half; greatest breadth, eleven mm.; maximum thickness, two and a half. In another specimen the dimensions are: length, twenty-one mm.; breadth (approximately) fourteen and a half; thick- ness, three.

Near Thedford, Rev. Hector Currie, 1882: two specimens, the smal- ler and more perfect of which is figured. In the other the beak is somewhat more prominent and pointed.

This species seems to be somewhat nearly related to the Lingula maida of Hall, *but differs therefrom in its broader and more regularly elliptical outline, as viewed laterally, as well as in the greater convexity of its cardinal slopes, which diverge at a much more obtuse angle. It

*Pal. State New York, vol. IV., pt. 1, p. 9 pl, 2, fig. 13.

112 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL AONTOLOGY,

approaches also in shape to the oval variety of LZ. punctata represented by figure 6 fof plate 1 of the first part of the fourth volume of the “ Paleontology of the State of New York,” but is broader in proportion to its length and its surface is not punctate.

PropucTELLA (STROPHALOSIA?) TRUNCATA, Hall. Plate 16, figs. 1 and 2.

Productus truncatus, Hall. 1857. Tenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 171.

Strophomena pustulosa, Hall. 1848. Geol. Rep. 4th Distr. N. York, p. 189, fig. 4, “put not Productus pustulosus, Phillips.

Productella truncata, Hall. 1867. Pal. State N. York, vol. IV., pt. 1, p. 160, pl. 23, figs. 12-24.

Productus (Productella) truncatus, (Hall) Walcott. 1884. Pal. Eureka Dist., p. 181, pl. 14, fig. 2.

Bartlett's Milly, near Arkona, and near Thedford in the town- ship of Bosanquet, Revs. Hector Currie and J. M. Goodwillie, 1882: a few specimens which are referred to this species solely on the authority of Prof. R. P. Whittield.

As compared with Professor Hall’s description and figures of P. truncata, however, these specimens seem to differ materially in their far less convex ventral valves, (which resemble Leptwna or Chonetes in this respect rather than Productus or Productella, whose umbones are not at all prominent, and neither broadly nor distinctly troncated. It is difficult to see how the specimens from Arkona and Thedford are to be distinguished from some forms of the Strophalosia productoides of Murchison, especially from such as are represented on plate 19, figures 15, 16 and 19 of Dr. Davidson’s monograph of the British Devonian Brachiopoda.

In 1882 several good examples of’ S. productoides were collected by Dr. R. Bell from rocks apparently of about the age of the Hamilton Formation on the Athabasca River in the first ten miles below the Clearwater, the most perfect of which is represented, for comparison, on Plate XV. This beautiful fossil was compared by Dr. Davidson with authentic English and European examples of S. productoides and pronounced somewhat confidently to be identical therewith (as the writer had previously supposed was the case) in the spring of 1883. Tn the specimens from Arkona and Thedford the umbones are not s0 prominent and the so-called pseudo-deltidium not so distinctly marked as in those from the Athabasca, but these apparent differences seem largely attributable to the much greater size of the latter and David- son’s figures show that =pecimens from various localities in England vary quite as much in both of these characters.

WHITEAVES-] FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 1138

It is true that in two of the specimens from Arkona, though appar- ently not in all, the beak of the ventral valve is very faintly truncated, but DeVerneuil represents the beak of the corresponding valve of the shell which he calls Productus membranaceus and which Davidson places in the synonymy of S. productoides, as distinctly truncated. Prof. Hall states that ‘on the authority of M. de Verneuil, the Stro- phomena pustulosa has been referred to the Productus (Strophalosia) Murchisonianus of De Konick,” or, in other words, that De Verneuil thinks P. truncata, Hall, is synonymous with the shell which Davidson calls S. productoides, and to the writer it seems that de Verneuil’s figu- res of Productus membranaceus would do very well for P. truncata. On the other hand, Mr. C. D. Walcott considers that the two shells, i. e¢., P. truncata and 8. productoides, “ present but very few characters in common.”

CHONETES CARINATA, Conrad.

Strophomena carinata, Conrad. 1842. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil, vol. VIIL, p. 257. * syrtalis, Conrad. “ Ib., p. 254, pl. 14. fig. 1. Chonetes coronata, Hall. 1867. Pal. State N. York, vol. IV., pt.1, p. 133, pl. 21, figs. 9-12, incl. Chonetes carinata, S. A. Miller (as of Conrad). 1877. Am. Pal. Foss., p. 108. Chonetes coronuta, Whitfield. 1882. Geol. Wiscons., vol. IV., p. 327, pl. 25, fig. 16.

Bartlett’s Mills, near Arkona, Rev. J. M. Goodwillie, 1882: one per- fect and well preserved specimen showing the exterior of both valves.

Professors James Hall and R. P. Whittield both think that the speci- fic name of this shell should be written coronata rather than carinata. The former doubtless would be the more appropriate of the two.

STREPTORHYNCHUS PERVERSUM, Hall.

Orthis perversa, Hall. 1857. Tenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 97.

Orthisina alternata, Hall. 1860. Thirteenth Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist.

Streptorhynchus perversa, Hall. 1867. Pal. State N. York, vol. IV., pt: 1, p. 72, pl. 9, figs. 13-17 and fig. 26.

Lot 24, Concession 3, Township of Bosanquet, J. Richardson, 1859: one small but perfect specimen which was identified with this species or variety many years ago by Mr. E. Billings.

Professor Hall regards S. perversum as only a varietal form of S. Chemungense, Conrad,

114 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

SrropHoponta PLicaTa, Hall.

Strophodonta plicata, Hall. 1860. Thirteenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p- 90. sy si ‘© 1867. Pal. State N. York, vol. TV., pt. 1, p. 144, pl. 638, figs. 30-32.

Near Thedford, Rev. J. M. Goodwillie, 1882: one rather small but very characteristic specimen.

SPrRIFERA suBDECUSSATA. (N. Sp.) PI. 15, figs. 3 and 3 a.

Shell somewhat compressed, the maximum thickness through the closed valves being a little less than one-half the greatest length of the ventral valve: lateral outline transversely rhomboidal or obscurely pentagonal, but with the front margin nearly semicircular: breadth a little greater than the length: greatest breadth at the hinge line, whose extremities are angular.

Ventral valve considerably elevated at the umbo: cardinal margins diverging at an angle of about 132°: mesial sinus broad and shallow, especially at and near the anterior margin: area large, ascending and obliquely flattened, rather more than one-fourth as high as broad and transversely striated, pseudo-deltidium also large, its breadth at the base nearly equalling its height.

Dorsal valve very moderately convex, with a broad, low, rounded mesial fold, which is most strongly defined on and at the anterior margin.

Surface ornamented by about fifteen low, rounded ribs on each side of the mesial fold and sinus. The central portion of each valve is quite devoid of ribs, but the whole surface is faintly and concentrically striated, and the ribs on the lateral areas are marked with exceedingly minute and closely arranged radiating lines.

Dimensions of the only specimen collected: maximum length, thirty- eight millimetres ; greatest breadth, forty-five mm. ; approximate thick- ness through the closed valves, eighteen; height of hinge area in the ventral valve, twelve; breadth of pseudo-deltidium of the same, at its base, eleven.

Banks of the Thames River, Moraviantown, Rev. J. M. Goodwillie, 1882: one imperfect and not very well preserved specimen.

The shape and coarser markings of this shell are extremely like those of the S. aspera of Hall,* from “ calcareous shales of the age of

‘ Sa eae * Geol. Iowa, vol. L., part 2, (1858) p. 508, pl. 4, figs. Ta, b,c, d.

WHITEAVES. ] FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 115

the Hamilton Group” in Iowa and Illinois. In Professor Hall's species, however, the entire surface of the valves is represented as granulose, whereas in the S. subdecussata, in addition to the concentric lines of growth which are common to all brachiopodous shells, the ribs on the lateral areas are marked by exceedingly tine and crowded radiating lines, which are scarcely visible to the naked eye, and no traces of granulations cun be detected, or have yet been detected, on any por- tion of its surface,

NUCLEOSPIRA conoInNA, Hall.

Atrypa concinna, Hall. 1843. Geol. Rep. Fourth Distr. N. York, p. 200, fig. 3. Nucleospira concinna, Hall. 1859. Twelfth Rep. N. yYork St. Cab. Nat. Hist., pp. 25 and 26. et = “ 1857. Pal. State N. York, vol. IV., pt. 1, 279, pl. 45, figs. 33-57.

Near Thedford, Rev. J. M. Goodwillie, 1882: nine good specimens.

MERISTELLA UNIStLCATA, Conrad,

Atrypa unisulcata, Conrad. 1841. Ann. Rep. Pal. N. York, p. 56.

Rhynchonella unisulcata, Hall. 1857. Tenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 125.

Athyris (?) unisulcata, Billings (as of Conrad). 1860. Canadian Journal, pl. 32, figs, 39-42.

Meristella unisulcata, Hall. 1867. Pal. State N. York, vol. IV., pt. 1, p. 309, pl. 50, figs. 18, 33.

Township of Bosanquet, Mr. J. Pettit, 1868: two ventral valves; and near Thedford, Rev. J. M. Goodwillie, 1882: one specimen with both valves preserved. The species has previously been recorded from the Corniferous Limestone of Ontario, but the specimens indicated above are the only ones that the writer has seen from the Hamilton Group of that province.

MerIsTELLA Haskins, Hall.

Meristella Haskinsi, Hall. 1860. Thirteenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 84. s a. “ 1867. Pal. State N. York, vol. VI., pt.1,p. 306, pl. 49, figs. 23, 35.

Near Thedford, Rev. J. M. Goodwillie, 1882: one specimen which is nearly perfect, but which has most of the outer and part of the inner layer of the test exfoliated.

116 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY, Reviza (TREMATOSPIRA) NOBILIS, Hall.

Rhynchospira nobilis, Hall. 1860. Thirteenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist. p. 83.

Trematospira ? nobilis, Hall. 1867. Pal. State N. York, vol. IV., pt. 1, p. 412, pl. 638, figs. 33-36.

Near Thedford, J. Richardson, 1859, and Rev. H. Currie, 1882: apparently not uncommon. The specimens from this locality, though nearly always much distorted, are often perfect and well preserved.

In his “ Handbuch der Paleontologie,” (vol. I., p .686) Zittel admits both Rhynchospira and Trematospira of Hall as sub-genera of Retzia, King, though Billings, in 1870, maintained that they are merely synonyms of that genus.

MOLLUSCA.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. PrERINEA FLABELLUM, Conrad. Avicula flabella, Conrad. 1842. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. VIIT., p. 238, pl. 2 fe Pterinea flabellum, Conrad. 8. A. tie ao Am. Pal. Foss., p. 201.

. " Hall. 1883. Pal. State N. York, vol. V., pt. 1. (advance copies) pl. 14 and pi. 15, fig. 1.

Township of Bosanquet, Mr. J. Pettit, 1868: five well preserved specimens.

GRAMMYSIA ARCUATA ? Conrad, Var.

Grammysia (Leptodomus ?) arcuata, Hall (as of Conrad). 1883. Pal. State N. York, vol. V., pt. 1 (advance copies), p. 15, pl. 61, figs. 1-9.

Township of Bosanquet, Mr.J. Pettit, 1868: an imperfect cast of the interior of the right valve of a shell which may represent a local variety of this species. An equally imperfect cast of a smaller but in other respects similar specimen, was collected by the Rev. Hector Currie near Thedford, in 1882.

GASTEROPODA.

Torso SHumarpI, De Verneuil. Plate 16, fig. 3.

Turbo Shumardi, De Verneuil. 1846. Bull. de la Soc. Géol. de France. : s a Hall. 1879. Pal. State N. York, vol. V., pt. 2, p- 185, pl. 29, figs. 1-4.

Township of Bosanquet, Mr. J. Pettit, 1868 : one large and character-

WHITEAVES. ] FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 117

istic cast and a smaller one, both of which show, more or less dis- tinctly, either the blunt angulation of the periphery of the body whorl or the distant nodes on the shoulder above it.

The reference of this shell to the Linnean venus Turbo does not seem to the writer to be entirely satisfactory, and it is not easy to define in what particular it differs from Platyostoma.

PLATYCERAS CARINATUM, Hall.

Platyceras carinatum, Hall. 1862. Fifteenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 33. e x ‘1876. Illustr. Dev. Foss., pl. 2, figs. 12-29 and (1879) Pal. State N. York, vol. V., pt. 2, p. 5, pl. 2, figs. 12-29.

Township of Bosanquet, Mr. J. Pettit, 1885: five specimens.

PLATYCERAS QUINQUESINUATUM, Ulrich.

Plate 15, figs. 5 and 6, and plate 16, tig. 5.

Platyceras quinguesinuatum, Ulrich. 1886. Contr. to Americ. Paleont., Cincinnati, vol. L., p. 29, pl. 3, figs. 4, 4a, and 4b.

Near Thedford, Rev. J. M. Goodwillie, 1882: three fine specimens.

This species, which is very nearly related to some forms of the P. symmetricum of Hall from the Hamilton Formation of the State of New York, was described from specimens collected from the “ Middle Devonian ” of the Falls of the Ohio.

PratycEeRas (ORTHONYCHIA) conicuM, Hall.

Plate 16, fig. 4.

Platyceras conicum, Hall. 1862. Fifteenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 31.

Platyceras (Orthonychia) conicum, Hall, 1876. Illustr. Dev. Foss., pl. 1, figs. 13- 23, and pl. 2, figs. 30 and 31. Also, Pal. State N.

York, vol. V., pt. 2, (1879) p. 3, pl. 1, figs. 15-23, and pl. 2, figs. 30 and 31.

One fine specimen of this species was collected in the township of Bosanquet by Mr. J. Pettit in 1868, another near Thedford in the same township by the Rev. Hector Currie, and a third, also near Thedford, by the Rev. J. M. Goodwillie, in 1882, all of which are now in the Museum of the Survey. The species was first recorded as occurring near Widder by Professor Hall in 1876.

118 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

PLATYOSTOMA LINEATUM, Conrad.

Platyostoma lineatum, Conrad, 1842. Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., vol. VIIL, pt. 2, p. 276, pl. 17, fig. 7. rf aS Hall. 1876. Tllustr. Dev. Foss., pl. 9, figs. 1-21, and Pal. State N. York, (1879) vol. V., pt. 2, p. 21, pl. 10, figs. 1-21.

Township of Bosanquet, Mr. J. Pettit, 1868, and near Thedford, Rev. J. M. Goodwillie, 1882: several well preserved and nearly perfect specimens. The species is not uncommon in the Corniferous Limestone of Ontario.

In his Catalogue of ‘American Paleozoic Fossils,” Mr. 8. A. Miller has changed the name of Conrad’s genus Platyostoma to Platystoma, but Zittel, in his ‘Handbuch der Paleontologie,” retains both names on the ground that the latter had previously been proposed by Hornes for a totally distinct genus or rather subgenus of gasteropoda, from the Triassic rocks of Europe.

Piatyostoma PLicatum. (N. Sp.) Plate 16, fig. 6.

Shell turbinate, about as broad as high, whorls certainly three (and perhaps four when perfect, the nuclear portion being broken off in the only specimen collected) increasing rapidly in size, the later ones ventricose, flattened above and step-shaped but with a rounded shoulder; suture distinct and nearly rectangular; spire moderately elevated but much shorter than the height of the aperture; body whorl strongly inflated, its base apparently imperforate or nearly so; aperture sub- circular.

The only part of the test that happens to be preserved is a rather large piece of the upper part of the body whorl immediately at and behind the outer lip. In this region there are indications of faint spiral grooves with low rounded spiral ridges between them, and these are crossed by prominent, distant and very distinct transverse plications.

Maximum height of the only specimen collected, allowing for the nucleus, two inches and a quarter; maximum breadth, also two inches and a quarter; height of spire, near the aperture, not quite one inch.

Township of Bosanquet, Mr. J. Pettit, 1868: a nearly perfect cast of the interior of the shell, with a portion of the test preserved near the aperture.

In general shape this shell is extremely similar to some specimens of the Platyostoma affine of Billings (Geol. Surv. Can., Pal. Foss., vol.

WHITEAVES. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 119

IL., p. 60, pl. 5, fig. 2),and more especially to the original of the wood- cut (fig. 30) on page 60 of that volume. P. affine, however, is stated to have been collected from rocks which are * nearly of the age of the Oriskany Sandstone,” and its sculpture is said to consist of “ fine transverse striz......... with a few obscure undulations.”

CRUSTACEA. TRILOBITZA. DaLMANITES HELENA, Hall.

Dalmania Helena, Hall. 1862. Fifteenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 89. Dalmanites Helena, Hall. 1876. Illustr. Dey. Foss., pl. 138, figs. 11 and 12.

Township of Plympton, A. Murray, 1545: two fine specimens of the pygidium. It is somewhat doubtful, however, from what formation and locality these specimens were really collected. The printed label on the tablet upon which they were placed by Mr. E. Billings many years ago, states that they were collected by Mr. Murray from the Hamilton Formation of the Township of Plympton, but to one of them is affixed a label in Mr. Billings hand writing, marked ‘“ Nanticoke, Walpole,” so that one of them, if not both, may have come from the Corniferous Limestone. Professor Hall’s specimens of D. Helena are said to have been obtained from the Upper Helderberg Group (the equivalent of the Corniferous Limestone) of the State of Ohio and New York.

FISHES. MacROPETALICHTHYS SULLIVANTI, Newberry.

Agassichthys Sulliranti, Newberry. 1857. Bull. Nat. Inst., p. 3. Macropetalichthys Sullivanti, Newberry. 1862. Am. Journ. Sc. and Arts, Series 2, vol. XXIV., p. 75. i 5 1873. Rep. Geol. Surv. Ohio, Vol. I., pt. 2, p. 294, pl. 24, and pl. 25, figs. 1 and la.

Numerous fragments of the cranial plates of this species, ornamented on their exterior by the characteristic stellate tubercles, were collected by the Rev. Hector Currie near Thedford in 1882, and by the Rev. J. M. Goodwillie in the same year on the banks of the Sable River near Bartlett’s Mills. Similar fragments are not infrequent in the Cornife- yous Limestone of Western Ontario, and a few were found by Dr. R. Bell in 1875, on the Mattagami, a branch of the Moose River, in the Hudson's Bay Territory, in rocks apparently of similar age.

120 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

LIST OF FOSSILS FROM THE HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO.

In this list the crinoids are arranged in conformity with Wachsmuth and Springer’s “ Revision of the Palwocrinoidea,” and the blastoids with Etheridge and Carpenter's “ Catalogue of the Blastoidea in the Geo- logical Department of the British Museum,” butin all the other groups the classification adopted by Zittel in his “ Handbuch der Palonto- logie’ (Munich and Leipsig, 1876-85) has been followed.

CCKLENTERATA. SPONGL.

Receptaculites Neptuni, Defrance. . . . “Near Widder, Ont.,” Hinde.

ANTHOZOA.

ALCYONARIA.

Aulopora Canadensis, Nicholson. of cornuta, Billings.* filiformis, Billings. Syringopora intermedia, Nicholson. ee nobilis, Billings. . . “ Hamilton Group of Canada,” Rominger.

73

ZOANTHARIA,

(a. Tetracoralla, Heckel: — Rugosa, Edwards and Haime.)

Microcyclus discus, Meek and Worthen. Zaphrentis cornicula, Lesueur. . . . . . . . . “Arkona,” Nicholson. Heterophrentis prolifica, Billings. Cyathophyllum Zenkeri, Billings. » oo... . “Arkona,” Nicholson. Heliophyllum exiguum, Billings.

at Halli, Edwards and Haime.

se tenuiseptatum, Billings.

*Dr. Rominger thinks this the young of Romungeria umbellifera, which is the Aulopora umbellifera of Billings.

+ Dr. Rominger places this species in the genus Zaphrentis, but in the types the septa are certainly marked on their flat sides with numerous “ obscure arched stria’’ as Billings asserts.

wuiteaves. ] FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 121

Crepidophyllum Archiaci. (=Diphyphyllum Archiaci, Billings.) a subccespitosum. (=Diphyphyllum subcepitosum, Nichl.) Eridophyllum strictum, Edwards and Haime. Acervularia profunda, Hall. Cystiphyllum Americanum, Edwards and Haime. a conifolle, Hall. . . . “Township of Bosanquet,” Hall. ef superbum, Nicholson. vesiculosum, Goldfuss.

(74

(8. Hexacoralla, Heckel :=Tabulata, Edwards and Haime.)

Favosites Canadensis. (=Fistulipora Canadensis, Billings.) as clausa, Rominger. . ......, & Arkona,” Nicholson. Gothlandica. Lamarck, and var, Billingsi, Rominger, hemispherica, Yandell and Shumard. placenta, Rominger.* tuberosa, Rominger. . . .... . \ 6 Arkona,” Nicholson. turbinata, Billings. Alveolites Goldfussi, Billings. s Remeri, Billings. Striatopora Linneana, Billings. Pachypora cervicornis, de Blainville. a Fischeri. (=Alveolites Fischeri, Billings.) ef frondosa, Nicholson.t polymorpha, Goldfuss. Trachypora elegantula, Billings. es ornata. (=Dendropora ornata, Rominger, teste Nicholson.)

HYDROMEDUS&. HYDROIDA.

Stromatoporella granulata, Nicholson. a nulliporoides, Nicholson.

ECHINODERMATA. CRINOIDEA.

Taxocrinus lobatus, Hall. Homocrinus crassus, Whiteaves.

* According to Nicholson this is a variety of Furosites Canadensis, the Fistulipora Cana-

densis of Billings. ; ; ; + Nicholson regards Cladopora Canadenais, Rominger, as synonymous with this species.

122 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

Arthroacantha punctobrachiata, Williams. Dolatocrinus liratus, Hall.

ne lamellosus, Hall.

ss Canadensis, Whitcaves. Megistocrinus rugosus, Lyon and Casseday. Ollacrinus spinigerus, Hall, Ancyrocrinus bulbosus, Hall.

BLASTOIDEA.

Pentremitidea filosa, Whiteaves.

Nucleocrinus elegans, Conrad.

Granatocrinus Leda.(—Pentremites leda, Hall.) Codaster Canad ensis, Billings.

Eleutherocrinus Cassedayi, Shumard and Yandell.

VERMES, Spirorbis angulatus, Hall. a Arkonensis, Nicholson. “ omphalodes, Goldfuss.

spinuliferus, Nicholson. Ortonia intermedia, Nicholson. Eunicites alveolatus, Hinde.

nanus, Hinde.

“s palmatus, Hinde.

‘“ tumidus, Hinde. ae . Enonites compactus, Hinde. . . “Riviére au Sable,” Hinde. Arabellites politus, Hinde.

(zs

'

similis, var. arcuatus, Hinde. Nercidavus solitarius, Hinde.

MOLLUSCOIDEA. POLYZOA.

Ceramopora Huronensis, Nicholson. Botrylopora socialis, Nicholson. Fenestella Davidsoni, Nicholson.

i filiformis, Nicholson, tenuiceps, Nicholson.

oe

WHITEAVES. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 123

Polypora tuberculata, Nicholson. Phyllopora prisca. (=:Retepora prisca, Goldfuss, teste Nicholson.) Ptilodictya cosciniformis, Nicholson. Meeki, Nicholson. Tieniopora exigua, Nicholson. Ry penniformis, Nicholson. Ceriopora Hamiltonensis, Nicholson. Hs Huronensis, Nicholson. Fistulipora incrassata, Nicholson. ms minutissima. (=Callopora minutissima, Nicholson.) utriculus, Rominger. . . . . Widder, C. W,” Rominger. Monotrypa quadrangularis, Nicholion, Amplexopora Barrandei, Nicholson.

“6

Ms moniliformis, Nicholson. Ascodictyon fusiforme, Nich. and Eth., jun. . . “Widder,” Nicholson . stellatum, Nich. and Eth., jun. ... fe a BRACHIOPODA.

Lingula ligea, Hall. «« - Thedfordensis, Whiteaves. Discina Doria, Hall. Crania crenistriata, Hall. “ Hamiltonie, Hall. Productella (Strophalosia ?) truncata, Hall. Chonetes carinata (or coronata) Conrad. «“ lepida, Hall. “ scitula, Hall. Orthis Vanuxemi, Hall. Streptorhynchus perversum, Hall. Strophodonta ampla, Hall.

ef concava, Hali.

a demissa, Conrad.

ue inequistriata, Conrad.

ef nacrea, Hall. (=S. lepida, Hall.) a perplana, Conrad.

nS plicata, Hall.

Strophomena (Leptagonia) rhomboidalis, Wilckins, Spirifera granulifera, Hall. “ mucronata, Conrad. « Parryana, Hall. «“ gculptilis, Hall. “ — gubdecussata, Whiteaves. December, 1888. 10

124 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY,

Spirifera (Amboccelia) umbonata, Conrad. Spirifera (Martinia) fimbriata, Conrad. “é tf Maia. (=Athyris Maia, Billings.) Cyrtina Hamiltonensis, Hall. Spirigera spiriferoides, Haton. Meristella nasuta. (=Atrypa nasuta, Conrad, and Athyris Clara, Billings.) “s Haskinsii, Hall. ts unisuleata, Conrad. 7 scitula, Hall. rostrata, Hall. Retzia Chloe. (=Athyris Chloe, Billings.) Retzia (Trematospira) nobilis, Hall. . Atrypa reticularis, Linnzeus. Rhynchonella Tethys, Billings. Rhynchonella (Leiorhynchus) Laura, Billings. (=L. multicosta, Hall.) Rhynchonella (Leiorhynchus) Huronensis, Nicholson. Rhynchonella (Stenoschisma) Billingsi, Hall. (=R. Thalia, Billings.)

MOLLUSCA.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

Pterinea flabellum, Conrad. Grammysia arcuata ? Conrad, var.

GASTEROPODA.

Turbo Shumardi, de Verneuil. Platyceras carinatum, Hall. He dumosum, Conrad and var. rarispinum, Hall. s erectum? Hall. ee quinquesinuatum, Ulrich. - (Orthonychia) conicum, Hall. Platyostoma lineatum, Conrad. eS plicatum, Whiteaves.

PTEROPODA.

Tentaculites attenuatus, Hall.

WHITEAVES, | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO.

CEPHALOPODA. Orthoceras Anax, Billings. a exile, Hall. Goniatites uniangularis, Conrad. ARTHROPODA. CRUSTACEA. OSTRACODA.

Cythere? (Beyrichia) punctulifera, Hall.

TRILOBITA. Phacops rana, Green, Dalmanites Boothii, Green. a Helena, Hall. FISHES,

Macropetalichthys Sullivanti, Newberry.

(Accidently omitted from the list of Hydroida.)

Stylodictyon retiforme, Nicholson and Murie. Riviére-aux-Sables, Hinde.

or

GEOLOGICAL AND NATURAL HISTORY SURVEY OF CANADA.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALAONTOLOGY.

VOLUME I.

BY J. F. WHITEAVIS. 3. On some Fossils from the Triassic Rocks of British Columbia.

In 1875, numerous well-preserved specimens of a fossil shell which was identified by the writer with the Monotis subcircularis of Gabb, a characteristic species of the Upper Trias of California, were collected by Dr. Selwyn on the Peace River, in latitude 56° 10’ and longitude 122° 10’,

In 1877, specimens of the same species were obtained by Mr. J. Hunter on the Upper Pine River, in latitude 55° 30’ and longi- tude 122°; while an obscure fossil, which was doubtfully referred also to Monotis subcircularis, was collected by Dr. G. M. Dawson on the Whipsaw Creek, at the head-waters of the Similkameen River. During the same year, limestones supposed to be of Triassic origin, on account of the occurrence in them of a Terebratula like T. Humboldt- ensis, Gabb, and of a few scattered joints of a species of Pentacrinites similar to those of the Nevada Trias which Professors Hall and Whit- field doubtfully referred to the P. asteriscus of Meek, were observed by Dr. Dawson at McDonald’s River on Nicola Lake. These limestones form part of a group of rocks mostly of volcanic origin, for which the name of the “ Nicola Series” was suggested.

In 1878, rocks holding fossils which are believed to be Triassic, were discovered by Dr. Dawson at several localities in the central and southern portions of the Queen Charlotte Islands, viz., at Crescent Inlet on Moresby Island, on the south shores of Skidegate and Houston Stewart Channels, on the north coast of Kun-ga Island, and at Section Cove at the north end of Burnaby Island ; also on the north-west coast of Vancouver Island, at Browning Creek in Forward Inlet, Quatsino Sound, and in Forward Inlet near Observatory Rock. In the same year Mr. J. W. McKay gave to Dr. Dawson some pieces of shale from Glenora on the Stikine River, which hold imperfect valves of a species of Halobia. These specimens are of interest as coming from the most northerly locality in the province, and indeed on the continent of North America, from which Triassic fossils have yet been obtained.

While engaged in a special geological exploration of the northern

128 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALHONTOLOGY.

part of Vancouver Island and adjacent coasts, in 1885, fossils apparently of Triassic age were collected by Dr. Dawson at Robson Island, and on the east side of Winter Harbour in Forward Inlet, at Alexander Har- bour on Galiano Island, in a bay five miles and a half west of Cape Commerell, and on Hernando Island in the Strait of Georgia. Finally, a series of fossils, which are probably also of Triassic age and which are remarkably well-preserved, was obtained by Mr. R. G. McConnell, in 1887, on the Liard River, about twenty-five and thirty miles below Devil’s Portage, or, approximately in latitude 59° 16’, and longitude 125° 35’.

The stratigraphical relations of the rocks from which the fossils here reported on were obtained, will be found described in the Reports of the Survey for each of the years in which the fossils were collected.

All the specimens collected at these localities are in the Museum of the Survey, and the collection of the Triassic fossils of British Colum- bia now contained therein consists of three species of brachiopoda, five of lamellibranchiata, one of gasteropoda and eight of cephalopoda, besides the undeterminable fragments of Pentacrinites already referred to. Of these, only four (viz., Terebratula Humboldtensis, Monotis sub- circularis, Halobia Lommeli and Arcestes Giabbi,) can be identified with previously described species, the reat being apparently new to science.

The present paper will consist of a systematic list of the whole of the species at present in the Museum of the Survey from the forma- tion and province indicated in its title, with descriptions and figures of those that are believed to be new. For critical and valuable sugges- tions in regard to some of the latter, and for the description of a sup- posed new genus of cephalopoda, the writer is indebted to Professor Alpheus Hyatt.

BRACHIOPODA.

SPIRIFERINA BOREALIS. (N. Sp.) Plate 17, fig. 1.

Shell transversely subelliptical, broadly rounded in front and obtusely subangular in the middle behind, a little broader than long, and broad- est at the midlength: cardinal angles rounded: surface of the valves marked with angular and rather coarse radiating plications.

Ventral valve moderately convex, most prominent on each of the outer boundaries of the angular and well-defined mesial sinus, which is

wniteaves.] FOSSILS OF TRIASSIC ROCKS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. 129

narrow on and near the beaks but which widens rapidly towards the front margin, its maximum width being not much less than one-half the greatest breadth of the whole valve. Umbo broad, curved and slightly depressed, but projecting considerably above the general level of the hinge line: beak incurved and slightly decurved: area concavely arcuate, broadly triangular in outline and nearly three times as broad as high: pseudo-deltidium rather narrowly triangular and apparently a little higher than broad. Surface marked with five well-defined, angular, radiating plications on each side of the mesial sinus and with one in the sinus,

Dorsal valve also moderately convex, its mesial fold elevated and somewhat narrower than, but in other respects corresponding to, the sinus in the opposite valve. Umbo narrower and very much less ele- vated than that of the ventral valve, its beak lightly incurved. Surface marked with two well-defined and angular radiating plications on the mesial fold, and with four similar ones on each side. In addition to the radiating folds, the surface of each valve is marked with numerous and for the most part rather closely disposed lines of growth.

Characters of the interior of the valves unknown.

Dimensions of the only specimen collected: maximum length, twenty-nine millimetres; greatest breadth, thirty-three mm. and a half; maximum thickness through the closed valves, twenty-one mm.; greatest breadth of the mesial sinus of the ventral valve, fourteen mm.

Liard River, about twenty-five miles below Devil’s Portage, R. G. McConnell, August, 1887: one perfect but somewhat distorted and abnormally developed specimen.

On the right-hand side the two radiating plications next to the outer boundary of the mesial sinus in the ventral valve and the one next to the fold in the dorsal, bifurcate distinctly at about their midlength, whereas on the left-hand side all the plications are clearly simple and undivided throughout their entire length.

TEREBRATULA HuMBOLDTENSIS, Gabb.

Terebratula Humboldtensis, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Cal., Palzeont., vol. I., p. 34, pl, 6, figs. 35 and 35 a, b. - ee Hall and Whitfield (as of Gabb). 1877. US. Geol. Expl. Fortieth Parallel, vol. IV., p. 282, pl. 6, figs. 22-24,

McDonald’s River, on Nicola Lake, Dr. G. M. Dawson, 1887, as already recorded on page 171 B of the “ Report of Progress of the Geological Survey of Canada for 1877-78-”

130 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALAONTOLOGY.

TEREBRATULA LIARDENSIN. (N. Sp.) Plate 17, figs. 2,2 a,2 band 2c.

Shell rather below the medium size, varying in outline from some- what narrowly ovate to almost circular, but always a little longer than broad, moderately convex, the thickness through the closed valves varying from a little less to slightly more than one-half the maximum length, the broad specimens being proportionately flatter than the narrow ones.

Ventral valve longer and more convex than the dorsal, its umbo somewhat elevated but obtuse and distinctly recurved at its apex, which latter is obliquely truncated in such a way that the produced inner margin of the foramen overhangs and partially overlaps the small and sunken deltidium. Foramen complete but apparently lightly chan- nelled and rather spout-like in front, nearly circular in outline but a little longer than wide. Front margin with two low, narrow, rounded folds, which are separated by a shallow and equally narrow mesial sinus, and which gradually become obsolete and disappear before reaching the midlength. On the outer side of each of these folds there is a correspondingly shallow but somewhat broader depression.

Dorsal valve very gently convex, its umbonal region obliquely de- pressed and its beak small and scarcely projecting above the highest level of the hinge margin. Front margin with one central fold and two lateral folds, which are low, rounded and separated by two shallow depressions which do not extend quite as far back as those on the ventral valve do. When examined with a lens, a faintly impressed line, which probably indicates the existence of a raised mesial septum within, may be seen to extend longitudinally from the umbo nearly half way to the front margin, along the centre of the exterior of the valve.

Surface nearly smooth and marked only with a few rather distant lines of growth. Characters of the interior of the valve unknown.

Dimensions of one of the largest specimens of the narrow variety: maximum length, nineteen millimetres; greatest breadth, fourteen mm.; maximum thickness, ten mm. Jn the largest specimen collected of the broad variety, the corresponding measurements are: length, nineteen millimetres; breadth, seventeen mm.; thickness, nine mm.

Liard River, about twenty-five miles below Devil’s Portage, also about thirty miles below the same portage, R. G. McConnell, 1887. At the locality first mentioned, a small piece of limestone was obtained, containing five specimens of this species in situ; while at the second

wuiteaves.] FOSSILS OF TRIASSIC ROCKS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. 131

seven well-preserved casts of the interior of both valves, with a little of the inner layer of the test remaining, were collected. Three of the latter are evidently casts of adult shells in which the double fold on the front margin is fully developed, while the remaining four are as obviously immature.

This species seems to differ from 7. Humboldtensis in its distinctly biplicated front margin, which is not atall truncated. Accurate draw- ings of two of the best specimens collected by Mr. McConnell have been kindly compared by Dr. C. A. White with Professors Hall and Whittield’s types of ZT. Humboldtensis and with Gabb’s figures of his type specimens. The double fold at the front in the present species is regarded by Dr. White asa probably good distinguishing character, and he thinks that the drawings sent indicate a proportionately shorter and more robust shell than 7. Humboldtensis. He adds, also, that the specimens of Hall and Whitfield and the figures of Gabb show that in T. Humboldtensis ‘there is a very shallow median sulcus, or a mere median flattening of the dorsal valve at the front, with which that part of the ventral valve coincides. This gives the seeming truncation of the front to which they refer.”

The indications of a rather long mesial septum in the dorsal valve of T. Liardensis are suggestive of the idea that when the characters of the interior of both valves are better known, the shell may have to be referred to the genus Waldheimia.

MOLLUSCA. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. Monotis supcrRcULARIS, Gabb. Plate 17, figs. 3 and 3 a.

Monotis subcircularis, Gabb. 1864. Paleont. Californ., vol. I., p. 31, pl. 6, figs. 29, 29 a. Pseudomonotis subcircularis, Mojsisovics. 1886. Arktische Triasfaunen, p. 123. Perhaps=Pseudomonotis ochotuca, Keyserling. (Sp.) Cfr. Avicula ochotica, Keyserling, 1848, in v. Middendorf’s “ Reise in den iussersten Norden u Osten Siberiens,” St. Petersburg, band 1, theil 1, p. 257, taf. 6, fig. 15-17. Pseudomonotis ochotica (Keyserling). Moijsisovics. Op. cit., p. 116, taf. 17, fig. 1-15, and taf. 18, fig. 15-17.

A few miles above Fossil Point on the Peace River, in lat. 56° 10’ and

132 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL AZONTOLOGY.

long. 122° 10’, A. R.C. Selwyn, 1875. Fossil Ridge, Upper Pine River, in lat. 55° 30’ and long. 122°, J. Hunter, 1877. Whipsaw Creek, head. waters of the Similkameen, Dr. G. M. Dawson, 1877: a few obscure specimens, which are referred to this species with some doubt. South side of Skidegate Channel, Q.C.L, a mile and a half west of Log Point; G. M. Dawson, 1878.

The specimens, though characteristic and easily recognisable, are for the most part imperfect, except those from the locality first mentioned. Among these latter there are several nearly perfect and well-preserved right valves, two of which are represented on Plate 17, as only the left valve of M. subcircularis has been figured by Mr. Gabb.

The specimens from British Columbia are as often obliquely sub- ovate and longitudinally elongated as subcircular in outline, but the “rounded upper end of the anterior margin,’ which Mr. Gabb states is the “ most obvious ditterence between his species and M. salinaria,” appears to be a constant character of the former.

In his memoir on the Arctic Trias Fauna, Mojsisovics expresses the opinion that M. subcircularis belongs to the genus Pseudomonotis of Beyrich, and that it is probably identical with P. ochotica. The speci- mens of M. subcircularis collected by Dr. Selwyn on the Peace River certainly bear a very close resemblance, both in general form and in sculpture, to some of Mojsisovies’ figures of P. ochotica, but in these figures both valves and more expecially the right valves are repre- sented as provided with a minute and spine-like anterior auricle. the existence of which is not satisfactorily shewn in any of the Canadian specimens.

Monoris ovauis. (N. Sp.) Plate 17, fig. 4.

Left valve (the only one known) compressed, but moderately tumid in the umbonal region. General outline rather broadly subelliptical but slightly inequilateral: height about one-fourth greater than the length: cardinal margin very short.

Anterior side a little shorter than the posterior, its margin much less convex and nearly straight and vertical or slightly sinuous above the middle: posterior margin regularly and broadly rounded: pallial border also regularly but narrowly rounded. Superior border sloping obliquely, convexly and rapidly downward behind the beak, higher and nearly straight for a short distance immediately in front thereof: anterior cardinal angle less broadly rounded off than the posterior :

wuiteaves.] FOSSILS OF TRIASSIC ROCKS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. 133

beak small, depressed, incurved and subcentral, but placed a little in advance of the middle.

Surface marked by flat, radiating ribs, which broaden outwards rather rapidly in the central portion of the valve. At and near their Outer termination, the central ribs are distinctly broader than the Spaces between them. The whole of the ribs are invariably simple and entire, but occasionally, though very rarely, a single and very narrow rib is intercalated between two of the broader costw, Charac- ters of the interior of the valves unknown.

Dimensions of the only specimen collected: maximum length, sixteen millimetres; greatest height of the same, twenty-one mm,

Liard River, about twenty-five miles below Devil's Portage, R. G. McConnell, 1887: a perfect and well-preserved left valve.

This species seems to be well characterized by its broadly elliptical form and flattened radiating ribs. It is apparently most nearly related to the JWonotis boreas of Oberg,* from the Trias of Spitzbergen (which Mojsisovies says is a Pseudomonctis) and to the Pseudomonotis scutifor- mis of Teller}, from the Trias of Eastern Siberia, but both of these species are nearly circular in marginal outline and ornamented with a sculpture quite different from that of 4f. ovalis,

¢ Harosta (DaoneELLA) Lommeri, Wissman.

Hulobia Lomineli, Wissman.—1841. Beitr. Petref., lV. Heft 22, tab. 6, fig. 11.

sf 7 Horness.—1855. Densk. Kais. Akad. Wissensch. IX, 52, taf. 2,

fig. 17. Avicula pectiniformis, Catullo.—1847. Prodr. Pal. Alpi. Ven., 73, pl. 1, figs. 1, 2. 3. Posidonomya Lommeli, VOrbigny.—1840. Prodr. du Paleont. Stratigr. Univ. I, 201. ? Halobia dubia, Gabb.—1864. Paleeont. Californ., vol. I, p. 30, pl. 5, figs. 28 a, b. Daonella dubia, Mojsisovics—1874. Ueber der Triasch. Pelecyp. Gatt. Daonella und Halobia, p. 22. Halobia (Daonella) Lommeli, Meek.—1877. U.S. Geol. Expl. 40th Par., vol. IV, p. 100, pl. 10, fig. 5.

South side of Houston Stewart Channel, Q.C.L, nearly opposite Rose Harbour, G. M. Dawson, 1878; and Liard River about twenty-tive miles below Devil’s Portage, R. G. McConnell, 1887: a few detached but almost invariably imperfect valves of a Halobia (or Daonella) with subcentral beaks and broad, flat, radiating ribs. These agree very well

* Om Trias-Forsteningar friin Spetsbergen. Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad. Iandl., Bandet

14, No. !4, p.17, Taf. 5, figs. 5 a, b + Arktische Triasfaunen. Mem. de |’Acad. Imper. des Sciences de St. Pétershourg, VIT

Series, Tome XXXIII, p. 125, pl- 19, figs. 3 a, b-

134 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL/EONTOLOGY.

with the description and figure of the Nevada shell which Meek has identified with the A. Lommelli of European authors.

Small slabs of limestone, covered with numerous valves of a Halobia which may possibly represent an extreme local variety of this species, were collected by Dr. Dawson in 1878 at Section Cove, north end of Barnaby Island, Q.C.I., and in 1885 in a bay five miles west of Cape Commerell, at the north end of Vancouver Island. The specimens from these two last mentioned localities differ from those from Houston Stewart Channel in having much finer radiating ribs, which, however, are flattened and broader than the fine linear grooves between them,— and in the circumstance that the beaks are usually, though not always, placed much farther forward. As already remarked (on page 127), similar specimens were collected by Mr. J. W. McKay at Glenora on the Stikine River.

HALOBIA ocoIDENTALIS. (N. Sp.)

Plate 17, figs. 5 and 6.

Left valve (the only one that has been recognized with any cer- tainty) rather strongly convex, especially in the umbonal region: slightly inequilateral and a little higher than long: marginal outline subovate, somewhat pointed below, broadest a little above the middle, but truncated distinctly and transversely at the hinge line above. Posterior margin broadly rounded: anterior side a little shorter than the posterior, the upper half of its margin nearly straight, vertical, and at length forming a nearly rectangular junction with the cardinal border above: pallial border narrowly rounded or obtusely pointed a little in advance of the midlength. Cardinal border straight, very little shorter than the maximum length of the valve: posterior cardinal angle rounded off, the anterior subangular: beak moderately prominent, appressed and placed a little in front of the middle.

Surface marked by numerous thread-like, radiating raiscd lines, which are narrower and often very much narrower than the spaces between them, especially on the lower half of the posterior side of the shell. Characters of the interior of both valves unknown.

Dimensions of the type specimen: maximum length, twenty-two millimetres; greatest height, twenty-five min.

Liard River, about twenty-five miles below Devil’s Portage, R. G. McConnell, 1887: one perfect and well-preserved cast of the interior of a left valve.

At the same locality and date two other specimens were collected,

writeaves.] FOSSILS OF TRIASSIC ROCKS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. 135

both of which are probably referable to the present species. The first of these (fig. 6) is a small piece of rock, upon one of whose surfaces 2 well-preserved cast of the interior of the basal portion of a left valve and a similar cast of a right valve, with the anterior margin broken off, are exposed to view. In this specimen the right valve is conspic- uously flatter than the left, and the height of both is obviously greater than their maximum length. The second, which is most likely only a transversely elongated form of the species, is a nearly perfect but not very well-preserved cast of the interior of the left valve. This differs from the type specimen in being much more distinctly inequilateral, in being a .ittle longer than high, in its more broadly rounded pallial border, and in the circumstance that its anterior cardinal angle is more rounded. Should the whole of these specimens prove to belong to the same species, the original diagnosis of the characters of the latter will, of course, have to be considerably modified, but in the meantime it is thought most prudent to select the most perfect example collected

as the type, and to describe it first without reference to any of the others.

Triconopus (?) Ppropuctus. (N. Sp.) Plate 17, figs. 7, 7a and 7 b.

Shell small and slightly compressed at the sides, the maximum thickness through the closed valves being a little less than their great- est height, very inequilateral, longer than high and narrowly subovate in marginal outline, valves closed all round, not gaping at either extre- mity. Anterior side short and regularly rounded at its margin: pos- terior side much longer and narrowing gradually to a point which is more or less obtuse in different specimens, some of which are more elongated and more narrowly pointed behind than others: ventral margin gently convex, most prominent in or a little in advance of the middle, rounding upwards rather abruptly in front and somewhat straighter behind: superior border sloping gradually downward behind the beaks and very rapidly so in front of them: umbones broad and projecting very little, if at all, above the highest level of the cardinal border: beaks small, depressed, curved inward, downward and for- ward, and placed near the anterior end : escutcheon or ligamental area (?) lanceolate and tolerably well-defined: lunule none.

Surface marked by numerous concentric and impressed lines of growth, most of which are not visible without the use of a lens. Test apparently thin. Characters of the interior of both valves unknown.

Dimensions of one of the specimens figured (a right valve): maxi-

136 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALAONTOLOGY.,

mum length, eight millimetres ; greatest height, five mm.; of the other (a left valve)—length, seven millimetres; height, five mm.

Liard River, about thirty miles below Devil's Portage, R. G. McCon- nell, 1887: five detached lett valves, one right valve and a small but nearly perfect cast of the interior of both valves.

This little shell is only provisionally and very doubtfully referred to the genus Trigonodus of Sandberger, on account of a certain gencral resemblance which it bears, both in shape and surface markings, to the 7. Sandbergeri of Alberti, from the Trias of Wiirtemburg.

In the entire absence of any knowledge of the hinge dentition, mus- cular impressions or pallial line of the specimens collected by Mr. McConnell, it is not only doubtful to what genus or family but even to what order they should be referred. On first studying them, the writer was struck with their similarity in external characters to the Nucula elongata of Oberg, from the Trias of Spitzbergen, and Professor Hyatt, who has since cxamined two of the most perfect ones, thinks that they bear a similar resemblance to two or three specics of Mucula from the European Trias, described by Klipstein, Munster and Wiss- man. But, so far as the writer has been able to observe, there sre no indications or traces of the peculiar, comb-like, interlocking teeth of Nucula in any of the specimens from the Liard River, and there are some reasons for supposing that in the latter the ligament was exter- nal. If the present species should prove to be x» Mucula rather than a Trigonodus, then, in accordance with the known relations of the animal to its shell in living representatives of the former genus, the shorter side of the two would be the posterior, and vice versa, and the beaks would point backwards.

GASTEROPODA. Marcarita rriassica. (N. Sp.) Plate 17, figs. 8 and S a.

Shell small, globosely turbinate and about as broad as high: whorls four, increasing rapidly in size, the latter ones ventricose but flattened next to the suture above: spire apparently a little shorter than the outer whorl, which latter is depressed in the centre below and rather narrowly umbilicated, the umbilicus being somewhat deep, with a broadly rounded margin and about one-third the diameter of the base: suture distinct and nearly rectangular: aperture nearly circular but

wuiteaves.] FOSSILS OF TRIASSIC ROCKS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. 137

apparently somewhat pointed above and a little sinuous on, the columellar side: outer lip thin and simple.

As viewed in its dorsal aspect the last whorl of the spire is seen to be encircled by three rather distant raised lines or minute spival ridges, one of which is placed on the shoulder above, one in the middle and one close to the suture below. The outer whorl bears four rather dis- tant spiral, raised lines on its upper half, and below these there are a number of others which are finer and much more closely disposed. When examined with a lens, the whole of this spiral sculpture is seen to be crossed and overlaid by densely crowded and exceedingly minute raised strie. Test extremely thin.

As the apex is broken off in each of the few specimens collected, it is not practicable to give the exact proportionate dimensions of any.

Liard River, about thirty miles below Devil’s Portage, R. G. McCon- nell, 1887 : four casts of the interior of theshell, in two of which portions of the test are well preserved.

It is possible that this shell may not be a true Margarita, but it seems (o be more closely allied to the M. spiralis of Miinster, from the Trias of St. Cassian, as figured by Zittel, than to any other genus known to the writer. Professor Hyatt, who has examined two of the best speci- mens collected by Mr. McConnell, thinks that they resemble the Turbo Johannis Austrice of Klipstein (figured in Stoppani’s “les Pétrifications d’Esino,” pl. 14, fig. 16), but that “they are not quite so elevated, their whorls are flatter above and their spiral ridges better marked.” It is, however, quite evident that they cannot be referred to the genus Turbo as now restricted, and it is most likely that their affinities are rather with the Trochide than the Turbinide.

CEPHALOPODA. Navtitus Liarpensis. (N. Sp.)

Plate 18, figs. 1 and 1 a.

Shell broad, subglobose, but deeply though rather narrowly umbili- cated: maximum breadth of tho aperture about equal to the entire length, as measured from the centre of the outer lip toa correspond- ing point on the periphery of the opposite side. Volutions very closely embracing, the inner ones almost completely covered, the outer one increasing rapidly in size, but expanding much more ra- pidly in a lateral than in a dorso-ventral direction: periphery somewhat

138 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL ONTOLOGY.

flattened, but probably abnormally so: sides and umbilical margin both rounded, the latter not at all angular: aperture a little more than twice as broad as high, transversely subreniform, or transversely and broadly elliptical but shallowly emarginate in the centre of the base by the encroachment of the preceding volution,

Septa somewhat closely approximated, their average distance apart on the periphery, where their margins are nearly straight, being about six millimetres. Position of the siphuncle unknown,

Surface apparently almost smooth, and marked only by transverse atric of growth.

Dimensions of the only specimen collected: maximum length, fifty-seven millimetres; maximum breadth at the aperture, where the shell is broadest, fifty-eight mm.; height of aperture in the centre, twenty-seven mm.

Liard River, about twenty-five miles below Devil’s Portage, R. G. McConnell, 1887: a slightly distorted cast of the interior of the shell, with small portions of the test preserved, but with the greater portion of the chamber of habitation broken off. The number of septa whose margins are visible in this specimen is twenty-one, and the por- tion of the body chamber that remains is about three-quarters of an inch in length.

This shell appears to bear such a close resemblance to the Nautilus Sibylle of Mojsisovics,* from the Trias of Spitzbergen, in almost every respect, that it may possibly prove to be only a local variety of that species. Still, in the figures of iV. Sibylle the umbilical margin is rep- resented as rather distinctly angular, whereas that of MW. Liardensis is very regularly rounded.

Popanoceras McConneuui. (N. Sp.) Plate 18, figs. 2, 2 a, b,and 3,3 a.

Typical Form, (Figs. 2 and 2 a, b.) Shell globosely sublenticular, but always a little depressed in the umbilical region: greatest thickness or breadth varying in different specimens from a little more to a little less than half of the maximum diameter: umbilicus well defined and rather deep, with steep sides, but very narrow and rather less than one-eighth of the maximum diameter, in adult specimens. Ata very carly stage of growth, however, the umbilicus is much wider proportionately. Thus,

* Arktische Triasfaunen (Mem. 1’Ac. Imp. des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg, Ser. VII, Vol. 33, No. 6), p. 100, pl. 16, fig. 2.

wHiteaves.| FOSSILS OF TRIASSIC ROCKS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. 139

in 2 specimen whose maximum diameter is fourteen millimetres, the umbilicus is about six mm. in width and the inner volutions are partly exposed. In adult specimens the outer volution is so closely embracing that the whole of the inner whorls are covered. Sides of the outer volution narrowing rapidly and convexly from the umbilical margin to the periphery, which latter is somewhat obtusely but very distinctly angulated. Aperture very narrow in a dorso-ventral direction, angu- lar above, widening rapidly and convexly to the base, which is deeply and broadly emarginated by the encroachment of the preceding volu- tion. If measured in the centre, where the emargination is deepest, the height of the aperture is not more than one-half of its maximum length, but if measured outside of the emargination its height is a little greater than its breadth

Surface nearly smooth, marked only by rather distant but somewhat irregularly disposed and very indistinct spiral striations, which are crossed by almost equally indistinct and very slightly elevated trans- verse plications. The faint revolving striw are most strongly marked on the outer half of the sides and become obsolete near the umbilical margin, while the low, transverse plications or wrinkles are usually, though not always, nearly straight and widen outwards towards the periphery, over which they do not pass.

Sutural line consisting of six simple saddles on each side of the sipho- nal saddle, and of six simple lobes on each side of the siphonal lobe. The apex of the very small siphonal saddle has a minute notch in the centre, but all the other saddles are quite entire at their margins. The siphonal saddle is less than half the height of the first and second lateral saddles, which are larger than the rest and about equal in size to each other and to the corresponding lobes, while the third, fourth, fifth and sixth lateral saddles are all very small and much shorter than the first or second. All the lobes are minutely incised at their margins. The siphonal lobe, which is rather deeply emarginated in the centre by the small siphonal saddle, is broader but not quite so high as the first lateral lobe, which latter is a little higher than the second. The third, fourth, fifth and sixth lateral lobes are all very small and much shorter than the second.

The septa are closely approximated, and as the sutural lines of only two or three contiguous septa are visible in specimens in which a not inconsiderable portion of the outer lip is broken off, it seems clear that when perfect the chamber of habitation must have been large and that it must have oceupied fully the whole of the outer volution.

Dimensions of the largest undistorted specimen collected: maxi- mum diameter, fifty-one millimetres; greatest breadth or thickness, twenty-seven mm. and a half; width of umbilicus, six mm. Ina

December, 1888. 11

140 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL AONTOLOGY.

larger but slightly distorted specimen, the maximum diameter is not quite seventy mm.

Variety lenticulare. (Figs. 3 and 3 a.) Shell sublenticular, but always a little depressed in the umbilical region: greatest breadth or thickness equal to one-third of the maximum diameter: umbilicus very narrow and indistinctly defined, in some specimens almost closed : periphery acutely angulated: aperture much narrower laterally than in the typical form.

Surface nearly smooth, marked only with fine radiating striw, which are doubly flexuous on cach of the sides and produced into a series of obtuse, beak-like projections which arch forwards on the periphery.

Sutural line apparently similar to that of the typical form.

Dimensions of the largest specimen of this variety known to the writer: maximum diameter, sixty millimetres; greatest breadth of the same, twenty mm.

It is only proper to add that the typical and convex form and the flattened variety lenticulare are connected by numerous intermediate gradations both in form and sculpture.

Liard River, about twenty-tive miles below Devil's Portage, also about thirty miles below the sume portage, R. G. McConnell, 1887. At the first mentioned locality five specimens were collected, of various sizes, most of which belong to the typical and convex form of the species. At the second locality indicated, seventcen specimens were collected of all sizes, varying from cight to about sixty millimetres in their greatest diameter. Hight of these have a maximum diameter of more than an inch and a half, and of these four belong to the typical form and four to the variety lenticulare. 3

The genus Popanoceras was first proposed and its characters defined by Professor Hyatt, in 1884, in the twenty-second volume of the Pro- ceedings of the Boston Natural History Society, on page 337. The types of the genus are there stated to be the Goniatites Kingianus, G. Koninckianus and G. Soboleskyanus of Murchison, De Verneuil and Keyserling, from the Dyas (or Permian formation) of Russia. In 1886, on pages 67-72 and plates 14 and 15 of his “ Arktische Triasfau- nen,” Mojsisovics described and figured four named* and two unnamed additional species from the Upper Trias of Spitzbergen. The prexent species, which the writer has much pleasure in associating with the name of its discoverer, may be readily distinguished from the whole of these previously characterized forms by its much larger size and more especially by its more or less convexly sublenticular form and very distinctly angulated periphery.

* P, Hyatti, P. Torelli, P. Malingreni and P. Verncuili.

WHITEAVES. | FOSSILS OF TRIASSIC ROCKS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA, 141

Arcrstes GaBsi, Meek.

Ammonites Ausseanus, Gabb.—1864. Palsont. Californ., vol. L, p. 25, pl. 3, figs. 11 and 17 (not of Hauer, teste Meek). Arcestes Gabbi, Meek.--1877. U.S. Geol. Expl. 40th Parallel, vol. IV, pt. I, p. 121, pl. 10, figs. 6,6 a and 6 b.

Bay five miles and a half west of Cape Commerell, north end of Vancouver Island, G. M. Dawson, 1885: one tolerably perfect specimen and a few fragments of others.

A nearly perfect but considerably crushed and distorted specimen of an Arcestes, collected by Dr, Dawson in 1878 at Houston Stewart Chan- nel, in the Queen Charlotte Islands, has been referred to this species by the writer, in the Report of Progress of the Geological Survey of Canada for 1878-79, but its specific relations are somewhat doubtful.

AcRocHoRDICERAS (?) CarLorrensz. (N. Sp.)

Plate 19, fig. I.

The foregoing name is suggested provisionally for a remarkably sculptured shell, of which two rather large fragments, which Professor Hyatt thinks are “probably specimens of Acrochordiceras,” were collected by Dr. Dawson in 1878 at Houston Stewart Channel, Q.C I.

The larger of these two fragments is a piece of the outer volution about twenty-seven millimetres high in its dorso-ventral diameter, about thirty-five mm. in length from the posterior to the anterior termination and twelve mm. in thickness near the periphery.

The outer volution seems to have been strongly compressed at the sides, the umbilicus appears to have been narrow and in both speci- mens the periphery or abdominal region is distinctly flattened. At and near the posterior termination of each of these fragments, the ribs or pile are frequently bifurcating and in one instance bidichotomous, but in their anterior halves the ribs are broken up into numerous, short and simple, transversely elongated tubercles.

These specimens, Professor Hyatt writes, “are interesting in so far as they exhibit a style of sculpturing which is different from that of any Triassic form I have ever seen either upon a specimen or figured. They both at an earlier stage evidently had divided pili, but these at the stage of growth represented in both these fragments have begun to be resolved into numerous, short and elongated, interrupted folds. The style of this makes the larger of the two fragments a close copy

142 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALAONTOLOGY.

of some Seaphites of the Cretaceous. Even the large and extremely aged specimens of Acrochordiceras figured by Mojsisovies retain the entire trachyceran pile, and in part the tubercles or at least indica- tions of them. It is very evident that in this species a marked change takes place either upon the transient living chambers of the adults or upon the latter part of the last whorls in extreme age. It is evident, also, that the changes proceeded from the umbilical shoulders out- ward, and that the continuous pike probably entirely disappeared within a short space. I did not suececd in cleaning the abdomen sat- isfactorily and therefore cannot say positively that the pile or ribs cross it as in Acrochordiceras. The species ix certainly new, so far as I can judge.”

TRACHYCERAS CANADENSE. (N. Sp.) Plate 18, figs. 4 and 4 a.

Shell compressed at the sides and a little the thickest around the umbilical margin: periphery or abdominal region broad and flattened, but rounded at its junction with the sides and encircled in the centre by a deep, narrow groove or abdominal channel. Volutions rather strongly involute, the umbilicus occupying about one-fourth of the entire diameter: maximum breadth of the outer whorl a little less than its dorso-ventral diameter as measured from the umbilical margin to the outer boundary of the abdominal channel: umbilical margin distinct and subangular: inner wall of the umbilicus steep.

Surface of the outer volution marked by transverse ribs which are ornamented by rows of closely arranged tubercles. On the inner half of each side the ribs are nearly straight or but sle¢htly flexuous, but on the outer half they curve concavely forwards in such a way as to form a series of obtusely pointed or narrowly rounded linguiform pro- cesses on the periphery, in the centre of which, however, they are invariably cut through by the narrow abdominal channel. Many of the ribs bifurcate from a tubercle placed on the umbilical margin, and these bifurcating ribs, which extend oulward to the abdominal chan- nel, usually alferrate with one or two simple ribs of similar length. On the outer half of each side, one or both of the branches of these bifurcating ribs occasionally divides again, and in other cases a short rib, which itself bifurcates near or upon the albdomlnal region, is inter- calated between the two branches. In one instance, also, a short, bifurcating rib alternates with a similar but much longer one. On each side of the peripheral or abdominal groove the longer ribs, whether simple or bifurcating, bear transversely elongated tubercles,

wuiteaves.] FOSSILS OF TRIASSIC ROCKS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. 143

one of which is placed on the umbilical margin, six next to it, one at the junction of the side with the periphery, and one, which appears to be divided into two points, next to the abdominal groove.

The sutural line consists of three lateral saddles on each side of the siphonal saddle, and of two principal lateral lobes, besides a third and minute lobe, which is partly sunk in the umbilical cavity, on each side of the siphonal lobe. The margins of all the saddles are rounded and entire, but those of the lobes appear to be minutely incised. The siphonal saddle is much smaller thantany of the rest; the first and sec- ond lateral saddles are nearly equal in size and a little larger than the third. The siphonal lobe, whose summit is shallowly emarginate in the centre by the small siphonal saddle, is a little larger than the first lateral lobe, and it again is slightly larger than the second lateral.

Dimensions of the only specimen collected: greatest diameter, fifly millimetres; maximum breadth or thickness, twenty mm.; greatest breadth of umbilicus, thirteen mm.

Liard River, about twenty-five miles below Devil’s Portage, R. G. McConnell, 1887: one tolerably well preserved and nearly perfect cast of the interior of the shell.

According to Professor Hyatt, this specimen belongs to the group of the Trachycerata margaritosa of Mojsisovics. ‘It is closely allied to Trachyceras Aon, Mojs. (Ceph. der Med. Triaspr., p. 133, pl. 21, figs. 1-38), but ditters therefrom in the number of rows of closely arranged tubercles, in its broad abdomen and the division of the spines of the abdomen into two points. It is like P. ladinum, Mojs. (Ib., pl. 14, fig. 2), but has more rows of tubercles, and these smaller; also like 7. Judicaricum, Mojs. (Ib., pl. 14, fig. 3), but is more involute. It is also like J. longobardicum (Ib, pl. 19, fig. 4), but is different in the sutures and has smaller ribs and tubercles.”

In the writer’s judgment the specimen now under consideration appears to be still more closely related to the Nevada fossil which has been referred to J. Judicaricum in the fourth volume of the United States Geological Exploration of the Fortieth Parallel, on the author- ity of Professor Hyatt, who, however, now doubts the correctness of this identification, as will be seen from the following extract from a letter of his to the present writer, dated March 20th, 1888 :—“ At the time that I wrote the note for Meek in Geol. Expl. 40th Parallel, vol. iv, p. 118, I was disposed to give greater latitude to specitic characters than Iam now. I should not, I think, now consider the shell there described as 7. Judicaricum. If Meek’s figures are at all correct, the nodes and pile (ribs) are distinct, as are also the involution and chan- nel. Your specimen, if I remember rightly, differed from Meek’s in having very much finer pile (ribs), many rows of closely set tubercles,

144 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALTONTOLOGY.

and the tubercles on the abdomen had two points so closely set as to look like parts of one big tubercle, or as if they had originated from some such division of a large tubercle.”

Arnrovites, Hyatt. (Gen. nov.) (==Balatonites arietiformes. Mojsisovics.)

Shell discoidal, whorls moderately numerous, strongly compressed at the sides, everywhere in close contact, but very slightly embracing, so that the umbilicus is wide and open and almost the whole of the inner volutions is exposed to view’ periphery simply carinated, “ keel single, smooth, with slight linear channels on either side, or none, according to the species :” surface of the outer whorls simply costate. “The pil (ribs) arise from folds and are smooth, perfectly developed, straight on the sides, bending forward at the genicule, which are sometimes noticeably prominent. The sutural line has not been seen, but, judging by analogy, the lobes were probably dentate and the saddles smooth.”

In reference to this genus Prof. Hyatt writes as follows : “The care- ful examination of the specimens collected by Dr. Dawson convinced me of what I had long suspected, that the genus Balatonites of Mojsiso- vics contains three distinct genera. This eminent authority had, in fact, himself clearly seen and distinguished three groups, but did not consider them to be of generic rank. The shells of Balatonites arieti- formes, Mojsis. (Coph. der Mediterr. Triaspr.) have complete pila with- out tubercules, and entire keels in the youug, and the latter are only very slightly, if at all, ridged in adults. I propose for this group the name of Arniotites, in allusion to the close resemblance of the shells to the Arnioceras of the Lias, a fact first noticed by Mojsisovics.

The type of Mojsisovic’s genus is Balatonites Balatonicus (V. 1, kurse Uebers d. Amm.—Gattun. d. Mediterr. u. juvav. Trias; Verh. d. k. k. Reichsan., 1870, No. 7, p. 139). This belongs to the second group, the Balatonites gemmati. These shells have heavily tuberculated pile, a line of tubercles replaces the keel and they resemble Yrachyceras in general aspect. The sutures are similar to those of Arniotites, the lobes being dentated and the saddles smooth.

Mojsisovies’ third group, the Balatonites acuti, is the most distinct of the three. The shells have sutures with smooth lobes and saddles, true keels are not present, but the abdomens are exceedingly acute in some species. In the few species known, the whorls are much com- pressed and the mode of growth discoidal—the whole presenting a

wuiteaves.]| FOSSILS OF TRIASSIC ROCKS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. 145

very unusual combination of characteristics. I propose for this group the name Dorikranites (from Jopixpa@vos, spear-headed), the type being Dorikranites Bogdoanus (=Balatonites Bogdoanus, Mojsis., Ceph. der Triaspr., p. 87, pl. 80, figs. 1-4), and the following were described by Mojsisovics under the name of Balatonites, Dorikranites rossicum and D. acutum.

The young of Arniotites has a thin keel, and this, together with the form of the whorls and pil, shows that the more discoidal and stouter shells of Celtites are larval or radical forms as compared with Arniotites, and are probably the near allies of this series. In Arniotites the earliest whorls are often smooth, compressed, and are probably rounded as well as keel-less on the abdomen.* The shell during this stage must have closely resembled the adult of Dinarites Mohamedanus, Mojsisovics (Mediterr. Triaspr., p. 7, pl. 40), and more remotely Ceratites Sturi (ibid, p. 44, pl. 39), both of these being forms belonging to the direct line or stock of Ammonoid radicals which terminated in the Lias with Psiloceras planorbe. Among Balatonitide, Arniotites, with its smooth young, evidently bore precisely similar relations to those stock radi- cals of the Trias that Arnioceras, among the Arietide, bore to the stock radical, Psiloceras, in the Lias. Arniotites Vancouverensis, Whiteaves, does not approximate closely to any species described by Mojsisovics. The pile are straighter, the forward bend is hardly perceptible, the whorls are narrower, and the young smooth for a more prolonged period of the growth. These characters have all been exaggerated by compression, but this cannot account for the whole of the observable differences. This species is, of course, the type of the genus, and the small specimen from Crescent Inlet shews the characters best. The following species are described and figured by Mojsisovics in his great work, (Ceph. der Mediterr. Triaspr.) under the name SBalatonites ; Arniotites euryomphalus, A. arietiformis, A. prezzanus, A. stradanus and A, Meneghini.

* “Tt is quite common for species of Ammonoids to be rounded and keel-less on the abdomen, during the smooth stage, until the shell is of considerable size, and they are invariably so during the earlier part of the smooth stage. The slight crenulations of the keel, described by Mojsiso- vics in Balatonites arietiformes, are probably not constent in all the species and I have not considered them as of generic importance.”

146 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.ZONTOLOGY.

ARNIOTITES VANCOUVERENSIS. Plate 19, fig. 2.

Celtites (?) Vancowverensis, Whiteaves.--1887. Dawson, Rep. Geol. Exam. N. pt. Vance. Isld. and adj. coasts, in Ann. Rep. Geol.

Surv. Can. for 1886, p. 110 B.

Shell small, discoidal, whorls about four in number, compressed and very gently convex at the sides, slender, increasing slowly in size and very slightly embracing, so that the whole of the sides of the inner ones is exposed to view: umbilicus wide and shallow: outer volution distinctly keeled at the periphery, the keel apparently single, entire and with a faint linear channel on each side. Surface of the first and second volution, and the inner half of the third volution apparently smooth, that of the outer half of the third and of the whole of the fourth distinctly ribbed; the ribs being simple, transverse, generally straight, broadening outward and interrupted on the keeled periphery of the outer volution.

Sutural line unknown,

Inasupplement to Dr. Dawson’s report, which was written more than a year before the present paper was printed, the name Celtites(?) Vancou- verensis was suggested provisionally for a number of specimens collected from the Triassic rocks at three localities in the Queen Charlotte Islands, at five on or near the north or north-west coast of Vancouver Island, and at Hernandez Island, in the Strait of Georgia. With the exception of a few crushed fragments, the specimens from each of these localities are mere natural moulds or impressions in shale of the exterior of one side (or of a portion of one side) only of each shell, in which not a ves- tige of any part of the sutural line could be detected.

Since the original diagnosis of C. Vancouverensis was written, some of the most perfect specimens from most of these localities have been examined by Professor Hyatt, who is inclined to think that nearly all of them are not referable to Celtites, but to a new genus which is here described under the name Arniotites, that they may possibly be separ- able into two or perhaps three species, and that it is not quite certain even that they all belong to the same genus. He suggests, also, that the small specimen represented on plate 19, figure 2, be regarded as the type of the genus Arniotites and of the species A. Vancouverensis, and it is in accordance with this suggestion that the description of both has been prepared for the present paper. Professor Hyatt thinks that the most salient characters of the species as now restricted are “the smooth character of the young shell as shown in the umbilicus, the

WHITEAVES. FOSSILS ‘OF TRIASSIC ROCKS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. 147

simple keel bordered on each side by a faint linear channel, and tho abruptly terminating ribs on the outer volutions,”

The type of Arniotites Vancouverensis as here defined was collected by Dr. Dawson in 1878, at Crescent Inlet, Moresby Island, Q. C. L., and six imperfect specimens, which are believed by the present writer to be referable to the same species, were obtained by Dr. Dawson in the same year at Forward Inlet, on the north-west coast of Vancouver Island, near Observatory Rock.

AgnioTiTes. (Species uncertain.) Plate 19, fig. 3. Celtites (?) Vancowverensis, Whiteaves. (Pars.) 1887. Op. cit., p. 110 B.

Six natural moulds of the exterior of one side of each shell of a species of Arniotites and two small and crushed fragments of casts of the interior of the test were collected by Dr. Dawson in 1885, at Rob- son Island, in Forward Inlet. These were supposed by the present writer to represent merely an advanced stage of growth of the pre- ceding species. Professor Hyatt, however, who has examined the most perfect specimen from this locality, the one figured on plate 19, is of the opinion that its “whorls are proportionately broader, in an abdomino-dorsal direction, than those of A. Vancouverensis, that the pile of the former are more numerous and not so coarse and fold-like, and that they begin to be developed earlier, the young being smooth for a much shorter time than those of A. Vancouverensis.” To the writer the pile of the typical A. Vancouverensis seem finer and closer together than those of the specimens from Robson Island.

ArnioTiTes or Cettites. (Species uncertain.) Plate 19, fig. 4.

The large specimen from Forward Inlet, figured on plate 19, Professor Hyatt thinks may be “either an Arniotites or a Celtites. The numerous, narrow-sided, compressed whorls, entire keel, crowded pile (ribs) and discoidal form are very similar, possibly identical, with those of Celtites Epolenensis, Mojsisovics, figured from smaller speci- mens in Mediter. Triaspr., pl. 29, 38. The last part of the last whorl in the specimen collected by Dr. Dawson is curiously distorted by

148 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL AONTOLOGY.

pressure, and the side assumes an aspect like Arniotites, not possessed by the earlier stages, which are not distorted. As noted by Mojsiso- vies, Arniotites and Celtites are undoubtedly very closely allied in some of their species, but the typical forms seem to be generically separable.”

Bapiotires CarLoTTensis. (N. Sp.) Plate 19, fig. 5.

Shell small, strongly compressed at the side, periphery sharp but not distinctly keeled; whorls increasing rapidly in breadth in the dorso-ventral direction. Surface of the outer volution marked by crowded, regularly disposed and nearly equidistant, minute and falcate rib-like folds, which curve concavely forwards on euch of the sides and which are apparently not interrupted on the periphery. Sutural line unknown.

South side of Houston Stewart Channel, Queen Charlotte Islands, nearly opposite Rose Harbour, G. M. Dawson, 1878: one small and very much distorted specimen, the maximum diameter of which is twelve millimetres or about half an inch.

The type and only specimen collected is so much distorted by obliquely lateral pressure that its outer volution looks much more strongly embracing than it probably was in its normal condition, and its umbilicus is made to assume an abnormally narrow appearance.

For the elucidation of the gencric relations of this shell the writer is indebted to Professor Hyatt, who writes as follows in regard to it: “Tt is much larger than the only other known species of this genus, the Ladiotites Erya: of Mojsisovies (Ceph. der Mediterr. Triaspr, p. 01). After considerable trouble and some rather hazardous work, L suc- ceeded in splitting off a part of the otherwise indeterminable shell, cleaned a part of the whorl, and traced the well-known pile of Badio- ites running continuously across the abdomen of the much compressed and acute whorl. The extreme flatness, of course, may be in a measure accounted for by pressure, but the agreement in aspect of the whorls and the continuity of the pil leave hardly any room for doubting that it isa form of Badiotites. It is much larger than B, Hrys:, and probably new.”

wuiteaves.] FOSSILS OF TRIASSIC ROCKS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. 149

AULACOCERAS CARLOTTENSE, Whitcaves. Plate 19, fig. 6.

<lulacoceras Carlottense, Whiteaves—1887. Dawson, Rep. Geol. Exam. N. part Vane. L, &c.; in Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv. Can. for 1886, p. 109 B.

Guard elongated, in the more perfect though smaller of the only two specimens collected, which may therefore be regarded as the type of the species, narrowly conical and increasing very slowly in thick- ness from the acutely pointed posterior end, whose apex is slightly exventric; in the larger but less perfect example comparatively thick, somewhat fusiform and bluntly pointed posteriorly, with the apex distinctly excentric. Alveolus and phragmocone unknown. Outer surface marked by close-set, rounded, longitudinal ribs, which are separated from each other by narrow but deep linear furrows.

In 1878 six badly preserved specimens of the guards of one or more species of Belemnites were collected by Dr. G. M. Dawson at Houston Stewart Channel, in the Queen Charlotte Islands. Of these, the two described above are both longitudinally ribbed on the outside and apparently belong to the genus Aulacoceras of Hauer. The smaller of the two is a natural longitudinal section of the guard, about two inches in length and not quite half an inch broad at the thickest end, while the larger, which is only a badly preserved natural mould or impression of one side of a large specimen of the guard with part of the test preserved at the posterior end, but which shows clearly one of the lateral grooves as well as several of the longitudinal ribs that are said to be characteristic of the genus, is nearly five inches in length and fully an inch and a half broad in the thickest part. Of the other four specimens two are mere fragments which cannot be determined either generically or specifically, one being a very slender guard about two inches and a half long and not quite a quarter of an inch broad at the thicker end, whose surface markings are not pre- served, while the other is a piece of the posterior or pointed end of the guard of a small individual, about an inch and a quarter long and a quarter of an inch broad at the thicker end, whose surface appears to be perfectly smooth.

GEOLOGICAL AND NATURAL HISTORY SURVEY OF CANADA

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

VOLUME I. By J. F. Warreaves.

4. On some Cretaceous Fossils from British Columbia, the North West Territory and Manitoba.

(A.) FROM THE EARLIER CRETACEOUS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA.

MOLLUSCA. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. AUCELLA MosqQuEnsIs, var. CONCENTRICA.

Inoceramus concentricus, Fisch. 1837. Oryctogr. de Moscou, p. 17, pl. 20, figs. 1-3.

Aucella concentrica, v. Keyserling. 1846. Petchorareise, p. 100, pl. 16, fig. 16.

Inoceramus Piochit, Gabb. 1864. Pal. Calif., vol. I, p. 187, pl. 25, fig. 173, (ex-

clus. fig. 174).

Aucella concentrica, Eichwald (as of Fischer). 1865. Lethzea Rossica, vol. II, pt. 1, p. 521, pl. 22, figs. 3 a, b.

Aucella Piochii, Gabb. 1869. Pal. Calif., vol. IT, p. 194, pl. 131, figs. 92, a-c.

Aucella concentrica, Eichwald (as of Fischer). 1871. Geogn. Paleont. Bemerk. uber die Halbins. Mangisch. und die Aleutischen Inseln, p. 186, pl. 17, figs. 1 and 2.

Aucella concentrica, White (as of Fischer). 1884. Bull. U.S. Geol Surv., No. 4, p- 13, pl. 6, figs. 2-12.

Tatlayoco Lake, B.C., G. M. Dawson, 1875. Banks ot the Upper Skagit River, b.C., G. M Dawson, 1877, and Browning Creek, Forward Inlet, Quatsino Sound, north west coast of Vancouver Island, G. M. D., 1878.

Long Island, Harrison Lake, B.C., also west shore and peninsula on the south-east shore of the same lake, and Chilliwack River, near Tamiahai Creek, B.C., A. Bowman, 1882.

Browning Creek, Forward Inlet and west side of Winter Harbour in Forward Inlet, also Raft Cove on the west coast of Vancouver Island, north of Quatsino Sound, V.I., G. M. Dawson, 1885.

West of Fraser River, B.C., a little to the north of sources of Bridge

June, 1889.

152 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

River, B.C., from a mountain six or seven thousand feet high above sea level, Mr. Soues (per Mr. T. Elwyn), 1886. South Fork of Quesnel River, near the foot of Quesnel Lake, A. Bowman, 1886.

Porcupine River, N.W.T., in latitude 67° 8° N. and longitude 137° 47’ W.; also Yukon River, Alaska, eight miles below the Antoine River, in latitude 65° 15’ N. and longitude 141° 40’ W.; R. G. Me- Connell, 1888. Extremely abundant at most of these localities.

The specimens from each of these localities are undoubtedly con- specific with the Aucella Piochii of Gabb from the Shasta Group of California, and with the fossils from the Cretaceous rocks of Alaska which Dr. C. A. White regards as a variety of the A. concentrica of Fischer. Inthe Letheea Rossica, however, Hichwald has expressed the opinion that A. concentrica is not specifically distinct from the A, Mosquensis of von Buch, and the writer has long been convinced that A. Piochii also is only an inconstant varietal form of A. Mosquensis. The names A. concentrica and A. Piochii have been given with the view of distinguishing comparatively broad specimens whose valves are almost equally convex, from the typical A, Mosquensis, which is ‘narrowly elongated and whose right valve is flatter than the left, but a study of some three or four hundred Aucelle from various localities in British Columbia has led to the conclusion that the most dis- similar examples are connected by every kind of intermediate grada- tion. A careful comparison of Dr. White’s illustrations of the Alaskan fosssils which he refers to A. concentrica with Hichwald’s figures of specimens of A, Aosquensis from Alaska and the Aleutian Islands, will be sufficient to shew how difficult if not impracticable it is to dis- criminate between these nominal species.

By some writers the Aucella-bearing deposits of Russia have been regarded as of Jurassic age, and by others as of Cretaceous. D’Orbigny refers them to his “étage Oxfordien,” Trautschold and Rudolph Lud- wig to the Tithonic system of Oppel, and Kichwald to the Upper Neocomian. Fiver since 1875, the year in which Aucelle were first discovered in British Columbia, the present writer has been convinced that the rocks in which they are the prevalent fossil, in that province as well as in California, are of Cretaceous age. In the Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada for 1882, the opinion was expressed that these rocks are probably of the horizon of the Upper Neocomian, At the time that this paper was written, not more than eight species in a sufficiently perfect state for identification or description had been found associated with the Aucelle in British Columbia, and of these, only two (viz., Ancyloceras Remondi and Syncylonema Meekiana), besides the Aucella, were recognized as occurring also in the “ Lower Shales and Sandstones, or Subdivision C” of the Cretaceous rocks of the

WHITEAVES: | CRETACEOUS FOSSILS FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA. 153

Queen Charlotte Islands.* The more recent collections made by Dr. Dawson from the Aucella-bearing rocks of British Columbia, and re- ported on in the present paper, show that ten fairly recognizable Species are associated with the Aucelle in that province, and that of these, two, (viz., Astarte Carlottensis and Yoldia arata), besides the two already mentioned, or, counting the Aucella, five out of the entire eleven are common to these deposits and to Subdivision C of the Cretaceous rocks of the Queen Charlotte Islands. Moreover, the fragment of an Ammonitoid shell to which the name Olcostephanus Quatsinoensis was given, in the paper to which reference has been made, proves to be a portion of a small Scaphite, closely allied to the S. equalis of Sower- by, from the English Upper Greensand, and the Pholadomya Van- couverensis described and figuredin the same paper is possibly only a form of the Pleuromya Carlottensis from the Queen Charlotte Islands, in a peculiar and unusual state of preservation. The present writer has long entertained the opinion that the “ Lower Shales” (C) of the Queen Charlotte Islands Cretaceous are the homotaxial but by no means necessarily the contemporaneous equivalents of the Gault of Eng- land and Europe, and it now seems most probable that the rocks in British Columbia in which Aucelle are the prevalent fossils, are of the same age as the deposits first mentioned rather than a little older.

When the acute inflection of the anterior margin of the right valve immediately under the beak, is not apparent, as is often the case, it is very easy to mistake an Aucella for a small species of Inoceramus, and if, as Eichwald suggests and as the figures and descriptions would seem to imply, the Jnoceramus Coguandianus of d’Orbigny, which is described and figured in the “ Paléontologie Frangaise” and the “ Paléontologie Suisse, ” be identical with one of the varietal forms of Aucella Mosquensis, then in Europe also Aucelle would rank among the characteristic fossils of the Gault.

* In this connection it may he well to quote the scheme of classification of the Cretaceous rocks of these islands which was published by Dr. Dawson in 1880 and based upon stratigraphi- cal and lithological grounds, though, as has been elsewhere stated, it does not seem practicable to separate subdivisions C, D, and E on purely paleontological considerations.

Subdivisions of the Cretaceous Formation in the Queen Charlotte Islands, in descending order.

A. Upper Shales and Sandstones..... a asp lyaydranenane dow sue gua tnd sinensis “nese 1,500 feet. B. Coarse Conglomerates........-ssereeeeees wixecxe: LD C. Lower Shales and Sandstones, with coal. 5,900“ D. Agglomerates.. ...ccscceor tenes seanere 3,500 “ E. Lower Sandstones 1,000(?)* Dota cg ieee os 0a. geunavieses sersees 18,000 “

A and B being regarded as Later and C D and E as Earlier Cretaccous.

154 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL AONTOLOGY.

Youpra ARATA, Whiteaves.

Yoldia arate, Whiteaves. 1884. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Can., Mesoz. Foss., vol. I., p. 283, pl. 31, figs. 4 and 4a.

East side of Winter Harbor, Forward Inlet, G. M. Dawson, 1885: a few casts of the interior of the shell of a small Yoldia, which are some- what doubtfully referred to this species.

Asrarre CarLorrensis. (N. Sp.)

Astarte Packardi, Whiteaves (as of White). 1884. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Can., Mesoz. Foss., vol. J., p. 229, pl. 30, figs. 6, 6a and 6b; but possibly not <A. Packardi, White, 1880, U. 8. Geol. Surv., Contr. to Palecont., Nos. 2-8, p. 149, pl. 37, figs. 6a and b.

Shell moderately convex, somewhat compressed at the sides, very inequilateral: marginal outline varying in different individuals from subcircular to transversely subovate: length and height equal in the subcircular specimens, whereas in the transversely subovate examples the length exceeds the height by rather more than one fourth: hinge margin descending abruptly and concavely in front and convexly and much more slowly behind: umbonal region somewhat tumid, beaks not very prominent, directed forwards and placed about half way be- tween the centre and the anterior margin.

Surface marked by numerous and regularly disposed, narrow and acute concentric ribs or plications, and by minute strie of growth.

The hinge dentition consists of two transverse cardinal teeth in each valve but there are no lateral teeth. In the right valve both teeth are moxt prominent in the middle, but the posterior cardinal tooth is tri- angular in outline and larger than the anterior. The inner margin of the valves below and at the sides is simple in some specimens and dis- tinctly crenulated in others.

In a large specimen with nearly circular outline the maximum length and height are both thirty millimetres; in a transversely clongated specimen, the length is twenty-six mm., and the height twenty.

East side of Alliford Bay, Moresby Island, Q,C.I.; four large and beautifully preserved specimens with the test preserved, and a few frag- ments: south side of Alliford Bay; abundant in the condition of small but perfect casts: east end of Maud Island, in Skidegate Channel, Q.C.L, five small samples with the test preserved: all collected by G. M. Dawson in 1878.

The three or four imperfect and badly preserved casts from the fel- sites of the Iltasyouco River, B.C., which were provisionally identified with the A. ventricosa of Meek on page 155 of the Report of Pro-

wuiteaves.] CRETACEOUS FOSSILS FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA, 155

gress of the Geological Survey of Canada for 1876-77, most probably belong to the present species.

Some imperfect valves of an Astarte collected by Dr. Dawson in 1885, on the east side of Winter Harbour, Forward Inlet, Vancouver Island, can also be scarcely distinguished from A. Carlottensis.

This species belongs to a typical and persistent section of the genus Astarte, which has ranged from the Liassic period up to the present time with very little variation in form or surface markings, and which is consequently very difficult to separate into well defined species. It agrees so well with the description and figures of A. Pac- kardi, White, that it was at one time somewhat confidently identitied with that species, but as Dr. White, who has examined some of the most perfect specimens from the Queen Charlotte Islands, thinks that it is most probably distinct therefrom, it seems necessary to distin- guish it by a new specific name.

Opts VANcOUVERENSIS, Whiteaves.

Opis Vancouverensis, Whiteaves. 1879. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Can., Mesoz. Foss., vol. I., p. 158, pl. 18, figs. 4 and 4a.

West end of Lasqueti Island (in the Strait of Georgia) near False Bay : a cast of the interior of the right valve of a shell which almost certainly Lolongs to this genus and most probably to this species.

PLEUROMYA L&VIaGATA, Whiteaves.

Pleuromya levigata, Whiteaves. 1884. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Can., Mesoz. Foss., vol. I., p. 224, pl. 30, figs. 1, la, 18, le..

Nookneamish River, north-west end of Vancouver Island, G. M. Dawson, 1885 : six badly preserved, but nearly perfect, and eight imper- fect casts of the interior of the shell. These specimens are very vari. able in shape, no two being alike.

CEPHALOPODA. PLACENTICERAS OCCIDENTALE, Whiteaves. Plate 21, fig. 1.

Placenticeras occidentale, Whiteaves. 1887. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Can., Ann. Rep., N.S., vol. II, for 1886, page 113 x.

Shell strongly compressed at the sides, periphery rather sharply angulated but not distinctly keeled; outer whorl very closely embra- cing, umbilicus rather narrow, a little less than one fourth of the greatest

156 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.ZONTOLOGY.

diameter, aperture narrowly sagittate, its base deeply emarginate by the encroachment of the preceding volution.

Surface of the sides of the outer whorl marked by broad and rather distant, radiating, bifurcating and doubly flexuous raised plications, which commence at the umbilical margin, curve at first gently for- ward, then as gently backward, and are finally bent very abruptly forward next to the periphery, upon which they form narrow, elon- gated and acute tongue-like processes. In addition to these plications the surface is marked by tine, simple and comparatively close set, radiating, raised lines, which are also doubly flexuous on each side. These raised lines are most strongly marked on the outer half of the sides, and are as well defined on the summits of the plications as in the smaller spaces between them. Septation unknown.

K-uk River, coast of British Columbia, G. M. Dawson, 1885: one tolerably well preserved but somewhat imperfect cast of the interior of the shell, whose greatest diameter is a little less than five inches.

This species seems to be most nearly related to the Ammonites bicurvatus of Michelin, from the Gault of France, as figured by @Orbigny on Plate 64, figs. 3 and 4 (but not figs. 1 and 2 of the same plate, which, according to Pictet, represent A. Cleon, d’Orb.) of the Atlas to the first volume of the Paléontologie Francaise, Terrains Crétacés. Itseems, however, to differ from A. bicurvatus, which Zittel places in Meek’s genus Placenticeras, not only in its much greater size, but also in the presence of numerous, closely arranged and doubly flex- uous raised lines, in addition to the doubly flexuous radiating plications or rib-like folds which are common to both.

PLACENTICERAS PEREZIANUM.

Ammonites Perczianus, Whiteaves. 1876. Geol. Surv. Can., Mesoz. Foss., vol. L., p. 19, pl. IL, figs. 1 and 1 a. Huploceras Perezianum, Whiteaves. 1884. Ib., p. 204.

Liard River, below Old Fort Halkett, in latitude 59° 26’ and longi- tude 124° 48’ W., R. G. McConnell, 1887: two specimens, which though a little larger, seem to be precisely similar in all other respects to the type of A. Perezianus from the Queen Charlotte Islands, In one of the specimens from the Liard River nearly the whole of the sutural line is well preserved, but the exact shape of the siphonal saddle cannot be uscertained, though it was evidently very small. The first, second, third and fourth lateral saddles, which diminish gradually in size towards the umbilicus, are variously but unequally branched and incised, and are succeeded in the umbilical region by four or five small unbranched saddles with incised margins. ‘The siphonal lobe is moderately large and is divided at the summit into two equal parts by

WHITEAVES. ] CRETACEOUS FOSSILS FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA. 157

the small siphonal saddle. The first lateral lobe is much larger than any of the rest and is rather deeply and unequally divided a little on one side of the centre by a small offset of the first lateral saddle. All the lobes are incised at their margins, but the siphonal and first lateral lobes are the only ones that are branched.

In 1876, the writer, who had not then seen a copy of Dr. Neumayr’s paper on the Ammonites of the Chalk Formation,* expressed the opinion that the type of the present species belongs to the group of the Clypeiformes and that it might prove to he an Oppelia allied to the O. Waageni of Zittel.

A subsequent study of other specimens from the Queen Charlotte Islands, in 1884, induced the writer to refer the species to Haploceras, on account of its supposed aftinities with the Ammonites Cleon of @’Orbigny and A. bicurvatus of Michelin, both of which were placed by Dr. Neumayr in that genus. But, in his Manuel de Conchyliologie, published at intervals between 1880 and 1887, Dr. Paul Fischer states that the genus Haploceras, which he regards as a synonym of Lissoceras, Bayle, corresponds to the group Ligati, and places the whole of the Clypeiformes in Meek’s genus Sphenodiscus.

In the second volume of the ‘Handbuch der Paleontologie” (1881-85), Zittel re-defines and slightly extends the characters of Meek’s genus Placenticeras so as to make it embrace the whole of the Clypeiformes and among the representative species cites the Ammonites bicurvatus of the “Terrains Cretacés,” which, Pictet says, includes A. Cleon. He (Zittel) restricts the use of the generic term Haploceras so as to make it include a few Jurassic and two Neocomian species, and constitutes a new genus, which he calls Desmoceras, for the reception of the Ligati.

The present species, no doubt, bears a very close resemblance to Desmoceras Beudanti in the general shape of its shell, and in its sutural line, but differs therefrom in the total absence of the distant, periodic arrests of growth which are generally held to be characteristic of the Ligati. Hence it would seem that the former species can no longer be satisfactorily referred to Haploceras, or even to Desmoceras, but that it belongs to an aberrant section of the Clypeiformes, in which the periphery or abdominal region is more or less narrowly rounded rather than thin and sharp.

By Dr. Fischer the Clypeiformes, as a whole, are included in Sphenodiscus and by Zittel in Placenticeras. But, if the specimens of the present species collected by Messrs. Richardson and McConnell

*Uber Kreideammonitides. Aus dem LX XI Bande der Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wissensch., 1 Abth. Mai-Heft, Jahrg. 1875.

158 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL HONTOLOGY. bia v wh Bh eee

thew .——

be carefully compared “with Meek’s original diagnosis of these two genera, it will be found that they differ materially from Sphenodiscus in having their outer lateral lobes and saddles distinctly branched, as well as in the much greater obtuseness of their periphery, and from Placenticeras proper, in the circumstance that their narrowly rounded periphery is neither truncated nor “ provided with a row of compressed alternating nodes around each margin.” Still, under all the circum- stances of the case, the course that seems open to the fewest objections is to follow Zittel and to refer the species, for the present at least, to Placenticeras.

PLACENTICERAS (PEREZIANUM? var.) LIARDENSE.

Plate 20, figs. 1 and 2.

Liard River, near Old Fort Halkett, R. G. McConnell, 1887: four other specimens of an Ammonite, which may possibly represent a local variety of P. Perezianum. They were found in flattened lenticular masses which have been split open in such a way as to expose one side only of each shell, and two out of the four are mere fragments. The characters of the periphery cannot be ascertained in either, the sides are crushed nearly flat and the sutural line is not visible, but the surface markings and the size and shape of the umbilicus are clearly shown in all.

So far as it can be made out, the general contour of each of these four specimens appears to have been essentially the same as that of the type of the species, but their sculpture is of a much more decided character, and consists of well defined, slightly flexuous, rounded and transverse, rib-like folds, which widen rapidly outward towards the periphery and are entirely devoid of tubercles. At an early stage of growth these folds are simple, and alternately long and short, but in the larger specimens, most of the longer folds bifureate near the middle of the sides, and « shorter fold, which becomes obsolete before reach ing the umbilical margin, is usually intercalated between each pair of the longer ones.

SCAPHITES (JUATSINOENSIS. Plate 21, fig. 2.

Olcostephanus Quatsinoensis, Whiteaves. 1882. Trang. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. I., Section IV., p. 82, woodcut fig. 1.

Scaphiles Quatsinoensis, Whiteaves. 1887. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Can., Ann. Rep., N. 8, vol. IL, p, 114 z.

Kast side of Winter Harbour, Forward Inlet, Quatsino Sound, Van-

WHITEAVES. ] CRETACEOUS FOSSILS, NORTII WEST TERRITORY. 159

couver Island, G.M. Dawson, 1885 : two well preserved and nearly perfect but not quite adult specimens and a few fragments.

These show clearly that the species is not an Olcostephanus of the type of O. bidichotomus, as was at first supposed, but a finely-ribbed small Scaphite, very nearly related to the Scaphites wqualis of Sowerby. Its ribs too are not invariably bidichotomous, for in some of the speci- mens collected in 1885 they trifurcate, while in others, in closely contiguous portions of the same specimen, they are bidichotomous, trifurcate, or simple with shorter ones intercalated between, though they are apparently never tuberculated nor nodose.

The type of O. Quatsinoensis is a well preserved but very imperfect and immature specimen collected by Dr. Dawson in 1878 at Browning Creek, Forward Inlet, where it is associated with an abundance of Aucella Mosquensis, var. concentrica.

B. FROM THE NORTH WEST TERRITORY.

(1.) From Rink Raprips, on tHe Lewes River, A TRIBUTARY OF THE YUKON, IN LATITUDE 60° 20’ AND LONGITUDE 136° 30’; COLLECTED BY Dr. G. M. Dawson In 1887.

BRACHIOPODA. Discina PILEOLUs, (N. Sp.)

Plate 21, figs. 3 and 3a.

Upper or dorsal valve (the only one known) depressed conical, its greatest height being a little less than one half of its maximum breadth: apex erect and placed a little behind the mid-length: base broadly elliptical or elliptic ovate in outline, and about one fourth longer than broad.

Surface shining, polished and marked with crowded and minute but somewhat irregularly disposed concentric raised lines.

Length of the most perfect specimen collected, twelve millimetres ; breadth of the same, a little more than nine mm. and a half: ap- proximate height, four mm.

Two dorsal valves, one of whichis nearly perfect and remarkably well preserved.

160 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL ZONTOLOGY.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. Crprina YuKkongnsis. (N. Sp.) Plate 21, fig. 4.

Shell rather small, compressed convex, inequilateral: marginal out- line varying from subcircular or ovately subcircular to subovate, the height in the majority of specimens being very nearly as great as the length. Anterior side short and rounded: posterior side longer and somewhat obliquely subtruncated at its extremity: ventral margin longitudinally semiovate, rounding upward rapidly in front and straighter behind: superior border sloping downward very gently be- hind the beaks and descending abruptly and corcavely in front of them: beaks broad, prominent, appressed, placed in advance of the mid-length, and curved obliquely forward: posterior umbonal slopes sometimes distinctly angulated, but, as this character is seen in only one specimen, it may be the result of distortion.

Surface marked by concentric lines of growth. Hinge dentition and muscular impressions unknown, though the pallial line appears to have been entire.

Dimensions of one of the most perfect specimens collected: maximum length, thirteen millimetres ; greatest height, twelve mm.

One somewhat crushed left valve, with the whole of the test pre- served, two perfect and well preserved casts of the interior of the same valve and three similar casts of the right valve.

This species is rather variable in shape, and seems to be most nearly allied to the Cyprina Marcousana of de Loriol, from the Middle Neo- comian of Switzerland.

CEPHALOPODA. SCHLOENBACHIA BOREALIS. (N. Sp ?)

Plate 21, fig. 5.

Perhaps a variety of Schloenbachia propinqua.

Cfr. Schloenbachia propinqua, Whiteaves. 1884. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Can., Mesoz. Foss., vol. L, p. 247, pl. 33, figs. 2, 2a, 2b, 2c.

Shell compressed at the sides, its periphery encircled by a flattened, thin and very prominent simple keel, which attains to a height of

* See Pictet and Campiche’s Paléont. Suisse., Foss. du Terr. Cret. des Envir. de Ste. Croix, Ser. 3, p. 214, pl. 113, figs. 3 and 4.

writeaves. ] CRETACEOUS FOSSILS, NORTH WEST TERRITORY. 161

three millimetres near the aperture: umbilicus wide and shallow. Volutions about five in number, increasing rather rapidly in size, but more rapidly in a dorso-ventral than in a lateral direction, not very closely embracing, nearly the whole of the sides of the inner ones being exposed: umbilicus, as measured from suture to suture, occupying about one-third of the entire diameter, and nearly equal in width to the height of the aperture just outside of its emargination. Aperture narrowly subelliptical, higher than broad, pointed above and very shallowly emarginated below by the slight encroachment of the pre- ceding volution.

On the outer volution, each of the sides is ornamented by doubly flexuous, transverse and rib-like raised plications, which are inter- rupted by or do not pass over the prominent keel on the periphery, and which are entirely devoid of tubercles. Most of these plications extend completely across the sides, and some of them bifurcate or even trifurcate at about their mid-length, but near the keel a short fold is occasionally intercalated between two of the longer plications.

The characters of the sutural line are not satisfactorily exhibited in any of the specimens collected. In a small cast of the interior of the shell, whose longest diameter is about three-quarters of an inch, three lobes and as many saddles can, it is true, be counted on one side of the siphonal saddle, but the whole of the exposed surface of this cast is so much worn that nearly all the finer incisions and ramifications of the sutures are obliterated.

Dimensions of the largest and most perfect specimen obtained; greatest diameter sixty-two millimetres: width of umbilicus, as measured from suture to suture, twenty-three mm.: height of aper- ture, inclusive of keel, twenty-two mm.

In addition to the specimen whose dimensions have just been given, 8ix much smaller examples, and several impressions or fragments of others, were collected.

This shell is certainly very closely related to the Schloenbachia propingua, from the “ Lower Sandstones or Division EK” of the Creta- ceous rocks of the Queen Charlotte Islands, and may prove to be only a local variety of that species. Judging by the rather scanty material at present available for comparison, the present form appears to differ from the typical S. propingua in having more slender whorls (in a dorso-ventral direction) and a consequently wider umbilicus,—in its more distinctly doubly flexuous folds, and in the greater prominence of its abdominal keel. SS. borealis seems algo to be very nearly allied to the Schloenbachia cultrata (the Ammonites cultratus of d’Orbigny) of the French Neocomian, and to differ therefrom in almost exactly the same way as it does from S. propinqua.

162 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALASONTOLOGY.

The Aptychus or portion of an Aptychus represented on Plate 21, (fig. 6) was found in the same beds as the S. borealis, and may have belonged to that species. It is longitudinally semiovate in outline, and its outer surface is marked only with rather closely disposed concentric raised lines.

CRUSTACEA. PHYLLOPODA.

EistHeRia BELLULA. (N. Sp.) (Plate 21, figs. 7 and 7a.)

Carapace valves compressed at the sides, but regularly though moderately convex (so that a transverse section of both when closed would be ovately and narrowly lenticular in outline), inequilateral, a little longer than high and varying in outline in different specimens from obliquely subovate to longitudinally semiovate. Anterior end always shorter and generally narrower than the posterior.

The most perfect specimen collected, which is figured on Plate 21, fig. 7, and which may be regarded as the type of the species, is ob- liquely subovate in marginal outline. Its anterior and posterior ends are both rounded, as are also both of its cardinal angles, and its dorsal margin is comparatively short, though more than half the entire length. In one of the longitudinally semiovate examples (fig. 7 a) the anterior end is angular at its junction with the dorsal margin above, and much narrower than the posterior end, which latter is rounded both above and below; while in another, the marginal out- line is not far from semicircular, the dorsal border or hinge line extends nearly the whole length of the valves, and is angular at both ends, Umbones small, depressed, contiguous and placed near the an- terior end, but not quite terminal.

Surface marked by from thirteen to eighteen closely and rather regularly disposed concentric ridges, which are rounded and not very prominent, although distinctly defined.

Dimensions of one of the most perfect specimens collected : maximum length, seven millimetres: greatest height, five.

One perfect and well preserved cast of the interior ofa pair of valves which had become widely spread out, a fow similar but not quite so well preserved casts of detached valves, and a single cast of the exterior of a left valve,

WHITEAVES, ] CRETACEOUS FOSSILS, NORTH WEST TERRITORY. 163

As no portion of the thin test is preserved on any of these specimens, it is of course by no means certain that they are really the valves of phyllopod crustaceans. Still, in spite of the circumstance that the other organisms with which they are associated seem to indicate purely marine rather than fresh water or brackish conditions, these little fossils appear to the writer to bear a much closer resemblance to some of the species described and figured by Professor T. Rupert Jones in his “ Monograph on the Fossil Estherie,” published by the Paleonto- graphical Society, than they do to any lamellibranchiate bivalve.

The few fossils collected by Dr. Dawson at this particular locality on the Lewes River are, perhaps, not altogether sufficient to indicate the exact position which the rocks from which they were collected occupy in the Cretaceous System. The genera Discina and Estheria have such an extensive range in time that they afford no definite infor- mation on this point. The most characteristic fossil, apparently, which has yet been found in these rocks, is the Schloenbachia which has just been described under the name S. borealis. This species appears to be very nearly related to the S. propingua of the lowest division yet recognized of the Cretaceous rocks in the Queen Charlotte Islands. As will be seen farther on, it occurs also in the Rocky Mountains near Devil’s Lake, in deposits which hold several other species of fossils which were first described from specimens collected in the Lower Shales and Sandstones, or Subdivision C of the Queen Charlotte Island Cretaceous. So far as it goes, therefore, the paleontological evidence would seem to show that these rocks on the Lewes River represent as low a horizon in the Cretaceous system as has yet been definitely recog- nized in Canada.

(2.) From tae Rocky MounTAINS THREE MILES NORTH OF THE EAST END oF DEVIL’s LAKE; COLLECTED BY R. G. McConneE.t in 1887.

Probably from the same geological horizon as the Lower Shales and Sandstones of the Queen Charlotte Island Cretaceous.

BRACHIOPODA. TEREBRATULA RoBusTA. (N. Sp.) Plate 22, figs. 1, 1a, 1b and 2.

Shell large, rather strongly convex, the maximum thickness through the closed valves being very little less than their greatest breadth marginal outline ovately subelliptical, the length being nearly one third greater than the breadth, and the greatest breadth a little in

164 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL ZONTOLOGY.

advance of the midlength; front margin subtruncated in the centre; posterior extremity bluntly pointed.

Ventral valve rather more convex than the dorsal; the umbo of the former moderately prominent, its beak incurved and slightly decurved as well as somewhat obliquely truncated ; deltidium very small as the central portion of the anterior margin of the truncated beak of the ventral valve almost touches the beak of the dorsal; foramen rather large and apparently complete. In an end view the front margin of the ventral valve is seen to be sinuated, the sinus being very shallow and indistinctly defined, but moderately broad and nearly straight in the centre. At a short distance from the front margin the mesial fold and sinus become obsolete.

Dorsal valve smaller as well as less convex than the ventral, its beak small and depressed, and its front margin provided with a shallow me- sial fold which fits into the corresponding sinus of the opposite valve.

The foregoing description is applicable only to the adult shell. In immature specimens the marginal outline is very nearly circular, the length and breadth are almost equal, and the shallow fold and sinus of the front margin of the valves are not developed.

The surface markings are very imperfectly preserved, but the exte- rior appears to have been nearly smooth, and marked only by concen tric lines of growth and by minute and crowded radiating strie.

The markings on the interior of the valves are also very imperfect- ly preserved. In a cast of a dorsal valve there is a longitudinal medi- an groove less than half the entire length, which probably represents the septum. In the same cast the posterior adductor appears to have been long, narrow, pointed at both ends, and more convex on its inner margin than externally, while the anterior adductor, though also long, narrow and pointed posteriorly, is narrowly rounded and somewhat dilated in front.

Dimensions of an average adult specimen: maximum length, seven- ty-one millimetres; greatest breadth, forty-eight mm. and a half; thickness through the closed valves, forty-two mm.

Seventen more or less perfect casts of the interior of the closed valves were collected, some of which have portions of the test adher- ent thereto.

Two specimens of a Terebratula collected by Mr. James Richardson in 1872 from the “ Lower Shales and Sandstones” of Skidegate Inlet

in the Queen Charlotte Islands, appear to be immature individuals of this species,

WHITEAVES. ] CRETACEOUS FOSSILS, NORTH WEST TERRITORY. 165

OstREA SKIDEGATENSIS, Whiteaves.

Ostrea Skidegatensis, Whiteaves. 1884. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Can., Mes. Foss., vol. 1 p. 248, fig. 12.

Two casts of the interior of the shell of an Ostrea which is probably referable to this species.

Exocyra. Species undeterminable.

Four casts of what appear to be the convex valves of a small myti- loid or subtriangular and somewhat arcuate Exogyra, which the writer has not been able to identify with any known species but which are not in a satisfactory condition for description or illustration.

Lima PEROBLIQUA. (N. Sp.) Plate 22, figs. 3 and 3a.

Shell of medium size, strongly compressed, very inequilateral and broader than long ; marginal outline obliquely semioval. Anterior side or buccal region nearly straight, but very slightly concave in the mid- dle, its margins being deeply but narrowly inflected ; posterior side or anal region broadly rounded, but truncated or subtruncated in the car- dinal region; pallial border narrowly rounded. Beaks moderately prominent, anterior, terminal, the posterior umbonal slope forming nearly a right angle with the anterior. Ears and cardinal area un- known. The only portion of the test that happens to be preserved in either of the two specimens collected, is a small piece round the anal margin of the less perfect of the two. On this part of the shell the surface ornamentation appears to consist uf very fine and delicate radiating stricee or impressed lines, which are much narrower than the flattened spaces between them, and of concentric lines of growth.

Dimensions of the most perfect specimen collected : greatest length, forty-one millimetres; maximum breadth of the same, fifty-seven mm. A not very well preserved but nearly perfect cast of the interior of a left valve and a portion of another.

Although its surface markings are very imperfectly exhibited, the lateral outline of this shell seems to be very different to that of any other species of Zima that has so far been described and figured as oc- curring in the Cretaceous rocks of North America.

166 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALAONTOLOGY.

Prenta (Oxytoma) Cornegvuriana, d’Orbigny. Plate 23, figs. 1, 1a aud 1b.

Avicula Corneuiliana, d’Orbigny, 1845. Pal. Franc., Terr. Cret, tome III, p. 471, ‘ pl. 389, figs. 3 and 4. “ ne Pictet and Campiche. 1868-71. Paléont. Suisse., Descr. des foss. du Terr. Cret. des Env. de Ste. Croix, tome III, p. 66, pl. 152, figs. 1-4.

A few detached and more or less imperfect valves of a shell which cannot at present be satisfactorily distinguished from the above named European species. The following is a description of the specimens collected by Mr. McConnell, as they appear to the writer.

Shell rather large, very inequilateral: left valve compressed but somewhat tumid in the umbonal region, at least in some specimens; right valve nearly flat ; marginal outline of the valves, apart from the two wings, obliquely and broadly semiovate, the maximum length very slightly exceeding the greatest height. Anterior side very short and broadly rounded; posterior side produced and much longer, as well as more narrowly rounded at its termination, than the anterior; pal- lial border convex ; hinge line apparently straight both behind and in front of the beaks; anterior wing small and triangular; posterior wing apparently short and extending to less than half the distance from the beak to the farthest termination of the valve behind (at least in the most perfect left valve collected) but much longer proportion- ately in the most perfect right valve, its posterior margin concavely excavated ; beaks small, scarcely projecting above the highest level of the hinge line, and placed considerably in advance of the midlength.

The surface markings of the largest and most perfect of the left valves collected consist of seventeen narrow but prominent, distant and simple radiating ribs, and these are separated from each other by broad flattened spaces which bear still narrower and much less promi- nent radiating raised lines. The principal ribs seem to have projected beyond the outer margin of the valve as short free spines, and between each pair, on and around the said margin, from five to six radiating raised lines can be counted.

The right valve is marked only by numerous fine radiating ribs, which are much smaller than the large ones in the opposite valve, as well as nearly eqnal in size and placed comparatively close together.

Hinge dentition and muscular impressions of both valves unknown.

Maximum length of the largest specimen collected (a left valve) sixty-eight millimetres ; greatest height of the same sixty-one mm.

WHITEAVES. ] CRETACEOUS FOSSILS, NORTH WEST TERRITORY. 167

Two well preserved moulds of the exterior of the left valve, one nearly perfect and both shewing the surface markings well; three casts of the interior of the same valve, and three imperfect right valves.

It isnot improbable that specimens of an Oxytoma from Subdivisions C. and E. of the Cretaceous rocks of the Queen Charlotte Islands, which the writer referred to the O. mucronata of Meek and Hayden (on pages 238 and 251 of the first volume of Canadian “ Mesozoic Fossils”) may prove to be immature individuals of the present species.

INOCERAMUS.

Three casts of the interior of detached valves of shells which obvi- ously belong to this genus, but which are far too imperfect and too badly preserved to be determined specifically. They seem, however, to represent two species, both of which are referable to the section or subgenus Catillus of Brongniart, in which the hinge line is elongated in a direction parallel with the longer axis of the shell.

TRIGONOARCA TUMIDA, Whiteaves.

Trigonoarca tumida, Whiteaves. 1884. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Can., Mesoz. Foss., vol. L., p. 235, pl. 31, fig. 6.

One imperfect and and badly preserved cast of the interior of both valves, and three similar casts of detached left valves, which resemble the type of this species very closely in external form, but which are in too bad condition to be identified with much certainty.

Triconra Dawson, Whiteaves.

Trigonia Dawsoni, Whiteaves. 1878. Geol. Surv. Can., Rep. Prog. 1876-77, p. 154. 1884. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Can., Mesoz. Foss., vol. I., p. 231, pl. 31, figs. 1 and la.

A few specimens, which are evidently conspecific with the original types of T. Dawsoni from the Itasyouco River and Sigutlat Lake.

In 1884 the writer expressed the opinion that the shells for which this name had been suggested were probably identical with the Trigonia intermedia of Fabrenkohl, from the Neocomian of Russia, About a year after this statement was made, however, three unusually large, perfect and well preserved specimens of 7’. Dawsoni from Skidegate

Inlet, in the Queen Charlotte Islands, were presented tothe Museum a eee 2

June, 1889.

168 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL. HONTOLOGY.

of the Survey by Mr. James Deans, of Victoria, V. LA comparison of these specimens with Kichwald’s description and figures of T. inter- media has not. tended to confirm the impression that 7. Dawsoni is synonymous with that species, but has led to the conclusion that there are apparently several points of difference between them, which may be thus briefly summarized.

1. T. Dawsoni seems to have attained to fully twice the size of T. intermedia. According to Kichwald the latter measures one inch and a half in length, from the anterior to the posterior side, and one inch in height, measured from the middle of the inferior margin to that of the dorsal border, whereas the corresponding dimensions in the largest of the three specimens of T. Dawsoni from Skidegate Channel ave, length three inches and an eighth, height two inches.

2. The curved ribs of J. intermedia are said to be ornamented with very small spinous nodes, but in L. Dawsoni the nodes on the ribs can scarcely be called very small, and they are generally obtusely rounded, though often intersected or partly intersected by the concentric grooves which alternate with the rather crowded raised lines of growth.

3. There appears to be a slight but constant difference between the sculpture of the broad posterior area of 7. Dawsoni and that of T. inter- media. Inthe last named species this area is described as over-run (parcourue) with oblique, almost vertical, close striw, divided into two parts by a horizontal groove. In the figures of 7. intermedia these vertical striv are represented as straight, parallel, regular, continuous and devoid of tubercles, and the only tubercles on the posterior arca appear to be those on the elevated ridge which separates it from the main body of the shell. But, in 7. Dawsoni the vertical raised lines on the posterior area are often irregularly disposed, interrupted, more or less angularly bent as well as somewhat tuberculated, and there are in- dications of a row of transversely elongated tubercles on each side of the central groove, and of a similar but less distinct row on the sub- angular ridge which separates this area from the excutcheon proper.

In view of these apparent differences between the two forms, it is probably advisable to retain the name originally given to the types from British Columbia, for the specimens from that province and for those now under consideration from the Rocky Mountains,

ASTARTE CARLOTTENSIS, Whiteaves.

(For the synonymy of this species and reference to the publication in which it was figured, see page 154 of this Report.) One fairly characteristic specimen of a left valve.

WHITEAVES. ] CRETACEOUS FOSSILS, NORTH WEST TERRITORY. 169

Prorocarpium Hinuanunm, (?) Var.

Cardium Hillanum, Sowerby. 1813. Mun. Conch., vol. I, p. 41, pl. 14, fig. 1. es @Orbigny (as of Sby.) Pal. Franc., Terr. Cret., vol. iii, p.

27, pl. 243. Protocardium Hillanum, Stoliczka. 1871. Palceont. Indica. Cret. Faun. 8S. India, vol. iii, p. 219, pl. 12, figs. 8-10 and pl. 13, figs. 1-3. ee : Whiteaves.—1884. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Can. Mesoz. Foss., vol. 1, p. 228, pl. 30, fig. 5.

Three casts of the interior of single valves and a similar cast of a pair of partially displaced valves of a rather large species of Proto- cardium, which seems to differ from P. Hillanum only in being rather more produced behind and consequently a little longer than high. The maximum length of the largest specimen collected at this locality is thirty-nine millimetres and its greatest height, inclusive of the beaks, thirty-four mm., or as measured in the centre, just behind the beaks, thirty mm. The impressions left by the radiating ribs on the pos- terior area are plainly visible on these casts, but no traces of any con- centric markings can be detected on the remainder of their surface. In d’Orbigny’s figures of a cast of a French specimen of C. Hillanum the maximum length and height are represented as exactly equal, but the small specimens from the Queen Charlotte Islands which the pre- sent writer has identified with that species, like those from the Rocky Mountains now under consideration, are a little longer than high.

CYPRINA OCCIDENTALIS, Whiteaves.

Cyprina occidentalis, Whiteaves.—1884. Geol. and Nat. His. Surv. Can., Mesoz. Foss., vol. 1, p. 227, woodcut, fig. 10.

One small but nearly perfect cast of the interior of both valves and a less perfect but in other respects similar cast of a left valve, both of which can be somewhat contidently identified with this species, which is neariy related to the C. Dallii of White,* from the Cretaceous rocks

of Alaska.

.

* Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., Washington, 1884, p. 14, pl. vi., fig. 1.

170 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.FONTOLOGY.

PrevRomyA CARLoTTENSIs, Whiteaves.

Plewromyu Carloitensis, Whiteaves. 1876. Geol. and Nat. His. Can., Mesoz. Foss. vol. I, p. 57, pl. 9, fig. 8

Pleuromyu subcompressa, var. Carlottensis, Whiteaves. S81. Ib. p. 228, pl. 2! figs. 7 and 7a.

?

One imperfect but fairly characteristic specimen. It is quite possible that the shells for which this name was proposed, are only a local variety of the Pleuromya papyracea of Gabb,* from the Shasta Group of California, and that the Pholadomya Vancouverensist which was described and figured by the present writer from a single specimen collected by Dr. G. M. Dawson in 1877 from the north-east slope of Jackass Mountain, in the valley of the Lower Fraser River, is, as already stated on page 153, either another variety of the same species, or the samo shell in an unusual and very peculiar state of preservation.

CEPHALOPODA.

ScHLOENBACINA BOREALIS, Whiteaves,

(This species has already been described on page 160 of this Report and is figured on Plate 21.)

Two specimens, which do not seem to differ in any essential particular from the type of S. borealis from the Lewes River. One is a badly preserved cast of the interior of a shell, and the other a well preserved mould of the exterior of another, { both of which measure about three inches and a liulf in their greatest diameter.

A third specimen, which ix probably only a varicty of the same species, was also collected by Mr. McConnell at this locality. It resembles the type of S. boreadis, both in external form and in the prominence of its simple abdominal keel, but has much coarser ribs, many of which bifurcate half way across the sides.

The occurrence of the same species of Ainmonite at localities so wide apart ax the Rink Rapids of the Lewes River and the Rocky Moun- tains near Devils Lake, is not without significance from a purely geological point of view.

* (ieol. Surv. Calif., Pal:eont. vol. IT, (869) p. 178, pl. 29, fig. 66.

+ Trans. Royal Soc. Can., 1882, vol. I, See. LV, p. 83, woodcut, fig. 2.

t Avery similar specimen to this was collected by Mr. McCounell in the same year at a locality aboul fiveiniles from that indicated in the last heading, viz., in the Rucky Mountains, three miles north of Devil’s Lake and three miles north of the Cascade Trough.

WHITEAVES. ] CRETACEOUS FOSSILS, NORTH WEST TERRITORY. 171

ScHLOENBACHIA GRACILIS. (N. Sp.) Plate 23, figs. 2 and 2a.

Shell shallowly but widely umbilicated, the inner whorls occupying a little more than one half of the entire diameter: periphery encircled apparently with a central and very slightly raised, simple abdominal keel. Volutions about five, narrow, increasing slowly in size and but slightly embracing. Outer volution somewhat rectangular, its sides being compressed and its abdominal region slightly flattened on both sides next to the keel, though rounded off exteriorly. Aperture subel- iptical but somewhat rectangular, higher than wide and very slightly emarginate by the encroachment of the preceding volution.

Surface marked by distant, slghtly curved, prominent and simple radiating ribs or vib-like folds. On the outer volution these ribs, which curve somewhat obliquely forward in a shallowly concave curve, become obsolete in the abdominal region and disappear before reaching the keel. They are much narrower than the broad, shallow depressions between them, and are most prominent a little more than half way across the sides, where each rib rises gradually into a low, pointed tubercle. Sutural line unknown.

Approximate dimensions of the most perfect specimen collected : greatest diameter, one hundred and ten millimetres ; width of umbilicus, from suture to suture, fifty-cight mm.; height of the aperture (at the broken anterior extremity, thirty mm.; width of the same, if measured on the summits of two opposite ribs, twenty-two mm., or, if in the interstices between them, eighteen mm.

Two imperfect and not very well preserved specimens, both of which are mere casts of the interior of the shell.

Associated with these, two other fragments ofa Schloenbachia were collected by Mr. McConnell, in one of which the abdominal region is encircled by three prominent angular ridges, of which the central one is much the highest, just as in the Ammonites Tehamaensis of Gabb,* which would now be cailed a Schloenbachia. In several other respects, however, these fragments differ materially from the types of S. gracilis and from S. Tehamaensis. Their volutions are much more closely em- bracing, their outer volution is much broader in a dorso-ventral direc- tion, and their umbilicus is much narrower in proportion to the size of the shell, The ribs on their outer volution, too, are very faint and in- distinct, and in none can any trace of a tubercle be detached either near their centre or at their outer termination.

?

* Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleont. Vol. II [1869) p. 182.

172 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL ZONTOLOGY. BeLemnites. (Species undeterminable.)

Two portions of the phragmocone and five fragments of the guard, the latter all broken at both ends, of a species of Belemnite which it is, of course, quite impossible to identify from such imperfect speci- mens. One of the fragments of the guard has a deep median groove, which is not the case with any of the others.

(3.) From tug Pzacr River, A FEW MILES BELOW For? VERMILION; COLLECTED BY Mr. W. OaiLvisz, D.L.S., in 1885.

CEPHALOPODA. PLACENTICERAS GLABRUM. (N. Sp.) Plate 24, figs. 1,laand1b.

Shell rather strongly compressed at the sides, its maximum breadth being a little more than one fourth of the greatest diameter, most pro- minent and broadest at the umbilical margin and narrowing very slowly from thence to the periphery, which latter is narrowly but regularly rounded. Umbilicus rather deep and occupying about one- fifth of the entire diameter, though its outer margin is rounded and in- distinctly defined. Volutions deeply embracing, fully three fourths or more of the inner ones being covered: suture distinct. Aperture obtusely and narrowly subsagittate, its outline, outside of the deep basal emargination, being narrowly elliptic ovate. Length of body chamber unknown.

Surface apparently smooth, though not a vestige of the outer layer of the test is preserved.

The sutural line, which is minutely and angularly incised through- out its entire length, is composed of two large outer lateral saddles and five much smaller inner ones, as well as one large outer lateral lobe and four much smaller inner ones (or seven of the latter, if three very small ones on the lower part of the umbilical wall be counted) on each side of the siphonal saddle and lobe. The small siphonal saddle is angularly notched on each side of the centre and divided into three erect spurs, the middle one of which is the shortest and the least in- cised at ith margin. The first lateral saddle is much broader than high, it is also broader than the second, but not quite so high. The upper portion of the first lateral saddle is deeply divided near the middle into

WHITEAVES. ] CRETACEOUS FOSSILS, NORTH WEST TERRITORY. 173

two nearly equal parts, each of which is subdivided into three spread- ing branchlets with bifurcate or trifurcate apices. Between the first. and second lateral saddles there are two rather small auxiliary saddles, the outermost of which is the larger and the more subdivided of the two. The second lateral saddle is deeply divided near the centre into two unequal parts, the outer one of which bears four short incised branchlets and the inner five. The third lateral saddle is so deeply divided in the middle as to form two almost independent saddles. Of these, the outer one, which is the larger of the two, bears three branchlets at its summit, and the inner one two. The fourth lateral saddle is somewhat similar to the third, but a little smaller. The fifth, sixth and seventh, which are still smaller and decrease gradually in size toward the suture, are rather cmarginate than branched at their summits.

The siphonal lobe is about equal in height to the first lateral lobe. On each side the former bears two spreading lateral branches, which trifurcate at their summits, besides a short, erect, incised spur next to the siphuncle above, and a similar but spreading spur or offset at the base. Between the siphonal and first lateral lobes, as also between the first and second, second and third, and third and fourth lateral lobes, there are three small auxiliary lobes, of which the central one is always the largest. The first lateral lobe is broad in its basal and undivided portion, which bears a lateral incised spur or offset on each side. Its upper moiety is deeply divided into two branches of unequal size, viz., into an outer and smaller one which bifurcates above and an inner or larger one which trifurcates above, while both widen outward and ulti- mately throw of a number of minute and more or less deeply incised lateral branchlets or spurs. The second lateral lobe is shorter and much narrower than the first. Though its apex is minutely bifid, the lobe it- self is not deeply divided above, but it bears on each side three irregu- larly incised spurs or offsets, which also widen a little outward. The third lateral lobe is much shorter than the second, and its upper portion is divided into two branches which trifurcate on their outer sides. The fourth is smaller, but in other respects similar to the third, and the rest of the lobes, which are not branched but incised at their margins, are very small, and decrease gradually and regularly in size to the suture.

Dimensions of the only specimen collected: greatest diameter, ninety six millimetres; maximum breadth, twenty-six mm.; greatest width of the umbilicus, nineteen mm. :

One remarkably well preserved and nearly perfect cast of the interior of the septate portion of the shell, which shews the finest de- tails of the lobes and saddles over nearly the whole of its surface, ex-

174 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL ZONTOLOGY.

cept where they are covered by small portions of the inner layer of the test.

This species appears to belong to the same group of Ammonites as the *.1. Cleon and A. nisust of d’Orbigny and the Placenticeras Porezianum of the Queen Charlotte Islands, and the remarks on pages 157 and 158 of this report, on the generic position of the shell last named, are equally applicable to P. glabrum.

(4.) From tie Fort Prerre Group or tHe Larer Cretaceous Rocks OF THE SASKATCHEWAN AND LTS TRIBUTARIES ; COLLECTED BY J. B. Tyrrenn in 1885 anp 1886.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

Prerta LINQUIVORMIS, var. sUBGIBBOSA, Meck.

Ariculu subgibbosu, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil, p. 180.

Pteria cubgibbosu, Meek. 1864, Smithson. Check-List N. Am. Cret. Foss.

Pleria linguifcrmis, var, subgibbosa, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Sury. Terr., vol. IX., p. 33, pl. 28, fig. 12.

Battle River, Township 46, Range 4, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, 1885.

INOCERAMUS SaGENsis, var. NEBRASCENSIS, Owen.

Inoceramus Sugensis, Owen. 1852. Geol. Rep. Wise., Iowa & Minn., p. 582, pl. 7, fig. 3.

JInoceramus Nebrascensis, Owen. 1852. Ib., p. 582, pl. 8, fig. 1.

Jnoceramus Sagensis, var. Nebrascensis, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. LX., p. 52, pl. 13, figs. 2a, b.

Inoceramus Sagensis, WhitGeld. Pal. Black Hills Dakota, p. 398, pl. 7, fig. 12, and pl. 8, fig. 2.

Mouth of Vermilion River, Township 54, Range 3, west of the 4th Principal Meridian; North Saskatchewan River, Township 54, Range 2, west of the 4th Principal Meridian; Nose Creek, Section 24, Township 44, Range 2, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, 1886: one specimen from each of these localities.

* Por the synonymy of this species see Pictet and Campiche, Pal. Suisse, t 1, p. 169.

t Pal. Franc., Terr. Cret., t. 1, p 184, pl. 55, figs. 7-9.

| Pages 174 to 184 are reprinted, with some additions, from an Appendix to Mr. Tyrrell’s Report in the Apnual Report of the Survey for 1886, Vol. 2, New Series, pp. 153-168 K.

WHITEAVES. ] CRETACEOUS FOSSILS, NORTH WEST TERRITORY. 1%5

Inoceramus VANUXEMI, Meek and Hayden.

Inoceramus Vanuxemi, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., p- 180.

Inoceramus Mortoni, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Ib., p. 428.

Tnoceramus prowimus, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. TX., p. 53, pl. 12, fig. 7; and var. subcireularis, Meek, ib., p. 55, pl. 12, fig. 2.

Inoceramus Vanuxemi, Whitfield. Pal. Black Hills Dakota, p. 396, pl. 7, figs. 8, 9, and pl. 8, figs. 4, 5.

Mouth of Vermilion River, Township 54, Range 3, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, 1886, five specimens; and North Saskat- chewan River, Township 54, Range 2, west of the sume meridian, 1886, two specimens.

GERVILLIA RECTA, var. BOREALIS, Whiteaves.

Gervillia recta, var. borealis, Whiteaves. 1885. Contr. to Canad. Paleont., vol. I, p. 35, pl. 4, figs. 2,2 a ard 2b.

Sounding Creek, Township 30, Range 8, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, 1886: a few characteristic fragments.

Tanorepia AMERICANA, Meek and Hayden.

Hettangia Americana, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. VIIL., p. 274; and 1860, Ib., vol. XIL, p. 185. Taneredia Americana, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Gest, Surv. Ten, vol. IX., p. 142, * pl. 38, figs. 1, a-h.

Same locality and date as the preceding species: two very imperfect and badly preserved specimens,

Cyprina ovata, Meek and Hayden.

Cyprina ovata, Meek and Hayden. 1857. Proc.Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. IX., p. 144. “Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. [X., p. 146, pl. 29) figs. 7 a, b, c, and pl. 30, fig. 11.

Battle River, Township 40, Range 13, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, and Township 40, Range 15, west of the same meridian, 1885: asingle and barely recognizable specimen from each of these localities.

176 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL-EONTOLOGY,

CYPRINA SUBTRAPEZIFORMIS, Whiteaves.

Plate 24, figs. 2, 2a and 2b.

Cyprina subtrapeziformis, Whiteaves. 1887. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Can., Ann. Rep. N. Series, vol. IT, p. 155 E.

Shell small, inequilateral, transversely subtrapezoidal: valves mode- rately convex, most prominent on the posterior umbonal slopes, which are subangular: height (in the centre) one third greater than the maximum breadth: length a little more than one fourth greater than the height. Anterior side short and evenly rounded : posterior side about three times as long as the anterior, its extremity obliquely truncated above and somewhat bluntly pointed below: superior border descending rather abruptly in an obliquely convex curve in front of the beaks, and nearly straight and parallel with the ventral margin behind them: umbones swollen laterally, but scarcely prominent: beaks small, appressed and slightly depressed, placed about half-way between the centre and the anterior margin: lunule none: posterior area subangularly inflected, but very indistinctly defined: ventral margin nearly straight for the greater part of its length, but rounding up abruptly at the anterior end and forming an obtusely subangular junction with the posterior margin behind.

Surface marked with rather coarse concentric lines of growth: test somewhat thin. Anterior muscular impression subovate: posterior muscular impression rather larger and more nearly circular: pallial line simple and entire: hinge dentition unknown.

Dimensions of the most perfect specimen collected : maximum length, twenty-three millimetres and a half; greatest height, fifteen mm; approximate thickness through the closed valves, ten mm.

Battle River, Township 46, Range 4, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, 1885: apparently abundant. About thirty specimens were collected at this locality, but of these, only one is quite perfect, with the whole of the test preserved, while the rest ave for the most part little more than mere casts of the interior of the closed valves, with portions of the exfoliated test adherent thereto,

The hinge dentition being unknown, it is uncertain to what genus this shell should be referred. It may prove to be a Cypricurdia or a Veniella vather than a Cyprina.

WHiTeAves. ] CRETACEOUS FOSSILS, NORTH WEST TERRITORY. 177

PROTOCARDIA SUBQUADRATA, Evans and Shumard.

Cardium subquadratum, Evans and Shumard. 1857. Trans. Ac. Nat. Sc. St. Louis, vol. I., p. 39.

Protocardia (Leptocardia) subquadrata, Meek. 1876. Rep. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 175, pl. 29, figs. 8 a, b,c, d, e.

Protocardia subquadrata, Whiteaves, as of Shumard. 1885. Contr. to Canad. Paleeont., vol. I., p. 41, pl. 5, figs. 4 and 4 a.

Sounding Creek, Township 30, Range 8. west of the 4th Principal Meridian, 1886 : a few well preserved and characteristic specimens.

PROTOCARDIA BOREALIS, Whiteaves.

Protocardia borealis, Whiteaves. 1885. Contr. to Canad. Paleont., vol. I., p. 41, pl. 6, figs. 1, 1 a, 2,2 a, and 3.

“The Nose,” Township 27, Range 8, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, 1885: two specimens.

Linearta Formosa ? Meek and Hayden.

Plate 24, fig. 3.

Tellina formosa, Meek and Hayden. 1860. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. XIL., p. 179.

Abra (2) formosa, Meek. 1864. Smithson. Check-List N. Am. Cret. Fossils, p. 14. Linearia (2) formosa, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 199, pl. 30, fig. 2.

Sounding Creek, Township 30, Range 8, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, 1886: a perfect right valve of a small Tellinid which corres- ponds remarkably well with Meek’s figure of the above-named species. In the specimen collected by Mr. Tyrrell, however, only the outer sur- face is exposed to view, the whole of the interior being buried in the matrix. No traces of any radiating striae can be discovered on its test, with a lens, although the markings on its outer surface are beau- tifully preserved, and its test does not appear to have been “very thin.”

178 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY. Puovapomya suBveEntTRicosaA, Meck and Hayden.

Pholadomya subventricosa, Meek and Hayden. 1857. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil, vol. IX., p. 142.

Pholadomya subventricosu, Meek. 1876. Rep, U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 217, pl. 89, figs. 8, a, b.

North Saskatchewan River, at Fort Pitt, and in Township 54, Range 2, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, 1886: one nearly perfect specimen with both valves preserved, from each of these localities. A portion ofa mould of a shell which may have belonged to this species, was collected on the banks of the same river near the mouth of Moose Hill Creek.

Dr. T[ector records finding a Pholadomya which he refers to P. occidentalis of Morton, but which ix probably referable to this species, at Fort Pitt, on the North Saskatchewan, and at the elbow of the South Saskatchewan, in 1857 or 1858.

Troprstaa unpata, Meck and Hayden,

Pholudomya unduta, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proe. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. vol. VIII, p. 81.

Pholadomnya (Cymella) undata, Meek. 1864. Smithson. Check-List N. Am. Cret. Iny. Foss., pp. 14 and 34.

Liopistha (Cymella) undata, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Sury. Terr., vol. IX., p- 236, pl. 39, figs. 1, a, b.

Nose Creek, Township 37, Range 9, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, 1885: one characteristic specimen.

Sonecurrus (Tagenus) ocermmnraiis, Whiteaves. Plate 24, fig. 4.

Solecurtus (Tagelus) occidentalis, Whiteaves. 1887. Geol. and Nat. Uist. Surv. Can., Ann. Rep., N. Ser., vol. IL, p. 157 E.

Shell transversely clongated, a little more than twice as long as high, very nearly equilateral, strongly compressed at the sides, most prominent on the umboual slopes, and faintly depressed in the middle below. Anterior and posterior ends both rounded at their margins, but rather more broadly xo below than above, while the (presumed)

WHITEAVES. ] CRETACEOUS FOSSILS, NORTH WEST TERRITORY. 179

posterior extremity is a very little the narrower of the two. Superior border nearly straight for some distance in front of and behind the beaks, which are inconspicuous, central, appressed and depressed ; ventral margin nearly straight or very faintly concave in the centre.

Surface apparently marked only with concentric lines of growth. Ilinge dentition, muscular impressions and pallial line unknown.

Approximate dimensions of the only specimen collected : maximum height, twenty-three millimetres; greatest length, sixty-seven mm.; thickness through the closed valves, about fourteen mm.

Battle River, Township 40, Range 13, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, 1885: an imperfect and badly preserved left (?) valve.

MarrEsia TUMIDIFRONS, Whiteaves. Plate 25, figs. 1, la and 2. Hartesia tumidifrons, Whiteaves. 1887. Op. cit., p. 157 E.

Shell rather large for the genus, very inequilateral, valves subglo- bose or semiglobose and abruptly swollen in front, produced and rather rapidly attenuated behind ; outline, as viewed from above, somewhat pyriform. Greatest height, as measured in the centre, behind the beaks, about equal to the maximum thickness through the closed val- ves; greatest height, as compared with the maximum length, about as three to five.

Lateral outline transversely subovate; anterior side very short, its outer margin broadly rounded but somewhat truncated inwardly below the middle; posterior side much more elongated, narrowing gradually at its upper margin and much more rapidly from below upward, its narrow and conspicuously gaping extremity being apparently some- what obliquely truncated, though the margins of the cast of the united valves of the only specimen collected are both a little broken at this point. Superior border rounding abruptly downward in front, and nearly straight, but descending very gently behind: ventral margin broadly rounded, most prominent a little behind the middle: umbones swollen and prominent: beaks large, incurved and depressed, with a slight forward inclination and placed very near the anterior end : escutcheon broadly lanceolate and tolerably well defined.

On the umbonal region of the left valve only, a small portion of the test is preserved, and the outer surface of this is marked with concen- tric and rather irregularly disposed, ridge-like folds, which are often separated from each other by somewhat broader and rather deep con-

180 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALASONTOLOGY.

centric furrows. In addition to these, in each valve an elevated but narrow linear ridge runs obliquely backward from the posterior side of the beaks to a little behind the centre of the ventral margin.

Posterior muscular impression narrowly subelliptical, placed very high up, almost within the escutcheon, and a little behind the mid- length; anterior muscular impression, pallial line and accessory valves unknown. The pedal opening in front seems to have been large and broadly rhomboidal in outline.

The measurements of the only specimen collected are approximate- ly as follows: maximum length, about fifty-one millimetres; greatest height, as measured in the centre, immediately behind the umbones, and maximum thickness through the closed valves, both thirty-one mm.

North Saskatchewan River, Township 54, Range 2, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, 1886: one nearly perfect and well preserved cast of the interior of the closed valves, with a small portion of the test adhering to the left valve. An apparently well characterized and very distinct species.

Since the above description was written, another specimen of this species, the exact locality of which is unfortunately unknown, has been presented to the Museum of the Survey by the Historical and Scientific Society of Manitoba.

In this specimen, which is represented on Plate 25, fig. 2, ‘and which retains a considerable portion of the test, especially on the right valve, the concentric markings would perhaps be better described as raised lines of growth, which are very faint and almost obsolete pos- teriorly but prominent and well defined anteriorly, rather than as “ ridge-like folds.” On the tumid anterior portion of each valve these concentric lines of growth are crossed by faint radiating ribs which give to the former a somewhat tuberculated appearance. In this specimen, too, the slightly elevated median ridge which runs obliquely backward from the beak, is longitudinally and very narrowly grooved, at any rate on the right valve.

GASTEROPODA. HypATINA PARVULA, Whiteaves. Plate 24, figs. 5 and 5a. Hydatina parvulu, Whiteaves. 1887. Op. cit., p. 158 E.

Shell small, the outer whorl enveloping all the preceding volutions, strongly inflated and very ventricose, so much so that its maximum breadth is very little less than the entire height or length,—subtruncated posteriorly, broadest above or behind the middle, narrowing rapidly

.

weiteaves. | CRETACEOUS FOSSILS, NORTH WEST TERRITORY. 181

below or in front, and distinctly angular at the base or anterior ex- tremity. Spire narrow, depressed and sunk deeply below the highest level or rounded posterior shoulder of the outer whorl.

Outer lip thin and simple: characters of the aperture and surface markings unknown.

Maximum height or length of the only specimen collected, ten millimetres and a-half; greatest breadth of the same, nine mm.

Sounding Creck, Township 30, Range 8, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, 1886: one perfect cast of the interior of the shell, with a considerable portion of the inner layer of the test preserved, though the aperture is entirely filled up with the matrix.

This interesting little shell may belong to Conrad’s genus Bullopsis, rather than to Hydatina. It seems to differ from B. cretacea of that author in being more expanded posteriorly and more angular in front.

Lunatia concinna, Hall and Meek. (Sp.)

Natica concinna, Hall and Meek. 1854. Mem. Am. Ac. Arts. and Sc., vol. V., p. 384, pl. 3, figs. 2 a, b, c, d.

Natica Moreauensis, Meek and Hayden. 1856. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. VII, pp. 64 and 282.

Natica (Lunatia) Moreauensis, Meek-and Hayden. 1860. Ib., vol. XII, p. 422.

Lunatia concinna, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 314, pl. 32, figs. 11 a, b, ¢.

Battle River, Township 46, Range 3, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, 1885: four imperfect and badly preserved specimens. Sounding Creek, Township 30, Range 8, west of the same meridian, 1886: one specimen.

CEPHALOPODA.

BACULITES OVATUS, Say.

Baculites ovatus, Say. 1821. Am. Journ. Sc. and Arts, vol. TI, p. 41.—Morton, . 1829. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil, vol. VI, p. 196, pl. 5, figs. 5 and 6; and 1830, Am. Journ. Sc. and Arts, vol. XVIIL, p. 249, pl. 1, figs. 6, 7 and 8; also 1834, Synops. Org. Rem. Cret. Group U.S&., p. 42, pl. 5, figs. 5 and 6.— Hall and Meek. 1854. Mem. Am. Ac. Arts and Sc., vol. V., (N.S.) p. 399, pl. 5, figs. 1, a, b, and pl. 6, figs. 1-7.—Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 394, pl. 20, figs. 2, a, b, d, and 1, a, b.

Ghost ‘River, Township 25, Range 6, west the of Sth Principal Meridian, 1885. North Saskatchewan River, near mouth of Moose Hill Creek; also on the same river, in Township 54, Range 3, and in

182 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL ONTOLOGY.

township 56, range 5, in each case west of the 4th Principal Meridian. Mouth of Vermilion River, in Township 54, Range 3, west of the same Meridian, 1886.

A few specimens from each of these localities, some of which seem to belong to the typical form of the species, while others are ap- parently intermediate in their characters between B. ovatus and B, COMpressus.

Bacuires GRANDIS, Hall and Meek.

Baculites grandis, Hall and Meek. 1854. Mem. Am. Ac. Arts and Sc., Boston, vol. V., (N. 8.) p. 402., pl. 7, figs. 1 and 2, pl. 8. figs. land 2 and pl. 6, fig. 10. Also, Meek, 1876, Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 398, fig. 53, and pl. 33, figs. 1, a, b, ¢.

Sounding Creek, Township 30, Range 8, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, 1886: two large but fairly characteristic fragments.

BAcuLITES COMPRESSUS, Say.

Baculites compressus, Say. 1821. Am. Journ. Sc, and Arts, vol. IL, p. 41.— Morton. 1834. Synops. Org. Rem. Cret. Group U.&., p. 43, pl. 9, fig. 1; and Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., vol. VIIL, p, 211.—Hall and Meek. 1854. Mem. Am. Acad. Arts and Sc., Boston, vol. V. (N.S.), p. 400, pl. 5, fig. 2, and pl. 6, figs. 8 and 9.—Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p- 400, figs. 55 and 56, and pl. 20, figs. 3, a, b, ¢.

“The Nose,” Township 37, Range 8, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, and Nose Creek, Township 37, Range 9, west of the same Meridian, 1885.

North Saskatchewan, new mouth of Moose Hill Creek, apparently grading into B. ovatus; same river, in Township 56, Range 5, west of the 4th Principal Meridian; mouth of Vermilion River, in Township 53, Range 3, west of the 4th Principal Meridian : several distorted fragments apparently also passing into B. ovatus; North Saskatchewan River, Township 54, Range 2, west of the 4th Meridian, 1886.

SCAPHITES NoDOSUS, Owen.

Scaphites (Ammonites) nodosus, Owen. 1852. Geol. Rep. Surv. Wisc., lowa and Minn., p. 580, pl. 8, fig. 4.

North Saskatchewan River, near the mouth of Moose Hill Creek, 1886: a fragment of a mould of the exterior of the shell, which shews the characteristic sculpture of the species, but not enough of the general shape to enable one to say to which of the varieties described and figured by Meek (in the ninth volume of the Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr.) it should be referred.

WHITEAVES. ] CRETACEOUS FOSSILS, NORTH WEST TERRITORY. 183

PLACENTICERAS PLACENTA, Dekay. (Sp.)

Ammonites placenta, Dekay. 1828. Ann. N. York Lyc. Nat. Hist., vol. II, p. 278, pl. 5, fig. 2 (3 by mistake).—Morton. 1829. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. VI, p.195; and Am. Journ. Sc. and Arts, vol. XVIII, pl. 2, figs. 1,2 and 3; also 1834, Synops. Org. Rem. Cret. Form. U.&., p. 36, pl. 2, figs. 1 and 2.

Placenticeras placenta, Meek. 1876. Rep. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. LX, p. 465, pl. 24, figs. 2, a, b.

Battle River, Township 40, Range 13, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, 1885: a small fragment.

Sounding Creek, Township 30, Range 8, west of the same meridian, 1886; a single but nearly perfect specimen which measures nearly nine inches in its greatest diameter.

CRUSTACEA. PaL#astacus (?) onNaTuUS, Whiteaves.

Plate 25, fig. 3.

Palzastacus (?) ornatus, Whiteaves. 1887. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Can., Ann. Rep., N. Ser., vol. IL, p. 161 E.

The foregoing was suggested as a provisional name for a rather re- markable specimen of a long tailed decapod, which evidently belongs to the family Astacomorpha of Zittel. Of the Cretaceous representatives of this family, it seems to come nearest to such genera as Paleastacus and Hoploparia, though it differs from each in some important parti- culars. In many respects it appears to the writer to be still more nearly related to the recent and fresh-water genera Astacus and Cambarus, but there is good reason for supposing that it will eventually prove to be the representative of a new generic type, which at present there ig not sufficient material to define satisfactorily.

Nearly the whole of the under surface of the cephalothorax of the specimen is buried in the matrix, the front margin of the carapace is very imperfect, the tail fin as well as the under part of the five abdo- minal segments are broken off, and only small portions of the pinching claws and of the other ambulatory legs are preserved or exposed.

The carapace is moderately convex or slightly depressed, and not quite twice as long as broad. It is divided into two nearly equal parts by a single, well marked and deeply impressed neck furrow, which is arched forward in a shallowly concave curve. Behind this furrow the lateral margins of the carapace are slightly expanded, the test in

the branchial region is moderately inflated, and the posterior margin 3

184 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.ZONTOLOGY.

is shallowly concave in the middle. A short distance in advance of the neck furrow, on the outer and lower portion of the carapace, on each side, there is a very short and transverse groove or narrow con- striction, which may possibly be confluent with the neck furrow on the strongly decurved lateral margins of this part of the carapace. The exact outline of the anterior margin of the carapace cannot be ascertained, and the tip of the rostrum is broken off. The basal portion which remains is about seven or eight millimetres long. At the base it measures five mm. in breadth, and at the broken anterior extremity its breadth is two mm. Its outer margins are detined by two linear and acute, tuberculated and raised longitudinal ridges, between which the surface is smooth and concavely excavated.

The whole of the outer surface of the carapace is ornamented by rather distant, isolated tubercles. In its posterior moiety these tubercles are somewhat irregularly disposed, though there is a low, very narrow, and rather inconspicuous keel on the median line, on either side of which the cardiac region is comparatively smooth. On the anterior portion of the carapace the tubercles are grouped some- what obscurely in two or three longitudinal rows on both sides of the narrow median keel, which is continued with greater or less distinct- ness up to the commencement of the rostrum.

The anterior pinching claws appear to have been unusually short and robust, while their surface is distinctly tuberculated. The portions of the posterior ambulatory legs that happen to be preserved, on the other hand, are very slender, and their surfice is minutely granulated. The abdominal segments are badly preserved, but their outer surface seems to have been smooth, though a narrow median keel can be traced throughout the greater purt of their dorsal surface.

Sounding Creek, Township 30, Runge 8, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, 1886.

At the same locality and date, five detached pinching claws of an apparently second species of decapod were collected in as many con- cretionary nodules. These claws resemble those of P. ornatus in the comparative shortness and robustness of their terminal segments, but the outer surface of the latter is finely granulated rather than coarsely tuberculated.

FISHES.

A well preserved tooth of u Selachian war collected on the Battle River, in Township 46, Range 3, west of the 4th Principal Meri- dian, in 1885; and a pectoral tin, appareatly of a large Selachian, at Sounding Creek, Township 30, Range 8, west of the 4th Principal Meridian, in 1886.

atiteaves | CRETACEOUS FOSSILS FROM MANITOBA. 185

C. FROM MANITOBA*,

From tue Nioprara-Benton ForMATIoON oF THE Later CREeTacEous In THE Duck anp Ripina Mounrain Disrrior,

VERMES.

SERPULA sEmIvoALITA. (N. Sp.) Plate 26, fig 1.

Tubes subcylindrical, a little broader than high, attached by their bases to some foreign object, inc reasing very gradually in size, irregu- larly curved but apparently never spirally coiled, and growing for the most part in very closely aggregated groups. The tubes often cross each other, and in those places where they either run parallel to or ae in contact with each other in the same plane, two, three, four, or more, are not unfrequently united or anchylosed together. Upper surface nearly smooth, marked only by a few irregularly disposed and transverse lines of growth.

Length unknown; average transverse diameter, three millimetres.

Vermilion River, Township 25, Range 20 W.+: two specimens. Swan River, Township 35, Range 29 W.: onespecimen. All three from the Niobrara group, or upper part of the series.

MOLLUSCOIDEA.

BRACHIOPODA. LInGuLA suBSPATULATA (?) Hall & Meek,

LTingula subspatulata, Hall & Meek. 1856. Mem. Am. Ac. Arts & Sciences, Cambridge, vol. V., p. 380, pl. 1, figs. 2a, b.

Rolling River, Township 35, Range 26 W., J. B, Tyrrell, 1887: one imperfect valve and a fragment of another, on a small piece of sand- stone from the base of the Fort Benton group, or lowest beds of the series,

The more perfect of these two specimens is in almost exactly the same condition as the type of L. subspatulata, the shell in both being

* Mr. Tyrrell, who is at present engaged in making a geological examination of this region, states that although the rocks there seen are precisely similar to those described by Messrs. Meek and Hayden in Nebraska as Nos. 3 and 2 of their typical section, they are so intimately associated together that it is practically impossible to draw any line of demarcation between them. { All the localities in this district, from which the fossils mentioned were collected, are west of the 1st Principal Meridian. 11

August, 1889,

186 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL .HONTOLOGY.

“preserved only on the margins” and the beak either obliterated or covered by the matrix. In both the lateral margins are nearly straight and parallel and the front border is subtruncate, so that although the type of Hall and Meek’s species is said to be from the Fort Pierre group (near Red Cedar Island, on the Upper Missouri River,) and the specimens obtained by Mr. Tyrrell are from a distinctly lower horizon in the Cretaceous, no essential differences can at present be detected between them.

MOLLUSCA. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. OsTREA CONGESTA, Conrad.

Ostrea congesta, Conrad. 1843, Nicollet’s Rep. Expl. in the N.W., p. 167.—Hall & Meek (1854) Mem. Am. Acad. Arts & Sc., Boston, vol. VIII. (N. S.), p.405—Meek & Hayden (Nov., 1856) Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., p. 286.—Hall (1856). Pacific R.R. Repts., vol. II., p. 100, pl. 1, fig. 11.—Meek (1876). Rep: U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX. p. 18, pl. 9, figs. 1 a, f.

Swan River, J. W. Spencer, 1874.

Ochre River, Township 23, Range 17 W., and Township 22 in the same Range; Vermilion River, Township 24, Range 17 W., and Town- ship 25 in the same Range; Rolling River, two miles above the old C.P.R. crossing, and Swan River, Township 35, Range 29 W.; J. B. Tyrrell, 1887.

Thunder Hill, Township 35, Range 30 W.; D. B. Dowling, 1857.

Assiniboine River, Section 36, Township 8, Range 11 W.; Warren Upham, 1887.

From each of these localities a few specimens, which are apparently referable to this widely distributed species, were collected from the Niobrara group, or upper part of the series. Most of these specimens are less than an inch in their greatest diameter, though they occasion- ally attain to a length of an inch and a half or an inch and three- quarters. In each of those from Thunder Hill the lower valve is attached to a fragment of a large /noceramus, and the only example in which the shells are clustered is from the Rolling River. All the rest appear to be both single and unattached to any foreign body, though fully one half of the specimens are upper valves. The writer has not yet seen, either from Manitoba or from any other part of Canada, any specimens of O. congesta which correspond with that form of the species described and figured by Meek in which the margins of the lower valves are “ abruptly deflected upward at right angles to the flat,

wuiteaves. | CRETACEOUS FOSSILS FROM MANITOBA. 187

attached hase and produced in this direction often for as much as an inch or more,” so that, in certain conditions of preservation these valves look “like short cylindrical tubes with one end abruptly truncated and closed by the flat surface of attachment.”

ANOMIA OBLIQUA, Meek & Hayden.

Anomia obliqua, Meek & Hayden. 1860. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., Phil, p.181; also Meek, 1876, in U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 22, pl.9, fig. 2.

Vermilion River, Township 24, Range 20 W., and Ochre River, Township 22, Range 17 W., J. B. Tyrrell, 1887: two rather small upper valves from each of these localities. All from the Niobrara group, or upper portion of the series.

INOCERAMUS PROBLEMATICUS, Schlotheim.

Ostracites labiatus, Schlotheim. 1818. Bronn’s Jahrb., vol. VIL, p. 93. Mytilites problematicus, Schlotheim. 1820. Petrefactenk, vol. I., p. 302. Mytiloides labiatus, Brongn, 1822. Cuv., Oss. Foss., pl. 3, fig. 4, in Geol. des env.

de Paris. TInoceramus mitiloides, Mant. 1822. Geol. of Sussex, p. 215, pl. 27, fig. 2, and pl. 28, fig. 2. 9 . Sowerby. 1823. Min. Conch., vol. V., p. 62, pl. 442. is oe Goldfuss. 1835. Petref. Germ., vol IL, p. 188, pl. 113, fig. 4. Inocerumus problematicus, @Orbigny. 1848. Pal. Franc., Terr. Cret., vol. III, p. 510, pl. 406.

Inoceramus labiatus, Stoliczka. 1871. Paleont. Ind., vol. IIT., Cret. Pelecyp. 8. Ind., p. 408, pl. 29, fig. 1.

Inoceramus problematicus, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IX., p. 62, pl. 9, figs. 3, a, b.

Swan River and Thunder Hill, J. W. Spencer, 1874: a few specimens from each of these localities.

Vermilion River, Riding Mountain, Section 7, Township 24, Range 20 W., T. A. Burrows, 1886: a perfect cast of the interior of a left valve.

Ochre River, Township 22, Range 17 W., eleven specimens ; Edwards Creek, Township 23, Range 19 W., two specimens ; Vermilion River, Township 25, Range 20 W., nine specimens; Wilson River, Township 25, Range 21 W., two specimens; Valley River, Township 25, Range 21 W., one specimen, and Range 22 W., in the same Town- ship, one specimen; Rolling River, two miles above the old CO. P.R. crossing, one specimen; J. B, Tyrrell, 1887.

188 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALFHONTOLOGY.

Thunder Hill, Township 35, Range 30 W., three specimens, D. B. Dowling, 1887. All from the Niobrara group, or upper part of the series.

The specimens collected at thexe localities are usually little more than imperfect caxts of the interior of detached valves, but they repre- sent the typical form of the species rather than the variety aviculoides of Meek and IIayden.

On account of its real or supposed earlier date, a question which tho present writer has no means of investivating, the name J. labatus is preferred to I. problematicus by Stoliczka and some other German paleontologists.

MopIoLA TENUISCULPTA. (N. Sp. ?) Plate 26, figs. 2 and 2a.

Shell elongated, compressed, the length being more than twice the height, and the greatest thickness through the closed valves about one- third less than their maximum height; umbonal slopes rounded, nearly obsolete, and not atall angulated. Superior border moderately elevated and somewhat angular a little behind the middle, hinge line straight, occupying rather more than one-half of the entire length, and forming a very obtusely subangular junction with the obliquely convex down- ward slope of the anal margin; postero-basal extremity rather narrowly rounded; basal margin shallowly concave, anterior extremity forming a subangular, but somewhat rounded, narrow lobe which projects « short distance beyond the beaks, the latter being small, depressed and appressed, with a forward inclination.

Surface marked by fine and very numerous radiating ribs, which bifurcate at irregular intervals, and which are crossed by extremely minute concentric striw, as well as by a few distant and impressed periodic arrests of growth. The radiating ribs are coarser above the nearly obsolete umbonal slopes than they are below them, and the concentric strize which cross them are too small to be visible without the use of a lens.

Characters of the interior of the valves unknown.

Dimensions of the most perfect specimen collected: maximum length, fifty-three millimetres ; greatest height, twenty-two mm.; breadth or thickness, fourteen,

Swan River, Township 37, Range 26 W., J.B. Tyrrell, 1887: a somewhat imperfect cast of the interior of the closed valves, with a small portion of the test preserved, and a well preserved portion of the mould of a detached valve. Rolling River, Township 35, Range

warteaves. | CRETACEOUS FOSSILS FROM MANITOBA. 189

26 W., J. B. Tyrrell, 1887: an imperfect right valve. All from the Fort Benton group, or lower part of the series.

The specimens described above seem to be very nearly related to the Volsella* (Brachydontes) multilinigera} of Meek, from “Cretaceous sandstones at Coalville, Utah,” but they appear to differ therefrom in their much more broadly rounded umbonal slopes, and in the greater prolongation of their anterior extremity beyond the beaks.

CEPHALOPODA. BELEMNITELLA Manitopensis. (N. Sp.)

Plate 26, figs. 3, 3a and 3b.

Guard of medium size, elongated and projecting beyond the apex of the phragmocone to a distance of about four inches, acutely pointed posteriorly and subcylindrical anteriorly; apex eccentric; outline of a transverse section at the thicker end broadly ovate or ovately sub- circular, Vascular impressions consisting of two distinctly defined, longitudinal and nearly straight, impressed lines, one of which is placed on each side of the narrowest part of the guard, and presu- mably, therefore, on its dorsal surface. These dorsal impressions commence at a short distance from the apex and extend to the broken anterior termination of each specimen, The central portion of the presumed ventral surface is marked also by a somewhat similar, but not quite so clearly defined, median impressed line, and by a few extremely faint and irregular impressed strie, which run nearly parallel with it, but which radiate slightly outwards towards the apex. Apart from these longitudinal markings, the general surface is perfectly smooth, Alveolar eavity and phragmocone unknown.

East bank of the Assiniboine River, a short distance below the mouth of the Little Souris River, D. Armit, 1876: one specimen. Ochre River, Riding Mountains, D. Armit, 1884: one specimen.

Vermilion River, Township 24, Range 20 W.; one specimen: South Duck River, Township 34, Range 23 W.; one fragment: Swan River, Township 35, Range 29 W.; one fragment: J. B. Tyrrell, 1887.

Assiniboine River, Section 36, Township 8, Range 11 W., Warren Upham, 1887: one specimen. All from the Niobrara group, or upper part of the series.

* Mr. Meek has claimed that the name Volsella, Scopoli, should be used for this genus rather than Modiola, Lamarck, but in this view he is not followed by authors of the most modern

manuals of paleontology or conchology. ; t U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., Contr. to Palwont., by Dr. C. A. White, 1880, Nos, 2-8, p. 18, pl. 11,

fig. 3 a. ooo 11*

190 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL ONTOLOGY.

The few specimens which have been collected at these localities are here referred to the genus Belemnitella rather than to Belemnites proper, on account of their surface being marked with distinct vascular impressions. They all consist of the posterior, fibrous portion of the guard, broken off at greater or less distances behind the apex of the phragmocone. As not a vestige of the alveolar border is preserved, it is quite uncertain whether the anterior margin of the latter had a straight fissure on its ventral side or not.

The species seems to be readily distinguishable from the most nearly related North American species, the Belemnitella bulbosa of Meek and Hayden from the Fox Hills group of Dakota, by its much greater size, less slender proportions and by the different outline of its transverse section at the larger end.

Although in Meek’s extended definition of the generic characters of Belemnitella,* the surface of the guard is said, perhaps inadvertently, to be marked “on the ventral side by distinct vascular markings,” yet in d’Orbigny’s original description of that genus the two lateral vascular impressions are stated to be dorsal.

ARTHROPODA.

CRUSTACEA, CIRRIPEDIA.

Loriouna Canapensis. (N. Sp.) Plate 26, figs. 4 and 4a.

The foregoing name is proposed for the unusually perfect specimen of a species of Loricula figured on Plate 26, which was collected by Mr. J. B, Tyrrell, in 1887, at South Duck River, in Township 34, Range 23 W., from the Fort Benton group, or lower portion of the series.

Of the nine plates of which the capitulum was originally composed no fewer than seven, viz., the carina, three of the four lateral _ plates, (i.e., two on the under surface and one on the upper),one tergal plate, and two of the scuta (the one on the under side nearly covered by that on the upper) are preserved, more or less entire, in this specimen, Most of one side of the scaly peduncle, also, is preserved, though the whole of the exterior row of narrow plates immediately under the carina is absent, and the posterior or pointed end of the peduncle is im- perfect, most of the scales in that region being considerably displaced.

The present species resembles the type of the gonus, the L. pulchella of Sowerby, very closely in the number, shape and relative arrange-

Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr. vol. [X., p. 502.

wuiteaves. | ORETACEOUS FOSSILS FROM MANITOBA, 191

ment of the capitular plates and scales on the peduncle, as well as in the surface markings of the former, but it seems to differ materially from DL. pulchelia in its much smaller size and more narrowly subfusi- form lateral outline, while the scales of its peduncle appear to be more obliquely disposed and not at all curved. In the figure of L. pulchella in Darwin’s Monograph on the British Fossil Cirripedes (published by the Paleontographical Society), which is stated to be of natural size, the maximum height of the entire organism is twenty-six millimetres and a half, and its greatest breadth sixteen mm. and a half. The greatest breadth of the specimen collected by Mr. Tyrrell is seven millimetres, and although its exact height cannot be accurately ascertained, it may be approximately estimated at fourteen, or perhaps, fifteen mm.

Judging by woodcut 721a. on page 536 of the second volume of Zittels’ “ Handbuch der Paleontologie,” the present species would seem to be more nearly related to the DL. levissima of Zittel, from the upper chalk of Westphalia, than to L. pulchella.

A few isolated capitular plates of DL. Canadensis were also collected by Mr. Tyrrell in 1887, at the Vermilion River, in Township 24, Range 20 W., from the Fort Benton group, or lower part of the series.

FISHES. SELACHII. PrycHopus parvutus. (N. Sp.) Plate 26, figs. 5, 5a and 5b.

Tooth (in the only specimen known to the writer) very small for the genus: the crown conical, with obliquely compressed sides, its maxi- mum height being about equal to its breadth at the base, though, as its apex is somewhat worn down from use, its original height may have slightly exceeded its breadth. Outline of the base of the crown, as viewed from above, somewhat quadrangular and much longer than broad, but its posterior end is deeply excavated in the centre and pro- duced on both sides into a small and short process, which expands slightly outward and is truncated and minutely grooved at its termi- nation. Lateral outline of the base of the crown, shallowly concave : characters of the root unknown.

At the anterior end of the crown there is a triangular smooth space, but the rest of its surface is marked by corrugations or ridges, which appear to have crossed the summit and posterior end continuously. At the posterior end the continuity of three of the corrugations or ridges,

192 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALONTOLOGY.

from the base of one side to that of the other, is still clearly visible, and there is a certain amount of regularity in their disposition. In the central portion the wearing down of the summit has destroyed their continuity, and on the sides the corrugations are so much abraded as to be nearly obsolete. Near the anterior end the corrugations on the sides are more irregular in their shape and disposition than at any other part of the surface, and those which correspond to each other, on the two opposite sides, are seldom, if ever, exactly alike. Thus, on the right hand side of the crown, one of the corrugations close to the front branches three or four times below the middle, and its longest branch bends inward at nearly a right angle to the main stem and to the rest of the corrugations, but this is not the case with the corresponding one on the opposite side, and in no part of the surface do the corrugations cross each other sufficiently often to form a complete, or even partially complete, network. Undera lens also, the external orifices of the den- tinal tubuli are plainly visible through the polished transparent ena- mel, and where the latter is worn away, as on the summit «nd at the anterior end, the orifices themselves ure exposed and appear as close- set punctures of irregular shape.

Dimensions of the only specimen collected: maximum length of the crown, nine millimetres and three-quarters; actual height of the crown, as measured in the centre, six mm.; breadth of the crown at its base, ulso as measured in the centre, six mm.

Swan River, below Thunder Hill, J. W. Spencer, 1874: one speci- men, which consists of the whole of the crown and a small portion of the roots of one of the palatal tecth. From the Niobrara group, or upper part of the series.

In its general shape, especially as seen from above, and in the pecu- liar ornamentation of its crown, this tooth appears to differ from those of any of the previously characterized species of Ptychodus from the Cretaceous rocks of North America, but, until a larger series of speci- mens shall have been obtained, its specific relations must remain doubtful.

Lamna Mantropensis. (N. Sp.)

Plate 26, figs. 6, 6a and 6b.

Perhaps a variety of Lama macrorhiza, Cope. Cfr. Lamna macrorhiza, Cope. 1875. Vert. Cret. Form. West (Rep. U.S. Geol Surv. Terr., vol. II)., p. 297, pl. 42, figs. 9, 10. “« e A.S. Woodward. 1889. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., p- 399.

Teeth rather small; crown or enamelled portion of each tooth con- sisting of a central and nearly equilateral principal cusp or cone, with

wuiteaves. | CRETACEOUS FOSSILS FROM MANITOBA. 193

one well developed denticle on each side of its base: root deeply but narrowly and not at all angularly forked, the two radicles being nearly parallel and but slightly divergent, with their ends narrowly rounded. Central cusp of the crown slightly recurved, conical and rather slender, its height, as measured on the longer and flatter of the two sides, being more than twice its breadth at the hase, which latter, as viewed edgeways, is oblique, the plane face descending far below the convex. Outer coronal face nearly flat, but marked with a shallow longitudinal depression or faint groove on each side, next to the lateral margins, the intervening central space being nearly flat or very slightly convex,—but its basal portion is ornamented also with a few acute and longitudinal plications of unequal size and length, the two nearest. to the centre being longer and larger than any of the others. Inner coro- nal face convex, especially below, the greater purt of its surface marked by numerous (about sixteen) irregular and longitudinal, but not quite straight, acute ridges or plications, some of which are comparatively short and do not extend the whole length of the cusp, while those that do usually bifurcate or trifurcate at the base. When examined with a lens, however, this plicated area is seen to be bordered with a narrow, smooth space, on both sides and next to the lateral margins. Cutting edge thin and sharp, with a minute tubercle at the base, on each side.

The lateral denticles are triangular, with their apices slightly diver- gent and pointing upward aud outward: their height and breadth are about equal. On their outer side they are nearly flat and on their inner convex, while the ornamentation on both sides of the surface is essentially similar to that of the central cusp of the crown, though the plications on their inner or convex side, while equally well marked, are of course not nearly so numerous. The root also is nearly flat on its outer side, but on its inner face it is everywhere more or less con- vex, and immediately under the base of the central cusp it swells up into an elevated protuberance with a rounded summit.

The foregoing description is based upon two nearly perfect detached teeth collected by Mr. Tyrrell, in 1887, at Rolling River, two miles above Heart Hill, from the Niobrara group or upper portion of the series. The dimensions of one of these specimens, which is figured on Plate 26, are as follows: entire height, from the base of one of the radicles to the summit of the central cusp, eighteen millimetres; breadth of the tooth, near the base of the root and below the two den- ticles, nine mm. and a half; height of central cusp, ten mm. and a half on the outer or flattened side and seven mm. and a half on the inner ; breadth of the same at the base, four mm. and a half.

A few dental crowns of similar teeth were collected by Mr. Tyrrell in the same year at the Rolling River, in Township 36, Range 26 W.,

194 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL ZONTOLOGY,.

but only one of these has the lateral denticles preserved. In this lat. ter specimen, whose inner or convex surface is buried in the matrix, the central cusp is exceptionately long and slender, and the plications at the base of its outer surface are unusually short, small and nearly uniform in size.

The detached teeth for which the present provisional name is pro- posed, seem to differ from those of the LZ. macrorhiza, from the “Nio- brara epoch” of Kansas, in their proportionately broader and shorter dental crowns, in their very slightly divergent and nearly horseshoe- shaped roots, and more particularly in the distinctly though minutely plicated surface of their inner coronal faces.

TELEOSTEI.

Encuopus Suumarpl, Leidy. Plate 26, figs. 7, 7a, 7b and 7c.

Enchodus Shumurdi, Leidy. 1873. Contr. Extinct Vert. Faun, W. Terr. (U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. 1) p. 289, pl. 17, fig. 20.

A small slab of shale whose fossiliferous surface is strewn with dis- placed portions of the jaws, with the teeth in situ, and detached teeth of a small species of Hnehodus, was collected by Mr. Tyrrell in 1884, on the Rolling River, two miles below the old C. ?. R. crossing, from the Niobrara group or upper part of the series. These remains are probably referable to the #. Shumardi of Leidy, a species which was based upon a dentary bone with teeth, found hy Dr. Benjamin F. Shumard in ash-coloured shales of the Cretaceous series of Nebraska, though, judging by the description, und more especially by the figures, in the fifth volume and atlas to the fifth volume of the “ Poissons Fossiles,” it is difficult to see by what characters they can be distin- guished from the E. halocyon of Agassiz.

The specimen collected by Mr. Tyrrell, like the fragment described by Dr. Leidy, shows that in this species the lower jaw was armed with nearly straight and erect, but very slightly incurved, slender teeth, placed at rather distant intervals, and that these teeth are of unequal size, the one nearest the «anterior end of each ramus being much longer than any of the rest. Impressions of the greater part of each of the dentary bones, with the teeth in place, are preserved, and the surface ornamentation of part of the lower jaw is very well exhibited. The most perfect of the dentary bones indicated in the specimen figured (fig. 7) is forty millimetres long and thirteen mm. broad or deep at its broken

wuiTeaves. | CRETACEOUS FOSSILS FROM MANITOBA. 195

posterior extremity, and its upper margin is armed with six teeth, the largest of which is nine millimetres high and three mm. broad at the base. The external surface of the dentary portion of the lower jaw (fig. Ta) is finely ribbed in a longitudinal direction, and the summit of each rib bears di single row of minute and closely arranged tubercles. One little bone, (fig. 7c) which is very similar in its shape and in the general style of its dentition to the palatine bone of #. halocyon as described and tigured by Agassiz, but which is most probably one of the maxillaries, has its under margin fringed with a single row of very minute teeth, though these latter are of very nearly equal size, and not of distinctly different sizes as they are represented as being in the palatine bone of E. halocyon. A long and slender tooth, (fig. 7b) whose longitudinally striated exposed portion is fourteen millimetres long and only two mm. broad at the base, to the basal portion of which a small fragment of bone is still adherent, ix evidently one of the elongated fangs at the anterior extremity of the premaxillary.

In 1874, the genus Enechodus was included by Professor Cope in anew family of physostomous fishes, for which the name Stratodontide* was proposed, nn arrangement which has since been adopted by Zittel in the third volume of his ‘‘ Handbuch der Palzwontologie.”

CLADOCYCLUS OccIDENTALIS, Leidy. Plate 26, figs. 8 and 9.

Cladocyclus occidentalis, Leidy. 1873. Contr. Extinct Vert. Fauna West. Terr. (Rep. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. I.) p. 288, pl. 17, figs. 21, 22, and pl. 30, fig. 5.

Ochre River, Township 23, Range 17 W., eight specimens; Kdwards Creek, Township 23, Range 19 W., one specimen; Vermilion River, Township 25, Range 20 W., one specimen; Rolling River, two miles above the old OC. P. R. crossing, four specimens; and Favell River, Township 35, Range 26 W., one specimen: J. B. Tyrrell, 1887.

Thunder Hill, Township 35, Range 30 W., one specimen: D. B. Dowling, 1887. All from the Niobrara group, or upper portion of the series.

The name C. occidentalis was proposed by Dr. Leidy for a number of large, detached cycloid scales * found by Dr. John §. Evans and subse- quently by Prof. Hayden and Mr. Meek in ash-colored shales of the cretaceous series of Nebraska.” ‘“ Mostly,” Dr. Leidy says, “ they are

* Vert. Cret. Form. West. (Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. IT.) p. 218.

196 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.RONTOLOGY.

oval, with the length but little more than half the depth, while others wre circular, and these may really pertain to a different species, if not genus, from the former.” In one of these scales, the depth of which ‘Cis estimated to have been nearly 24 inches, and its length nearly 14 inches,” the inner portion is described as exhibiting ‘‘ numerous radiat- ing ridges, while the outer portion, separated from the former by a narrow, smooth tract, presents a minutely tubercular or granular aspect.”’

The specimens collected by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling from the northern continuation into Manitoba of the Cretaceous rocks of Dakota, at the localities indicated, are all large detached scales, which are very similar in size and shape to those described by Dr. Leidy, and which do not appear to differ from them except in some minute details of their surface ornamentation. Like those from Nebraska, too, they may represent more than one species, and, perhaps, even more than one genus.

Of the two specimens tigured, one (fig. 8), which measures forty-seven millimetres (or nearly two inches) in depth and twenty-four mm. (or about one inch) in length, is somewhat pointed above and below, while its lateral margin is broadly rounded anteriorly and nearly straight posteriorly. In the other, (tig. ‘)), which is twenty-nine millimetres in depth and twenty-nine mm. and a half in length, the marginal out- line is more nearly circular. When examined with a lens, the radiat- ing markings on the surface of each are seen to consist of fine grooves, which are more or Jess interrupted or broken up into rows of punctures, and not of continuous raised ridges as in the types of C. occidentalis. The smooth central «rea ix well marked in both and in all the specimens collected, and the granulations on the exposed surface of each scale appear under the lens as longitudinal but slightly divergent and densely crowded rows of minute punctures with raised margins, the punctures in each row being connected by a still more minute ridge.

ERRATA.

Page 116. Immediately under the words “ GramMysia arcuata ? Conrad, Var.”, add Plate 15, fig. 4.

Page 133. Line 21 from the bottom, for “ Wissman” read Wissmaun.

Page 138. Line 7 from the bottom, for “ species ” read specimens.

Page 165. Between the running heading at the top and the first line below it, insert the word LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

Page 169. Line 2 from top, for “ Prorocarpium HiLLANum” read “ PROTOCARDIA Hinzana, for although Woodward, Stolickza and Tryon write the name of Beyrich’s genus Prorocarpium, yet Meek, Paul Fischer and Zittel claim that the original spelling of the word is PRorocaRDIA.

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA,

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

VOLUME I.

BY J. PF. WHITEAVES.

5. The Fossils of the Devonian Rocks of the Mackenzie River Basin.

In 1887, 1888 and 1889 large and important collections of fossils were made by Mr. R. G. McConnell from the Devonian rocks exposed along the Hay, Mackenzie and Peace Rivers. A detailed report upon the species contained in these collections was written, and the five plates required to illustrate it were printed off, in the fall of 1890. Before the manuscript of this report was sent to the printer, however, the receipt of an additional collection of fossils, made by Mr. McConnell in 1890 from the Devonian rocks of the Athabasca and Pembina Rivers, in- duced the writer to enlarge its scope so as to include therein a con- sideration of all the specimens now in the Museum of the Survey from the Devonian rocks of the Mackenzie River Basin. The whole of the specimens referred to in these pages were collected by members of the Staff of the Survey between the years 1875 and 1890, both inclusive, and some of the collections made prior to 1885 have been provisionally reported upon by the writer, in the Reports of Progress of the Survey for the years in which they were made. In the study and comparison of many of the species represented in these collections, and especially in ascertaining the internal structure of the corals and the minute pecu- liarities of the polyzoa, the writer has been ably assisted by Mr. L. M.

Lambe. SPONGLE. Astr.zosponcia Hamrironensis, Meek and Worthen.

Plate 28, figs. 1, la.

Astrvospongia Hamiltonensis, Meek and Worthen. 1866. Proc. Chicago Ac. Sc., vol. I, p. 12.

Astreeospongia Hamiltonensis, Meek and Worthen. 1868. Geol. Surv., Ilinois, vol. III, p. 419, pl. 10, fig. 6.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887: the

May, 1891. 1

198 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

solitary six rayed spicule figured, which is somewhat doubtfully refer- red to this species. It appears to be about one third smaller than the figured spicules of the typical A. Hamiltonensis, the former being about two millimetres in its maximum diameter and the latter about three in theirs. Isolated spicules precisely similar to that of the Hay River Astreospongia are found in the Hamilton Formation at Thetford and at Bartlett's Mills, near Arkona, Ontario.

ANTHOZOA.

ALCYONARIA. AULOPORA SERPENS, Goldfuss.

Tubiporites serpens ? Schlotheim. 1820. Petrefact., pt. 1, p. 367. Aulopora serpens, Goldfuss. 1826.* Petref. Germ., vol. I, p. 82, tab. xxxiii, fig. 2. . “ Rominger. 1876. Geol. Surv. Mich., Foss. Corals, p. 86, pl. Xxxili, fig. 2. te a Walcott. 1884. Palicont. Icureka distr. Nevada, p. 103.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887: one epecimen parasitic upon Atrypa reticularis.

This little coral seems to be in no respects dissimilar to the fossils from the Hamilton Formation of Michigan and from the Lower Devo- nian of Gray’s Canon in the Eureka district of Nevada, which have been referred to A. serpens by Dr. Rominger and Mr. Walcott. It is, however, not yet certain that the specimens from these three localities are precisely identical with the species described by Schlotheim and Goldfuss.

The systematic position of the genus Aulopora has long been doubt- ful and is still far from settled. In their monograph of the British Fossil Corals (1850-54), Edwards and Haime refer it to the Aleyonaria, but in their subsequently published “Polypiers Fossiles des Terrains Paleozoiques” they create for it the special order Zoantharia Tubulosa, composed of the single family Auloporide, and place both between their Tabulata and Rugosa. Nicholson, in the last edition of his Manual of Paleontology (1889) refers Aulopora to the Alcyonaria, but Ferdinand Remer, in the Lethea Geognostica (1876) places it at the end of the

* Roemer (Lethea Geognost., 1,521) gives the date of this species as 1826, and Edwards and Haime (Polyp. foas., p. 312) as 1829. The first volume of the Petref. Germania bears date 1826-33,

wiTeaves. ] DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 199

Zoantharia under the heading “ incerte sedis,” and Zittel in his “ Hand- buch der Palzontologie ” (1883) quotes it in an appendix to the Zoan- tharia under the title “Genres du Groupe des Tabulata et Tubulosa E. and H. de position systématique incertaine.”

ZOANTHARIA. STREPTELASMA RECTUM, Hall.

Plate 27, figs. 1, la"and 2.

Strombodes rectus, Hall. 1843. Geol. N. Y., Surv. Fourth Distr., pp. 209-210.

Cyathophyllum rectum, Edwards and Haime. 1851. Polyp. foss. Terr. Palzoz., I, p- 372.

Streptelasma recta, Hall. 1876. Illusir. Dev. Foss., pl. xix, figs. 1-13.

Mackenzie River, ten miles below Bear River, R. G. McConnell, 1888: three specimens which seem to agree with the descriptions and figures of this species.

CYATHOPHYLLUM ARcTIcUM, Meek.

Cyathophylum arcticum, Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ac. Sc., vol. I, p. 79, pl. xi, fig. 8.

Mackenzie River, at the “ Ramparts,” R. G. McConnell, 1888: two good specimens, which correspond fairly well with Meek’s description of one of the forms of this species. Mr. Meek, however, expressed the opinion that C. arcticum “resembles C. guadrigeminum of Goldfuss, as figured on pl. xviii, fig. 6b of his Petrefacta Germaniz, more nearly than any other species” with which he was acquainted. In the wri- ter’s judgment, the two specimens collected by Mr. McConnell are much more like C. hexagonum, as originally described and figured by Goldfuss, and subsequently by Edwards and Haime, the Sandbergers, Ferdinand Remer and others, if, indeed, they are not actually identical therewith. Both specimens are small convex masses of intimately con- nected, polygonal and for the most part hexagonal corallites, the aper- tures of the larger ones measuring as much as fifteen millimetres in their maximum diameter. The number of septa is essentially the same as those of C. hexagonum, but in the specimens from the ‘‘Ramparts” the writer has not been able to detect any traces of the paliform lobes on the septa, which, according to Edwards and Haime, “form a very dis- tinct crown round the centre of the calice” in C. hexagonum.

200 CONTRIBUTIONS TO OANADIAN PAL. HONTOLOGY. CyaTHOPHYLLUM casritosuM, Goldfuss. Plate 27, figs, 7, 8.

Cyathophiylinm exspitosum, Goldfuss. 1826. Petref. Germ., vol. I, p. 60, tab. xix,

fig. 2.

Cyathophiyllum hevagonum (pars.) “ “ — JThid. tab. xix, figs. 5a, b,c (eet. excl.)

Caryorhyllia dubia, DeBlainville. 1830. Dict. Sc. Nat., vol. LX, p. 511. Man., p. 345.

Cyathophyllum cesyitosum, Milne Kdwards. 1836. 2nd ed. Lamarck, vol. H, p. 428.

Cyathophyllum erspitosum, Lonsdale. 1840. Geol. Trans. 2nd ser., vol. V, pt. 3, pl. lviii, fig. 8.

Cyathophylli evspitosum, Phillips. 1841. Pal. Foss. Cornw., Dev. and W. Somer- set, p. 9, pl. iii, fig. 10.

Cladocora Goldfussi, Geinity. 1845-46. Grundr. der Verst., p. 96%.

Diphyphyllum exspitosum, D’Orbigny. 1850. Prodr. de Pal¢ont., vol. I, p. 106.

Cyathophyllum cespitosum, Edwards and Haime. 1851. Polyp. Foss. des Terr. Palicoz., p. 584.

Cyathophyllun caspitosum, McCoy. 1851. Brit. Palicoz. Foss., p. 69.

" _ Edwards and Haime, 1850-54. Brit. Foss. Corals, p.

229, tab. li, figs. 2, 2a, 2b.

Peace River, near the mouth of Little Red River, Prof. Macoun, 1875: a small mass of loosely aggregated corvallites. Lay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887: « few single corallites, two of which are figured, These very closely resemble what Gold fiss calls the “ coni segregati’” of CL hecayonum, and figures as such on tab. xix, figs. 5a, b, ¢, of the “ Petreficta Germanie,” though Edwards and Haime have shown that these are forms of C. cerspitosum. Their internal structure is essentially the same as that of the mass of compound corallites from the Peace River, but it is just possible that the speci- mens from the ay River may bo single corallites of Meek’s C. areticum,

CYATHOPHYLLUM ItonARDsoNr, Meek (Sp.) Plate 27, figs. 3 and 4.

Aulophyllum ? Richurdsoni, Meek, 1868. Trans. Chicago Ac. Se., vol. 1, p. $1, pl. x1, fig. 5.

Mackenzie River, at the “Ramparts,” R. G. McConnell, 1888: six good specimens.

weiTeaves. ] DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 201

Although Mr. Meek placed this species provisionally in the genus Aulophylium, he expressly stated that he was quite uncertain whether it ought to be referred to that genus or to Cyathophyllum. On this point his exact words are as follows:—“I know this coral only from fragments less than 0.80 inch in diameter, none of which shew the entire length. They are also nearly all considerably compressed, but this seems to be from accidental pressure. The generic characters can- not be made out with much confidence from such materials, and hence Iam by no means satisfied that the species should not be called Cya- thophyllum Richardsoni, As near as its internal structure can be deter- mined, however, from the specimens collected, it would seem to differ from that genus in having an inner wall encircling the central region, and thus more nearly approaching the genus Aulophyllum. It also wants the transverse tabule generally more or less developed in the central region of Cyathophyllum.”

The specimens upon which Mr. Meek’s description was based, which are also from the “ Ramparts,” have been kindly lent to the present writer, for examination and comparison, by Mr. C. D. Walcott, of the U.S. Geological Survey. Their internal structure, it may be stated, is in a peculiar and not very good state of preservation. In those of which sections have been made, the appearance of a supposed “ inner wall encircling the central region” seems to be due to the fact that the matrix filling up the vesicles of a narrow outer zone which cor- responds in breadth to the length of the secondary septa, happens to be or a distinctly darker colour than that which fills up the vesicles of the central portion of the coral. In these and in the much better specimens collected by Mr. McConnell, the writer has failed to find any indications of an “inner wall” like that of Aulophyllum, and has con- sequently been induced to refer the species to Cyathophyllum.

In longitudinal sections the specimens obtained by Mv. McConnell shew that from the bottom of the calyx to the base of the coral the primary septa extend to the centre, where they are slightly twisted. There are no tabule proper, but the spaces between all the septa are everywhere filled with vesicular tissue, the vesicles being larger and less 1egular in the central area than they are exteriorly. The most perfect specimen collected, which measures about three inches in length, has its epitheca densely and finely striated across, in addition to the ordinary surface markings.

202 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.EONTOLOGY, CYATHOPHYLLUM ATHABASCENSE. (N. Sp.) Plate 32, tigs. 1, la, b.

Corallum simple, elongate-turbinate and slightly curved: epitheca well developed, marked with rounded and not very prominent longitu- dinal ribs, which are much broader than the grooves between them, and by transverse strive or wrinkles and an occasional constriction caused by an arrest of growth. Calyx circular, rather deep, with steep sides: septa about thirty four in number, simple, not bearing arched carine on their sides and apparently not denticulated at their summits. Interior structure, as seen in longitudinal sections, consisting of an outer or peripheral zone of oblique ascending rows of rather large vesicles, and of a broad central area in which the interstices between the septa are crossed by large curved dissepiments, whose size, shape and disposition are very irregular. Transverse sections made a little below the base of the calyx shew that the thirty four septa extend almost to the centre, and that they are all equal in length.

Athabasca River, three miles below the Calumet, R. G. McConnell, 1890: three good specimens.

The largest of these is strikingly similar in shape and in surface markings to the Cyathophyllum ceratites of Goldfuss as figured by the Sandbergers on plate xxxvii of their memoir on the fossils of the Devonian rocks of Nassau, but in C. ceratites there are said to be from sixty to one hundred and twenty subdenticulated septa.

CAMPOPHYLLUM ELLIPTICUM.

Plate 27, figs. 5, 6.

Chonophyllum (Ptychophyllum) ellipticum, Hall and Whitfield. 1873. Twenty- third Rep. Reg. N. York. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 233, pl. ix’ fig. 13.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. Gr. McConnell, 1887: three specimens, each of which has been slit longitudinally through the centre and the cut surfaces polished.

On treating in the same way a specimen of a coral from the Devonian shales at Rockford, Iowa, recently forwarded for comparison by Dr. IT, G. Griffiths of Burlington, in that State, and labelled by him Chono- phyllum ellipticum, the writer was surprised to find that its internal structure and external characters are essentially the same as those of

WHITEAVES. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MAChENZIE RIVER BASIN. 203

a

the specimens from the Hay River. In all four there is no satisfactory evidence of the existence of “infundibuliform cups,” but the internal structure, as represented in fig. 6, consists of a broad central tabulate area surrounded by an outer and rather narrow peripheral zone com- posed of large vesicles. The tabulate area occupios about three fifths of the entire diameter, the tabule are close-sct, flat and for the most part continuous, and their outer terminations are ben‘ abruptly down- ward. In the outer vesicular zone the general direction of the rows of vesicles in the interseptal loculi is upward and outward. <A transverse section of the specimen represented by fig. 6, made at a distance of about half an inch from the bottom of the cup, shows that the primary septa reach nearly if not quite to the centre, and the secondary ones a quarter of the way.

In their description of Chonophyllum ellipticum Professors Hall and Whitfield say that “there may be some doubt ax to its generic rela- tions.” Ifthe specimen from Rockford, forwarded by Dr. Griffiths, be correctly referred to that species, its internal structure would seem to show that it is congeneric and even perhaps conspecific with the Campophyllum Soetenicum of Schluter,* from the Middle Devonian of the Hifel.

A single specimen of a rather elongated and narrow variety of this species has since been collected (in 1890) on the Athabasca, thirty miles below Red River.

HELIOPHYLLUM PARVULUM. (N. Sp.)

Plate 27, figs. 9, 9a and 10.

Corallum small, simple, either nearly straight, subconical and not much longer than broad, as in the specimen represented by fig. 9, or somewhat bent, irregularly distorted in growth and proportionately rather narrower, as in the original of fig. 10, but apparently never either slender or narrowly elongated. Calyx circular in outline, mode- vately deep: septa thirty-six of cach kind, at least in the broader of the two specimens figured, their edges, as seen in the cup, presenting a toothed appearance, which is duo to the passing over them of arched caring: primary septa reaching nearly to the centre at the bottom of the cup: secundary septa very short and feebly developed: septal fossette lateral, shallow. Epitheca thin, transversely striated and

* Anthozoen des Rheinischen Mittel-Devon, Berlin, 1889, p. 39, taf. iii., figs. 1-6.

204 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL ZONTOLOGY,.

wrinkled, with an occasional rather deep constriction, and marked also with longitudinal, rib-like markings which correspond to the septa within,

Internal structure, as seen in a longitudinal section through the centre of each specimen, consisting of a narrow central tabulate area, surrounded by a broad, external zone of vesicular tissue. The tabulate area occupies about one fifth of the entire diameter, and the tabulie are straight, regular and closely arranged. In the outer vesicular zone the vesicles are slightly smaller and more regularly disposed towards the outside than near the centre, their gencral direction being in rows which curve obliquely upward and outward. The general direction of the arched carinie which cross the sides of the septa throughout their entire length, on the other hand, is uniformly upward and inward.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887: two perfect and well preserved specimens, both of which are figured.

Prmvipsastr.viA Hennaut, Lonsdale.

Astriva Hennahi (pars), Lonsdale. 1840. Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond., Ser. 3, vol. V, p- 697, pl. lvili, fig. 3.

Astra Hennahi, Phillips. 1841. Pal. Foss Cornw., Dey. and W. Somers., p. 12, pl. vi, fig. 16.

Smitlia Hennali, Edwards and Haime. 1851. Polyp. Foss. des Terr. Pal., p. 421,

Arachnophyllum Hennahi, McCoy. 1851. Brit. Pal. loss., p. 72.

Smithia Hennahi, Wdwards and Haime. 1853. Brit. Voss. Cor., p. 240, pl. liv, fig. 4: Meek, 1877, U.S. Geol. Iexpl. 40th Par., vol. TY, p. 32, pl. ii, figs. 6 and 6a.

Peace River, near Vermilion Falls, Professor Macoun, 1875, two specimens, and R. G. McConnell, 1889, three specimens, one of which measures fully seven inches in its greatest diameter. Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887: five specimens.

Those from the Hay River are very variable in external form, no two of them being exactly alike. In one the corallum is “ depressed and moderately convex below,” as in the type of Smithia Verrillii, Meek; in another the basal portion is so deeply conical that the entire depth of the coral 1s nearly equal to ity maximum breadth at the sum- mit, while a third is nearly spherical. The epitheca, which is beauti- fully preserved in the deeply conical specimen, has its outer surface finely and concentrically striated. ‘The calices of the corallites, whose

wHiTeaves. ] DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 205

outer walls are conspicuously elevated, average about three millimetres and a quarter in diameter. They are placed at distances apart equal to from once to twice their own breadth, and their septa average eleven or twelve of each kind.

P. Hennahi occurs, though rarely, in the corniferous limestone of Ontario. Three specimens which appear to be identical with it are in the Museum of the Survey, two labelled “ Woodstock, A. Murray,” and the other “Cayuga, E. De Cew,” each of which must have been collected more than twenty years ago.

PHILLIPsastTR@A VERRILLI, Meek. (Sp.)

Smithia Vervillii, Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ac. Sce., vol. 1, p. 83, pl. xi, figs. 7a-b.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887: two specimens.

This coral seems to differ from the preceding species in the much less elevated outer edges of the calices of its corallites. Its calices, also, appear to be smaller and somewhat more distantly arranged than those of P. Hennahi, the average diameter of those of P. Vervillii being not quite two millimetres, and their septa usually eight or nine of each kind.

PacHyPHyLtum DeEvonrenseE, Edwards & Haime.

Pachyphyllum Devoniense, Edwards and Haime. 1851. Polyp. Foss. Terr. Paleoz., p. 397.

Pachyphyllum Devoniense, Edwards and Haime. 1854. Mon. Brit. Foss. Corals, p- 234, pl. lii, figs. 5 and 5a.

Peace River, between Vermilion Falls and the mouth of Little Red River, Professor Macoun, 1875: a single specimen whose internal structure corresponds much better with Edwards and Haime’s diag- nosis and figures of this species than with Hall and Whitfield’s descrip- tion of P. Woodmani, or with authentic examples of the latter coral from Iowa.

The specimen from the Peace River is an irregular convex mass, about ten centimetres or four inches in its maximum diameter, of com- pound corallites, which have no definite walls. The calices are

206 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

strongly exsert and project considerably above the spaces between them. They average seven millimetres in diameter, and are separated by depressed spaces which in some places are wider than the calices themselves and in others narrower. Externally, the resemblance of the specimen to P. Woodmani is not inconsiderable. Transverse and longitudinal sections of both, however, show that the Peace River coral differs from P. Woodmani in that its corallites have no definite walls and no central tabulate area, as those of P. Woodmani have, and in its. non-confluent cost and septa which extend almost to the centre.

CYsTIPHYLLUM AMERICANUM, var. ARCTICUM.

Cystiphyllum Americanum, var. arcticum, Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ac. Sc., p. 80, pl. xi, fig. 6.

Mackenzie River, at the “ Ramparts,” R. G. McConnell, 1888: one specimen.

Pacnypora cERVIcORNIS, De Blainville. (Sp.)

Calamopora polymorpha, var. ramoso-dinaricata, Goldfuss. 1829. Petref. Germ., vol. I, p. 79, pl. xxvii, figs. 3a, 4a, 4b and 4e, (ciet. excl.)

Calamopora spongites, var. ramosa, Goldfuss. Ib., vol. I, p. 80, pl. xxviii, figs. 2a-2g. (cect. excl.)

Alveolites cerricornis, De Blainville. 1830. Dict. Sc. Nat., p. 369, t. Lx.

Alveolites reticulata, De Blainville. Ib., p. 369.

Fuvosites cervicornis, M. Edwards and Haime. 1851. Polyp. Foss. des Terr. Palioz., p. 243: and (1853) Brit. Foss. Corals, p. 215, pl. xlvili, fig. 2 (2).

Favosites reticulata, M. Edwards and Haime. 1851. Polyp. Foss. des. Terr. Pakeoz., p. 241: and (1853) Brit. Foss. Corals, p. 215, pl. xlviii, figs. 1, 1b.

Favosites polymorpha, Billings. (Pars.) 1859. Canad. Journ., N.S. vol. IV, p. 3 fig. 9.

Favosites polymorpha, Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ac. Sc., vol. 1, p. 86, pl. xi fig. 10.

Pachypora cervicornis, Nicholson. 1879. Struct. and Affin. Tabul. Cor. Palsoz. Per., p. 82, pl. iv, figs. 3, 3 a-d.

,

Peace River, between Vermilion Falls and the mouth of Little Red River, Prof. Macoun, 1875, and R. G. McConnell, 1889. Tay River,

WHITEAVES. ] DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 207

forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887, and Mackenzie River, at the “Ramparts,” R.G. McConnell, 1888. A few well pre- served portions of branches of a coral which is somewhat doubtfully referred to this species, from each of these localities, These vary in thickness from half an inch to an inch and a half. In some the coral- lites are very small and in others comparatively large, but the lips of the calices are invariabiy thickened by a secondary deposit of scleren- chyma. Their apertures, which are often closed with opercula, are usually nearly or quite circular in outline, but they vary considerably in shape, those of one specimen, in particular, being transversely elliptical, with an obtusely conical protuberance at the base of each.

Lindstrom (Ovfersigt af Konigl. Vetensk. Akad. Forhandl., 1873, p. 22) and Ferdinand Reemer (Lethaea Geognostica, 1883, Bd. 1, p. 435) claim that this species is the Madreporites cristatus of Blumenbach (1803), and that the proper name for it is Pachypora cristata, Blumen- bach (Sp.). Edwards and Haime, on the other hand, had previously identitied the Madreporites cristatus with a Wenlock limestone species, and in this view they are followed by Nicholson in his “Tabulate Corals of the Paleozoic Period.”

ALVEOLITES VALLoRUM, Meek.

Alveolites vallorum, Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ac. Sc., vol. I, p. 86, pl. xi, fig. 9.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887, two specimens; Mackenzie River, at the “ Ramparts,” R. G. McConnell,

1888, four specimens; and Peace River, at Vermilion Falls, R. G, McConnell, 1889, one specimen.

ALVEOLITES Remenrt, Billings.

Alveolites Reemeri, Billings. 1860. Canadian Journal, New Series, vol. V, p. 255.

es e Nicholson. 1874. Rep. Palont. Prov. Ontario, p. 54. Cladopora Remeri, Rominger. 1876. Geol. Surv. Michigan, Foss. Corals, p. 50, pl. xx, fig. 3.

Peace River, near Vermilion Falls, Professor Macoun, 1875, eleven specimens, and R. G. McConnell, 1889, one fragment.

208 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

HYDROMEDUS.Y. Hyproipa.

ACTINOSTROMA WHITEAVESII, Nicholson.

Actinostroma Whitearesii, Nicholson. 1891. Ann. and May. Nat. Hist., vol. VII, Sixth Ser., p. 320, pl. ix, figs. 3 and 4, also woodcut, fig. 2, in text.

Peace River, near the mouth of Little Red River, Professor Macoun, 1875: two specimens.

ECHINODERMATA.

CRINOIDEA.

ARACHNOCRINUS CANADENSIS. (N. Sp.) Plate 2s, figs. 2 and 2a.

Calyx (or dorsal cup) very small, hemispherical and about one fourth broader than high. Underbasals small, apparently rhomboidal, but partly covered by the column: basals rather large, four pentagonal and one hexagonal, the height and breadth of each being about equal: radials a little broader than high, shghtly larger than the basals, nearly hexagonal, the upper or outer angle of each hexagon being truncated and concavely excavated for the reception of the base of the first brachial, though the articulating scar of each radial does not oecupy more than one half of the entire diameter of the plate: tirst brachials subquadrangular in outline and about twice as broad as high: second brachials five sided, much broader than high, their bases broad, their lower or inner sides short and slightly divergent, and their upper and outer sides shallowly concave: beyond this the characters of the arm plates are unknown, Anal plates two, both five sided with unequal sides, the first or lowest one about as broad as high, with a narrow base, and the second or upper one broader than high, with a broad base. Dome plates unknown: surface of the calyx smooth.

Approximate dimensions of the only specimen collected, which is a little distorted : height of the calyx, up to the base of the first brachials, six millimetres; greatest breadth of the calyx, eight mm.

WHITEAVES. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 209

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G, McConnell, 1887: one specimen,

At the suggestion of Mr. Wachsmuth, who has examined the speci- men, this interesting little crinoid is here provisionally referred to Meek’s and Worthen’s genus Arachnocrinus, though it appears to the writer to ditfer therefrom in having two small and simple anal plates and not one comparatively large one, which in Arachnocrinus is said also to support “a lateral tube which is in line with the arm bases.”

VERMES. SPIRORBIS OMPHALODES, Goldfuss.

Plate 28, figs. 5, 4,4a, 5 and 5a.

Serpula omphalodes, Goldfuss. 1826-33. Petref. Germ., vol. 1, p. 225, pl. Ixvii, fig. 3.

Spirorbis omphalodcs, Nicholson, 1874. Rep. Paleont. Prov. Ont., p. 121, fig. 54a.

East bank of the Clearwater River, a few miles below the mouth of the Pembina, Professor Macoun, 1875, and A. S. Cochrane, 1881: five or six specimens, adherent to Orthis striatula. Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G@. McConnell, 1887, and Mackenzie River, at the “Ramparts,” R. G. McConnell, 1888: a few specimens which vary considerably in shape at ditferent stages of growth, and which are always attached to brachiopods or corals.

In small specimens (such as the original of fig. 3) the outer volution is rounded and somewhat depressed and the umbilicus usually, though not always, comparatively wide. In large individuals (tig. 4) the outer volution is elevated and subangular and the umbilicus narrow. The surface is usually smooth or nearly so, but in some specimens (fig. 5) which seem to be nearly intermediate between this species and the next, the umbilical margin is seen to be distinctly plicated, when ex-

amined under a lens. SprroRBIs ARKONENSIS, Nicholson.

Spirorbis Arkonensis, Nicholson. 1874. Rep. Paliecont. Prov. Ont., p. 121, figs. 5+ b, ¢.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887: one specimen attached to the dorsal valve of Spirifera cyrtineformis.

210 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALHONTOLOGY.

CoRNuULITES (ORTONIS) SUBL-EVIS. (N. Sp.)

Plate 28, figs. 6, 7.

Tube minute, conical, slender, slightly flexuous and attached through out its entire length to some foreign body: aperture circular. Surface, as seen under a lens, nearly smooth and marked only with fine trans- verse lines of growth at irreguiar intervals.

Lengtb of an average specimen, five millimetres: breadth of the game at the aperture, nearly a millimetre and a half.

Hay River, torty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887, and Mackenzie River, at the “ Ramparts,” R. G. McConnell, 1888: a few specimens on shells and corals.

These differ from specimens of Ortonia intermedia of Nicholson, from the Hamilton Formation of Ontario,* in the entire absence of the “strong encircling, sometimes lamellose annulations or ridges” which are said to characterize that species, but tubes almost, if not entirely devoid of annulations, are occasionally found in the Hamilton shales at Thedford and Arkona, Ont.

POLYZOA.

HEDERELLA CANADENSIS, Nicholson.

Plate 28, figs. 8 and 8a.

Alectu (?) Canadensis, Nicholson. 1875. Canad Nat., vol. VII, 2nd Ser., p. 146.

Stomatopora (?) alternata, Hall and Whitfield. 1873. Twenty-third Reg. Rep. St. N.Y., p. 235, pl. x, figs. 7, 8.

Aulopora (?) Canadensis, Nicholson. 1874. Rep. Pal. Prov. Ont., p. 124, figs. 57a-e.

Hederella Canadensis, Hall. 1881. Trans. Alb. Inst., vol. X, p. 194.

“ * 1885. Rep, St. Geol. for 1883, p. 53. “ “ ee 1887. Pal. St. N. Y., vol. VI, p. 277, pl. Ixv, figs.

1-8, 14-16.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887: a few colonies attached to Phillipsastrea Hennahi, Orthis striatula, Spirifera disjuncta and Atrypa reticularis. Athabasca River, three miles below the Calumet, R. G. McConnell, 1890: two specimens, attached to Orthis striatula.

* Rep. Paleont. Prov. Ontario, 1874, p. 122, figs. 55 a, b.

WHITEAVES. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 211

The size of specimens of the present species seems to be determined by that of the objects to which they are attached. When growing upon the surface of comparatively large corals the colonies attain to a length of two inches or more, but when attached to the shells of brachiopoda of medium size (such as Orthis striatula or Atrypa reticu- laris), upon which they have no room to expand, the maximum length of the colonies is usually less than an inch.

The genus Hederella, which, so far as known, is exclusively confined to rocks of Devonian age, was constituted by Professor James Hall in 1884 for the reception of a small group of cyclostomatous polyzoa of the type of Aulopora Canadensis, Nicholson. Of the tive nominal species now referred to that genus, only two, viz., H. Canadensis and H. filiformis, have as yet been found in Canada.

In regard to the first of these it may be observed that, after a direct comparison of authentic examples of both, the present writer is con- vinced that H. Canadensis is both generically and specifically identical with the Stomatopora alternata of Hall and Whitfield, from the Devonian rocks of Iowa. |

The second is a little creeping polyzoon which is abundant in the shales of the Hamilton formation at Thedford and Bartlett’s Mills, near Arkona, Ont., and which was identified with the Aulopora filifor- mis of Billings by Professor H. A. Nicholson in 1874, Subsequently, in 1881, Professor Hall, who seems to have taken the correctness of this identification for granted, referred it to his then newly constituted genus Hederella, under the name 4H. filiformis. Unfortunately, how- ever, the only description that Billings gave of his species is quite insufficient to enable it to be recognized, and it was not accompanied by any figure. The type and only known specimen of the Aulopora filiformis of Billings, which is still preserved in the Museum of the Survey and which is here figured for the first time (on Plate xxix., fig. 1), appears to the writer to be the immature state of a species of Syringopora allied to the S. fascicularis of Linnzeus, from the Wenlock limestone of Dudley and elsewhere. It is so completely silicified that all traces of its internal structure are obliterated, but, although its corallites are at first creeping and form a large-meshed network, they ultimately become erect, though only for a short distance, and are more or less fasciculated. The Aulopora filiformis of Nicholson, on the other hand, is unquestionably a Hederella, as pointed out by Hall, and if sufficiently distinct from H. Canadensis, it will have to be called H. filiformis, Nicholson. But, when a large number of specimens of Hederelle are carefully compared, they are found to vary so much in the amount of regularity of their mode of growth and

we CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.FONTOLOGY.

in the degree of slenderness of the colony, that it is often very diffi- cult if not altogether impracticable, to distinguish between H. Cana- densis 2nd H. jiliformis. Under these circumstances the writer is inclined to doubt whether the characters which have been relied upon to separate them are either permanent or of specitic importance, According to Professor Nicholson, his uA. jiliformis is ‘a much more robust species” than H. Canadensis, “with larger tubes, and much more irregular methods of growth and apertures generally distinctly elevated above the general surface.”

Progposcina DAXa, (N. Sp.) Plate 28, tigs. 9, 9a.

Polyzoary creeping, adnate and attached by its whole under surface to some foreign body, spreadivg laxly and very irregularly branched, usually with numerous short branches proceeding from two or three widely divergent and procumbent tubular axes all of which are sub- cylindrical in transverse section, rather narrow and slightly swollen opposite the apertures of the cells. Cells entirely immersed, irregular in their disposition, but usually obscurely alternating biserial, the terminal ones subovate in outline: cell apertures not quite terminal, averaging a little less than one half the greatest breadth of the cells, subcircular in outline, with slightly elevated, simple and thin lips.

Surface smooth.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1857: one perfect specimen, attached to Orthis striatula,

STOMATOPORA MONILIFORMIS. (N. Sp.)

Plate 28, fig. 10.

Polyzoary minute, creeping, attached by the whole of its under sur- face to some foreign object, very slender and fragile, consisting of a few irregularly disposed but more or less divergent rows of single cells, which, though uniserial, occasionally throw off lateral buds consisting of one or more cells, ind which may, as in the specimen figured, pro- ceed from a central or subeentral irregular aggreyation of cells. Cells moderately convex, elliptical in marginal outline, averaging half a millimetre in length, about one third longer than broad and placed end

WHITEAVES. ] DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 213

to end: apertures of the cells nearly terminal, extremely minute, simple and consisting of mere rounded perforations in the cell wall.

Surface smooth.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887: four specimens each parasitic upon Orthis striatula.

This interesting little species is very closely allied to the Hippothou devonica of Oshlert,* from the Devonian rocks of the Department of Mayenne, France, and perhaps should be referred to that genus rather than to Stomatopora. Its cell apertures are so minute that they can scarcely be scen with an ordinary simple lens, but their characters can be made out without much difficulty under an achromatic microscope with an inch and a half objective.

ASCODICTYON STELLATUM, Nicholson.

Ascodictyon stellatwn, Nicholson. 1877. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th Ser., vol. XIX, p. 464.

East bank of the Clearwater River, about five miles below the Pem- bina, Professor Macoun, 1875: two or three specimens, attached to Orthis striatula. Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. Me- Connell, 1887: one specimen on a worn fragment of shell. Athabasca River, thirty miles below the Red Deer River, and three miles below the Calumet, R. G. McConnell, 1890: five specimens from the first of these localities and four from the second, all attached to O. striatula.

The discovery und recognition of this diminutive little species at each of these localities is due to Mv. L. M. Lambe.

PALESCHARA QUADRANGULARIS, Nicholson. (Sp.)

Chetetes quadrangularis, Nicholson. 1874. Geol. Mag., N. Ser., Decade 2, vol. T, p. 58.

Chitetes quadrangularis, Nicholson. 1874. Rep. Paleeont. Prov. Ontario, p. 61, fig. 18.

Paleschara quatrangularis, 8. A, Miller. 1889. N. Amer. Geol. and Palzont., p. 177 (under Chixctetes).

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887 : four specimens, one on Orthis striatula, one on Spirifera disjuncta and two on

* Bulletin de la Société d’Etudes Scientifiques d’ Angers, année 1887.

9 May, 1891. eA

214 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL HONTOLOGY,.

Atrypu reticularis. Mackenzie River, at the “ Ramparts,” R. G. McCon- nell, 1888: one fine specimen, on Atrypa reticularis.

Monorraypetta Unsica.® (N. Sp.) Plate 30, figs. 1, la-d.

Polyzoary erect, ramose: its terminal branchlets (which are all that happen to be preserved) slender, cylindrical and widely bifurcated, with rounded and slightly expanded apices: surface comparatively smooth, no monticules being developed. Cells polygonal, consisting of autopores only: cell walls thin internally, but much thickened at and near their apertures: transverse diaphragms thin, complete and placed at very irregular intervals.

Peace River, at Vermilion Falls, R. G. McConnell, 1889: a few frag- ments of the terminal branchlets, averaging ten to twelve millimetres in length and about two mm. in thickness.

Creramopora Huronensis, Nicholson.

Ceramopora ITuronensis, Nicholson. 1875. Rep. Valcont. Proy. Ont., p. 78, pl. il, figs. 5, 5a.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G, McConnell, 1887: a few specimens which are probably referable to this species. One is parasite upon Orthis striatula, and the others form four or five small isolated colonies upon a large specimen of Alveolites vallorum,

BRACTIIOPODA.

Cranta Hamittonrm, Hall,

Crania Hamiltoni«, Hall. 1860. Thirteenth Reg. Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist. p. 77.

Cravia Hamiltonia, Hall. 1867. Pal. St. N. Y., vol. 1V, pt. 1, p. 27, pl. iii, figs 17-23.

Crania Hamiltonix, Nicholson. 1875. Rep. Palieont. Proy. Ont., p. 82.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887:

* The local Indian name tor the Peace River.

wHITEaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 215

three specimens, attached to the ventral valve of Strophodonta demissa. Athabasca River, three miles below the Calumet, R. G. McConnell, 1890: one upper or dorsal valve. .

CuongeTes Loaant, var. Avrora, Hall. Plate 29, figs. 2, 2a.

Chonetes Logani, var. Aurora, Hall. 1867. Pal. St. N. Y., vol. IV, pt. 1, p. 137, pl. xxii, figs. 16-28.

Athabasca River, opposite La Saline, Professor Macoun, 1875, and R, G. McConnell, 1890,—also in the first ten miles below the Clearwater, about fifteen or twenty miles farther up, Dr. R. Bell, 1882: a small piece of limestone, from each of these localities, strewn with detached valves of this species, the dorsal valves being better preserved than the ven- tral. Mackenzie River, at the “Ramparts,” six large and unusually well preserved specimens of the ventral valve, one of which is figured, and three of the dorsal: also, on the same river, six miles below “Rock by the river side,” a few partially exfoliated valves on a small piece of rock.

As the specimens from these localities appear to present some slight differences from the types of C. Logam, var. Aurora from New York and Ohio, the former may be characterized as follows :—

Shell rather small, concavo-convex or plano-convex, about one fourth broader than long, transversely semielliptical in marginal out- line, cardinal border about equal to ora little less than the greatest breadth of the valves. Ventral valve moderately convex, its umbo broad and somewhat tumid, its beak smull, depressed and incurved. On each side of the beak the cardinal edge is armed with three widely divaricating, long and slender spines. When viewed under a lens, the surface of the ventral valve is xeen to be markediwith numerous minute, but distinct and somewhat flexuous, round! and radiating, thread-lixe raised lines which increase, by bifurcation and intercala- tion, from about fifty on the umbo to sixty near the front margin. These are crossed by slightly smaller and more close set, but in other respects similar, concentric raised lines (and occasionally also, by a few distant and comparatively coarse concentric wrinkles) in such a way as to produce a minutely nodulous network, though the radiating raised lines are more widely separated than the concentric ones, and the latter are sometimes interrupted, or in some cases dichotomous. Dorsal valve shallowly concave or nearly flat, its outer surface marked

216 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.BONTOLOGY.

by about eight or nine small concentric plications or imbricating lamel- le, with exceedingly minute and close set radiating strie between them, and its inner surface minutely papillose. Cardinal tooth of the dorsal valve very small and bifid externally. Muscular and vascular impressions not preserved.

Dimensions of the most perfect specimens collected, (the ventral valve figured): length, seven millimetres and a half; breadth, ten mm,

STROPHALOSIA PRODUCTOIDES, Murchison.

Orthis productoides, Murchison. 1840. Bull. Soc. Geol]. de France, vol. XI, p. 254, pl. ii, fig. 7.

E.ptana caperata, J. de C. Sby. 1840. Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond., 2nd Ser., vol. V, p- 704, pl. liii, fig. 4, plate liv, fig. 5.

Leptanw ceperata, Phillips. 1841. Pal. Foss. Cornw., Dev. and W. Somers., p. 58, pl. xxv, fig. 98.

Leptana laxispina, Phillips. Ib. p. 59, pl. xxv, fig. 99.

Leptina membranacea, Phillips. Ib., p. 60, pl. xxv, fig. 101.

Productus productoides, DeVerneuil. 1845. Rassia and the Ural Mtns., vol. UJ, p. 283, pl. xviii, fig. 4.

Strophalosia productoides, Davidson. 1865. Brit. Dev. Brachiopoda, p. 97 (which see for a fuller list of synonyms that it has been thought necessary to quote here), pl. xix, figs. 15-21.

Strophalosia productoides, Whiteaves. 1889. This volume, p. 112 (under the head- ing “Productella (Strophalosia) truncata, Hall”), pl. xvi, tigs. 1 and 2.

Athabasca Miver, first ten miles above the Clearwater, Dr. R. Bell, 1882, nine tine specimens, and opposite La Saline, about fifteen miles further down the river, R. G, McConnell, 1890, three specimens.

PRODUCTELLA DISSIMILIS.

Productus dissimilis, Hall. 1858. Geol. Surv. Iowa, vol. I, pt. 2, p. 497, pl. iii, figs. 7a-e. Productus dissimilis, Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ae. Se, vol. I, p. 91, pl. xiii, fig. 3. Not Productus dissimilis, DeKoninck, 1846. Productus (Productella) Hallanus, Walcott. 1884. Pal. Eureka distr. Nev., p. 130, pl. xiii, figs. 17 and 17a.

Athabasca River,—between twenty and thirty miles below the Clear Water, Professor Macoun, 1875, (one specimen),—three miles below the Calumet (three specimens), and thirty miles below the Red River (one specimen), R. @. McConnell, 1890.

wuiteaves.] DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 217 PRODUCTELLA SUBACULEATA, Var, CATARACTA,

Productella subaculvata, var. cataracta, Hall and Whitfield. 1872. 24th Reg. Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 198, and (1875) 27th Reg. Rep. do., pl. ix, figs. 9 and 10.

Productella subaculeata, var. cataracta, Nettlewroth, 1889. Kentucky Geol. Surv., Kent. Foss. Shells, p. 69, pl. xvii, figs. 5-9.

Mackenzie River, at the “ Rock by the river side,” R. G. McConnell, 1888: four rather badly preserved but characteristic specimens.

PRODUCTELLA sPINULIcosTa, Hall. Pl. 29, figs. 3, 3a, and pl. 31, fig. 1.

Produetella spinulicosta, Hall. 1857. Tenth Reg. Rep. N. Y. St. Cab., p. 171. a ue «1867. Pal. N. Y., vol. IV, p. 160, pl. xxiii, figs.

25-37.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. (*. McConnell, 1887: five well preserved and nearly perfect specimens, with some of the long and slender spines entire and in place.

Mackenzie River, at Grand View, forty-four miles below the ‘“Ram- parts,” R. G. McConnell, 1888: four specimens, one of which is figured on Plate xxxi, in which nearly all the spines are preserved entire, on usmall flat piece of argillaceous limestone. It is doubtful, however, whether these are sufficiently distinct from P. subaculeata, var. cataracta. Professor Hall expressly states that he is “‘ not entirely satisfied” that P. spinulicosta is specifically different from his P. Shumardiana, and this latter shell is regarded by Mr. Walcott as probably identical with P. subaculeata.

PRODUCTELLA LACHRYMOSA, Var. LIMA.

Strophomena ma, Conrad. 1842. Journ. Ac. Nat. Se., Phil., vol. VIII, p. 256.

Productella lachrymosa, var. lima, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. Y., vol. IV, p. 174, pl. xxv, figs. 29-52.

Productus(Productella) lachrymosus, var. linus, Walcott. 1884. Pal. Eureka distr. Nevada, p. 132, pl. xiii, figs. 18 and 18a.

Mackenzie River, at the “ Ramparts,” R. G. McConnell, 1883: a few rather badly preserved specimens, which are essentially similar to two from the Eureka district of Nevada labelled P lachrymosa var. lima, by Mr. C. D, Walcott, and kindly forwarded by him for comparison,

218 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.FONTOLOGY,

Although here referred provisionally to four nominal species, it is most probable that the three last enumerated, if not the whole four, are nothing more than mere local varieties of P. subaculeata.

ORTUIS STRIATULA, Schlotheim,

Orthis striatula (Schlotheim). Davidson. 1865. Mon. Brit. Dev. Brach., p. 87, (which see for a full list of the synonyms of this species) pl. xvii, figs. 4-7. Comp. especially with Schnur’s fieures of O. striatula from the Eifel.

Orthis Iowensis, Billings. 1850. In Hind’s Rep. Expl. Assinib., Saskatch., &c., p. 187, woodcut, fig. la.

. e Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ac. Se, vol. I, p. 90, pl xii, figs. 2 ach.

Abundant on the east bank of the Clearwater River, five miles below the Pembina, where it was collected by Professor Macoun in 1875 and by Mr. A. 8S. Cochrane in 1881. Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887: a number of fine specimens. Mackenzie River, at the “ Ramparts,” R. G. McConnell, 1888: four specimens. Athabasca River, three miles below the Calumet and thirty miles below Red River, R. G. McConnell, 1890: apparently common at each of these localities. Tn Manitoba the same species is said to have been collected at Snake Island, Lake Winnipegosis, by Professor TH. Y. Hind, and several fine examples of it were obtained by Prof. Macoun in 1881 on the north shore of the Red Deer River, abont half way between Red Deer Lake and Lake Winnipegosis.

Adult specimens of this shell from the Hay River and the ‘ Ram- parts” are in some respects intermediate in their characters between the large, broad and compressed form of O. striatula, from the Clear- water which Meek described and figured as O. fowens?s, and O, Me Far- lanei. They resemble the latter species in the great convexity of their dorsal valves and in the deep marginal sinus of the ventral, but are never so narrowly elongated immediately behind the midlength, Other specimens, again, from the Mackenzie River district, are strikingly similar to the large variety of O. Tuddienss of Tall, as figured by Prof, JJ. 5S. Williams on Plate 12, fig. 3, of his paper on the “ Cuboides Zone and its Pauna.?%*

In the “American Geologist” for April, 1889, Prof! Williams says that Orthis Jowensis ix but a wostern varicty of the O. impressa of the New York faunas, both of which are but varietics of the Enropean O, striatula of Schlotheim, and if.is most’ probable that O. Me Farlanet is only another local variety of the same species.

* Bulletin Geol. Soc. Amcrica, May, 1890,

Waiteaves. ] DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 219

The specimens from the Clearwater and other Canadian localities which have been referred to O. Jowens’s appear to the writer to be practically indistinguishable from O. striatula, even as a local variety. At any rate they seem tu correspond much better with Schnur’s figures of specimens of' O, striatula from the Bifel, and with Davidson’s illus- trations of British examples of the same species, than they do with Hall’s figures of the types of O. Jowensis and its variety furnarius.

It is probably this species that was collected by Sir John Richardson in 1825 on the Slave River, forty miles below Lake Athabasca and referred to, on the authority of Mr. J. DeCarle Sowerby,* as a tere- bratula which resembles the 7. resupinata. Judging by what is known of the geology of this region the shell last named could scarcely be the Liassi¢ fossil now known as Wuldheimia resupinata but by no means improbably the Orthis resupinata (Martin, sp.) of' the Carboniferous, the Terebratula resupinata of Plate 325 of the “ Mineral Conchology,” which is regarded hy many paleontologists as a variety of O. striatula.

STROPHODONTA DEMISSA (Conrad),

Strophomena demissa, Conrad. 1842. Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., vol. VIII, pt. 2, p. 238, pl. xiv, fig. 14.

Strophomena (Strophodonta) demissa, Hall. 1857. Tenth Reg. Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist.. p. 137.

Strophodonta demissa, Hall. 1858. Geol. Iowa, vol. L, pt. 2, p. 405, pl. iii, fig. 5.

Strophoinena demissa, Billings. 1861. Canad. Journ., N. 8., vol. VI, p. 341, figs. 116-118.

Strophomena deiissa, Billings. 1863. Geol. Canada, p. 367, figs. 377 a-d.

Strophodontu demissa, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. Y., vol. IV, pp. SI, 101 and 114, pls. xi, Xii, XVil and xix.

Strophomena (Strophodonta) demissa, Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ae. Sc., vol. J, p. 87, pl. xili, figs. 6 a-c.

Strophodonta demissa, Nicholson. 1873. Rep. Pal:cont. Prov. Ontario, . 65.

Me es Whitfield. 1883. Geol. Wisconsin, vol. [V, p. 327, pl. xxv, fig. 18. eS re Walcott. 1884. Paleont. Eureka distr. Nevada, p. 118, pl.

li, figs. 9 a-b.

Peace River, at Rapid Bouillé, Professor Macoun, 1875: one perfect specimen. Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887: eleven specimens. Peace River, at Vermilion Falls, R. G. Me- Connell, 1889: three specimens. Athabasca River, three miles below the Calumet, (eight specimens) and thirty miles below the Red River (six specimens), R. G. McConnell, 1890.

*On page 57 of Appendix No.1 to Sir John Franklin’s “ Narrative of a Sceond Expedition to the shores of the Polar Sea.

220 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY,

STROPHODONTA PERPLANA, Conrad.

AStrophomena perplana, Conrad. 1842. Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. vol. VILL, p. 257, pl. xiv, fig. 11.

Strophomenca pluristriata, Conrad. Ib., p. 259.

Strophomena delthyris, Conrad. Ib., p. 258, pl. xiv, fig. 19.

Strophomena crenistria, Hall. 1848. Rep. Fourth Geol. distr. N. Y., p. 171.

me nervosa, Hall, Ib., p. 266, fig. 1.

Strophodonta fragilis, Hall. 1857. Fourth Reg. Rep. N. Y. State Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 148.

Strophodonta fragilis, Hall. 1858. Geol. Iowa, vol. I, pt. 2, p. 496, pl. iil, figs. 6 arc.

Strophom: nu perplana, Billings. 1861. Canad. Journ., N. 8., vol. VI, p. 345.

Strophodonta perplana, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. Y., vol. IV, pp. 92, 95 and 118, pls. xi, xiii, xvii. and xix.

Strophomena perplana, Nicholson. 1873. Pal. Ontario, p. 64, figs. 20a, a.

Strophodonta perplana, Walcott. 1884. Pal. Eureka distr. Nevada, p. 120, pl. xii, figs. 11.

Strophodonta perplana, var. Tulliensis, (?) H. §. Williams. Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., May, 1890, p. 493, pl. xii, figs. 1-4.

Peace River, at Vermilion Falls, R. (¢, McConnell, 1880: 2 nearly perlect and well preserved ventral valve, which resembles S. perplana, var. Tulliensis, in the circumstance that each end of its hinge line is produced into a short spine or mucronate point. It is, however, much larger than the figured type of that varicty, and the mucronate points ut its cardinal angles are proportionately shorter and not so slender.

Prof, Williams (op. cit., p. 493) says that S. perplana ~ appears to be an American type, and is seen with variations all through our Devonian, but it is not described in the American Devonian.” ‘In the European race” (of the Strophodonta inwquistriata type) “as we reach the Cuboides Zone, the terminations of the hinge develop into slender mucronate points.” “In the American race” GS. perplana) “ these mucronate points first appear in the Tully limestone, and are characteristic of the race aflerward till it ceases.” Mucronate lateral extensious of the hinge line, however, occur in the Strophomena Leda of Billings,* from the Silurian rocks at Anticosti, and in an undescribed species of Sfrophomena vecently collected by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell from rocks of about the sume age on the east side of Lake Winnipegosin, at Cedar Lake and on the Saskatchewan, they are developed into exceed- ingly long and slender spines.

* Geol. Surv. Canada. Palwozoice Fossils, vol. T., y. 120, figs. 08, 99.

to bo ee

WHITEAVES. ] DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN.

SPIRIFERA DISJUNCTA, Sowerby. Plate 29, fig. 4.

Spirifera disjuncta, Sowerby. 1840. Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond., 2nd Ser., vol. V, pl. hii, fig. 8, and pl. liv., figs. 12-13. calearuta, Sowerby. Ibid., pl. liii, fig. 7. “ extensa, Sowerby. Ibid., pl. liv, fig. 11. “gigantea, Sowerby. Lbid,, pl. lv, figs. 1-4. “ tnornata, Sowerby. Ibid., pl. lili, fig. 4.

Spirifera Vernenitii, Murchison. 1840. Bull. Soc. Géol. France, vol. XI, p. 252, pl. ii, fig. 3.

Spirifera disjuncta, Davidson. 1865. Mon, Brit. Dev. Brach. pp. 23 and 24 (which see for a complete list of synonyms of British and European specimens of this series), pl. v. figs. 1-12 and pl. vi, figs. 1-5.

Spiritera disjuncta, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. Y., vol. IV, pls. xli, and xlii, and Walcott, 1884, Pal. Eureka distr. Nevada, p. 134 [which see for list of synonyms of N. American specimens).

Spiritera Kennicotti, Meek. 1860. Trans. Chicago Ac. Se., vol. I, p.101, pl. xiv, fig. 9.

Peace River, at Fossil Point, A. R. C. Selwyn, 1875: a few badly preserved specimens.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887 - abundant and in fine condition. Peace River, at Vermilion Falis, R. G. McConnell, 1889: six specimens.

At these localities, und especially at the latter two, most of the specimens collected belong to the typical form of the species, or at any rate to that which Davidson regarded as such and illustrated under that name on Plate v. of his ‘‘ Monograph of the British Devonian Brachio- poda.” In this form, no matter what the marginal outline of the shell may be, the umbo and beak of the ventral valve ure appressed and incurved, while its area, which is voncavely arched and nearly vertical, is very narrow in the direction of its height.

As will be seen upon reference to the synonymy quoted, this very variable species was described in 1840 by no less than six different specific names, and it is still doubtful which of these should be retained. Although here called Spirifera disjuncta, Sowerby, on account of the very general usage to that effect, especially in American publications, it would seem that the proper name of the species is S. Verneutli, Mur- chison. In Davidson’s monograph (op. cit.), allhough the species is at first called S. disjuncta in the text, yet, in a foot note to page 100, the following very explicit statement is made:—“ From having unfor-

222 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALBONTOLOGY.

tunately overlooked the fact of Murchison’s paper in the “ Bulletin” having been read twenty three or twenty four days sooner than that of Sowerby, published in the Transactions of the Geological Society, I adopted at page 23 of this Monograph the term Spirifer disjunctus, Sow., while that of 8. Verneuilii has a claim to priority.” The Sand- bergers, however, (Die Verstginerungen des Rheinischen Schichten- systems in Nassau, p. 320) adopt Spirifer calearatus, J. Sowerby, as the oldest name for this species,

Characteristic specimens of Spirifera Whitneyi, Hall (which Profes- sors Hall and Whittield place as a synonym of the present species, on page 234 of the Twenty-third Ree. Rep, N. Y. Stat. Cab, Nat. Hist., under the heading of S. Orestes), were collected by Mv. McConnell in 1885, from limestones apparently of Devonian or Devono-Carboniferous age, in the easternmost range of the Rocky Mountains on the North Saskatchewan.

SPIRIFERA DISJONCTA, var. OCCIDENTALIS. (N. Var.) Plate 29, fies. 5 and 5a.

This new varietal name is here proposed for a remarkable local form of S. disjuncta (ov S. Verneuili), in which the umbonal region and beak of the ventral valve ave x(ronvly divervent from those of the dorsal. The beak of the ventral, too, is erect rather than recurved, while its area is broad (in the direction of its height) and flattened almost horizontally.

Hay River, forty miles above ifs mouth, R. G. MeConnell, 1837- four specimens.

SPIRIFBRA CYRTIN@ FORMS, Hall and Whitfield.

Spurifera cyrtinaformis, Halland Whitfield. 1870. Twenty-third Reg. Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 238, pl. ii, figs. 21-24.

(2) Spirifer eperturatus, Schlotheim, var. euspidatus, D’Archiac and DeVerneuil. 1841. Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond., 2nd Series, vol. VI, p. 369, pl. xxxy, figs. 7 and 7a.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887: one perfect specimen in a fine state of preservation. This has been com- pared with authentic examples of 8. eyrtinaformis from the ‘ marly ” at. Rockford, Iowa, recently received from Professor 8. Calvin, and has been found to differ therefrom only in the much larger size and conseyuently smaller number of its radiating ribs or plications. In

beds

WHITEAVES. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN, 223

the original description of S. cyrtineformis the surface of the valves is said to be “marked by about forty five to fifty low, rounded plica- tions, whereas in the specimen from the Hay River there are only twenty nine or thirty. This difference, however, can scarcely be ree garded as of specitic importance.

S. cyrtineformis ix very closely allied to the 8. Utahensis of Meek,* which Mr. Walcott places among the synonyms of S. disjuncta, On the other hand, S. eyrtinwformis appears to the writer to be specifically identical with the fossil from the Hifel which D’Archiac and DeVerncuil described and figu.ed under the name S. aperturatus, var. cuspidatus. In his Monograph of the British Devonian Brachiopoda (page 26) David- son says that 8, aperturatus ix a synonym of 8S. canalifera, Valencien- nes (in Lamarck’s Hist. Nat. des Animaux sans Vertébres), but makes no reference to D’Archiac and DeVerneuil’s description and figures of S. aperturatus and its var. cuspidatus. He further states (op. cit., p. 26) that “ Sp. canalifera has much of the general shape of S. disjuncta, but will be easily distinguished on account of the bifurcation of its lateral ribs, a feature not observable in S. disjuncta.” According to Prof, Hall, in S. cyrtineformis © the central plication on the mesial fold and sinus divides once or twice before reaching the front of the shell; the other plications ave simple.”

SPIRIFERA SUBATTENUATA, Hall.

Spiryera indet. Owen. 1852. Rep. Geol. Surv. Wiscons., Iowa and Minnes., pl. ili, fig. 9.

Spivifer submucronatus, Hall. 1858. Geol. Rep. Iowa, vol. L, pt. 2, p. 504 (but as this name was found to be preoccupied it was changed to S. subuttenuata on’p. 3 of the index), pl. iv, figs. 3a, b, e.

Athabasca River,—opposite La Saline, Dr. R. Bell, 1882, a few small specimens,—three miles below the Calumet River, R. G. MeConnell, 1°90, three specimens,—and thirty miles below Red River, R. G. Mc- Connell, 1890, two specimens.

SPIRIFERA INUTILIS, Hall.

Spirviter inutilis, Hall. 1558. Geol. Rep. Iowa, vol. I, pt. 2, p. 505, pl. iv, figs. ta, b, ¢.

Localities, collectors and dates the same as for the preceding species :

* See Col. Simpsoun’s Rep. Expl. acr. Great Basin of Utah, 1876, p. 345, pl. i, figs. 4, a,b, ¢, and U. &, Geol. Expl. Fortieth Parallel, vol. IV, 1877, p. 39, pl. iit, figs. 1. la-e.

224 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL HONTOLOGY, also Pembina River, four miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1890,

S. inutilis would seem to be nothing more than a mere variety of S. subattenuata, in which the hinge area of the ventral valve is propor- tionately larger and higher, and the cardinal extremities of both valves not nearly so much produced.

SPIRIFERA TULLIA, Hall. Var.

Plate 32, figs. 1, la, b. Spirifera tullia, Hall. 1867. Pal. St. N. Y., vol. IV, p. 215, pl. xxxv, figs, 1-0.

Shell small, transversely subelliptical or semielliptical, a little broader than long and broadest just behind the midlength: cardinal angles more or Jess rounded, lateral margins rounding regularly into the front, which is shallowly concave at the termination of the mesial fold and sinus. Ventral valve much more convex than the dorsal, most prominent in the umbonal region, with the sides curving regularly to the margin, but depressed in the centre, its mesial sinus well defined, rounded, very narrow on the beak and umbo, but widening rather rapidly toward the front, where its width slightly exceeds one third of the greatest breadth of the valve: beak small, not very prominent, its apex only being slightly incurved, but not so much so as to cover or overarch any part of the fissure: area moderately high and slightly concave: fissure triangular, higher than wide, with an impressed line or narrow linear groove on each side. Dorsal valve very gently con- vex, its mesial fold rounded and not much elevated, sometimes with a faint narrow depression in the centre, its hinge line nearly straight and its beak minute and projecting very little above the cardinal margin.

On each side of the mesial fold and sinus there are from seven to nine rounded but somewhat flattened and simple radiating ribs or pli- cations, but there are none on the fold or sinus. In addition to the ribs, the whole surface when examined under a lens is seen to be marked with exceedingly numerous, close-set and minute, but con- tinuous, radiating raised lines, which are crossed by equally minute and nearly asdensely crowded concentric raised lines, in such a way as to produce an exyuisitely fine network, which is subgranulose at the points of intersection. The radiatiny raised lines are not always exactly parallel to the ribs, and the concentric ones are regularly arched where they cross over the ribs, fold or sinus.

WHITEAVES. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 225

Dimensions of the specimen figured: length, as measured in the centre, thirteen millimetres and a half; maximum breadth, fifteen mm.; greatest height or depth of the closed valves, nine mm.; width of mesial sinus at the front margin, six mm.

Athabasca River,—first ten miles below the mouth of the Clear Water, Dr, R. Bell, 1882,—and opposite La Saline, twenty-five miles below the mouth of the Clear Water, R. G. McConnell, 1890: one per- fect and well preserved specimen from each of these localities.

These seem to represent a mere local variety of S. tullia, in which the beak of the ventral valve is much less arched and hooked than it is in the typical form, and the number of ribs or plications on each side of the mesial fold and sinus is much smaller. Prof. H. 8. Williams, who has kindly compared both of the specimens from the Athabasca with authentic samples of S. tudlia, says that, in addition to these dif- ferences, the area of the ventral valve in the former is proportionately flatter and higher, and the finer surface striz are decidedly coarser than in 8, tullia,

Subgenus Marrinra, McCoy. SPIRIFERA (M.) GLABRA, var. FRANKLINI.

Spirifer (Murtinia) Franklini, Meek. 1868, Trans. Chicago .\e. Se., vol. I, p. 107, pl. xiv, figs, l2a-c. For a list of the synonyms of S glabra, Martin, see Davidson’s Mon. Brit. Carbon. Brach., p. 62.

Hay River, torty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887: one rather small but nearly perfect specimen. Mackenzie River, at the “Ramparts,” R. G. McConnell, 1888: one large and perfect specimen and a detached ventral valve of another.

The specific identity of the S. Franklin’, Meek, with the S. glabra of Martin (the type of McCoy’s subgenus Martinia) was first suggested by Mr. C. D. Walcott in 1884, in his “‘ Paleontology of the Eureka district of Nevada.” On page 139 of that monograph, under the heading Sp, (1) ylabra, Mr. Walcott makes the following remark :—‘ Spirifera (M.) Franklini, Mcek,” * * * “is, as mentioned by Mr. Meek, closely related to S. (M.) glabra, and with the original specimen before me to compare with the Nevada shells and Mr. Davidson’s figures of the species, it scarcely appears to be more than a variety, if even that, of

S. (A) glabra.”

226 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.-NONTOLOGY,

SPrRIFERA (M.) mERiSTOIDES, Meck.

Spirifer (Martinia) meristoides, Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ac. Se., vol. I, p. 106, pl. xiv, figs. 3 a-h.

Mackenaie River, at the “ Ramparts,” R.G. McConnell, 1888: twenty- six specimens, most of which are perfect or nearly pertect and in good condition,

On page 142 of the “Pakvontology of the Eureka District,” Mr. Walcott expresses the opinion that the S. (AL) meristoides, as described and figured by Meek, is identical with the l¢hyris Mara of Billings and the Spirifera Maia of Hall. The specimens from the “ Ramparts,” how- ever, most of which have the appearance of adult shells, are uniformly smaller than the typical 4. (or S.) d/aia, and show no trace of a mesial fold in the dorsal valve or of a corresponding sinus in the ventral, both of which features are marked characters in full grown examples of Mr. Billings’ spevies.

SprrirEka (M.) Ircrarpsont, Meck.

Spirifer (Martina) Richardsoni, Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ac. Sc., vol. I, p- 104, pl. xiv, fig. 2.

Athabasca River, opposite La Saline, Dr. R. Bell, 1882: one small specimen, about half the size of the one figured by Meck, but perfect and with the whole of the test preserved. In this specimen, which is obviously immature, the mesial fold and sinus are not developed. Its surfice appears to be smooth to the naked eye, but when examined under the lens it is seen to be marked with a few more or less distant concentric striae, or lines of growth, and with twelve or thirteen faint, rounded and radiating plications. Mr. Walcott (op. cit.pp. 143 and 144) is inclined to think that S. (AL) Richardsoni is one of the forms of S. undifera, Riemer.

CyrtinA HAMILTONENSIS, Hall.

Cyrtia Hamiltonensis, Hall. 1857. Tenth Rep. Reg. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 166.

Cyrtia Hamiltonensis, Billings. 1861. Canad. Journ.,N. Ser., vol. VI, p. 262, figs. 80-82.

Cyrtia Hamiltonensis, Billings. 1863. Geol. Canada, p. 354, figs. 415a-c.

WHITEAVES. ] DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 227

Cyrtina Hamiltonensis, Hall. 1867. Pal. N.Y., vol. IV, p. 268, pl. xxvii, figs. 1-4, and pl. xliv, figs. 26-33, 38-52. Cyrtina Hamiltonensis, Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ac. Sc. vol. I, p. 99, ph xiv, figs. 5, 7 and 10. Cyrtina Hamiltonensis, Nicholson. 1874. Rep. Pal. Prov. Ontario, p. $3. i ™ Walcott. 1884. Pal. Eureka distr. Nevada, p. 147.

Mackenzie River, at the “Ramparts” (two specimens), and ten miles below the “ Ramparts” (one specimen), R. G. McConnell, 1888. The species had previously been collected at the “Ramparts,” in 1859, by Major Kennicott, and near Fort Good Hope, five miles below the “ Ramparts,” in 1884, by Mons. l’Abbé Petitot.

Athabasca River, three miles below the Calumet, R. G. McConnell, 1890: a few perfect and well preserved specimens.

Crrtina Biutinas!, Meek.

Cyrtina Billingsi, Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ac. Se., vol. I, p. 97, pl. xiv, fig. 6.

Athabasca River, thirty miles below Red River, R. G. McConnell, 1890: one tine and perfect large specimen, and a similar but much smaller one.

Atuyris ANGELICA, var. OCCIDENTALIS. Plate 32, figs. 3, 3a, b.

Athyris Angelica, Hall. 1861. Fourteenth Rep. Reg. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p- 99. Athyris Angelica, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. Y., vol. IV, p. 292, pl. xlvii, figs. 9-20.

Shell like the type of . Anyel/ca, but much smaller and more dis- tinctly biplicated. Ventral valve with two widely divergent rounded and prominent plications, which extend to the beak, with a shallow sinus between them. Dorsal valve with a broad flattened mesial fold and a narrow divergent one on each side. The surface markings seem to consist of concentric striations only, no trace of any radiating lines being visible even under a lens, In average examples the greatest breadth is about half an inch and the maximum length a little less. The largest specimen collected, a detached ventral valve, is 15.56 mm. (or about five eighths of an inch) in its greatest breadth and 13.5 mm.

228 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.FONTOLOGY.

in length. The specimens of O. Anyelica tigured by Professor Hall are from a little less than three quarters to fully one inch in breadth.

Athabasca River, first ten miles below the Clear Water, and opposite La Saline, about fifteen miles farther down the river, Dr. R. Bell, 1882: four good specimens from the first of these localities and seven trom the second,

ATHYRIS PARVULA. (N. Sp.) Plate 32, figs. +, 5 and 5a.

Shell very small for the genus, moderately convex, varying in lateral outline from transversely subelliptical to subcircular or longitudinally und broadly subovate, in some specimens a little broader than long, in others the reverse: anterior margin distinctly sinuated. Ventral valve more convex than the dorsal, its front margin depressed in the centre in such a way as to form a regularly concave mesial sinus which be- comes obsolete at or near the midlength, its umbo prominent, tumid and rather broad, and its incurved beak truncated almost vertically and perforated with a circular foramen. Dorsal valve with a mode- rately elevated, rounded mesial fold on and near the front margin, its beak being small, narrow and not very prominent.

Surface marked with regularly disposed, nearly equidistant and some- what imbricating, concentric striations. Characters of the interior of the valve unknown.

The largest specimen collected, a detached ventral valve, is nine millinetres and a half in length, and ten mm. in its greatest breadth, The dimensions of two other perfect specimens are as follows:—No. 1, (fig. £) maximum length, nine mm.; greatest breadth, nine mm, and a half (9.5); maximum thickness, six mm.; No. 2, (figs. 5 and 5a) length, eight mm. and a quarter (8.25); breadth, cight mm.; thickness, five mm. and a half (5.5.)

Athabasca River, three miles below the Calumet (five good speci- meus) and thirty miles below Red River (one perfect specimen), R. C. McConnell, 1890.

This diminutive little species seems to be more nearly related to the althyris vittata of Hall than to the S. spiriferoides of Eaton, though it may prove to be only a local diminutive race of the latter. As com- pared with a series of authentic examples of A. vittata, from two loeali- ties in lowa, recently forwarded by Prof. 8. Calvin, the specimens col- lected by Mr. McConnell differ therefrom, not only in their much smal-

WHITEAVES. ] DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN, 229

ler size, but also in the fact that their front margins are much more distinctly sinuated. From Ohio specimens of A. vittata, such as those described and figured by Prof. Hall, the specimens from the Athabasca differ also in their much smaller size and in the circumstance that the mesial fold and sinus of each are more rounded and do not extend nearly as far backward,

ATRYPA RETICULARIS, L.

For a complete list of synonyms of this species see Davidson’s “ Monograph of the British Devonian Brachiopoda,'page 53, the same authors “British Silurian Brachiopoda,” p. 129, or Hall’s Palceonto- logy of the State of New York, vol. IV, pt. 1, p. 316.

Peace River, at Vermilion Falls, R. G. McConnell, 1889. Athabasca River, from the mouth of the Clear Water to about twenty five miles below that stream, and thirty miles below Red River; A. S. Cochrane, 1881, Dr. R. Bell, 1882, and R. G. McConnell, 1890. East side of Clear Water River, tive miles below the Pembina, Prof. Macoun, 1875. Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887, Macken- zie River, at the “‘ Ramparts,” and at Grand View, forty four miles below the “Ramparts,” R. G. McConnell, 1888. Apparently abundant at each of these localities. The species had previously been collected by Messrs. Kennicott und Mactarlane on the Mackenzie River at the “Ramparts ” and near Fort (rood Hope.

ATRYPA RETICULARIS, Var. ASPERA.

Terebratula aspera, Schlotheim. 1820. Petrefact., p. 263, t. xvili, fig. 3.

Atrypa aspera, Dalman. 1827. Vet. Akad. Hand, t- iv, fig. 3.

Alrypa reticularis, var. aspera, Davidson. 1864. Brit. Dev. Brach., p. 57 (which see for a full list of synonyms of this shell), pl. x, figs. 5-8.

Atrypa aspera, var. occidentalis, Hall. 1858. Geol. Iowa, vol. I, pt. 2, p. 515, pl. vi, figs. 3a, b, ¢, d.

Atrypa spinosa, Hall. 1843. Geol. Rep. Fourth Distr. N. Y., p. 200, figs. 1 and 2.

Atrypa dumosa, Hall. Ibid., p. 271, fig. 1-

Atrypa spinosa, vel. .1. aspera, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. Y., vol. IV, pt. 1, p. 322, pl. liii.a, figs. 1-14, 18, 24 and 25.

ltrypa aspera, Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ac. Se., vol. I, p. 96, pl. xiii, fig. 12.

Peace River, at Vermilion Falls, R. G. McUonnell, 1889. Athabasca

3 May, 1891.

to

30 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL-EONTOLOGY.

River, first ten miles below the Clear Water, Dr. R. Bell, 1882; three miles below the Calumet and thirty miles below Red River, R. G. McConnell, 1890. Pembina River, four miles above its mouth, R.G. McConnell, 1890. Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, It. G. McConnell, 1887. Mackenzie River, at the “Ramparts,” and ten miles below the “Ramparts,” R.G. McConnell, 1888; apparently as com- mon as the typical form at each of these localities. The occurrence of this sheli at the Ramparts and Fort Good Hope had previously been recorded by Meek, and an unusually large and fine specimen of it, which is now in the Survey collection, was collected by l’Abbé Petitot in 1874 near Fort Good Hope.

In the typical A. reticularis the radiating ribs are very fine and numerous, so much so that in a large and well preserved specimen of it from the Lay River, as many as 180 of them can be counted on the front margin of the shell. According to Professor Hall, in the Iowa shells for which he proposed the name A. aspera, var. occidentalis, the surface is “marked by ten or twelve dichotomizing plications upon each valve,” so that there would not be much more than twice those numbers on their front margins. Professor Hall, however, states that in this western variety “the number of plications is only about hall as many as in full grown specimens of the species in the shales of the Hamilton group of New York.”

The reasons which induced Dr. Davidson to concur with Hisinger, Lindstrém, Brown and McCoy in regarding the A. aspera of Schlotheim as a mere variety of A. reticularis, are fully stated on page 57 of the “British Devonian Brachiopoda.” The numerous and perfect speci- mens collected ly Mr. McConnell on the Pcace, Hay and Mackenzie Rivers would seem to support this conclusion, as most of them are intermediate in their characters between A. reticularis proper and A. aspera. The greater number of them, too, correspond much _ better with Hall’s descriptions and figures of the eastern shell which he has called A. spinosa than with the western form of cl. aspera, and in several specimens from the Hay River the comparatively fine radiating ribs are distinctly spinose.

RHYNCHONELLA puanus, Martin.

Conchyliolithus anomites pugnus, Martin. 1809. Petref. Derb., tab. xxii, figs. 4, 5.

Atrypa pugnus, Sowerby. 1840. Geol. Trans., 2nd Ser., vol. v, pl. lvi, figs. 15-18.

Tercbratula pugnus, Phillips. 1841. Pal. Foss. Cornw., Dev. and W. Somers., p. 87, pl. xxxv, figs. 156 a-e.

Tercbratula anisodonta, Phillips. 1841. Ib., p. 86, pl. xxxiv, figs. 154 a-c.

WHITEAvEs. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 231

Rhynchonella pugnus, Davidson. 1861. Mon. Brit. Carb. Brach., p. £7, pl. xxii, figs. 1-15. Ib. Mon. Brit. Dev. Brach., 1865, p. 63, pl. xii, figs. 12-14, pl. xiii, figs. 8-10.

Rhynchonella Missouriensis, Meek. 1866. Geol. Surv. Illinois, vol. II, p. 153, pl. xiv, figs. 4a,b. Fig. 5a of pl. C, 2nd Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv. Missouri, 1855, is also referable to R. pugnus, as stated by Mr. Meek. Not R. Missouriensis, Meek, 1868, ib., vol. III, p. 450, pl. xiv, figs. 7a-d.

Rhynchonella alta, Calvin. 1877. Paper read before the Iowa Ac. Se. and a named photographed plate distributed.

thynchonella pugnus, Williams. 1883. Am. Journ. Sc., vol. NN, p. 99. ‘ fe Walcott. 1884. Pal. Eurek. Diste, Nev., p. 155 (from which

=

this list of synonyms is quoted), pl. xiv, figs. 7, 7a.

Mackenzie River, at the ‘“ Ramparts,” R. G. McConnell, 1888: one perfect specimen. Athabasca [iver, three miles below the Calumet, R, G. McConnell, 1890: two small specimens.

The small Rhynchonella referred to on page No. 100 of the Report of Progress of the Geological Survey of Canada for 1875-76 as having been collected by Dr. Selwyn in 1875 at Fossil Point on the Peace River, is probably a variety of R. pugnus.

RuyNCHONELLA CUBOIDES, Sowerby.

Atrypa cuboides, Sowerby. 1840. Trans. Geol. Soc., Ser. 2, vol. V; pl. vi, fig. 24. “ erenuluta, Sowerby. 1840. Ibid., fig. 17. “ —ampleta, Sowerby. 1840. Ibid., pl. Ivii, fig. 2. Terebratula cuboides, DeKoninck. Anim. foss. de Belgique, p. 285, tab. 19, fig. 3. Cy Be Phillips. 1841. Pal. Foss. Cornw., Dev. and W. Somers., p. 84, pl. xxxiv, fig. 150. Terebratula crenulata, Phillips. 1841. Ibid., p. 85, pl. xxxiv, fig. 152. Atrypa cuboides, Vanuxem. 1842. Geol. Rep. Third Distr. N. Y., p. 163, fig. 1. ef tS Hall. 1843. Geol. Rep. Fourth Distr. N. Y., pp. 215 and 216, fig. 1. Rhynchonella renustula, Hall. 1857. Pal. N. Y., vol. IV, p. 346, pl. liv.a, figs. 24-43. Rhynchonela Emmons, Hall and Whitfield. 1877. Geol. Expl. 40th Par., vol. IV, p. 247, pl. ili, figs. 4-8. Rhynchonella intermedia, Barris. 1878. Proc. Bapeapert Ac. Nat. Sc., vol. IT, p. 285, pl. xi, figs. 5-6. Rhynchonella Emmonsi, Walcott. 1884. Pal. Eureka Distr. Nev., p. 157. Rhynchonella cuboides and R. venustula, H. 8. Williams. 1890. Bullet. Geol. Soc. America, p. 493, pl. xiii.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887: one perfect but not very well preserved specimen. Peace River, at Ver-

232 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.-FONTOLOGQY.

milion Falls, R. G. McConnell, 1889: two perfect but partially ex- foliated specimens. The one from the Hay River has eleven rounded and undivided ribs on the mesial sinus, at the front margin, ten similar ones on the fold, and fourteen or fifteen flattened ribs on each side. In the larger of the two specimens from the Peace River there are eleven flat ribs on the sinus, ten rounded ones on the central fold, and eight- een to twenty on each side.

The rather coarsely ribbed variety of the species from the State of New York to which Hall subsequently yave the name Ahynchonella venustula, was originally identitied by Conrad and Vanuxem with the Atrypa cuboides of Sowerby. Under the heading of Rhynchonella Emmonsi, also, Mr. C. D. Walcott remarks :—“ There is very little doubt but that R. intermedia, R. Emmonsi and R&R. venustula are varieties of &. cuboides.” The three specimens collected by Mr. McConnell are doubtless conspecific with the Nevada shell which has been called &. Emmonsi, but they also appear to the writer to be quite indistinguish- able from the £. venustula as figured by Prof. Williams (op. cit., pl. xiii, fiys. 4 and 8), trom some of the specimens of AR. cuboides figured by the same author, and from the coarsely ribbed forms of &. cuboides (var. impleta), illustrated by Davidson on plate xiii, figs. 20 and 21, of his Monograph of British Devonian Brachiopoda. Prof. Williams (op. cit., pp. 493-94) says that “A. venustula, Hall, is by common consent closely allied to R. cuboides of Surope, the chief distinction lying in the number of plications in the median fold and sinus which are less than in the prevailing type of the European cuboides.” Yet, in one of the specimens of A. venustula figured by Professor Hall (op. cit. fig.

3) there are as many as ten radiating ribs in the mesial sinus of the ventral valve.

RuUYNCHONELLA CASTANEA, Meck.

Rhynchonella castunca, Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ac, Se, vol. I, p. 95, pl. xii, figs. 9 a-c.

Rhynchonclla castanea, Walcott. 1884. Pal. Eureka Distr. Nev., p. 153, pl. xv, figs. 1, la, 4 and 4a.

Mackenzie River, at the “Ramparts,” R. G. McConnell, 1888: one perfect specimen.

WHiTeaves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN.

to w ie)

Hatonta VARIABILIS. (N. Sp.) Plate 29, figs. 6, 6a, 7,8, 8a and 9.

Shell compressed biconvex, the thickness through the closed valves varying in different specimens from a little more to a little less than one half of their greatest breadth, transversely subelliptical, a little broader than long: front margin truncated in the centre in some speci- meus (as in fig. 6), regularly rounded in others (as in fig. 7), and in some (as in fig. 8), produced into a short rounded lobe. Ventral valve moderately convex on the umbo, immediately below or in front of which there is a more or less well defined mesial sinus, which widens rapidly forward and outward, Beak of the ventral valve small, pro- jecting very little beyond that of the dorsal, slightly incurved, truncated and perforated by a minute subcircular foramen, underneath which there is a very small deltidium. Dorsal valve differing little from the ventral in contour, except that it has a mesial fold instead of sinus, and a smaller and entire beak.

The finer surface markings are very imperfectly preserved, nearly the whole of the outer layer of the test of the specimens collected being exfoliated. Both of the valves, however, are marked with radiating plications, which vary in shape, number and disposition in different individuals. Thus, in the specimen represented by fig. 6 there are three strongly developed subangular plications in the ventral valve, one in the centre of the sinus und one forming each of its outer limits, and four on the dorsal, i.e., two on the mesial fold and one on each side of it. All of these plications, in this as in other specimens, are obsolete on the umbo of each valve, and most prominent around the front mar- gin. In the original of fig. 7 the two plications on the mesial fold of the dorsal valve trifurcate before reaching the front margin, and there is a very short marginal fold intercalated between them. There are three faint but continuous plications on each side of the fold and sinus, so that round the front margin of this specimen as many as thirteen plications can be counted on the dorsal valve, and there are eleven on the ventral. Lastly, in yet another specimen (fig. 8) there are two rather broad. rounded and continuous plications on the mesial fold of the dorsal, and three in the sinus of the ventral (one in its centre and one forming each of its outer boundaries), but there are no lateral pli- cations. Upon the only specimen in which any portion of the outer layer of the test is preserved, the surface of the latter is seen to be marked by narrow radiating raised lines of very small but unequal size, which are crossed by narrower concentric raised lines, the latter

234 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.EONTOLOGY.

being very closely and regularly disposed, as well as slightly undu- lating when viewed with a lens.

Characters of the interior unknown, though in some specimens there are indications of a mesial septum in the dorsal valve, which appears to have extended from the beuks about half way to the front margin.

The dimensions of the three specimens figured are as follows:—The one represented by fig. 6, length, twelve millimetres; breadth, fourteen mm. and ahalf; thickness, six mm. and a half: by fig. 7, length, eleven mm. and a half; breadth, fifteen mm.; thickness, four mm., and a half: and by fig. 8, length, fifteen mm.; breadth, sixteen mm.; and thickness, nine.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1837: fifteen separate specimens and a small piece of rock consisting of an agglomeration of many others.

As the characters of the interior of the valves are unknown, it is of course doubtful to what genus this species should be referred. It is here provisionally regarded as an Hatonia on account of the strong re- semblance that the specimens bear externally to some forms of the E. mediatis of the Lower Helderberg limestone of the State of New York, of which it is just possible that they may prove to be a dwart variety.

PENTAMERUS GALEATUS, Dalman. Var.

Plate 30, fig. 2.

Atrypa galeata, Dalman. 1827. Konig]. Vetens. Acad. Handlingar, p. 130.

Pentamerus galeatus, Lavidson. 1865. Mon. Brit. Silur. Brach., p. 145 (which see for a full list of tynonyms of this species up to date), pl. xv, figs. 13-23.

Pentamerus yalvatus, Zittel. 1883. Handbuch der Paleont., vol. I, p. 603, fi.

AO.

Mackenzie River, at the ‘“ Ramparts’ R. G. McConnell, 1888: a single and apparently somewhat immature specimen, which, however, is strikingly similar to the Devonian varicty of P galeatus, from (verolstein on the Eifel, figured by Zittel in the volume cited above. It differs from P. comis, Owen (which is possibly only another variety of P. galeatus), principally in the greatly produced umbo and strongly recurved beak of its ventral valve. The shallow mesial sinus in the front of its dorsal valve is bent abruptly inward at almost a right angle to the rest of the valve and bears a single faint plication in the middle,

wmiteaves. ] DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 235

while the feebly developed mesial fold in its ventral valve is biplicated near the front, where the two folds are divided by a short groove. On each side of the mesial fold and sinus there are two or three very faint and short marginal plications.

In Europe P. galeatus has long been recognized as a Devonian as well as a Silurian fossil, but it does not seem to have been previously recorded as occurring in the Devonian rocks of North America.

STRINGOCEPHALUS Burtini, Defrance. Plate 29, figs. 10, 10a, 11 and lla.

Stringocephalus Burtini, Defrance. 1827. Dict. des Sc. Nat., vol. LI, p. 102, et Atlas, pl. Ixxv, figs, 1, la.

Terebratula porrecta, Sowerby. 1827. Min. Conch., pl. 576, fig. 1.

Stringocephalus Burtini, Davidson. 1865. Mon. Brit. Devon. Brach., p.11 (which see for a complete list of synonyms of the species), pl. i, figs. 15-22, and fl. ii, figs. 1-11.

Mackenzie River, at the “ Ramparts,” R. G. McConnell, 1888: two casts of the interior of the closed valves, both of which are figured.

One of these (figs. 10, 10a) is of the normal shape and of moderate convexity. Its dimensions are:—length, not quite two inches and three quarters; breadth, a little over two inches and three quarters; thickness through the closed valves, exclusive of the test, about one inch and three quarters. The dorsal valve is somewhat more convex than the ventral, the thickness through the closed valves is much less than their breadth or height, and the umbo and beak of the ventral are prominent and nearly straight. The other (figs. 11 and 11a) which is somewhat distorted, represents un unusually globose form of the species, with the umbo of the ventral valve depressed and its beak closely recurved over that of the dorsal. The approximate dimensions of this specimen are:—length, two inches and a half, breadth, not quite as great; thickness through the closed valves, exclusive of the test, which is not preserved, two inches and a quarter, The test of this specimen xcems to have been thick, judging by portions of it that are left in the matrix from which the cast figured was broken,

CrYProNeLLA CaLvint (?) Hall and Whittield.

Cryptonclla Calrini, Hall and Whitfield. 1870. Twenty-third Reg. Rep. N.Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 239.

Mackenzie River, at the ‘“ Ramparts,” R. G. McConnell, 1888, a few

236 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALONTOLOKY.

small specimens in a piece of limestone; and Peace River, at Ver- milion Falls, R. @. McConnell, 1889, one adult and nearly perfect specimen, all of which are probably referable to this species. The only adult specimen is certainly ‘‘much less ventricose than C, Hudora” of the Chemung sandstones of the State of New York, and approaches more nearly in lateral outline to C. planirostrata. Its dorsal valve is much flatter than the ventral, and its greatest breadth is, if anything, rather behind than in front of the midlength.

NEWBERRIA, Hall. (Gen, Nov.)

“ Diagnosis.—Shells elongate-ovoid, having the general contour and external aspect of RENssEL&rta and AMPHIGENIA, but without the strongly radiate-striate surface of the former genus. The convexity of the vilves is greatest in the umbonal region, and the surface is dis- tinctly flattened over the lateral slopes, leaving the median portion of the valves very prominent.

The pedicle-valve has the rostrum produced and incurved; the apex truncated by a circular foramen; deltidial plates not determined. The teeth are comparatively small, projecting forward and gently upward, free at their extremities, and supported by narrow dental plates, which join the interior of the valve above the middle of its depth and are continued forward as slender ridges upon the inner surface, which gradually merge into the shell.

In the bottom of the rostral and umbonal cavity there is a broad, scarcely defined muscular area, from which radiate a series of vancular ridges and depressions: the stronyly marked pair of diductors are situated posteriorly, just within this muscular area; lying in front of these is a single (rarely subdivided) elongate adductor impression which often extends forwards to the centre of the shell.

On each side of the muscular impressions is a thickened triangular area, very narrow at its origin in the umbonal region, widening an- teriorly and produced into two divergent furrows (four in all) which extend over the pallial region in some instances almost to the anterior margin,

Iu the brachial valve there are two short divergent crural plates, which are not united at their bases to forma hinge plate as in Rens- sEL@RiA. A low median ridge arises between them, passing fora short distance along the bottom of the valve, separating the obovate narrowly flabelliform muscular scars of the adductor muscles. These scars are characterized by the strony striation of their surfaces.

wniteaves. | DEVONIAN FCSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 237

Surface smooth or with obscure radiating stric,

Shell substance punctate. (?)

Dedicated to John S. Newberry, M.D., LL.D., Professor of Geology and Paleontology in the School of Mines, Columbia College, New York, and lately State Geologist of Ohio, as a mark of appreciation of his high scientific attainments, and in remembrance of a friendship which has continued uninterrupted during fifty years.

Type: Rensselerria Johanni, Hall.

Observations.—Several species ot RENSSEL-ERIA have an essentially

similar form, but they are always marked by strong radiating strie, which, as far as observed, are obscure, or visible in specimens of New- BERRIA only in partial exfoliation of the surface, very much as they appear in AMpuiGeNntA. On the interior of the pedicle valve Rens- SEL-ERIA preserves two broad, strong, dental plates which reach nearly to the bottom of the rostral and post-umbonal cavity, leaving a narrow space for the muscular area, quite unlike that of the corresponding ralve of Newserria. It is from this narrow cavity, produced by the encroachment of these strong dental plates, that we have the narrow elongate rostral casts of Renssgeu-erta, which are very dissimilar to those of NEWBERRIA.

In the brachial valve the thickened strong hinge plate of Rens- SEL-ERIA Which supports the crura, does not exist in species of New- BERRIA, and in the latter genus we have no knowledge, thus far, of the existence of any interior loop or plate, as in Renssziria. The ex- ternal form and surface characters of NEWBERRIA are very similar to those of AMpuiGenra, but the interior of the latter shell carries a spondylium or spoon-shaped process, an organ not present in New- BERRIA nor in RENSSEL.ERIA.

Species of Newseraeta are known to occur in the Devonian rocks near Davenport, Iowa; in Manitou county, Missouri; and on the Mac- xenzie River.”

(Professor James Hall, communicated in a letter dated February 5, 1891.)

NEWBERRIA LEVIS, Meek. (Sp.) Plate 30, figs. 3, 4 and 4a. Rensselivria levis, Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ac. Se., vol. I, p. 108, pl. xiii, fig. 8, and pl]. xiv, fig. 4. Not Rensselwria levis, Hall. 1859. Pal. St. N. Y., vol. III, p. 256, pl. xl, figs. 2 a-b.

Mackenzie River, at the ‘‘ Ramparts,” and ten miles below the Ram-

238 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.FONTOLOGY.

parts, R. G. McConnell, 1888: several nearly perfect specimens with the test preserved, the largest of which is fully two inches and three quarters in length, and a single cast of’ the interior of both valves, the original of fig. 3. These have been examined and critically studied by Professor Hall, and are here placed in the genus Newberria entirely on his authority.

PELECYPODA. PrERINOPECTEN. (Sp. undt.)

Athabasca River, ten miles below the mouth of the Clear Water, Dr. R. Bell, 1882, two specimens, and R. G. McConnell, 1890, three speei- mens, all of which are too imperfect to be identified or described.

PTERINEA FLABELLUM, Conrad.

Aricula flabella, Conrad. 1842. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil, vol. VII, p. 288, pl. xii, fig. 8. a “ — Vanuxem. 1843. Geol. Surv. N. Y., Rep. Third Distr. Plerinea flabellu, Hall. 1884. Pal. St. N. Y., vol. V, pt. 1, p. 98, pl. xiv, figs. 1-21, pl. xv, figs. 1, 4-6, 8-10, and pl. Ixxxill, figs. 11, 12. Comp. Plerinea fasciculata, Goldfuss. 1840. Petref. German., p. 137, pl. exx, fig. 5. Pterinea fasciculata, Drs. G. and F. Sandberger. 1856. Verstein. Rhein. Schichtensyst. Nassau, p. 295, pl. xxx, fig. 7. Plerinea costulata, Fo A. Riemer. Dunker and Von Meyer, Pal:conto- graphica, Bd. ii, 8.3, Taf. 1, fig. 3.

Peace River, at Vermilion Falls, R. G@. McConnell, 1889: two nearly perfect and well preserved left valves.

It seems to be doubtful whether P. flabedlwa is identical with the P. fasciculata of Groldfass or not. In his first and second report as pulwon- tologist to the State of New York, Conrad himself quotes P. fasciculata as one of the fossils of that state, though in his subsequent description of Avieula flabella he makes no reference whatever to its resemblance to Goldfuss’ species. On page 293 of their monograph of the fossils of the Devonian rocks of Nassau, the Sundbergers place P. flabellum, of which they state that they have received an original example (“ origi nal exemplar’) from the Hamilton Group of the State of New York, from itehcock, —among the synonyms of P. fasciculata.

wHiteaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 239

ActrinopreRIA Boypu, Conrad. (Sp.)

Aricula Boydii, Conrad. 1842. Jour. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. vol. VII, p. 237, pl. xii, fig. 4.

Ariewa quadrula, Conrad. 1842. Ib., p. 243, pl. xiii, fig. 5.

Prerinea Boydii, Conrad. 8. A. Miller. 1877, in Cat. Am. Pal. Foss., p. 201.

Actinopteria Boydi, Hall. 1884. Pal, St. N. York, vol. V, pt. 1, p. 113, pl. xix, fig, 2-24, 26-30, and pl. Ixxxiv, figs. 16 and 17.

Athabasca River, first ten miles below the mouth of the Clearwater, Dr. R. Bell, 1882: one imperfect but well preserved and character- istic left valve.

PrycHoPreria £QuivaLvis. (N. Sp.) Plate 32, figs. 6 and ta.

Shell of medium size, equivalve, rather strongly convex in the um- bonal region, the umbonal convexity in each valve extending to the anterior end of the base, abruptly inflected into the anterior wing and narrowing much more gradually into the posterior alation: greatest thickness a little more than half the maximum length. Height and length very nearly equal, the greatest length being at the hinge line, whence the valves narrow downwards to the somewhat pointed basal margin, which is narrowly rounded on its anterior side but much more broadly convex posteriorly. Anterior wing comparatively large and distinctly angulated at its outer extremity : posterior wing about twice as long as the anterior, not separated from the central portion of the valves by any alar groove or plication, but consisting of a mere up- ward expansion of the post-umbonal slope, its outer termination nearly rectangular but very slightly produced. Cardinal areca very narrowly pyriform in front of the beaks and linear lanceolate behind them. Umbones prominent, rather broad, and placed a little in advance of the midlength, beaks curved inward, downward and a little forward.

Surface marked by extremely numerous and minute radiating im- pressed lines or narrow grooves. On the umbonal region and posterior wing some of these grooves are comparatively coarse and distant, with much finer ones intercalated between them, but on the anterior wing all the radiating grooves are of nearly uniform size and very closely disposed. On the anterior wing also the radiating grooves ave crossed by very minute but distinct and close set concentric raised lines, which are absent on the umbonal region or central portion of the valves and very feebly developed on the posterior wing.

240 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.FONTOLOGY.

Dimensions of the only specimen collected, maximum length, estim- ated at twenty seven millimetres; greatest height, twenty five mm.; maximum thickness through the closed valves, a little over sixteen mm. (16.3 mm.)

Athabasca River, first ten miles below the mouth of the Clearwater, Dr. R. Bell, 1882: one nearly perfect and well preserved specimen, with both valves.

This species would seem to be a very aberrant member of the genus Ptychopteria, for its shell is equivalve and its posterior wing is devoid of any longitudinal fold or groove and merges imperceptibly into the umbonal convexity.

It appears to be most nearly related to the P. expansa of Hall,* from the Chemung Group of Pennsylvania, but its beaks are more nearly central, its posterior wing is not nearly so much produced above, and the surface markings of the two species are quite different.

LepropesMa Demus, Hall. (Var.) Plate 32, fig. 7.

Leptodesma Demus, Hall. 1884. Pal. St. N. York, vol. V, pt. 1, Lamellibr., 1, p. 203, pl. xe, figs. 15 and 16.

Athabasca River, first ten miles below the mouth of the Clearwater, Dr. R. Bell, 1882 a perfect left valve which is almost exactly similar in shape to the right valve of DL. Demus tigured by Hall (op. cit., pl. xt, fig. 15), except that its basal margin is not quite so narrowly rounded.

The types of L. Demus are stated to be from the Chemung Group of Lawrenceville, Tioga Co., Pa.

LepropEsmMa JAson, Hall. Plate 82, fig. 8.

Letodesma Jason, Hall. 1884. Pal. St. N. York, vol. V, pt.1, Lamellibr., 1, p. 213, pl. xci, figs. 4-6.

Athabasca River, opposite La Saline, R. G. McConnell, 1890: a few good specimens, one of which has both of the valves preserved.

The types of LZ. Jason are also stated to be from the Chemung Group of Pennsylvania.

* Pal. State N. York, vol. V, pt.1, Lamellibr., 1, (1884), p». 152, pl. xxiii, Te 10 and 11.

weiteaves ] DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 241 PaL.FonzEILo. (Sp. Undt.)

Athabasca River, first ten miles below the mouth of the Clear water, Dr. R. Bell, 1882: a cast of the interior of the closed valves of a nar- rowly elongated species of this genus, shewing impressions of numerous

cardinal teeth.

The specimen is much too imperfect to be identified, but it seems to

have been very similar in shape to the P. attenuata of Hall,* from the Waverly Group of Ohio.

PARACYCLAS ELLIPTICA, Hall.

Paracyclas elliptica, Hall. 1843. Geol. Surv. N. Y., Rep. Fourth Distr., p. 171, t. 67, fig. 2.

Lucina elliytica, Billings. 1859. Hind’s Rep. Assinib. and Saskatch. Expl. Exp., p. 187, fig. 1d.

Lucina (Paracyclas) clliptica, Hall, var. occidentalis, Hall and Whitfield. 1872. Twenty fourth Reg. Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 189.

Paracyclas elliptica, Hall. 1885. Pal. N. Y., vol. V, pt. 1, Lamellibr., pt. 2, p. 440, pl. Ixxvii, figs. 23-33, and pl, xev, fig. 18.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887 - three specimens. Mackenzie River, at the “ Ramparts,” (tive specimens), and ten miles below Bear River (one specimen); R. G. McConnell, 1888.

All the specimens collected are more or less well preserved casts of the interior of the closed valves. Those from the Mackenzie River belong to the large and rather inflated form of the species which Pro- fessor Hall once separated as the variety occidentalis, but specimens precisely similar to these are abundant in the Corniferous limestone of Ontario. The specimens from the Hay River are quite small.

Scu1zopUs CHEMUNGENSIS, Conrad. Plate 30, figs. 5, 5a. Nuculites Chemungensis, Conrad. 1842. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. VIII, p. 247, pl. xiii, fig. 13. Schizodus Chhenvaagarsts (Conrad) Hall. 1870. Prelim. Not. Lamellibr., 2, p. 96. oe “1885. Pal. N. Y., vol. V, pt. 1, Lamellibr., pt. 2, p. 453, pl. Ixxv, figs. 37-40, 45, ‘4, Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887: a * See Pal. St. N. York, vol. V, pt. 1, Lamellibr., ii, 1885, p. 346, pl. |, figs. 34-39.

242 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALONTOLOQY.

cast of the interior of both valves, which very closely resembles the specimen of this species figured by Prof. Hall on plate Ixxv, fig. 45, of volume five, part 1 (Lamellibranchiata,) of the Paleontology of the State of New York.

GASTEROPODA.

EvompHatus (STRAPAROLLUS) INoPs, Hall.

Plate 31, fig. 3 and 35a.

Euomphalus inops, Hall. 1876. Ilustr. Devon. Foss., Gasterop., pl. 16. Luomphalus (Straparollus) inops, Hall. 1879. Pal. N. Y., vol. V, pt. 2, p. 58, pl. xvi, fig. 5.

Mackenzie River. at the © Ramparts,” R. G. McConnell, 1888: three specimens which agree remarkably well with the description and figure of the #, inops of Hall, from the Schoharie Grit of the State of New York, especially in the peculiar concavity of the unbilical area, though it must be born in mind that Prot. Hall’s species was based upon a single imperfect cast of the interior of the shell and that its characters therefore are very imperfectly understood.

EvompuyaLus (STRAPAROLLUS) FLEXISTRIATUS. (N. Sp.) Plate 51, figs. 2 and Ya.

Shell small, discoidal, spire depressed below the highest level of the outer volution, Volutions rather slender, coiled on nearly the same plane, contiguous and increasing gradually in size, their number uncer- tain, as nearly the whole of the inner ones are broken off in the only specimen collected, but probably, when entire, about three or four, outer volution compressed above and below and narrowly rounded on the periphery ; umbilicus occupying nearly one third of the entire diameter of the base; aperture transversely elliptical, its lower portion occupying a little more than one third of the entire basal diameter.

Surface marked by simple and flexuous transverse strive of growth. On the base of the only specimen collected, commencing at the umbi- lical margin, these strix at first curve gently and concavely backward, then obliquely forward and outward until they reach the centre of the periphery, after which their course cannot be traced, as they are not preserved on the upper side.

WHITEAVES. ] DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 243

Maximum diameter, twenty three millimetres; width of umbilicus (as measured on the suture), eight mm.; longest diameter of aperture, nine mm.

Mackenzie River, at the “ Ramparts,” R. G. McConnell, 1888: one specimen.

This little shell seems to ditfer from the Huomphalus inops, EB. rudis and HE. Hecale ot Hall in its depressed spire, and from the F. elymeni- sides of Hall (which is identical with the Straparollus Canadensis of Billings) in its smaller size, much less slender whorls and consequently narrower umbilicus.

Evomrnatus Masxus.* (N. Sp.)

Plate 31, fig. 4.

Shell rather large, discoidal, spire small, periphery flattened convex. Volutions four or five, coiled on nearly the same plane and increasing gradually in size, the inner ones, as seen from above, rounded, with a minute elevated apex, the two outer ones strongly angulated and bear- ing a single row of nodules or tubercles ‘at their outer and upper mar- gin. On the more perfect of the only two specimens collected the characters of the tubercles are shown only on the last volution but one. At its commencement they are quite minute and closely ar- ranged, but, as they increase in size with great regularity, at its outer termination they are about three millimetres and a half in their largest diameter and somewhat quadrangular in outline. Characters of the lower or umbilical side and those of the aperture unknown. The only surface markings that happen to be preserved are a minute spiral impressed line in the centre of the nodulous keel bordering the periphery above, and an equally minute spiral raised line on each side of it.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887: two natural moulds of the exterior of the upper side of the shell. The figure on Plate 31 was drawn from and the foregoing description based on a gutta percha impression of the more perfect of these two moulds.

The species appears to have been very similar in size and shape to the Huomphalus (or Pleuronotus) DeCewi of Billings, from the Corni- ferous Limestone of Ontario, but in the former the outer margin of the last two volutions is tuberculated above and probably was so below.

* An abbreviation of the Cree name (Maskusikan sipi) for the,Hay River.

244 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.EONTOLOGY.

ConuLaRia SALINENSIS. (N. Sp.) Plate 32, figs. 9, 9a.

Shell elongate-pyramidal, transverse section quadrangular, with the opposite sides equal and the alternate ones unequal; faces of the pyramid flattened, each marked with a rounded, narrow and longitu- dinal, median raised line.

In addition to this median line, the surface of each of the sides is crossed by rather regularly disposed, parallel and nearly equidistant, very narrow transverse ridges, which curve gently forward and are separated by flattened spaces whose width is rather more than twice the breadth of the ridges. When viewed under a lens, the summit of each ridge is seen to bear a single row of minute pustules, each of which is continued longitudinally forward across the flattened space next to it, as an externally minute linear prolongation. The pustules on any two immediately adjacent ridges are not opposite but alternate, so that the interior prolongations of the pustules are never continuous nor united, or confluent in such a way as to form continuous lines. On each of the sides, too, all the transverse ridges pass over the summit of the median raised line.

The only specimen collected, which though well preserved is some- what distorted, is nearly perfect at the smaller end but broken at the larger. It actual length is about thirty millimetres. The whole of’ its flattened sides and a small portion of the other two are exposed, the remainder being buried in the matrix. Of the two sides which are fully exposed, the narrower one increases in breadth from two mm. at the smaller end to nine mm. and a half at a distance from it of twenty five mm.,and the broader one from two mm. at the same end to thirteen mm. at a corresponding distance.

Athabasca River, opposite La Saline, R.G. McConnell, 1890: one specimen.

The discovery of this species und the elucidation of its characters, are entirely due to Mr. L. M. Lumbe, who found the type specimen while breaking open « piece of «rgilluceous limestone containing Leptodesma Jason.

Its most characteristic feature seems to be the longitudinal raised line in the centre of each of its flattened sides.

CEPHALOPODA. ORTHOCERAS.

In the collection made by Mr. McConnell at the Hay River in 1887,

wHiteaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 245

this genus is represented by two specimens, These are both much too imperfect for identification or description, but they clearly indicate the existence of two distinct species of Orthoceras in the Devonian rocks at this locality.

(VYROCERAS.

A well preserved portion of what seems to have been the body cham- ber of a small, nodose and apparently undescribed species of Gyroceras was obtained by Mr. McConnell, in 1888, on the Mackenzie River, at the “Rock by the river side.” In this specimen the sides ave ex- panded, the venter and dorsum compressed, and the outline of the transverse section is obscurely octagonal, with the two angles on the dorsal side obsolete. The surface markings consist of distant nodes, arranged in longitudinal and transverse rows, and connected in both directions by obscure ridges. In each transverse row there are six of these nodes.

On the Peace River, at Vermilion Falls, a very imperfect cast of a considerable portion of the interior of the shell of the outer volution of another and very different species of G'yroceras was collected by Mr. McConnell in 1889. This specimen, which is of considerable size, seems to be most nearly related to the G. submamillatum, from the Devonian rocks of Lake Winnipegosis,* and may possibly be referable to that species, though it does not show any indications of a row of large and low rounded promiences on either of its sides.

GONIATITES. Plate 31, fig. 5.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887: a cast of the interior of three chambers of the septate portion of the shell of a species of Gontatites, in which only the lateral lobes and saddles are preserved, each ventral lobe being completely obliterated by weathering. So far as can be ascertained from such an imperfect specimen, the species appears to have the closest affinities with the G. Ixion of Hall, from the Croniatite limestone of Rockford, Indiana, which is the type of Hyatt’s genus Brancoceras.

* Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1890, Sect. iv, p. 107, pl. x, figs. 1 and la. { Pal. St. N. Y., vol, V, pt. 2, p. 474, pls. Ix xiii, figs. 12-14 and Ixxiv, fig. 12,

May, 1891,

246 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.ZONTOLOGY.

CRUSTACEA.

OSTRACODA. ° PRIMITIA SOITULA, Jones.

Primitia scitulu, Jones. 1891. Contr. to Can. Micro-VPal., vol. I, pt.3, * pl xi, figs. 14a and b.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887: two specimens, one on Atrypa reticularis and the other on Strophodonta demissa.

APARCHITES MITIS, Jones.

ulparchites mitis, Jones. 1891. Contr. to Can. Micro-Pal., vol. I, pt.3, pl. xi, figs. 15a and b.

Athabasea River,—within twenty miles of the Clearwater, A. 8. Cochrane, 1881, and three miles below the Calumet, R. G, McConnell, 1890. Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G. McConnell, 1887. One or two specimens from each of these localities.

. [sOCHILINA BELLULA, Jones.

Tsochilina, belhda, Jones. 1891. Contr. to Can. Micro-Pal., vol. 1, pt.3, pl. x1, figs. 16a and b.

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth, R. G McConnell, 1887: two specimens. TRILOBITA. Proetus Hanpemant, Hall. Plate 31, figs. 6-8. Proetus Haldemani, Hall. 1861. Descr. New Species of Fossils, ete., p. 74-

« “ ‘© 1862. Fifteenth Rep. Reg. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p- 102.

Hall. 1876. Hlustrations of Devonian Fossils, pl. xxi, figs. 7-9.

* Now in the printer's hands, but not yet paged.

WHITEAVES. ] DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 247

Dechenella Haldemani, Kayser. 1880. Zeitschrift der Deutsch Geol. Gesellsch., p. 707, pl. xxvii, fig. 9.

Provtus Haldemani, Walcott. 1884. Pal. Eureka distr. Nevada, p. 210.

(?) Dechenella Haldemani, Tschernyschew. 1887. Mem. du Comité Geol., vol. III, No. 3, p. 14, pl. i, fig. 9.

Proetus Haldemani, Hall. 1888. Pal. St. N. Y., vol. VII, p. 113, pl. xxi, figs. 7-9 and pl. xxiii, figs. 13-15.

Mackenzie River, at Grand View, several well preserved specimens, and at the “ Ramparts,” one badly preserved pygidium, R. G. Mc- Connell, 1888. The specimens from Grand View consist of two separate heads, one head and thorax, two separate tails and three with the thorax attached, also of a small flat piece of limestone with one of its surfaces strewn with seven pygidia, one head and the thoracic segments of three individuals of this species.

In the following lists the species are arranged according to the localities at which they were collected, following the general direction of the drainage of the Mackenzie River and its tributaries, from the south-east to the north-west.

Pembina River, four miles above its mouth.

Spirifera inutilis, Hall. | Atrypa reticularis, var. aspera.

Clearwater River, east bank, about four miles below the Pembina.

Orthis striatula, Schlotheim. Spirorbis omphalodes, Goldfuss. Atrypa reticularis, L. Ascodictyon stellatum, Nicholson.

Athabasca River, first ten miles below the mouth of the

Clearwater. Chonetes Logani, var. Aurora, Hall. Atrypa reticularis, var. aspera. Strophalosia productoides, Nicholson. Actinopteria Boydii, Conrad.

Spirifera tullia, Hall. Var. Ptychopteria zequivalvis, W. Athyris Angelica, var. occidentalis, W. Leptodesma Demus, Hall.

Atrypa reticularis.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL AONTOLOGY.

Athabasca River, opposite La Saline and about twenty five miles below the mouth of the Clearwater.

Chonetes Loyani, var. Aurora. | Strophalosia productoides. Productella dissimilis, Hall. Spirifera subattenuata, Hall. ef inutilis. tullia. Var.

Spirifera (Martinia) Richardsoni, M Atrypa Angelica, var. occidentalis. Atrypa reticularis.

Leptodesma Jason, Hall.

Conularia Salinensis, W. Aparchites mitis, Jones.

“

Athabasca River, three miles below the mouth of the Caluinet and eighteen miles below the mouth of Red River.

Cyathophyllum Athabascense, W. Spirifera subattenuata. Spirorbis omphalodes. x inutilis.

Hederella Canadensis, Nicholson. Cyrtina Hamiltonensis, Hall. Ascodictyon stellatum. Athyris parvula, W.

Crania Hamiltonis, Hall. Atrypa reticularis. Productella dissimilis. i - Orthis striatula.

var aspera. Rhynchonella pugnus, Martin.

Strophodonta demissa, Conrad.

Aparchites mitis.

Athabasca River, thirty miles below Red River.

Campophyllum ellipticum, var. Ascodictyon stellatum. Productella dissimilis.

Orthis striatula.

Strophodonta demissa. Spirifera subattenuata.

Spirifera inutilis. Cyrtina Billingsi, Meek. Athyris parvula. Atrypa reticularis.

iG «

var. aspera.

Peace River, between Vermilion Falls and the mouth of the Little Red River.

Cyathophyllum cespitosuim, (coldfuss. Phillipsastreea Hennahi, Lonsdale. Pachyphyllum Devoniense, Edw. & H. Pachypora cervicornis, DeBlainyille. Alveolites vallorum, Meek.

Alveolites Raemeri, Billings. Monotrypella Unjiga, W.

Strophodonta demissa.

Strophodonta perplana, Conrad. Spirifera disjuncta, Sowerby. Atrypa reticularis. ee « var. aspera. Rbynchonella cuboides, Sowerby. Cryptonella Calvini’? Hall. Pterinea flabellum, Conrad.

Peace River, at Rapid Bouillé,

Strophodonta demissa.

Peace River, at ‘ Fossil Point.”

Spirifera disjuncta. |

Rhynchonella pugnus.

WHITeaves. |

DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. aa

Hay River, forty miles above its mouth.

Astreospongia Hamiltonensis, M. & W. Aulopora serpens, Goldfuss. Cyathophyllum c:espitosum. Campophyllum ellipticum. Heliophyllum parvulum, W. Phillipgastreea Hennahi. 4 Verrillii, Meek.

Alveolites vallorum. Arachnocrinus Canadensis, W. Spirorbis omphalodes.

st Arkonensis, Nicholson. Cornulites (Ortonia) subleevis, W. Hederella Canadensis, Nicholson. Proboscina laxa, W. Stomatopora moniliformis, W. Ascodictyon stellatum. Paleschara quadrangularis, Nicholson. Ceramopora Huronensis, Nicholson. Crania Hamiltonie.

Productella spinulicosta, Hall. Orthis striatula. Strophodonta demissa. Spirifera disjuncta. “var. occidentalis, W. Spirifera cyrtinieformis, Hall & Whitfield.

Spirifera (M) glabra, var. Franklini. Atrypa reticularis. % a var. aspera.

Rhynchonella cuboides.

Eatonia variabilis, W.

Paracyclas elliptica, Hall. Schizodus Chemungensis, Conrad. Evomphalus Maskusi, W. Primitia scitula, Jones. Aparchites mitis, Jones. Isochilina bellula, Jones.

Mackenzie River, at the “ Rock by the river side,” twenty miles below Fort Wrigley.

Chonetes Logani, var. Aurora.

Productella subaculeata, var. cata- racta.

Mackenzie River, ten miles below the mouth of Bear River.

Streptelasma rectum, Hall.

Paracyclas elliptica.

Mackenzie River, at the “ Ramparts.”

Cyathophyllum arcticum, Meek.

Cyathophyllum (Aulophyllum) Rich- ardsoni, M.

Pachypora cervicornis.

Alveolites vallorum.

Spirorbis omphalodes.

Cornulites (Ortonia) sublievis.

Hederella Canadensis.

Paleschara yuadrangularis.

Chonetes Logani, var. Aurora.

Productella lachrymosa, var. lima, Con.

Orthis striatula.

Spirifera (M.) glabra, var. Franklini.

Spirifera (M.) meristoides, Meek. Atrypa reticularis. - “ var. aspera. Rbhynchonella pugnus. castanea, Meek. Pentamerus galeatus, Dalman. Stringocephalus Burtini, Defrance. Cryptonella Calvini? Hall & Whit- field. Newberria levis, Meek (Sp. ) fuomphalus inops, Hall. ss tlexistriatus, W. Proetus Haldemani, Hall.

250 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL/HONTOLOQY.

Mackenzie River, at “Grand View,” forty five miles > ) y below the “ Ramparts.”

Productella spinulicosta. Proetus Haldemani. Atrypa reticularis.

According to Mr. McConnell, a section of the Devonian rocks in the Mackenzie River district, in descending order, would be somewhat as follows :—

1. Upper limestone ...... 00 eee eee ee eee (about) 300 feet. 2. Greenish and bluish shales, alternating with

HiMESHONE! 5.25, scrsance Heelan d-eaes ¢ (about) 500 feet. 3. Greyish limestone, interstratified with dolo- mites, the lower part of which may be older than the Devonian ...... 0.0... ceeeee ee eee 2000 feet (or more. )

The whole of the fossils referred to in this Report are from the upper part of the middle division of this section. Although some of the locali- ties** at which these fossils were collected ure very far apart, the writer is informed by Mr. McConnell that the lithological characters and strati- graphical relations of the shales and limestones at each are almost identical. The fossil faunze at the whole of these localities seem to show similarly close relations, and it is most probable that all the species in the foregoing lists are from practically the same geological horizon.

An analysis of these lists shows that twenty two of the species are found also in the Hamilton Formation of Ontario or the State of New York.

These are:—

Astrieospongia Haimiltonensis. Cerampora Huronensis. Aulopora serpens. Crania Hamiltonii. Streptelasma rectum. Chonetes Logani, var. Aurora. Pachypora cervicornis. Strophodonta demissa. Alveolites Ruvmeri. ws porplana. Spirorbis omphalodes. Productella spinulicosta. « Arkonensis. Atrypa reticularis. Cornulites (Ortonia) sublievis. Cyrtina Hamiltonensis. HWederella Canadensis. Pterinea flabellum. Ascodictyon stellatum. Actinovteria Boydii. Paleschara quadrangularis. Proetus Haldemani.

*The Ramparts, on the Mackenzie, for instance, are 570 miles from the locality on the May River at which fosslis were collected, and nearly 1,000 miles from La Saline on the Athabusen.

WHITEAvES. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 251

Ten of the species occur also in Iowa, in beds that aro now referred to the Chemung.

These are :— Campophyllum ellipticum. Spirifera cyrtin:eformis. Hederella Canadensis. Atrypa reticularis. Productella dissimilis. es 5 var. aspera. Orthis striatula. (=O. Lowensis.) Rhynchonella pugnus. (==R. alta.) Strophodonta demissa. Cryptonella Calvini.

Seven are identical with species that are said to be characteristic of the Chemung of the States of New York and Pennsylvania.

These are:—

Productella lachrymosa, var. lima. Leptodesma Lemus. Spirifera disjuncta. 7 Jason. Athyris Angelica. Schizodus Chemungensis.

Rhynchonella cuboides. (venustula.)

In the Mackenzie River district, however, the subdivisions of the Devonian System that exist in the State of New York and Ontario are probably not recognizable, and there are strong reasons for supposing that the whole of the fossils reported upon in these pages belong to the “ Cuboides Zone.”

It is true that Rhynchonella cuboides itself has so far been found only on the Peace and Hay Rivers, where it is invariably associated with Spirifera disjuncta (or Verneuili), but other fossils eminently charac- teristic of the Cuboides Zone will be noticed in nearly all the fore- going lists of species from the Athabasca and its tributaries or from the Mackenzie.

In a paper published as w Bulletin of the Geological Society of America and dated May, 1890, Prof. H. 5. Williams cites three species, which, according to Kayser, are the “principal fossils of the Cuboides Schichten’’ in Kurope, and thirteen others as “conspicuous fossils in ity fauna.” Of the first three, two are Rhynchonella cuboides and Spiri- fera disjuncta (or Verneuiti,) which, ax before stated, occur together at the Peace and Hay Rivers. Of the thirteen others, five, viz., Produc- tella subaculeata, Orthis striatula, Atrypareticularis, Rhynchonella pugnus and Pentamerus galeatus are found in one or other of the lists of species on pages 247-50. Pachypora cervicornis, too, which was collected at the “Ramparts” by Mr. R. W. McFarlane in 1857, and Strophalosia productoides, which has since been found by Dr. Bell and Mr. McConnell in the Devonian rocks of the Athabasca, are both stated to be charac- teristic of the Cuboides Zone in Europe. The Cyathophyllum hexagonum of the Cuboides Zone of Belgium is represented at the ‘ Ramparts” by

252 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL ONTOLOGY.

C. areticum, and the Spirifera concentrica of the same zone and locality, by the Athyris parvula of the Athabasca, which is little more than a diminutive race of iS. coneentrica,

Prof. Williams correlates the Cuboides Zone of Kurope with the Tully Limestone of the State of New York, logether with certain ‘“shaly strata several hundred feet above it.” He sugyests alxo that “if we wish to express precise correlation in our classification of Ame- rican rocks, the line between middle and upper Devonian formations should be drawn at the base of the Tully Limestone, to correspond with the usage of French, Belgian, German and Russian geologists, who in- clude the Frasnien, Cuboides Schichten, and correlated zones in the upper Devonian.” For comparison with the fauna of the Cuboides Zone in Europe, Prof. Williams says that ‘the more important species in the Tully Limestone of New York ave the brachiopods, of which he gives a list of thirteen. Of these, Chonetes Logani, var. Aurora, Productella spinulicosta, Strophodonta perplana, Spirifera tullia, Cyrtina Hamiltonen- sis, Atrypa reticularis, Atrypa aspera and Rhynchonella venustula (cubo. ides) occur algo in the Devonian of the Mackenzie River district. The large variety of Orthis Tulliensis, from the Tully Limestone, figured by Prof. Williams, also, is practically indistinguishable from some of the specimens of O. striatula from the Athabasca River, Hay and Peace Rivers.

The occurrence of two specimens of Stringocephalus Burtini, asso- ciated with several examples of Rensselaeria levis, Meek (not Hall), and the apparent absence of Sp/rifera disjuncta, al. the “* Ramparts,” on the Mackenzie River, are, doubtless, rather suggestive of the “ Stringo- cephalus limestone,” but nearly all the other species found at this locality are characteristic of the Cuboides Zone as developed in Europe, or of its American representative the Tully Limestone.

Finally the following table has been prepared to shew the close re- semblance which the fauna of the Devonian rocks of the Mackenzie River district, as exemplified in these pages, bears to that of the same formation in Europe or upon the European side of the Atlantic.

Mackenae River Disrricr. Iuropn. Aulopora serpens. Aulopora serpens. Cyathopbyllum arcticum. Cyathophyllum hexagonum. Cyathophyllum cespitosum. Cyathophyllum cespitosum. Cyathophyilum Athabascensis. Cyathophyllum ceratites, Goldfuss. Campophyllum ellipticum. Campophyllum Seetenicum, Schluter. Phillipsastriv-a Hennahi. Phillipsastriea Hennahi. Pachyphyllum Devonienge. Pachy phyllum Devoniense.

Pachy pora, cervicornis, Pachy pora corvicornis.

WHITEAVES. |

Mackenzin River Disrricr.

Spirorbis omphalodes. Stomatopora moniliformis. Strophalosia productoides.

DEVONIAN FOSSILS, MACKENZIE RIVER BASIN. 253

Evurops.

Spirorbis omphalodes. Hippothoa Devonica, Ghlert. Strophalosia productoides.

Productella subaculeata, var. cataracta. Productella subaculeata.

Productella spinulicosta. Orthis striatula Spirifera disjuncta.

- Spirifera cyrtinzeformis.

vu Spirifera glabra, var. Franklini.

Spirifera Richardsoni, Meek. Cyrtina Hamiltonensis. Atrypa reticularis.

Atrypa reticularis, var. aspera. Rhynchonella pugnus. Rhynchonella cuboides. Pentamerus galeatus. Stringocephalus Burtini. Newberria levis, Meek. (Sp.) Pterinea flabellum. Paracyclas elliptica.

Proetus Haldemani, Hall.

Productella spinulicosta. Orthis striatula. . Spirifera disjuncta. Sp. aperturatus, var. cuspidatus. Spirifera glabra. Spirifera undifera, Roemer. Cyrtina heteroclita (Auct.) Atrypa reticularis. Atrypa reticularis, var. aspera. -Rhynchonella pugnus. Rhynchonella cuboides. Pentamerus galeatus. Stringocephalus Burtini. Renssel:eria amygdalina, Goldfuss (Sp.) Pterinea fasciculata, Goldfuss. Lucina proavia, Goldfuss. Proetus Haldemani.

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA,

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY

VOLUME I. BY J. F. WHITEAVES.

6. The Fossils of the Devonian Rocks of the islands, shores or immediate vicinity of Lakes Manitoba and Winnepegosis.

INTRODUCTION.

The northern extremity of Lake Winnepegosis, it may be well to pre- mise, is in the District of Saskatchewan, but by far the larger portion of that lake and the whole of Lake Manitoba are in the province of Mani- toba. The shores of the southern portion of Lake Manitoba are so low and flat as to exhibit no rock exposures, and the area from which the fossils referred to in this report are collected is included between latitudes 51° and 53° N, and longitudes 98° 30’ and 101° 10’ W.

Prior to the year 1888 but little was known of the fauna of the Devo- nian rocks of the islands and shores of Lakes Manitoba and Winnepeg- osis, or of the geographical distribution and stratigraphical relations of these rocks. Upto that date, the little that was known on either of these topics is to be found in Professor H. Youle Hind’s otticial “ Report on the Assiniboine and Saskatchewan Exploring Expedition,” published at Toronto by the Ontario Government in 1859, and in Mr. (now Dr.) J. W. Spencer’s ‘‘ Report on the country between the Upper Assiniboine River and Lake Winnepegosis and Manitoba,” published at Montreal in 1875, in the Report of Progress of the Geological Survey of Canada for 1874-75.

In the earlier of these two publications the existence in Manitoba of rocks of Devonian age was first announced by Mr. E. Billings, on the evidence of a few fossils collected by Prof. Hind at Snake Island, Lake Winnipegosis, and at Manitoba Island, Lake Manitoba, which were pre- sented by or through him to the Museum of the Survey. The fossils from Snake Island, as identified or described by Mr. Billings in the twentieth chapter of Prof. Hind’s report, are as follows: Atrypa reticularis, L., and its var. aspera ; Orthis Lowensis, Hall ; “two smal species of Productus ;” “ Lucina elliptica, Conrad 3” Lucina occidentalis, Billings (sp. nov.) ; two species of Luomphalus, “a fragment of a Loxonema, most probably Z. nexilis” ; “fragments of Orthoceras, Gomphoceras, and a species of .Vau-

1

SEPTEMBER, 1892.

26 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALAEONTOLOGY.

tilus ov Gyroceras.” In reference to these Mr. Billings remarks that “although we have none of the characteristic spiriters, corals or trilobites to guide us, yet I think that upon the evidence of the above fossils we ean safely say that this locality is Devonian and most probably about the age of the Hamilton group.” The fossils from Manitoba Island, he adds, “are mostly the same as those from Snake Island, with the exception of two species of Chonetes and fragments of a large fish. There is also here a large Strometopora, probably S. concentric”

The present writer has never seen the specimens referred to by Mr. Bil- lings as ‘two small species of Prodietis,” and as “two species of Zivom- phalus> ; but, apart trom these, the following is submitted as an amended list of the species obtained by Prof. Hind at Snake Tsland : Orthis stri- atila, Schlotheim (=O. fowensis of Billings and Meek) ; ulfrypasretien- aris, Ley altrype retientaris, var. aspera, Schl; Paracyclas elliptica, Hall, non Conrad, of which Lireina oecidentalis, Billings, which is incor- rectly figured by his artist, is only a distorted form, both it and the typi- cal P eliptica Weing very doubttully distinct from 2. /iveta, Conrad ; Loronema, species undeterminable, the specimen being a mere fragment ; Orthoceras Mindi (= Aectinoceras Hindi, Whiteaves, but not a true ulefinoceras) ¢ Gomphoceras, species undeterminable ; and @yreceras sub- neonillation, Whiteaves. The four specimens of Chenetes collected by Prof. Hind at Manitoba Island, and seventeen precisely similar ones obtained hy Mr. Tyrrell and the present writer at the same locality in 1888, are all clearly referable to a single species, which is described and figured in this report under the name Chonetes Meanitobensis, The expo- sures of Devonian limestone examined by Prof. Hind are those at Flat Rock Point, Steep Rock Point and Manitoba Tsland, on or in Lake Mani- toba, and at Snake Tsland, in Lake Winnipegosis.

Tn 1874 Dr J. We Spencer examined several outcrops of Devonian rocks on the shores of Swan Lake, Manitoba, and Lake Winnipegosis, and gave the naine of Dawson Bay to the north-western portion of the latter, in honour of Sno J. We Dawson, the principal of McGill University. About a page and « half (pp. 61-62) of Dr. Spencer’s Report is devoted to a general deseription of Lakes Winnipegosis and Manitoba, and two pages (pp. 67-68) to an account of the “ Deposits of Devonian Age” in and around Lake Winnipegosis and Swan Lake. On page 68 he states that “the best localities for fossils, so far as my observation extended, sve Warren Island, in Swan Lake, and Points Wilkins and Carrollida, on Dawson Bay. The paleozoic fossils which T collected have been deter- mined by Mr. Billings, who pronounces them all to be of Devonian age. The following were collected from rocks i sit at the above localities : Athyris, Cyrtina, Atrypa aspera, A, retiendaris (Devonian type), Spirijerca

and Orthis.” The “dthyris” of this list is al. etdeta, Hall, and the

wuiteaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC, 257

“Cyrtina” most probably C. Hemilfonensis of Hall. “The following,” he says, “ were obtained on the western shore of Dawson Bay, from slabs apparently derived from the neighbouring cliffs: Receptaculites (1), Mievo- sites (2 species), Syringopora, uleereularia profinda (this occurs in the Haunilton group in Iowa), Meliophyllian (like MM. Hulli), Diphyphyllin, Stronuttopora, evinoidal columns, Gypidula, Rhynchonella, Atrypa vetien- laris, Athyrix, Strophomena, a lvachiopod resembling Strinyoeephealius, Buomphalus, Pleurotomaria, Bellerophon and Phillipsia.” The specimens referred to in this list as “ Receptaculites 1)” ave two worn examples of Spherospongia tesscllate ; the two species of Luvosites are £. Gothlandica, var., and Pachypora cervicornis, the “ //eliophylum like If. Halli” isa new species of dcfinocystis, which will be found deseribed and figured in

this report as A. variabilis; the “ (fypidula’ is Pentamerus comis ; the “brachiopod like Strangocephalus” is S. Burtini; the “Buomphalis” is a small species of Sfraparol/us here described and figured as 8. fllicinetis ; the “ Bellerophon” appears to be B. Pelops, Hall, and the “ Phillipsia” a variety of Proctus Haldemani. To this list, also, may be added Orthothetes Chemungensis, var., and Conoeardium Ohiocnse, Meek, which Prof. Whit- field says is the young of C. ¢riyonale, Hall, though Prof. Hall himself says that his C. trigona/e is a synonyin of Conrad’s C. cunens. Finally, Dr. Spencer says, “among other specimens which had evidently been transported from a greater or less distance, there were Pentamerus, altrype reticularis, A. aspera, Strophomena, Chonetes, Enuomphalus, &e. The “« Pentumerus” of this list is a Silurian species, which has since been des- cribed by the present writer under the name 2. deenssefis, and which, so far, has only been found in place at the foot of the Grand Rapids of the Saskatchewan.

By far the most complete examination of the geology around Lakes Manitoba and Winnipegosis that has yet heen made, was effected by Mr. J.B. Tyrrell, M.A., B.Sc., of this Survey, in the summer seasons of 1888 and 188%. All the rock exposures on the islands, shores and immechate vicinity of these two lakes were examined by Mr. Tyrrell, who outlined the boundaries of the belt of Devonian rocks across this tract of country, discovered many new fossils in these rocks, and traced out the horizons in which these fossils occur, as well as the stratigraphical relations of the different bands of limestone to each other and to the Cretaceous rocks by which they are overlaid. In 1888 he discovered a small exposure of rocks of Silurian (Upper Silurian) age at Davis Point, Portage Bay, Lake Mani- toba, and in 188% a large area of rocks of the same age on the north- eastern shore of Lake Winnipegosis. During both these years he was assisted by Mr. D. B. Dowling, B.ANe., in a topographical survey of this district and in the collection of fossils, and in the suminer of IS8& the present writer had the pleasure of visiting nearly all the fossiliferous ex-

uy

vas CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.KONTOLOGY,

posures in or around Lake Manitoba in company with Mr. Tyrrell. The collections of fossils which Mr. Tyrrell obtained from the Devonian vocks ot the neighbourhood of these two lakes on the occasions veterred to, and which will form the subject of the present report, are among the largest and most important that have been brought back by any of the Survey explorers for many years. The species represented in these collections ave of unusual interest, not only on account of the number of new forms anong them, but also as showing the close relations that exist, in so many respects, between the fauna of these rocks and that of the Devonian rocks of Hurope. As several of the localities mentioned in this report are not to be found in any of the older maps, ib may be mentioned that they are all Jaid down on the “ Geological Map of North-western Manitoba and

)

portions of the districts of Assiniboia and Naskatchewan,” recently pub- lished by this Survey, and here referred to as Mr. Tyrrell’s map.

The whole of the species enumerated or described in this paper appear to be from the Middle or Upper Devonian, in the sense in which these terms have been recently used by Kayser, Tschernyschew and other Euro- pean writers. By far the larger number are from the Stringocephalus zone, and, in order to avoid repetition, a capital s (S) will be prefixed to the names of each of these. According to Mr. Tyrrell, the rocks which are here called Middle Devonian, consist of “a series of dolomites which extend upward from the basal beds at Devils Point, Lake Winni- pegosis, to the upper beds exposed on the islands and shores of Dawson Bay, in which Steingocephalas is particularly abundant. The Upper Devonian of this district consists of a series of more or Jess impure lime- stones, extending from the lowest beds at Onion Point, Lake Manitoba ; Snake Island, Lake Winnipegosis, and a few other localities, through the light grey shales” (of the Cauboides zone) “on the Rec Deer River, We, to the light pinkish limestones at Point Wilkins.”

In the preparation of this paper the writer is indebted to Mr. L. M. Lamhe, F.G.S., of this Survey, for valuable assistance in ascertaining the exact character of many of the species, especially the internal structures of the corals and the minute generic and specitic features of the Polyzoa ; to Dr. Fritz Frech, of Hille, Germany, who paid a short visit to Ottawa in October last, for critical suggestions in regard to the affinities of the Cyathophylide; and to Mr. E.O. Ulrich, of Newport, Kentucky, for uotes on the specific relations of some of the Polyzoa.

The classification followed, as in previous parts of this volume, is inatuly that adopted by Dr. Karl Zittel in his “ Handbuch der Palwonto- logie,” but the corals are arranged in conformity with Dr. Frech's memoir on the Cyathophyllide and Zaphrentidie of the German Middle bevenian*®

* Paleontol, Abhand]. herausgeg., von W. Dames & EK. Kayser, Berlin, 1886. Vol. TIL pt. 3. .

wuireaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 259

and the Polyzoa or Bryozoa in accordance with Mr. Ulrich’s recently Paleozoic Bryozoa,” in the eighth volume

é

published monograph of the ‘ of Reports of the Geological Survey of Illinois.

DETERMINATIONS AND Descriptions oF SPECIES. RECEPTACULITID A. (S.) SPH-EROSPONGIA TESSELLATA, Phillips. (Sp.)

Plate 33. All the figures.

Sphwronites tesxellatus, Phillips. 1841. Pal. Foss. Dev., Cornw. & W. Somers., p. 135, pl. lix, fig. 49.

Echinosphurites tessellatus, Murch., De Verneuil & Keyserling. 1845. Geol. Russ., &e., vol. II, p. 381, pl. xxvii, fig. 7.

Spheronites tessellatus Bowerbank. 1845. Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 299.

me ag Austin. “Tb. p. 406.

Proboscis of crinoid. G. & F. Sandberger. 1850-56. Verstein des Rhein. Schicht. —Syst., pp. 384, 385.

Spherosponyia texsellata, Pengelly. 1861. Geologist, vol. IV, p. 340, pl. v.

Pasceolus tessellatus et Rathii, Kayser. 1875 Zeitschr. der. deutsch. Geol. Gesellsch., p. 780, t- xx.

Polygonosphierites tessellatus, F. Roemer. 1880. Leth. Pal. vol. I, p. 297, fig. 54.

es a Zittel. 1880. Handb. der Paleont., vol. I, p. 106.

Dictyophyton yerolsteinense, F. Roemer. 1883. Zeitschr. der. deutsch. Geol. Gesellsch, vol. XXAV, p. 706, fig. b.

Spherospouyia tesxsellata, Hinde. 1884. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. XL, p. 840, pl. xxxvii, figs. 1, la—c.

Two badly worn and loose specimens of a fossil which E. Billings refer- red with doubt to the genus Reeeptacu/ites*, were vollected by Dr. J. W. Spencer in 1874, on the western shore of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipeg- osis, On examining these specimens in the spring of 1888, the writer became convinced that they are identical with the Spherospongia tessel- lata, Phillips, (sp.) as deseribed and figured by Dr. G. J. Hinde and others. A single specimen of the same species was collected by Mr. A. P. Low, in 1886, at the Limestone rapids of the Fawn branch of the Severn River.

In July, 188s, four tolerably good specimens of S. fexse/ata weve obtained by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell and the writer on the north-west shore of Lake Manitoba, at Pentamerus Point. Two of these specimens were

* Geol. Surv. Canada, Rep. Progr. 1874-75, 1875, p. 68.

260 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.EONTOLOGY.

loose, but the other two were found in place, in a pale yellowish-brown coloured or nearly white dolomite of Devonian age, associated with Sfriug- ocephalus,

In 1889, a large number of specimens of a Spherospongia, which, in the writer’s judyment, are undoubtedly identical with WS. fessr//ula, were collected by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling at several localities on the shores and islands of Dawson Bay, especially on its south-eastern shore, at a point four or tive miles north of the mouth of Shoal River, called Whiteaves Point on Mr. Tyrrell’s map. These specimens, some of which ave in unusually fine condition, were obtained in place, from a partly compact and partly vesicular dolomite, also holding Sfranyorrphalus. The originals of all the figures on plate xxxiii are from Dawson Bay.

At this locality the specimens are more or less curved or twisted, espe- cially near the base, the most curved specimen collected being that repre sented by fig. 6. They vary considerably in shape, size and proportions, but they all enclose a large central cavity. In some specimens the contour is subpyriform (figs. 1, and 10) and the height not much greater than the maximum breadth. Others, again, are subconical (fig. 9), arcuate and club-shaped (fig. 6), or even almost cylindrical (fig. 4), and the latter, of course, are much higher than broad.

The details of their structure have been carefully studied by Mr. L. M. Lanibe. He finds “that, with the exception of a basal circlet and a very small area at the summit, the whole of the outer surface of the organism consists of close fitting hexagonal plates, which are shehtly convex on their outer surface, arranged in alternating vertical rows, and that each plate has a small rounded elevation or tubercle in the centre, as described and figured by Phillips, Hinde and others. In addition to the central elevation, each of the hexagonal plates in the Dawson Bay specimens 18 marked by a few lines of growth parallel to the periphery, as shown in tig. 2.

The base of the organisin is entirely closed, pointed and composed of

four longitudinally elongated, five-sided plates, as represented in figs. 5 and 5a. These basal plates ave marked with sculpture lines similar to those of the hexagonal plates, but in each of the basals the central or subcentral portion is developed into a comparatively large protuberance.

The external characters of the summit are not yet satisfactorily known, but in the only specimen in which any portion of it is preserved (tig. 1) the appearance is as there indicated, and there are no indications that the smnumit was covered by hexagonal plates.

The interior of the fossil presents the appearance of w nunber of inter- locking, hollow cruciform ‘spicules,’ each of which has its central and undi- vided portion anchylosed to the centre of the inner surface of one of the hexagonal plates. The four rays of each ‘spicule’ lie in a plane parallel

witeaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 261

to that of the plate of which they form a part, and project considerably beyond its margin, but in two of the rays the general direction is vertical, and in the other two horizontal or lateral. All the rays ave thickened at their junction with each other, striated longitudinally, and taper gra- dually to an acute point. The horizontal or lateral rays are longer than the vertical, and the former are curved slightly inward and downward. The distal rays, or those vertical rays which are directed forward, incline slightly inward, and the proximal rays, or those vertical rays which are directed backward, incline as slightly outward.

The rays of the ‘spicules’ of immediately adjacent plates interlock ina very regular manner, as shown by Dr. Schluter in his figure of 8. meqga- raphis® and as specially indicated in fig. 1 a, of plate xxxiii, in which the dotted lines represent the relative position of the hexagonal plates. The distal ray of each ‘spicule’ passes behind or inside of the proximal ray of the ‘spicule ’ immediately above it. The lateral rays of each ‘ spicule’ pass between the distal and proximal rays of the ‘spicules’ lying to the right and left of it, while the right lateral ray of each ‘spicule’ passes above the left lateral ray of the correspouding ‘spicule ’ in the second row to the right of it.

In the narrow portion next to the base the ‘spicules’ appear to be par- tially amalgamated and are less clearly defined, so that this part of the fossil often presents a longitudinally ribbed appearance, the ribs being rounded or flattened and convergent posteriorly.

At the summit the distal rays of the last two or three ‘spicules’ in each longitudinal row are prolonged and convergent and ultimately meet together at its apex. These prolonged smnmit rays are hollow andl flat- tened laterally and the central summit area formed by them is about four- teen millimetres broad at the base, in the only specimen (fig. 1.) in which it is preserved.

In attempting to free the organism from the matrix, the rock in these specimens from Dawson Bay often carries with it the outer covering of hexagonal plates. The result of the fracture of these plates from the ‘spicules’ of which they formed a part, is shown in fig. 1 a. When the rays of the ‘spicules’ are not present, which is often the case, their original shape and position are indicated by corresponding moulds of their exterior in the matrix. The spaces between the spicules, also, are repre- sented by raised ridges crossing each other at right angles and directed diagonally across the specimen, thus giving the peculiar reticulated appear- ance shewn in figs. 1 and 4.

The maximum breadth of the largest’ specimen collected, which is too imperfect to show the height, is fifty six millimetres. The most perfect

* Zeitschr. der Deutsch. geol. gessellsch., 1887, vol. XX-NXIN, pl. i, fig. 6.

22 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY,

specimen is forty mm. high and twenty eight mm, in its maximum breath. Tn the central portion of this specimen the dimensions of the rays of the ‘spicules,’ as measured from the centre of each ‘spicule,’ are as follows : length of the proximal rays, 3-5 mmn., length of the horizontal ov lateral rays 5-3 inimn. ; thickness of the rays at their bases 9imm. The dimensions of the four basal plates shown in figs 5 and 5a are, length 4:5 mm., breadth 3-0 mm. The subcylindrical specimen represented by fig. 4 is rather more than 35 mm. in height, and 12:5 mm. in its greatest breadth.”

This species is the type of Pengelly’s genus Sphirosponyia, which was first characterized in 1861, and of Ferdinand Roemer’s genus Po/ygonos- pheerites, which was published in 1880. Tt is still doubtful which of these names should be retained, the first having been given on the hypo- thesis that the organism was originally a sponge, and the second on the assumption that it was not. Of late years Phillips’ species has been referred to Spherospongia by Dr. G. J. Hinde in 1884 (op, cit.) and by Dr. Clemens Schluter in 1887*, but to Polygonospherites by Zittel in T8837, and by Herr Raufft, as well as by Protessors Nicholson and Lyddeker in 1889s. Dr. Hinde claims that it isa Lyssakine Hexactinel- lid sponge, but Herr Rauff maintains that it and the Receptaculitide are not silicious organisms, but that their skeletons were originally calcareous and the silicious specimens mere pseudomorphs, or the result of subse- quent silicification. The group therefore, he concludes, cannot be referred to the Hexactinellid sponges, and its systematic position is still entirely uncertain. In the present Report, however, the generic term Sphavospon- gra is still retained, though not without some hesitation, on the eround that the hypothesis that the type of the genus was not a sponge, hax not yet been conclusively proved.

A specimen of a Spherospongia which appears to be indistinguishable from the present species, has been figured under the name N. cornecapie, Goldfuss (Sp.)|| by Dr. Schluter, who states that it was recorded (autye- fuhrt) by Goldfuss in 1832 as occurring in the Devonian rocks of the Eifel and named by him Seyphia cormucopie. The volume in which the latter name was first indicated is inaccessible to the writer, but it would seem that the species was never properly characterized by Goldfuss, and hence that his specific name cannot be accepted as prior to Phillips’, for, on page 30 of Davidson's Monograph of the British Devonian Brachiopoda the ve occurs. Tn 1823 (according to Dr. Schluter this

following pass

* Zeitschr. der Deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., Berlin, vol, NNXIX, p. 18, pl 1, figs. 1 and 2.

+ Handbuch der Palieontologie, vol. 1, p. 728.

+ Zeitschr. der Deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., Berlin, vol. XL, p. 609,

§ Man. Paleont., 1889, vol. TI, App., pp. 1563-64.

| Zeitsche. der Deutsch. geol. Gresellsch., 1887, vol. XNXIX, pl. 1, figs. 1 and 2.

wriTeaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 263

should be 1832) “Goldfuss appended a list of fossils to Von Dechen’s translation of Sir Henry de la Beche’s ‘Manual of Geology’ and intro- duced w number of new names without description or illustration, and has thus furnished us with another instance of the confusion that can be created by the pernicious ettect of manuscript names.”

SPONGILA. (S.) Astraosponcra HamiLronensis, Meek and Worthen.

For the synonymy of this species see paye 197.

East side of Lake Winnipegosis, on a smallisland east of the south end of Birch Island, and about four miles north-east of Wade Point : a single six-rayed spicule, which appears to be essentially similar to that repre- sented on plate xxviii (figs. 1 and la) of the present volume.

ANTHOZOA. ZOANTHARIA.

CyaTHopHYLLUM, Goldfuss. Group of Cyathophyllum heterophyllum, M. Edwards and Haime.

CYATHOPHYLLUM VERMICULARE, Goldfuss, var. PRECURSOR, Frech. Plate 35, figs. 1, la and 1b.

Astrocyathus vermicularis, Ludwig. 1866. Korallen aus palwolithischen Formation (Palewontographica, vol. NIV.) t.58.

Cyathophyllum rermiculare, Goldf. mut. n. precursor, Frech. 1886. Die Cyathophyl- liden und Zaphrentiden des deutschen Mitteldevon, (Palieontol. Abhandl., Dames and Kayser, vol. III) p. 63, pl. ii. (xiv.) figs. 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

Red Deer River, at the Upper Salt Spring and about five miles from Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, D. B. Dowling, 1888: one small speci- men. Lake Winnipegosis, at the south end, on a small island near Charlie Island (the specimen figured) and at the north end of Snake Island (one specimen); also on the south-west side, at the north side of South Manitou Island (one specimen), and on the south east side, at Point Bra- bant (one specimen): J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889. Red Deer River, near the Lower Salt Spring, and two or three miles from Dawson Bay (four specimens) and at the Upper Salt Spring, two or three miles further up the river (six specimens): J. B. Tyrrell, 1SS89.

264 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL-EONTOLOGY,

The identification of the specimens from these localities with the Euro- pean coral named above, is given on the authority of Dr. Frech himself, who examined the whole of them carefully during a visit to Ottawa in October, XS]. The individual tiguved represents a short and broad form of this coral, others being much longer in proportion to their breadth, and more narrowly sub-eylindrical. These latter approach very nearly in form to the C. Richardsond, of the Devonian rocks of the Mackenzie River basin, which belongs to this section of the genus, but according to Dr. Frech, the septa of C. Richardson?’ ave thicker and less numerous than

those of his CL vermienlare, var. precursor.

Group of Cyathophyllim ceratites, Goldtuss.* CyYATHOPHYLLUM DIANTHUS, Goldfuss. Teste Frech,

Cyathophylhiun dianthus, Goldfuss. 1826. Petref. German, vol. I., p. 384, pl. xvi. figs. 1b, c, d, but not figs. la-e, nor pl. xv., fig. 13. i sa Frech. 1886. Die Cyathophyll. und Zaphrent. des deuts- ches Mittel.-Devon, (in vol. TIE. of Dames & Kayser's Paleontol. Albbandl.), p. G8, which sce for a full list of synonyms of Kurepean specimens of this species. Cyathophylum cespitosum, Whiteaves, non Coldfuss. Pars. 1891. This volume,

p. 200, pl. xxvil., figs. 7 and &.

Dr. Frech, who has examined the speciuens referred to Cl cespitosiim, Goldfuss, on page 200 of the present volume, thinks that the small mass of loosely aggregated corallites from the Pence River, collected by Professor Macoun in 1875, is conspecific with C. cespifosem, but that the simple, or nearly simple, specimens from the Hay River, collected by Mr. MceCon- nell in ISS7, are referable to CL diauthus, Goldfuss. A single example of a coral which has precisely the same internal structure as these Hay

River specimens of C. dianthis, and which differs from them chietly in having six lateral buds, was collected by Mr. Tyrrell in TS89, at the Lower Salt Spring on the Red Deer River.

CYATHOPIYLLUM WASKASENSE.} (N. Sp.) Plate 34, figs. 5, 4a, 6 and 7.

Corallum simple (figs. 5 and 4a), ov proliferous and consisting of a single corallite from which as many as from four to six leferal and divergent

* Dr. Frech thinks that the coral from the Hay river, deseribed under the name of Campophylion elliptic on pages 202 and 203 of the present volume, and figured on plate NXVIT (figs. 5 and 6), is a Cvathophultion belonging to this group, and possibly a variety of his C. Lindstrom.

+ From the Cree name for the Red Deer River, which, according to Mr. Tyrrell, is Wiskascew Sipi.

WHITEAVES. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 265

buds proceed (tig. 6), or increasing by calycinal gemmation (fig. 7), the simple forms and those from which lateral buds are produced being conical, rather slender and more or less curved or bent. Epitheca faintly ribbed longitudinally, transversely striated and marked also with a few irregu- larly disposed constrictions and re-elevations, the results of periodic arrests of growth: calyx rather deep, flat at the bottom and with nearly vertical sides : primary septa twenty four, extending about half way to the centre and slightly irregular: secondary septa equal in number to the pri- maries, but not reaching more than half as farinward. Internal structure, as seen in longitudinal sections, consisting of a very narrow outer zone of vesicular tissue and of a broad inner tabulate area. The vesicles are small and rather regularly disposed, while the tabule, which are for the most part complete and regular in their disposition, are very cluse-set flat in the centre but bent downward at their outer margins.

Red Deer River, at the Upper Salt Spring and about five miles from Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889 ; abundant. Beardy Island, Dawson Bay, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: one specimen.

The specimens for which the foregoing name is proposed appear to differ from those which ave here referred to C. /ianthus, in the much greater regularity and completeness of the tabule in the central tabulate area.

CYATHOPHYLLUM PETRAIOIDES. (N. Sp.)

Plate 34, figs. 1, la and 2.

Corallum simple, straight or slightly curved, in well preserved speci- mens attached to some foreign body by a small and partially clasping basal expansion, conical and broadly spreading, the entire height being not much vreater than the width at the summit. Outer surface marked with faint longitudinal costie, also by fine transverse striw and a few rather coarse wrinkles at irregular intervals. Calyx circular, oblique in some specimens but not in others, subeonical but irregular in shape, usually very deep and in most cases excavated to within an extremely short distance of the base: septa about forty five in number and apparently equal in size, consisting of mere ridges, which are acute and moderately prominent in the upper portion of the sides of the cup, but which are much more stronyly developed at and towards its base. Internal structure, as shown in longitudinal sections, consisting of vesicular tissue between the septa : tabule almost but not entirely absent, a single transverse diaphragm at the bottom of the cup being observable in two out of the ten specimens collected.

Dimensions of the specimen figured: greatest. height, thirty nine mil- limetres, maximum width, twenty nine mm. In another specimen the

P66 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.EONTOLOGY,

greatest height is about forty mm., and the width at the summit thirty two.

Onion Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888 : one specimen.

Small island at the extreme south end of Lake Winnipegosis, J. B. Tyrrell, L889: one specimen. Red Deer River, at the Lower Salt Spring (tive specimens) and at the Upper Salt Spring (four specimens): J. B. Tyrrell, 1889.

This species is singularly like a ?efraia, both in its external shape and internal structure, but it differs from that.genus in the development of vesicular tissue between the septa. It resembles the “ Zaphrentis solida ” of Hall and Whitfield, from the Devonian rocks of Towa, in many res- pects, but differs therefrom in the almost entire absence of tabule. In Z. solida the tabule are described as “distinct, closely arranged” and “extending half the diameter of the cup.” If all the specimens collected by Mr. Tyrrell and the present writer had been of sinall size, the absence of tabule in them might be attributable to their being immature indivi- duals in which these structures were not yet developed, but, as a matter of fact, inost of the specimens of C. pefraioides are considerably larger than the largest known examples of Z. solide.

Group of Cyathophyllun hevagonwn, Goldtuss.* (8.) CyaTnopHyLtLum ANNA, Whitfield. (Sp.)

Stylastra Anna, Whittield, 1882. Amn. N. Y. Acad. Sei., p. 199. e my we 1890. Ib., p. 520, pl. vi., figs. 1-5.

Lake Manitoba, on the east side of the Narrows, J. B. Tyrrell, 1888 : one specimen. Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at Whiteaves Point (four specimens), and on a small island close to the north-west end of Beardy Island (six specimens) ; J. B. Tyrrell, 1889. A single specimen of a coral collected by Dr. R. Bell in 1877, from the Long Portage of the Missinaibi River, in the district of Algoma, and referred to in the Report of Progress of this Survey for IS87-88 (page 5, ¢) as Cyathophylliin Dovidsoni, has since heen found to be referable to the present species.

The genevie name Stylastra was proposed by Lonsdale in 1845, for a fossil coral from the Carboniferous rocks of Russia. The type of the genus, which Lonsdale described and figured under the name WS. caeonferta, has since been pronounced to be a Lithostrotion, by WOrbigny, in the ‘ Pro-

drome de Paléontologie,” published in 1850, and by Edwards and Haime

* Dr. Frech thinks that the Cyathophullion arctioum of Meek, from the Devonian rocks of Alaska and the Machenzie River district, is synonymous with this species, as suggested by the writer on page 199 of the present voluue,

wuiteaves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 267

in the “ Polypiers Fossiles des Terrains Palwozoiques,” published in 1851. Morris, in the second edition of his “ Catalogue of British Fossils ” (1854), Lindstrém, in his “ Index to the genera of Palwozoic Corals” (Stockholm, 1883), and Etheridge, in the first volume of his “ Fossils of the British Islands ” (1888), also make Sty/astraa, Lonsdale, a synonym ot Lithostro- fion, though Zittel, in the first volume of his “ Handbuch der Palwonto- logie (1876-80), regards it as a synonym of Diphyphyllimn, but uses the name Sty/astraa, Fromentel, tor a Liassic genus of corals belonging to the alsdrmacea,

Although they agree perfectly with Professor Whitfield’s description and figures of the coral from the Devonian rocks of Ohio which he calls NStylustraa Anne, it yet seems to the writer that the specimens collected by Dr. Bell and Mr. Tyrrell ave referable to Cyuthophylum rather than to Stylastrea, and that they are very nearly related to the C. rugoxane of Hall. Froin the last named species they seem to differ only in the cir- cumstance that their septa only reach about half way to the centre and that they are not continued, as carinations, on the upper surface of the tabule.

(S.) CyATHOPHYLLUM PRoFUNDUM, Hall. (Sp.)

Acerrularia profunda, Hall. 1858. Rep. Geol. Surv. Iowa, vol. I, pt. 2,p. 477, pl. i, tigs. 7a b, c.

“ Western shore of Dawson Bay, from slabs apparently derived from the neighbouring cliffs,” J. W. Spencer, 1874 : two or three specimens in which the internal structure of the corallites is beautifully preserved. These were identitied with the present species by E. Billings, on page 68 of the Report of Progress of this Survey for 1874-75.

Since then, precisely similar specimens have been collected ‘in place ” by J.B. Tyrrell, at Lake Manitoba, on the east side of the Narrows, in 1888, and by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling, at Lake Winnipegosis, on three islands in the southern part of Dawson Bay, and on the Red Deer River at the Lower Salt Spring, in 1889, In each of these, the averave maximum diameter of the adult corallites is from thirteen to fifteen millimetres, and the number of their septa from thirty eight to forty.* Some of the septa extend to the centre and others not quite so far, but these latter are of varying length and do not regularly alternate with the former. There are no tabule, the spaces between the septa being filled with vesicular tissue, the general direction of the vesicles being upward and outward.

According to Dr. Rominger, + “the corals described under the name

* Prof. Hall says that there are trom forty one to forty six septa in full grown indivi-

duals of his Acervularia profunda, + Geol. Surv. Michigan, Fossil Corals, p. 106.

2OS CONTRIBUTIONS TO GANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY,

sleerontarit Davidsond and Acerr, profimnda, which latter,” he considers “merely as a variety of the former, are in structure identical with Cya- thophyllium rugosin.” “The genus cleervalaria is represented as having its central portion of the polyp cells surrounded by an internal wall, but neither the above-mentioned corals nor the typical forms of the genus alecreularia (Cyath, pentagonen and Cyath, ananas of Goldfuss) exhibit an internal wall. In the circumference of theabrupt inner cell-pits of all these forms a sort of annular demarkation is conspicuous in transverse sections, because the shorter ones of the alternately larger and smaller radial Jainelke terminate there with somewhat thickened edges, but they never combine into a closed, ring-like wall.” While following Dr. Rominger in vegarding sleerrifaria profunda asa Cyathophyliin, and Dr. Frech, who has seen the specimens colleeted by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling, in referring them to the group of CL heragonum, it is thought desirable to retain Hall's specitic name for these specimens, as they correspond much better with his description and figures of uf. profimeda than with those of A. Davidson,

CYATHOPHYLLUM PROFUNDUM. (Var.) Plate 34, figs. 4 and si.

Coralliun large, composite, massive, in the only specimen known to the writer depressed subsphwrical : corallites polygonal or rounded polygonal, intimately united throughout their length, and separated only by w single and extremely thin wall, unequal in size, the adult ones averaging from seventcoen to nineteen millimetres in their maxiniim diameter, Calyces shallowly concaveexternally, the abruptly and not very deeply excavated central portion occupying rather more than one-half of the entire diame- ter of cach corallite ; septa as many as fifty four in number in the largest corallites > ab the bottom of the cup and below it many of the septa reach to the centre, the others being shorter but very unequal in leneth. Inter nal structure, as shown in longitudinal sections, consisting of fine vesicu- lar tissue between the septa, their being no tabulie nor arched cartinie,

South end of Snake Island, Lake Winnipegosis, J.B. Pyrrell, [880 : a single colony, about six inches in length, five in breadth and two and a half in height, a portion of which is figured. The specimen seems to indi- cate or represent a local variety of Co profiadiin, in which the adult corallites are larger, their septa more numerous and the interseptal vesicles proportionately smaller and more numerous than those of the typical form. Dr. Prech thinks that the specimen is very nearly related to the €. hypo-

crateriforime of Goldfuss.

writeaves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 269

Group of Cyathophyllium (Blothrophylian) decortication, Billings. CYATHOPHYLLUM ATHABASCENSE. (Var.) Plate 34, figs. S and Sa.

Cyathophyllum Athabascense, Whiteaves. 1891. This volume, p. 202, pl. xxxii, figs. 1, la, b.

Lake Winnipegosis, on the south western shore of Cameron Bay, J. B. Tyrreli, 1889: a siggle and perfect specimen, which appears to be a mere variety of this species. Jt differs from the types from the Devonian rocks of the Athabasca River only in haviny its central area oceupied by flex- uous, irregularly disposed but for the most part continuous tabule, rather than by large interseptal dissepiments, and in its narrower vesiculose peripheral zone, the inner margin of which is more clearly detined.

(S.) CoLumNaria (CYATHOPHYLLOIDES) DissuNcTA. (N. Sp.) Plate 34, figs. 3, 3a and 3b.

Corallum composite, consisting apparently of a colony of cylindrical, straight or flexuous, ascending or erect covallites, which are separate but sometimes partially in contact, and more or less closely aggrevated : diame- ter of the corallites averaging about five millimetres, their mural invest- ment single and external. Surface markings of the corallites unknown, though in transverse sections there are indications of longitudinal ribs cor- responding to the septa within. Calyces deep, with erect sides: primary septa thirteen, simple, neither crenulated nor denticulated, very thin, laminar and extending to the centre at and below the bottom of the cup : secondary septa similar in number and structure to the primaries, but reaching only half way to the centre. The only internal structures, besides the septa, are rather distant, thin and laminar horizontal dia- phragms, which partake partly of the nature of tabule and partly of dis- sepiments. These diaphragins either form almost continuous floors across the corallites (at intervals of from one to two millimetres apart) and thus resemble tabulw, except that their continuity appears to be interrupted by the septa, or they ave disconnected and not on the same plane and thus partake more ot the nature of dissepiments, though they are never curved.

Pentaimerus Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1s888. South-west shore of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at the mouth of Steep Ruck River, J. B. Tyrrell, 1880. At each of these loca- lities a few comparatively large portions of a single colony were collected,

270 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

in which the corallites are everywhere surrounded by hard compact dolo- mite, though their interior is quite free from the matrix. The specimens present good longitudinal and transverse sections of the corallites, which show the internal structure of the latter admirably, but the surface mark- ings of the corallites are nowhere visible, and the exact mode of growth of the whole corallum is uncertain.

This species differs from the typical forms of Co/imuaria in its cylin- drical, separate, and probably faseiculated corallites, and belongs to an aberrant section of that genus, for which Dybowski has proposed the name Cyathophyloides, Tt is clearly congeneric, and may even prove to be conspecific, with the C'yathophyMoides Rhenowon of Frech, from the Devo- nian vocks of the Eitel, which Dr. Frech informs the present writer is also a Columnrcria, Avound Lakes Manitoba and Winnipegosis, too, C. disjuneta has, so far, been found invariably associated: with Sfrdgoecpha-

lus Burtini, as C. Rhenawim is at Paftrath.

(S.) AmMpLexus, or DiptiypiyLnum. — (Sp.) Plate 35, figs. 2 and 2a.

A numberof fragmentary specimens of a species of dAivplerius, Pycuosty- lus ov Diphyphylum were collected by Mr. Dowling in L880, on the west- erm shore of Dawson Bay, on two small points, one two miles and aw half and the other four miles and a half north of the mouth of the Red Deer River. These specimens do not show conclusively whether the entire corallum was originally composite or simple, the surface markings are unknown, as are also the characters of the calyces. On the other hand, the internal structure of the corallites (or corallum) is well preserved and clearly shown in numerous natural sections. The speciinens consist of straight ov flexuous cylindrical tubes, which average about five millimetres in length, are imperfect at Loth ends and iubedded in compact or vesicular dolomite. The interior of these tubes is composed of a very narrow outer or peripheral and septate zone and of a broad central tabulate area. The outer zone appears to be bounded internally by an inner wall. The septa, which are equal in length and thirty two in number, all extend from the outer to the supposed inner wall, and terminate on the inner

surface of the latter, in some cases as continuous ancl sheltly raised lon-

vitudinal ridges, in others as linear rows of minute tubercles, both moditi- cations being observable in the same tube. The interseptal spaces between the outer and inner wall are traversed by small dissepiments. In the central tabulate area, which occupies about four fifths of the entire dia- meter, the tabule are for the most part flexuous ancl irregular in their shape and disposition, the distances between thein varying from half a

wuiTeaves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 271

millimetre to two millimetres. Most of the tabule are complete and stretch completely across from one side of the inner wall to the other, but they sometimes inosculate and occasionally one or two incomplete ones are intercalated between two of the others.

Dr. Frech, who has examined the specimens collected by Mr. Dowling, is of the opinion that they belong to the genus Amplexus and that they are nearly related to the d. Hereynicus of A. Romer, from the Stringo- cephalus limestone of Germany. Dr, Frech thinks that the supposed inner wall of the tubes, represented on Plate 35, fig. 2a, is caused by the cutting of the curved tabulew. On the other hand, there are clearly disse- piments between the specimens from Dawson Bay, which are stated to be wanting in Amplexus, and there is a remarkably close resemblance, in size, shape and internal structure, between these specimens and the Di- phyphyllum stramineum of Billings, which Dr. Rominger says is both con- generic and conspecific with the Lridophyllum Simeoense of the same author, and which therefore should be called D. Simeoense. In the actual types of D. straminewm, however, the central area of the corallites is not separated from the peripheral cycle by an internal wall (as pointed out by Dr. Rominger), the septa are unequal in length and extend much farther inward than do those of the Dawson Bay specimens, and the tabule are straighter and more regular in their disposition.

(S.) ACTINOCYSTIS VARIABILIS. (N. Sp.) Plate 35, figs. 3 and 3a.

Corallum simple, slightly curved, varying in shape from broadly turbi- nate and widely expanding, with the breadth at the summit exceeding the height, to cylindro-conical and somewhat contracted at the summit ; outer surface apparently almost smooth and marked only with a few trans- verse wrinkles; calyx rather deep, conical, narrow at the base ; septa about eighty five in number, extending from the exterior to within a short distance from the centre, but feebly developed, thin, and rarely, if ever, quite straight, their regularity being frequently disturbed by anchylosis with the walls of the interseptal vesicles. Internal structure, apart from the septa, essentially the same as that of Cystiphyllum, and consisting exclusively of coarse vesicular tissue. The vesicles are very large in the central area and diminish gradually in size towards the periphery. As viewed in longitudinal sections, they appear as lenticular cells which radi- ate obliquely upward and outward from the centre of the coral.

“Western shore of Dawson Bay,” Lake Winnipegosis, ‘from slabs ap- parently derived from the neighbouring cliffs,” J. W. Spencer, 1874: one

small specimen, which was referred to by E. Billings as a “ Heliophyllum

9 September, 1892.

bo

72 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY,

(like 7. Halli)”, and which bears a considerable resemblance to that spe- cies externally, though its internal structure has since been found to be quite different.

South-east shore of Lake Winnipegosis, a few miles north of Point Brabant, and west shore of the same lake, at a small point north-west of Fox Point, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: one specimen from each of these locali- ties. South-east shore of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at Whiteaves Point (two specimens), and on a small island two miles west of this point (one specimen); J. B. Tyrrell, 1889. West side of Dawson Bay, at the south end of Rowan Island, D. B. Dowling, 1889: one specimen.

(8.) Favosires Gormianpica, Lamarck. (Var.)

Cfr. Farosites Billinysit, Rominger. 1876. Geol. Surv. Mich., Foss. Corals, p. 28. Farosites Gothlandica, vav. Billingsti, Nicholson. 1879. Tab. Cor. Palieoz. Per., p. 55, pl. 1, fig. 6.

Cfr. also Favosites Hamiltonie, Hall.1876. Illustr. Devon. Foss. ,pl. xxxiv,tigs. 1-9.

Western shore of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, Dr. J. W. Spencer, 1874: one /oose and imperfect specimen.

Lake Manitoba, at Monroe and Pentamerus Points, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888. Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis ; on the south- east side at Whiteaves Point; on four small islands at the south and south- east end of the bay; also on the south-west side, about five miles south of Salt Point, and on a small point east of Steep Rock River; J. B. Tyrrell, 1889. A few specimens, which seem to be intermediate in their characters between the typical /. Gothlandica and the var. Bilings/i, and which can scarcely be distinguished from the 2. ami/fonia of Hall, were collected at each of these localities,

Most of the specimens are well preserved portions of large colonies, but one large and nearly perfect example is a depressed expansion of irregular form, which measures about eleven inches in length, seven inches and a half in breadth and tive inches in height. In each specimen the corallites are polygonal (not rounded polygonal) and most of them are nearly equal in size, their average diameter being about three millimetres. The septa are represented by rather short, rounded and apparently very fragile spines, which are usually broken olf. The mural pores are disposed in one or two (rarely three) longitudinal rows on cach of the prismatic faces of the corallites, and where there are two rows the pores are sometimes alternate and at others opposite. The tabule are complete, continuous and rather regularly disposed, but they do not show the ‘ marginal pune- tiform depressions ” which Dr. Rominger describes as one of the charac- ters of Ff. Billingsic.

wuiTeaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 273 (S.) PacHYPORA CERVICORNIS, DeBlainville. (Sp.)

For a list of the synonyms of this species, with references, see page 206 of the pre- sent volume.

Lake Manitoba, on the east side of the narrows, near Manitoba Island; on the north-west side, at Big Sandy Point, Monroe, Pentamerus and Onion Points ; and on the north-east side, north of Steep Rock Point, J.B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888: more or less abundant at each of these localities.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, on five small islands at the south end or south-east side, also on its western shore at five localities between the mouths of the Steep Rock and Red Deer Rivers, and on two small points immediately north of the Red Deer River, J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dow- ling, 1889: a few specimens from each of these localities.

Pacuypora, or ALVEOLITES. (Sp. Undet.)

Red Deer River, at the Upper Salt Spring, and about five miles from Lake Winnipegosis, D. B. Dowling, 1888: two specimens, but obtained abundantly on the same river, at the Upper and Lower Salt springs, by J.B. Tyrrell in 1889. A few specimens also were collected by Mr. Tyrrell in 1889 at several localities in the southern portion of Lake Winnipegosis, as at the south end of Snake Island, the north side of South Manitou Island and Point Brabant, also at two localities on the south-west side of Dawson Bay.

The specimens from these localities consist of rather small or medium sized corals, with much the same general shape and proportions as Pachy- pora polymorpha. The stems are cylindrical, widely and doubly bifureat- ing, with an average diameter of about eight or nine millimetres in the thickest part. The corallum in each seems to differ from that of P. poly- morpha in the much greater obliquity with which its corallites open out- ward to the surface; also, in the circumstance that their apertures are frequently transversely semielliptical, semilunar, or sub-triangular, and broader than high, with the lower lip of each distinctly projecting. In most respects, these specimens agree remarkably well with the published descriptions and figures of A/veolites eryptodens, Billings, and even with the types of that species in the Museum of the Survey, but the throats of their corallites are almost invariably filled with dolomite, and shew no traces of the three internal ridges or ‘longitudinal crests ” which are so characteristic of A. eryptodens.

LSS) tol

to ~T He

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY. (8S.) ALVEOLITES VALLORUM, Meek.

Alveolites vallorum, Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ac. Se., vol. I., p. 86, pl. xi, fig. 9. = “ Rominger. 1876. Geol. Surv. Michigan, Foss. Corals, p. 41, pl. xvii, fig. 3.

Lake Winnipegosis, from the basal beds of the Upper Devonian at the north end of Snake Island (one specimen) ; also, from the Stringocephalus zone at three localities on the south-west side of Dawson Bay (two or three specimens from each), and on three small islands in the southern portion of Dawson Bay (a few specimens from each) ; J. B. Tyrrell, 1889.

The specimens of sl. va//orum from the Hay, Mackenzie and Peace Rivers referred to on page 207, have the outer surface of the corallum well preserved, but the structure of the interior of the corallites is more or less obliterated by crystallization, the corallites being completely filled with matrix. In the specimens from Lake Winnipegosis, however, which do not occur in shale, but in w compact or vesicular dolomite, the exte- rior of the cyrallum is net so well preserved, but the corallites are nearly free from the matrix throughout their length. The corallites are laterally compressed, and their apertures vary in outline from narrowly elongated or somewhat crescentic to polygonal, and in their greatest diameter from half # millimetre to a millimetre and a half. The septal spines are well developed, but apparently very fragile. As many as from six tu eight rows of these can be counted, though with dithculty, but there do not appear to be ever as many as twelve rows, as there are said to be in 4. squamosnus. The tabule are complete and ofter rather regularly disposed. Of the lateral or marginal mural pores, about ten can be counted in the space of five millimetres.

HYDROMEDUS/E. HYDROIDA. (8.) SrrRoMATOPORA. Sp. (Ctr. Stromatopora Bicheliensis, Bargatzky, sp.) Caunopora Biicheliensis, Dargatzky. 1881. Die Stromatoporen des Rheinschen Devons, p. 62. Stromatopora Bucheliensis, Nicholson. 1886. Mon. Brit. Stromatoporoids, Pt. I, p. 23, pl. x, figs. 5-7. “ se Nicholson. 1891. Tb., Pt. TI., p. 186, pl. xxiii, figs. 4-7.

Lake Winnipegosis, on two small islands in Dawson Bay, one on the south-east side of the bay, and the other at its southern end, J. L. Tyrrell, 1889: a single specimen from each island.

WHITEAVES. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 275

The whole of the Stromatoporoids collected by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling in 1888 and 1889, from the Devonian rocks of Lakes Manitoba and Winnipegosis, were sent (in January, 1890) to Prof. H. A. Nicholson, who has since reported on them in a paper published in the “ Annals and Magazine of Natural History ” (London, England) for April, 1891. Ac- cording to Prof. Nicholson, on page 313 of this paper, these two specimens in particular “have the general aspect of Stromatopora Biicheliensis, Barg., sp., and are probably referable to this species. Unfortunately, the speci- mens in question are dolomitized, and their internal structure is so far altered that this reference cannot be regarded as free from doubt.”

Srromaropora. Sp. (Cfr. Stromatopora Hiipschii, Bargatzky, sp.)

Caunopora Hiipschii, Bargatzky. 1881. Die Stromatoporen des Rheinischen Devons, p. 61.

Stromatopora Hiipschii, Nicholson. 1886. Mon. Brit. Stromatoporoids, Pt. I, p- 50, figs. 6a, b, and pl. x., figs. 8 and 9; also Ib., Pt. III. (1891), p. 176 (which see for a complete list of the synonyms of this species, with references), pl. xxii., figs. 3-7.

Lake Winnipegosis, at the south end of Snake Island (one specimen), and on a small island on the south-east side of Dawson Bay (one speci- men); J. B. Tyrrell, 1889.

In reference to these two specimens Dr. Nicholson writes (op. cit., p. 314) that they “belong to a species of Stromutopora in many respects similar to S. Hiipschii, Barg. Structurally these specimens agree with the latter common European and British type, and differ from SS. Biiche- liensis, Barg., in their coarse skeleton-tibre, the lax reticulation of the skeleton, and the loose spreading form of the astrorhize. The internal structure of these specimens is, however, very poorly preserved, and it would be rash to refer them unreservedly to S. Hiipschit.”

A single specimen of a Stromatoporoid collected by Dr. R. Bell in 1877, at the Long Portage of the Missinaibi River, is also doubtfully referred by Prof. Nicholson to S. Htipschiv.

(S.) ACTINOSTROMA EXPANSUM, Hall and Whitfield. (Sp.)

Stromatopora expansa, Hall and Whitfield. 1873. Twenty-third Reg. Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 226, pl. ix., fig 9.

Actinostroma expansum, Nicholson. 1891. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. VIL, sixth series, p. 316, pl. a, figs. ] and 2.

Lake Winnipegosis, at a small island on the south-east side of Dawson Bay, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: two specimens.

276 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY. (8.) AcTINOsTROMA TyRRELLII, Nicholson.

Actinostroma Tyrrellii, Nicholson. 189]. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. WII, sixth series, p. 317, pl. viii, figs. 4 and 5, and wood cut,

fig. 1.

Lake Winnipegosis, at five localities on the shore and islands of the pegosis,

southern portion of Dawson Bay, J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889 ,

apparently not uncommon and in fine condition at each of these localities.

(8.) ACTINOSTROMA FENESTRATUM, Nicholson,

Actinostroma fenestratum, Nicholson. 1889. Mon. Brit. Stromatoporoids, Pt. IT, p. 146, pl. xvii, figs. S$ and 9. eS ee Nicholson. 1891. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. VII, sixth series, p. 322, pl. x, figs. 3 and 4.

Lake Manitoba, north-west side, at Pentamerus Point, three miles and a half north of the mouth of Crane River, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whit- eaves: several specimens. Lake Winnipegosis, on two small islands at the southern end of Dawson Bay; also on the south-western shore of Dawson Bay, a little to the west of Salt Point, and at the south end of Rowan Island, in the western portion of the bay, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: one specimen at each locality.

ECHINODERMATA. CRINOIDEA. (S.) CrEeNnocRINUS. (Sp.)

Cfr. Clenocrinus decadactylus, (Goldf. sp.) G. and F. Sandberger. 1850-56. Die Ver- steiner. des Rheinischen syst. in Nassau, p. 396, pl. xxxv, fig. 15.

Cfr. also, Crenocrinus fypus, (Bronn.) Zittel. Handbuch der Paleontologie, vol. I, p. 372, fig. 260.

Although portions of the stems of crinoids are not infrequent in the Devonian rocks of Lakes Manitoba and Winnipegosis, only two specimens have as yet been obtained in which any portion of the calyx or dorsal cup is preserved. These were collected by Mr. Tyrrell in 1889, one on a small island on the east side of Dawson Bay and the other on w sinall island at the south end of the bay. The more perfect of these two specimens has ten of the calycinal plates preserved and not quite two inches of the column. Each of these calycinal plates is hexagonal, slightly convex ex- ternally, smooth in the centre, but crenulated round the margin. The

column is thick, averaging about seventeen millimetres, or about three

wurreaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 277

quarters of an inch, in diameter, circular and annulated, with one or two flat articulations usually alternating with a single raised and moderately prominent one. In some portions of columns, however, from the same localities, the raised articulations bear rounded and much elevated tuber- cles. Both of the specimens are far too fragmentary to be identified, even generically, but they bear a striking resemblance to the C. decadactylus, as figured by the Sandbergers, and to the C. typus, as figured by Zittel, though some paleontologists regard Crenverinus as synonymous with ALelocrinus.

VERMES.

SPIRORBIS OMPHALODES, Goldfuss.

Serpua omphalodes, Goldfuss. 1826-33. Petref. Germ., vol. I, p. 235, pl. lxvii, fig. 3. Sptrorbis omphalodes, Nicholson. 1874. Rep. Palwont. Proy. Ont., p. 121, fig. 54a. ee a Whiteaves. 1891. This volume, p. 209, pl. xxviii, figs. 3, 4, 4a, 5, and 5a.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at a small island on the east side (one specimen on a piece of a crinoidal column), and at Point Wilkins, on the south-west side (several examples, attached to the shells of brachiopoda) ; also on the Red Deer River, at the Upper Salt Spring, five miles from Dawson Bay (one specimen on a simple Cyathophyllum) ; J. B. Tyrrell, 1889.

At each of these localities the specimens are rather more closely coiled and consequently more narrowly umbilicated than the types described by Goldfuss, but they agree very well with Ferdinand Roemer’s figures of JS. omphalodes, on plate xxxi of the Atlas to the first volume of the Lethiea Geognostica,

POLYZOA.

LEPTOTRYPA QUADRANGULARIS, Nicholson. (Sp.)

Chetetes quaidrangularixs, Nicholson. 1874. Geol. Mag., N. Ser., Dec. 2, vol. I, p. 58, and Rep. Palwont. Prov. Ont., p. 61, fig. 18. Paleschara quadranguaris, S. A. Miller. 1889. N. Am. Geol. & Palwont., p. 177 (under Cheetetes). i = Whiteaves. 1891. This volume, p. 213. Leptotrypa quadrangularis, Ulrich. 1890. Ceol. Surv. Tlinois, vol. VIII, p. 455.

Red Deer River, half a mile above the Lower Salt Spring and about two or three miles from Dawson Bay, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: one specimen attached to a valve of Atrypa reticularis.

to i is)

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY. PInacoTRYPA MARGINATA. (N. Sp.)

Plate 36, figs. 1, la & Ib.

Zoarium explanate, forming thin, flattened or flexuous, subcircular ex- pansions, from three quarters of an inch to an inch in their maximum diameter. Under surface covered with an extremely thin laminar epith- eca: upper surface consisting of a broad central celluliferous area, sur- rounded by a projecting lateral expansion of the epitheca, which is entirely devoid of cells. Celluliferous area marked with large star-shaped macule, whose centres are about six mm. apart. Outer and noncelluli- ferous expansion variable in breadth, its upper surface marked by longi- tudinal and nearly parallel raised lines of unequal size, which in some specimens are interwoven with a few similar but concentric lines. Zomcia (or autopores) at first recumbent but ultimately erect, very short, cylin- drical, about a third of a millimetre broad at their summits, arranged in subparallel lines which radiate from the maculw, but very closely disposed, and in some cases almost touching each other : orifices of the zomcia fre- quently closed by flat opercula, and surrounded in each case by a thin, slightly elevated and apparently granulose peristome. Interspaces very narrow, occupied by a single series of polygonal interstitial cells or meso- pores (over whose apertures a thin smooth calcareous membrane or ‘“ roof ” is usually stretched) except on the macule, where they are disposed in small clusters. Lunarium nearly or quite obsolete. Microscopie sections show that the interstitial cells or mesopores are comparatively large, and placed one over the other, even in the maculiv, so as to form tabulated tubes, and not vesicular tissue asin Jestilepora.

Lake Winnipegosis, at a small island on the south-east side of Dawson Bay, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: seven specimens. Also on a small island on the east side of Lake Winnipegosis and east of the south end of Birch Island, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889 ; two specimens, loose.

This species is referred to Pinacofrypa rather than to Listrl/pore or Lichenalia, on the authority of Mr. E. O. Ulrich, who, in a letter to the present writer, dated 23rd September, 1891, makes the following remarks on two of the best specimens collected by Mr. Tyrrell, which were sent to him for examination: “This is a remarkable form which I think may be safely described as a new species of Pinacotrypa. The general expres- sion of the surface is much as in several species of /¢sfulipora, but the constant nummiform shape is distinctive. The chief peculiarity, however, is the longitudinal striation of the basal lamina. This is a very remark- able feature, and one quite unknown to me. The cells are smaller and the macule more distinct than in /”. elegans, the Listulipora elegans of Rominger.”

WuITEAVES. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 279 (S.) Cysropicrya Hamittoneysis, Ulrich. Plate 36, figs 2, 2a and 2b.

Cystodictya Hamiltonensis, Ulrich. 1890. Geol. Surv. Illinois, vol. VIII, p. 493, pl. xlii, fig. 4, and pl. xliii, fig. J.

Monroe Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888: seven specimens. Lake Winnipegosis, at a small island on the east side of Dawson Bay, D. B. Dowling, 1888: three specimens. The spe- cies has since been collected by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling in 1889, on the east side of Dawson Bay, at Whiteaves Point, and on three small islands adjacent thereto, on the west side, at Rowan Island, also (/oose) on the east side of Lake Winnipegosis at a small island east of the south end of Birch Island.

The specimens from these localities were first identified with this spe- cies by Mr. L. M. Lambe.

(8.) FENESTELLA VERA, Ulrich. Plate 36, figs. 3 and 3a.

Fenestella vera, Ulrich. 1890. Geol. Surv. Illinois, vol. VIII, p. 535, pl. xliv, figs. 1 and la, and pl. liv, fig. 3.

Dawson Bay, on two small islands near Whiteaves Point, three speci- mens on one of these islands, and one specimen on the other ; also on the east side of Lake Winnipegosis, at a small island east of the southern extremity of Birch Island (a small fragment) ; J. B. Tyrrell, 1889.

These specimens agree very well with Mr. Ulrich’s description and figures of /’. vera, but they are not sufficiently well preserved to show the “very minutely granulose” surface of ‘both branches and dissepiments,” said to be characteristic of that species. Only the outer or non-celluli- ferous side is exposed in any of these specimens, but the shape, number and disposition of the zowcia has been clearly ascertained hy scraping away small portions of the exterior. The identifications of the specimens here referred to this and to the preceding species have been verified by Mr. Ulrich.

(S.) FENESTELLA, Sp. (Cfr. Fenestella dispanda, Hall.) Plate 36, fig. 4. Fenestella dispandus, Hall. 1886. Rep. St. Geol. for 1885, adv. sheets, Expl., pl.

xliv, figs. 1-4. Fenestella dispanda, Hall. 1887. Pal. N. York, vol. VI, p. 114, pl. xliv, figs. 1-4.

280 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALZONTOLOGY.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, on the south-east side, at Whiteaves Point (two specimens) and on the west side, at the south end of Rowan Tsland, also on the east side of Lake Winnipegosis at a small island oppo- site Birch Island, three specimens ; J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889.

The specimens from these localities agree fairly well with Hall’s tigures of &. dispande, but their identication with that species is doubtful, owing to the contradictory nature of the measurements given in its description. They ditter from the specimens here referred to /’. vera, in their straggling mode of growth, striated noncelluliferous surface, large oblong fenest- rules, and in their more slender branches and dissepiments.

(8.) Po.ypora (Poros ? var.) MANITOBENSIS. Plate 36, fig. 5.

Cyr. Fenestella porosa, Hall. 1881. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. X, abstract, p. 26. Penestella (Polypora) porosa, Hall. 1883. Rep. St. Geol. for 1882, Expl., pl. 31, figs. 1-6. as ue «1887. Pal. St. N. York, vol. VI, p. 163, pl. XXXviii, figs. 1-6.

Zoarium infundibuliform, rather widely expanding, irregularly and shallowly undulated. Branches slender, usually zigzag when the fenes- trules are alternate, but occasionally straight where they are opposite and appearing externally, on the noncelluliferous side, as smooth (?) slightly angular longitudinal ridges, which are a little broader than the transverse noncelluliferous dissepiments. Fenestrules large, a little longer than wide, elliptical or approaching to hexagonal in outline and averaging about ‘S mm. in length and -6 mm. in width. In a distance of six millimetres there are four fenestrules as measured longitudinally, and six as measured transversely. Cell apertures disposed in from two to four alternating lon- gitudinal rows, about four of these apertures in each row to the length of a fenestrule.

Monroe Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888 four specimens. Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, on three small islands, two on the south-east side and the other in the southern portion of the bay, also on its eastern shore, at the second point north of the mouth of the Red Deer River, J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889: a few specimens from each of these localities.

Tn each of these it is only the nonecelluliferous outer surface that is exposed, the characters of the zowcia having been ascertained by scraping down small portions of the branches. The close attnity of these speci-

mens to the 2. poros of Hall was suggested to the writer by Mr. Ulrich.

wniteaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 281

From that species they appear to differ principally in their much more slender branches and dissepiments, more hexagonal fenestrules, and in the greater extent to which the arrangement of the zowcia in two rows pre- vails.

BRACHIOPODA. (S.) Discrna. (Sp. Indet.)

Western shore of Dawson Bay, at the first small point north of the mouth of the Red Deer River, D. B. Dowling, 1889 : two casts of the upper valve, which are too badly preserved to admit of determination or accurate description. Both are small and nearly circular in basal outline, with a depressed apex, which is nearly central in one of the specimens and slightly excentric in the other.

Cyonetes Loaant, var. Auroras, Hall.

Chonetes Logani, var Aurora, Hall. Pal. St. N. York, vol. IV, pt, 1, p. 137, pl. xxii, figs. 16-28.

ms = ie Williams. 1880. Bull. Geol. Surv. Am., vol., I, pp. 490 and 491, pl. xii, figs. 10 and 11. ws ef ee Whiteaves. 1891. This volume, p. 215, pl. xxix, figs.

2 and Ya.

Red Deer River, half a mile above the Lower Salt Spring, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889 : abundant.

Cuonetes Manitopensis. (N. Sp.) Plate 37, figs. 1, la and 2.

Shell small, concavo-convex, strongly compressed, transversely semiel- liptical, about twice as broad as long and broadest at the hinge line : car- dinal extremities angular and very slightly produced: sides rounded in front : anterior margin nearly straight or but faintly convex in the centre. Ventral valve compressed convex, its cardinal border armed on each side of the beak with-three or four slender and widely divaricating spines, which increase in length outward : its beak inconspicuous, minute and not projecting, its hinge area narrow, with a small triangular fissure. Dorsal valve shallowly concave, its beak minute and its hinge area narrower than that of the ventral.

Surface marked with very minute radiating raised lines, which increase in number at variable distances from the beaks, by bifurcation, trifurcation or intercalation, so that around the outer margin as many as from seventy

282 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

to a hundred can be counted under a lens. In addition to these, the ex- terior of well preserved specimens is marked with exceedingly fine and close-set, concentric raised lines. Interior of the valves minutely papillose. Muscular impressions unknown.

The dimensions of two average specimens are as follows: of one, maxi- mum length nearly ten millimetres, greatest breadth, nineteen ; of another, length ten mm. and a quarter, breadth twenty.

Rather abundant at the north end of Manitoba Island, in Lake Mani- toba, where it was collected by Prof. H. Y. Hind in 1858 and by J. B. Tyrrell and the present writer in 1888.

This small Chonetes seems to differ from the C. carinata (or coronata) of Conrad, as described and figured by Prof. Hall in the fourth volume of the Paleontology of the State of New York, in its uniformly smaller size, flatter and more transversely elongated valves, finer sculpture and in the greater length and smaller number of the spines on the cardinal margin of the ventral valve. According to Prof. Hall, a careful measureof the radiating strive on numerous specimens of C. carinata from the State of New York “shows that they range from nine to fifteen striw in the space of two tenths of an inch,” while specimens from Illinois gave from nine to twelve in the same space. In three average examples of C. Manttobensis, from twenty to twenty two radiating raised lines were counted in a corres- ponding space.

C. Ma nitobensis is also very closely allied to the C. striatella of Dalman, from the Silurian (Upper Silurian) of Europe, and to the C. Mardrensis of Phillips, from the English Devonian. Of the former it may prove to be a local and stratigraphical variety, and from the latter (as described by Davidson) it seems to differ chiefly in the circumstance that its radiating “strie” are not minutely spinose.

(S.) PRODUCTELLA PRODUCTOIDES, var. MEMBRANACEA.

Leptwna membranacea, Phillips. 1841. Pal. Foss. Cornw., Dev. and W. Somerset, p. 60, pl. xxv, fig. 101. Strophalosia productoides, (Murchison, 1849) Davidson. 1865. Mon. Brit. Dev. Brach., p. 97, pl. xix, figs. 18-21; also, this volume, p. 216, pl. xvi, figs. 1 and 2.

Monroe Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888 : slx specimens.

In the first part of the eighth volume of the Paleontology of the State of New York, just published, (p. 317) Professor Hall follows Professor King in referring the typical form of this species to Productella rather than to Strophalosia, and this view has been adopted here, as equally applicable to the var. membranacea,

wuiteaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 283

PRODUCTELLA SUBACULEATA, Murchison. (Sp.)

Productus subaculeatus, Murchison. 1840. Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, vol. XI, p. 255, pl. ii, fig. 9. Leptena frayaria, J. de C. Sowerby. 1840. Tran. Geol. Soc. Lond., 2nd. ser., vol. V, p. 704, pl. lvi, fig. 5. ee oe Phillips. 1841. Pal. Foss. Cornw., Dev. and W. Somerset, p. 59, pl. xxv, fig. 100. Productus subaculeatus, Davidson. 1865. Mon. Brit. Dev. Brach., p. 99, (which see for a full list of references to European publications in which this species is described or referred to) pl. xx, figs. 1 and 2. Productella subaculeata, Hall. 1867. Pal. St. N. York, vol. IV, p. 154, pl. xxiii, figs. 4 and 5.

A few specimens of this well known European species were collected at each of the following localities. North end of Manitoba Island and Onion Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888. At twelve localities on Lake Winnipegosis ; i. e., at the south end, on Snake and another small island ; on the south-west side, at PointBrabant ; on the north-west side, at Devils Point and in Cameron Bay ; also on the shore and islands of the south-eastern, southern and south-western por- tions of Dawson Bay: J. B. Tyrrell, 1889. Red Deer River near and between the Upper and Lower Salt springs, and Hog Island in Swan Lake, Manitoba. J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889.

OrRTHIS (SCHIZOPHORIA) STRIATULA, Schlotheim.

For a list of synonyms of this species, with references, see page 218 of the present volume.

Snake Island, Lake Winnipegosis, Prof. H. Y. Hind, 1858 : Upper Salt Spring, Red Deer River, Prof. Macoun, 1881.

Ortuis (ScuizopHoria) Manrropensis. (Nom. prov.)

Plate 37, figs. 3, 3a, 4, 5 and 5a.

Shell rather small, resupinate, transversely subelliptical or subquadran- gular, a little broader than long: thickness through the closed valves about one third less than their maximum breadth: hinge area a little more than one half of the entire breadth; front margin rather deeply sinuated in the centre. Ventral valve much flatter than the dorsal, with a concave sinus at and near the front margin, its hinge area apparently broader in the direction of its height than that of the dorsal, andits beak prominent but nearly straight. Dorsal valve strongly convex, its umbonal

284 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

and central region tumid, its umbo rather prominent, and its beak incur- ved and slightly recurved.

Surface markings consisting of fine, subequal and closely disposed, radi- ating raised lines, which increase in number by bifurcation, trifurcation and intercalation, and are crossed by a few irregularly disposed, but for the most part distant, concentric stria of growth. Around the outer margin of the dorsal valve figured (tig. 3), about 136 radiating raised lines can be counted, and in a still larger dorsal valve, which is not figured, about 150 were counted.

Three casts of the interior of the dorsal valve of a shell which is pro- bably referable to this species, from the local base of the Middle Devonian at Devils Point, Lake Winnipegosis (figs. 5 and 5 a) shew two linear grooves, which probably represent the impressions made by the brachial processes, diverging on each side of the umbo, also a minute and very short slit, which widens into a small subcircular or subrhomboidal per- foration in the apex of the beak. Muscular impressions not clearly defined in any of the specimens collected.

Of the two testiferous specimens figured, the one showing the dorsal valve only (fig. 3) is thirteen millimetres long and sixteen broad, while the one drawn to shew the front margin (fig. 4) and relative convexity of the two valves, is nineteen mm. broad and eleven mm. and a half in depth or thickness, though it is too imperfect posteriorly to show the exact length.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, on the east side, at Whiteaves Point,

and on two small islands in its immediate vicinity; on a small island about three miles north of Salt Point, and, on the west side, at the first small point north of the mouth of the Red Deer River, J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889: one to three specimens from each of these localities, most of the former being detached dorsal valves, the only example with both valves preserved being very immature.

The specimens for which the foregoing provisional name is suggested may prove to be only a small local variety of of the typical O. Jorwensis of Hall, as originally described and figured in the Geology of Towa, but not of the large northern form which has been referred to that species. They see to differ from the typical O. Joiwensis chiefly in their much smaller size and more quadrangular form ; also, though this may be due to their being highly dolomitized, in the apparent absence of the “tubular open-

;

ings” on the surface of the radiating strie, and of “fine pores or puncte

over the entire surface,” which are said to be characteristic of O. Jowensis.

WHITEAVES. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 285 (8.) OrTHOTHETES CHEMUNGENSIS, Conrad. (Sp.) Strophomena Chemunyens.s, Conrad. 1842. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. VII, p. 257. By bifurcata, Hall. 1842. Geol. Rep. Fourth Distr. N. York, p. 266, fig. 2.

“

arctostriata, Hall. 1842. Tbid., p. 266, fig. 3.

pectinacea, Hall, 1842. Ibid., p. 266, fig. 4.

Orthis perversa, Hall. 1857. Tenth Reg. Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 137.

tnequalix, Hall. 1858. Geol. Surv. Iowa, vol. I, pt. 2, p. 490, pl. ii, figs. 6, a-c.

pravus, Hall. 1858. Ib., p. 490.

Streptorhynchus Pandora, Billings. 1860. Canad. Journ., N.8., vol. V, p. 266,

figs. 12 and 13; and Geol. Canada, 1863, p. 369, fig.

“cc

66

66

384. Orthisina arctostriata, Hall. 1860. Thirteenth Reg. Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 80.

66

alternata, Hall. 1860. Ib., p. 81.

Streptorhynchus Chemungensis, Hall. 1867. Pal. St. N. York, vol. IV, p. 67, pls. iv,

ix and x.

(Var. A.) Streptorhynchus Pandora, Billings. (Var. B.) S. arctostriata, Hall.

is ae « (Var. C.) S. perversa, Hall.

on i « (Var. D.) 8. pectinacea, Hall.

Streptorhynchus Pandora, Nicholson. 1874. Pal. Prov. Ontario, p. 70.

Hemipronites Chemungensis, var. arctostriata, Meek. 1877. Geol. Expl. Fortieth Par., vol. IV, p. 117, pl. xiii, figs. 7, 16.

Streptorhynchus Chemungensix, Walcott. 1884. Pal. Eureka distr. Nevada, p. 117, pl. xiii, figs. 7, 16.

Orthothetes Chemungensis, Hall. 1892. Pal. St. N.Y., vol. VIII, pt. 1, p. 255.

“6 6c ce

ee “““ “ee

Devils Point, Lake Winnipegosis, in the lowest beds of the Middle Devonian (six specimens) ; on the east side of Dawson Bay, Lake Winni- pegosis, in the Stringocephalus zone, at Whiteaves’ Point (two specimens), and ona small island about two miles north of this point (two specimens) ; J.B. Tyrrell, 1889.

According to Mr. C. D. Walcott (op. cit.) in the State of New York this species “ranges from the Upper Helderberg up into the Chemung group, and in the Eureka district” of Nevada ‘from the base to the summit of the Devonian limestone.”

SrropHopoNTA arcuata, Hall.

Strophodonta arcuata, Hall. 1858. Geol. Surv. Iowa, vol. I, pt 2, p. 492, pl. iii, figs. la, b, c, and 2a, hb, e, f.

Lake Winnipegosis, on a small island at the extreme southern end of the lake, (one specimen), and on the east side of Dawson Bay, on a small

286 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

island about two miles north of Whiteaves Point, (one specimen); J. B. Tyrrell, 1889. Red Deer River, half a mile above the Lower Salt Spring and two or three miles from Dawson Bay, (one perfect specimen), and at the Upper Salt Spring (abundant); J. B. Tyrrell, 1889.

(S.) STROPHODONTA INTERSTRIALIS, Phillips. (Sp.) Plate 37, tig. 6.

Orthis interstrialis, Phillips. 1841. Pal. Foss. Dev., Cornw., and W. Somerset, p. 61, pl. xxv, fig. 103.

Leptene interstrialis, Schnur. 1853. In Dunker & Von Meyer’s Palseontographica, vol. III, p. 222, pl. xli, fig. 2.

Leptwna interstrialis, Davidson. 1864-65. Mon. Brit. Dev. Brach., p. 85, pl. xviti, figs. 15-18; also, Suppl. (1882-84) pl. iil, fig. 21.

East side of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, on a small island about two miles north of Whiteaves Point, (three well preserved ventral valves, one of which is figured), and on another small island about the saime dis- tance to the south-west of that point (two similar specimens) ; J. B. Tyrrell, 1889.

These specimens are obviously much more like Davidson’s figures of Leptena interstriatis than they are to Hall’s illustrations of the very closely allied Strophodonta ineguistreate of Conrad, in the fourth volume of the Palwontology of the State of New York. Prof. H. 8. Williams, of Cornell University, Ithaca, to whom three of the best of these specimens were sent, for comparison, thus writes concerning them. The ventral valve figured “is «a good representative of the Leplena diuterstriclis, Phillips, as it appears at Lummaton, in South Devonshire. IT have com- pared it with good specimens identified hy Davidson. Our Strophodonta inequistriate, S. Patersont and S, Cayute ave allied forms, but your spe- cimens are closer to the Lummaton forms than to either of our New York species.” Davidson’s figure of ZL. deferstrialis on plate iii of the “ Supple- ment to the British Devonian Brachiopoda,” leave no doubt on the mind of the present writer that Phillips’ species belongs to Hall’s genus Stro-

phodonta.

(8,) SPIRIFERA FIMBRIATA, Conrad.

Delthyris fimbriata, Conrad. 1842. Jour. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., vol. VIII, p. 263. Spivera fimbriata, Billings. 1861. Canad. Journ., N. Ser., vol. VI, p. 257, figs.

68-70.

ee ue Hall. 1858. Geol. Surv. Iowa, vol. I, pt. 2, p. 505, pl. iv, figs. 5 ae.

ae wh Hall. 1867. Pal. St. N. York, vol. IV, p. 214, pl. xxxiii, figs.

1-21.

wuiteaves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 287

Spiritera fimbriata, Nicholson. 1874. Pal. Prov. Ont., p. 82. Not Spirifera jimbriata, Morton. 1836. Am. Journ. Nc. and Arts, vol. XXXIX, p- 149. Spirifera Conradana, 8. A. Miller. 1883. Am. Pal. Foss., Second Ed., p. 29%. at i ae ba 1889. N. Am, Geol. and Palwont., p. 372.

Monroe Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888: one perfect but not very well preserved dorsal valve. <A single specimen of this species was also collected by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell or Mr. D. B. Dowling in 1889, at each of the following localities on or near Lake Winnipegosis: in the southern portion of the lake at a small island off Weston Point; in the Stringocephalus zone at several exposures in the eastern, south-western and western shore of Dawson Bay ; on two small islands on the east side of the bay, and at the south end of Rowan Island, on its west side ; also, in the Cuboides zone on the Red Deer River, half a mile below the Lower Salt Spring.

Sprrirera (Martinia) Ricnarpsonu, Meek.

Plate 37, fig. 7.

Spirifera (Martinia) Richardsoni, Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ac. Se., vol. I, p. 104, pl. xiv, fig. 2.

Lake Winnipegosis, at Point Brabant (two casts of the interior of ven- tral valves), and at Devils Point (two specimens) ; also, in Dawson Bay at a small point half a mile north of the mouth of Bell River (two speci- mens); at the head of a small bay about three miles south of Point Wilkins (several small specimens) ; and on the Red Deer River near the Lower Salt Spring ; J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889. At each of these localities the specimens collected are small and rarely exceed half an inch in diameter. They are all a little longer than broad, nearly smooth, with an undeveloped or very feebly developed mesial fold and sinus.

In 1888 Mr. Dowling collected numerous specimens of a small Spirifera, which is probably referable to the present species, on the south-west side of Dawson Bay, at the second point north of the Red Deer River. These specimens (one of which is figured) are invariably hollow and imbedded in a vesicular dolomite in such a way as to show the character of the interior of the valves only, the spiral coils and hinge teeth being beauti- fully preserved. The hinge teeth of the ventral valve are slightly curved and diverge rapidly outward and forward. The shelly cones consist of only five loosely coiled, separate and rather distant, apparently smooth volutions, on each side.

September, 1892. 3

2838 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL-EONTOLOGY., Cyrtina Hamittonensis, Hall.

Cyrtia Hamiltonensix, Hall, 1857. Tenth Rep. Reg.-N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p.

166.

ae a Billings. 1861. Canad. Journ., N. Ser., vol. VI, p. 262, figs. 80-82.

a se Billings. 1863. Geol. Canada, p. 384, figs. 415 a-c.

Cyrtina Hamiltonensis, Hall. 1867. Pal. St. N. York, vol. IV, p. 268, pl. xxvii, figs. 1-4, and pl. xliv, figs. 26-33 and 38-52.

e ve Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ac. Se., vol. I, p. 99, pl. xiv, figs. 5, 7 and 10.

- ns Nicholson. 1874. Rep. Pal. Prov. Ontario, p. 83.

e oe Walcott. 1884. Pal. Eureka, distr. Nevada, p. 147.

ae se Whiteaves. 1891. This volume, p. 226.

Onion Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrelland J. F. Whiteaves, 1888 : four specimens. A few characteristic examples of this species also were collected by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling in 1889 at each of the following localities . Lake Winnipegosis, at the north end of Snake Island, at a small island off Weston Point, on the north, south-east and south-west side of South Manitou Island and at Point Brabant; on the south-west side of Cameron Bay, and in Dawson Bay on a small island to the south-west of Whiteaves Point, at Point Wilkins, and at the head of a small bay south of Point Wilkins; at the C. P. R. crossing of Mossy River, Man.; ‘on the Red Deer River at its mouth, and at the Lower and Upper Salt ‘springs ; at Rosebush Island in Swan Lake, and at the lowest crossing of the Swan River; also, /vose, on the east side of Lake Winnipegosis, at a small island east of the south point of Birch Island.

In this district only one specimen of C. Lfamiltonensis has been found in the Stringocephalus zone, but it appears to be everywhere abundant throughout the Upper Devonian.

ATHYRIS viTTaTA, Hall.

Athyris vittata, Hall. 1860. Thirteenth Rep. Reg. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 89. «© Hall. 1867. Pal. St. N. York, vol. IV, p. 289, pl. xlvi, figs. 1-4.

Warren Island (possibly the Rose Island of Mr. Tyrrell’s map), Swan Lake, Manitoba, J. W. Spencer, 1874 ; six specimens.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, in the Upper Devonian rocks at Point Wilkins, and at an exposure about two miles south of Point Wilkins ; also on Rose and Hog Islands in Swan Lake, J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889 : apparently not uncommon at each of these localities. Most of the specimens collected ave nearly perfect, but none of them show any of the characters of the interior of the valves. The mesial fold

wuiTeaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 289

and sinus are rather feebly developed in each, and these Specimens from Manitoba correspond much better with examples of A. viffuta from the Hamilton shales of Muscatine and Scott counties, Towa, kindly forwarded for comparison by Professor Calvin, than with the specimen from the Falls of the Ohio figured by Professor Hall.

(8.) ATRYPA RETICULARIS, L. Plate 37, fig. 8.

For a full list of synonyms of this species, with references, see Davidson’s ‘“ Mono- graph of the British Devonian Brachiopoda,” page 53, the same author's “ British Silurian Brachiopoda,” p. 129, or Hall's “‘ Paleontology of the State of New York, vol. IV, pt. 1, p. 316.

“Flat Rock Bay” and north end of Manitoba Island, Lake Manitoba, and Snake Island, Lake Winnipegosis ; Prof. H. Y. Hind, 1858. Point Wilkins, on the west side of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, and Warren Island, Swan Lake, Manitoba ; J. W. Spencer, 1874. Found also, more or less abundantly, in nearly all the outcrops of Devonian limestone on the shores, islands and immediate vicinity of Lakes Manitoba and Winnipegosis examined by Messrs. Tyrrell, Dowling and the present writer in 1888 and 1889, Common throughout the whole series, but most abundant above the Stringocephalus zone.

In the Devonian rocks of the Mackenzie River district, as stated on page 230 of the present volume, the typical A. retiew/aris and its variety aspera ave connected by numerous specimens which show intermediate gradations between the finely ribbed and coarsely plicated forms. On Lakes Manitoba and Winnipegosis, the two varieties, which almost always occur together, are remarkably constant to their respective cha- racters. Ateach of these lakes the specimens of A. reticularis often have the broad ‘ marginal fringe ” or ‘foliated expansion” of the ventral valve preserved entire, but, as the matrix in which they occur is a hard dolomite, itis very difficult to reduce such specimens to a portable size without injuring them. The marginal fringe of the specimen figured (from Pen- tamerus Point, Lake Manitoba) is nearly an inch and three-quarters broad, and the shell has a maximum breadth of about four inches and a-half.

(8.) ATRYPA RETICULARIS, var. ASPERA, Schlotheim.

For a list of the synonyms of this shell, with references, see page 229 of the pre- sent volume.

Localities, collectors and dates practically the same as those for the preceding species. Common also throughout the whole series.

y 2

290 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.KONTOLOGY. (8.) RuHYNCHONELLA PUGNUS, Martin. The synonymy of this species has already been given on pages 230 and 231.

Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888 ; and Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at the mouth of the Red Deer River, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: one small but characteristic specimen from each of these localities.

(S.) PrenramErus comis, Owen.

Afrypa comis, Owen. 1852. Rep. Geol. Surv. Wise., Iowa and Minn., p. 583, pl. iii A, fig. 4.

Pentamerus occidentalis, Hall. 1858. Geol. Iowa, vol. I, pt. 2, p. 514, pl. vi, figs. 2a-c. Not Pentamerus occidentalis, Hall, 1852. Pal. St. N. York, vol. II, p. 341, pl. Ixxix, figs. 1 a-s, and 2.

Pentamerus yaleatiformis, Meek and Worthen. 1866. Rep. Geol. Surv. Ilinois, vol. II, p. 325 (foot-note).

Gypidida occidentalis, Hall, 1867. Pal. St. N. York, vol. IV, p. 380, pl. viii A, figs. 1-8.

Pentamerus comis, Meek and Worthen. 1868. Geol. Sury. Illinois, vol. II, p. 428, pl. xili, figs. 6a-c.

a a Walcott. I884. Pal. Eureka distr. Nevada, p. 159, pl. iii, figs. dand 7; pl. xiv, figs. 15, 15a, b; and pl. xv, figs. 5, Pay de

“Western shore of Dawson Bay, from slabs apparently derived from the neighbouring cliffs,” J. W. Spencer, 1874 : several single and for the most part ventral valves. Lake Manitoba, on the north-west side in the Stringocephalus zone, at Monroe and Pentamerus points, abundant, and on the east side, at Steep Rock Point, one specimen : J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, ISX. South-west and west shores of Lake Winnipeg- osis, at Weston Point and # small island off Weston Point; at Devils Point (in the beds beneath the Stringocephalus zone); and on the west side of Pelican Bay, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: a few specimens from each of these localities. Abundant also at many exposures of the Stringocephalus zone on the islands and shores of Dawson Bay, where it was collected by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling in 1889.

Next to dfrypa reticularis and its variety aspera this is the commonest species of brachiopoda in the Devonian rocks of this district, where it is usually found associated with Strinyocephatus,

(S.) STRINGOCEPHALUS Bunrrint, Defrance.

Stryyocephalus Burtini, Defrance. 1827. Dict. des Sc. Nat., vol. LI, p. 102, and Atlas, pl. Ixxxv, figs. 1 and la. Terebratula porrecta, Sowerby. 1827. Min. Conch., pl. 576, fig. 1.

WHITeaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 291

Stringocephalus Burtini, Davidson. 1865. Mon. Brit. Dev. Brach., p. 11, (which see for a complete list of synonyms of this species, with references) pl. i, figs. 18-22, and pl. ii, figs. 1-11. a = Whiteaves. 1890. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. VIII, Sect. 4, p. 93, pl. iv, figs. 1-9; and (1891) this volume, p. 235, pl. xxix, figs. 10, 10a, 11 and lla.

Western shore of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, J. W. Spencer, 1874 a loose and imperfect cast of the interior of a very young shell. Lake Manitoba, at Monroe and Pentamerus Points, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888: a few very large but imperfect and badly preserved specimens at each of these localities. South-west shore of Lake Winni- pegosis, at Weston Point, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: one imperfect cast. Col- lected abundantly and often in fine condition by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling, on six of the islands in Dawson Bay, and at eight more or less widely separated exposures around its shores.

The specimens from these localities have been described in some detail and illustrated in the eighth volume of “Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada.”

(S.) TEREBRATULA SuLLIVANTI, Hall. Plate 37, figs. 9, 9a and 10.

Terebratula Sullivanti, Hall. 1867. Pal. St. N. York, volume IV, p. 387, pl. lx, figs. 5-10 and 68.

Lake Manitoba, at Monroe and Pentamerus Points, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888: one good specimen at each of these localities. Daw- son Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, on the south-east side, at Whiteaves Point and on three small islands in its immediate vicinity,—on a small island about three miles north of Salt Point, and on its south-eastern shore, about two miles west of Salt Point, J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889: collected rather sparingly at each of these localities, but most abundantly at Whiteaves Point, where eleven fine specimens were ob- tained, most of which are nearly perfect.

In some of these the anterior margin is simply truncated in the centre, and such specimens are essentially similar in external form to the example of T. Sullivanti from the Corniferous limestone of Cayuga (Ont.) repre- sented by Prof. Hall on Plate Ix, fig. 68, of the fourth volume of the “Paleontology of the State of New York.” Others, again, are rather deeply emarginate in front, with a shallow mesial sinus in hoth valves, as in the original of figs. 9 and 9a on Plate xxxvii of this volume. The internal loop, which is seen only in one specimen, in which it is imperfect and obscured by a crystalline deposit, seems to have been originally both short and narrow.

lo © lo

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALHONTOLOGY. PELECYPODA. (8.) Prerinea Lopata. (N. Sp.) Plate 38, tigs. 1-4.

Shell inequivalve, compressed at the sides, though the main body of the left valve, apart from the two wings, is moderately convex . marginal out- line subovate, the length being about one-fourth greater than the height : outer margin of the valves in adult specimens shallowly but distinctly lobate. Anterior side short, its wing comparatively large, pointed and projecting, and the lower part of its margin, beneath the wing, rounding abruptly into the base, at least in the immature specimen represented by fig. 3, but apparently somewhat produced above and sinuate below in adults, as in the original of fig. 1, which shows indications also of what seems to have been a byssal sinus, below the anterior ear of the right valve. Posterior side longer than the anterior: the outline of the former not satisfactorily shewn in any of the full or even half-grown specimens collected, though in the largest individual (fig. 1) it appears to be longest, and obtusely pointed a little below the middle, beneath which it narrows rapidly into the base below, in two shallowly concave curves, with a slight prominence between them. Posterior wing of the adult shell elon- gated, its exact contour unknown, but, in the left valve of a very young shell which may possibly be referable to this species (fig. 4), the posterior alation is concave at its outer margin, and the posterior end rounded and somewhat produced below. Beaks rather small, scarcely raised above the highest level of the hinge line and placed a little in advance of the mid- length.

Central portion of each valve marked by from five to seven, usually six, rounded and slightly nodulous radiating plications, which broaden rapidly outward and project a little beyond the front margin as rounded lobes, with a shallowly concave sinus between each pair. The spaces between the plications and the posterior wing also, are marked with narrow radi- ating ridges, and the concentric markings consist of numerous, more or less close-set, raised lines, which seem to be most prominent on the poste- rior wing of the left valve. Hinge dentition and muscular impressions unknown.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis,—on the south-east side, at: Whiteaves Point, and on a small island between that point and Salt Point ; on the south-west shore, at a small point about two miles east of the mouth of Steep Rock River, and at an exposure about two miles west of Salt Point, J.B. Tyrrell, 1889: one or two imperfect and not very well preserved specimens from each of these localities.

Although in rather poor condition, these specimens are obviously very

wuiteaves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 293:

(lissimilar to any of the known species of Avicw/ide from the Devonian rocks of North America or Europe. Their lobate outer margin, in the adult state, gives them a certain general resemblance to Z'riducna, but they seem to indicate a new generic type, which cannot be satisfactorily defined until the characters of the interior of the valves are ascertained.

(S.) ActinoprertA Boypi, Conrad. For the synonymy of this species, with references, see page 239.

Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888: four specimens. Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, on the south- east side, on a small island to the north of Whiteaves Point, D. B. Dowling, 1888: one specimen. South-west side of Lake Winnipegosis, on «w small island off Weston Point, one specimen: J. B. Tyrrell, 1889. Dawson Bay,—on the south-east side, at Whiteaves Point (one specimen) and on a small island north of that point (abundant) ; on a small island half way between Whiteaves and Salt Points (two specimens) ; on the west shore, at the first small point north of the mouth of the Red Deer River (abundant) and on the second small point north of the same river (nine specimens): J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889.

Two or three additional species of Aviculide are indicated in the col- leetions made by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling, but the specimens in each case are mere casts of the interior of the shell, which are too imperfect and badly preserved to admit of their being identitied or described.

(8.) GossELETIA. (Sp.)

South-west shore of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, about two miles west of Salt Point, J. B. Tyrrell, 1888: a single cast of the interior of the closed valves of a species of this genus, which although evidently un- described, is too imperfect to be properly characterized.

(S.) MyvILarca INFLATA. (N. Sp.) Plate 38, figs. 5, Gand 6a.

Shall small to medium sized, mytiloid, straight, strongly inflated : length,* from the beaks to the opposite extremity, about one third greater than the maximum height or dorso-ventral diameter: thickness through the closed valves a little greater than their height. Valves equal, tumid in the ventral region, most prominent and subangular on evch of the

*Dr. Paul Fischer (Manuel de Conchyliologie, p. 963) calls this the height and the dorso-ventral diameter the length.

294 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY,

umbonal slopes, thence inflected rather abruptly and more or less convexly inward on the ventral side and obliquely compressed or narrowing con- vexly and more gradually on the dorsal. Ventral border straight for the greater part of its length: postero-dorsal margin moderately elevated, most prominent and faintly subangular w little behind the midlength : hinge line short, oblique: posterior or anal margin broadly and obliquely rounded, though its junction with the end the farthest removed from the beaks is either narrowly rounded or somewhat pointed uwmbones promi- nent, much narrower in their dorso-ventral than in their lateral] diameter : beaks terminal, curved strongly inward and slightly forward.

Surface markings and characters of the interior of the valves unknown. The casts of the interior of the valves, however, are marked with a few, irregularly disposed but for the most distant lines of growth or concen- tric wrinkles.

In the largest specimen collected (the original of tig. 5) the maximum length is thirty-eight millimetres, the greatest height twenty-one mm., and the thickness through the closed valves is estimated at twenty min., but in other specimens, such as the one represented by figs. 6 and 6 a, the greatest thickness considerably exceeds the maximum height.

Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888: ten specimens, must of which are very small. Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis,—on two small islands off Whiteaves Point (two specimens from one island and one from the other),—on the south-west shore about two miles west of Salt Point (two specimens, one unusually large, the original of fig. 5), and on the west shore at the mouth of the Red Deer River (three specimens): J. B. Tyrrell, 1889.

In this species the greatest height of the valves is invariably a little behind the midlength, the dorsal margin being longer than the anal. In this and in some other respects the largest specimen cullected (fig. 5) differs materially from the J/. yibbosa of Hall, to which it otherwise bears a certain general resemblance. Other and smaller specimens of Jf inflatu approach nearer to some of the shorter varieties of JL eartmata, Hall, in lateral outline, but the former are never as distinctly angulated on the umbonal slope as the latter are said to be. According to Dr. Frech, *Mytilures, Hall, is exactly synonymous with Jfyaline, and, if this be the case, the present species will have to be called Myalinw influta.

(S.) MYALINA TRIGONALIS. (N. Np.) Plate 38, figs. 7, 7a and 7b.

Shell of medium size, subecuneiform in lateral outline, truncated some-

* Zeitschr. der Deutsch veol. Gesellsch., 1888, vol. XL, p. 363.

wuireaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 295 what obliquely at the posterior end and distinctly triangular in transverse section: length nearly twice as great as the maximum height, and about one-third greater than the maximum breadth. Valves broader than high, most prominent and strongly angulated on each of the ventral umbonal slopes, and flattened in the ventral region, the outline of which, as seen in full front view (as in fig. 7 a) is ovate cordate: sides (see fig. 7) obli- quely compressed, faintly and longitudinally depressed next each ventral wnbonal slope, then slightly elevated in the same direction, in such a way as to form a low, rounded and obscure dorsal umbonal ridge, which becomes obsolete at a short distance from the posterior end, in each valve, and ultimately narrowing abruptly into the dorsal margin. Hinge line short, oblique: dorsal margin long, nearly straight, but slightly bent a little in advance of the midlength, at first divergent from the anterior margin at an angle of about 55° but afterwards nearly parallel with it, the greatest height of the valves being at the junction of the dorsal mar- gin with the truncated posterior end, which is obtusely pointed below. Umbones prominent : beaks terminal, incurved and slightly recurved.

Surface marked only with concentric lines of growth, which are rather irregularly disposed. Characters of the interior of the valves unknown.

Dimensions of the only specimen collected : maximum length, thirty-one millimetres ; greatest height, sixteen mm.; maximum breadth, twenty- one min. and a half.

West side of Dawson Bay, at the first small point north of the mouth of the Red Deer River, D. B. Dowling, 1889: one nearly perfect. speci- men.

This interesting shell seems to be congenerie with the so-called ‘“ Car- dium dimidiatum” of Goldfuss,* which the late Ferdinand Roemer doubtfully referred to Myfilnst and Tschernyschewt to J/yfilarca. The two species may, however, be readily separated, even at a glance, by the great difference in their lateral contour.

(8.) MopioMORPHA ATTENUATA.

Modiomorpha attenuata, Whiteaves. 1890. Trans. Royal Sov. Canada, vol. VIII, Sect. 4, p. 96, pl. v, figs. 1 and la. (Separate copies. )

South-east side of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at Whiteaves Point, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: “one nearly perfect cast and three very im- perfect casts of the interior of the shell.” The specimen upon which the

+ Lethoea Geognost., vol. I, Atlas, pl. xxix, figs. 3a, b, and ex. pl. + Die Fauna des Mittleren und Ober. Devon an West Abh. des Urals., 1887, Mem. du Com. Geol., vol. ITI, p. 47, pl. vii, fig. 11.

296 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

species was mainly based would, if perfect, have slightly exceeded seven inches in length.

(8.) Mopiomorena compressa. (N. Sp.)

Plate 38, figs. 8 and 9.

5

Shell subelliptical, moderately elongated, nearly twice as long as high, and very inequilateral: valves strongly compressed laterally, very gently convex, and most prominent on the oblique posterior wmbonal slope of each valve, and broadly but shallowly depressed in front of these slopes. Anterior side short and narrowly rounded: posterior side much longer than the anterior, its outer margin obliquely truncated above and nar- rowly rounded below: dorsal margin nearly straight or very gently con- vex, ascending slightly behind and ultimately forming an obtusely suban- gular junction with the posterior end: ventral margin nearly straight and faintly concave in the centre in some specimens, but somewhat con- vex in others. umbones broad, compressed and depressed ; beaks curved inward and forward, placed very near to the anterior end, but not quite terminal.

Surface markings not satisfactorily shown, all the specimens collected being mere casts of the interior of the valves. A small portion of the test, which happens to be still adherent to the posterior end of one of these casts (fig. 8) is, however, marked by two or three concentric raised lines. Anterior muscular impression nearly circular, comparatively large, and situated close to the anterior margin. Pallial line distinetly impressed, entire and parallel to the ventral margin. Posterior muscular impression and characters of the hinge dentition unknown.

The specimens are all too imperfect to admit of an accurate statement. of their dimensions, but both of the figures are of natural size.

Shores of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at Whiteaves Point (three specimens), and about two miles east of Salt Point (two specimens) ; J. B. Tyrrell, 1889.

This shell has much the same lateral outline as the Jf altiforme of Walcott*, from the Lower Devonian of Nevada, but the former is strongly compressed at the sides and the latter as strongly convex.

Mopiomorpra rumipa. (N. Sp.)

Plate 38, figs. 10 and 10 a.)

Shell of medium size, ovately subelliptical, rather less than twice as lony as high, and highest a little behind the midlength : valves tumid and

*Paleont. Eureka distr. Nevada, 1884, ». 169, pl. v., fig. 9

wuiteaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 297

strongly inflated in the umbonal region, but obliquely compressed in the antero-ventral : anterior side short, narrow and abruptly rounded or some- what pointed : posterior side broader and much longer than the anterior, its extremity rather narrowly rounded, but rather more broadly curved below than above: cardinal margin nearly straight immediately behind the beaks, thence rising into a short and not very prominent, obtusely angular alation about half way between the beaks and the posterior end (at least, in the largest specimen collected, the original of fig. 10), and ultimately sloping very gradually downward ventral margin gently con- vex posteriorly, but straight anteriorly - umbones rather broad . beaks curved inward and forward, placed near the anterior end. Surface con- centrically striated. Hinge dentition and muscular impressions unknown.

Maximum length of the specimen figured, fifty-five millimetres ; great- est height of the same, thirty-two mm.

Lake Winnipegosis, on the south-west side, at a small island off Weston Point (five specimens), and on the southern shore of Dawson Bay, at the second small point east of the mouth of Bell River (two specimens) ; J. B. Tyrrell, 1889.

(S.) MopiomorpHa parvuta. (N. Sp.) Plate 38, tig. 11.

Shell very small, averaging from a little over half an inch to three- quarters of an inch in length, about one-third longer than high, and high- est at the posterior termination of the cardinal margin. Valves mode- rately convex, most prominent and subangular on each of the posterior umbonal slopes, but obliquely compressed on the antero-ventral and post- erodorsal sides of these slopes. In some specimens there is a shallowly concave depression immediately in front of the umbonal slope. Anterior side narrow and very short, forming a small abruptly rounded lobe below and in front of the beak: posterior side longer and broader than the anterior, its outer margin curved convexly and more or less obliquely downward above, and ultimately forming a somewhat pointed junction with the base below : cardinal margin rather long, straight and very gently ascending behind the beaks: ventral margin nearly straight, but slightly coneave in the centre: beaks minute, depressed, curved inward and for- ward, anterior, very nearly but not quite terminal.

Surface nearly smooth, marked only with fine concentric strive, or mi- nute lines of growth. Anterior muscular impression large, placed close to the anterior margin, and below the beaks. Posterior muscular impres- sion, pallial line and hinge dentition unknown.

Maximum length of the specimen figured, fourteen millimetres ; greatest height of the same, nine mm.

298 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

Lake Winnipegosis, on the north-west side, at Devils Point (a cast of the interior of both valves); on the south-west side of Dawson Bay, two miles west of Salt Point (one specimen with the test preserved), and on the west side of Dawson Bay, at the first small point north of the mouth of the Red Decr River (nine casts of the interior of the partly open or displaced valves) ; J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889.

Some of these specimens are more obliquely truncated posteriorly and more pointed at the base, than is the case with the original of fig. 12. Such individuals bear a rather close resemblance, both in lateral outline and in size, to some forms of the Modicla pygmad of Conrad, as figured by Hall’, but in that species the valves are much more convex propor- tionately, and not at all angulated on the posterior umbonal slopes.

(8.) SPATHELLA SUBELLIPTICA, (N. Sp.) Plate 38, fig. 12.

Shell rather small, narrowly subelliptical, rather less than twice as long as high, but a little higher behind the midlength than in front of it, and very inequilateral, Valves usually tumid and strongly convex in the uim- bonal region, but narrowing rather rapidly into the ventral and posterior margins ; anterior side narrow, very short and rounding abruptly into the ventral jnargin: posterior side broader and much longer than the ante- rior, its extremity narrowly rounded : cardinal line occupying about one half of the entire length, nearly straight, but very slightly ascending posteriorly: ventral margin nearly straight, slightly convex and almost parallel with the dorsal margin: beaks small, depressed, incurved, ante- rior and very nearly but not quite terminal.

Surface inarked with concentric strive and raised lines of growth, which latter are most prominent posteriorly. Hinge dentition and muscular impressions unknown.

Maxiinum length of the specimen figured, twenty-five millimetres and ahalf ; greatest height of the sane, fourteen min.

Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba, J.B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, ISSS8: a nearly perfect specimen, which, however, is much Jess convex in the wnbonal region than usual. Western shore of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, on the second small point north of the mouth of the Red Deer River, D. B. Dowling, 1889: eight specimens, two of which are nearly perfect, and upon which the foregoing description is based. A very imperfect specimen from the north side of South Manitou Island, in Lake Winnipegosis, and an equally imperfect’ one from an exposure a mile above the Lower Salt Spring on the Red Decr River, both collected by Mr. Tyrrell, in 1889, are probably referable to the present species.

* Pal. St. N. York, vol. V, pt.1, Lamellibr., 2, p. 514, pl. Ixxvi, figs. 9-20.

wuiteaves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 299

A few badly preserved specimens of a shell, which may be a variety of S. subelliptica, were collected by Mr. Tyrrell, in 1889, at a small island off Weston Point, Lake Winnipegosis. They differ from the typical form chiefly in being almost exactly twice as long as hivh, and in the cir- cumstance that their posterior umbonal slopes are obscurely or very faintly subangular.

S. subelliptica is obviously congeneric with Spathella ventricosa, the Orthonota ventricosa of White and Whitfield, as figured by Hall*, and differs from that species only in being much shorter in proportion to its height. It may prove to be identical with the Cypricardites wralicus of Tschernyschew. ¢

(8.) GONIOPHORA PERANGULATA, Hall, var.

Plate 39, figs. 1 and Ja.

Sanguinolites peranyulatus, Hall. Prelim. Notice Lam. Shells, p. 35. Goniophora peranguwata, Hall. 1883. Pal. St. N. Y., vol. V, pt. 1, Plates and Ex- planations, p. 12, pl. xxxiv, figs. 1-7.

ay ss Walcott. 1884. Pal. Eureka distr. Nevada, p. 171, pl. xv, fig. 10. sd a Hall. 1885. Pal. St. N. York, vol. V, pt.1, Lamellibr., 2, p.

293, pl. xxxiv, figs. 1--6, and pl. xii, figs. 1] and 2.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, two miles west of Salt Point, and on one of the small islands east of Salt Point, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889» a some- what imperfect cast of the interior of the partly open valves, from each of these localities.

These two specimens, which are rather doubtfully referred to @. peran- gulata, appear to be in some respects intermediate in their characters between that species and (. acuta, Hall, their hinge line, in particular, being apparently longer proportionately than that of G. perangulata. In the specimen figured, the posterior half of the dorsal margin is imperfect, but when entire, the dorsal margin was probably regularly arched and moderately convex for the whole of its length, and not flattened somewhat obliquely behind, as represented in fig. 1.

(8.) Macropon pyamzus. (N. Sp.)

Plate 39, figs. 2 and 3.

Shell decidedly small, usually less than half an inch in length, narrowly elongated, nearly or quite twice as long as high, somewhat trapezoidal and

* Pal. St. N. York, vol. V. pt. 1, Lamellibr. 2, p. 408, pl. Ixvi, figs. 41 and 42. + Die Fauna des Mittl. und Oberer Devon am West—Abh. des Urals. 1887. Meé- moires du Comité Géolog., vol. ITI, p. 50, pl. vii, figs. 4 and 5.

300 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

very inequilateral. Valves strongly convex in the umbonal region, both posteriorly and anteriorly, but slightly depressed in the centre below - posterior area obliquely and abruptly compressed.

Anterior side very short, angular above and rounding both rapidly and abruptly inward into the ventral margin below: posterior side much longer and a little broader than the anterior, its extremity obliquely trun- cated or subtruncated above and narrowly rounded below cardinal border nearly straight behind the beaks, in some specimens (as in fig. 3) nearly parallel with the ventral margin, in others (as in fig. 2) ascending and subalate posteriorly : ventral margin almost straight but faintly concave in the centre and rounding upward very abruptly at each end : umbones prominent and comparatively broad : beaks depressed, curved inward and slightly forward.

Surface markings consisting apparently of concentric and lamellose lines of growth. Muscular impressions unknown: hinge dentition for the most part unknown, though in the cast of the interior of the left valve repre- sented by fig. 2, there are impressions of two of the thin, laminar and elongated posterior teeth parallel to the hinge line.

Maximum length of one of the most perfect specimens collected (the right valve represented by tig. 3), ten millimetres, greatest height of the same, inclusive of the beaks, five mim. and a quarter.

A large mould of the exterior of the right valve, however, which is not figured but which gives the only information available about the surface markings of the test, is a little over fourteen millimetres in length.

Lake Winnipegosis, on the north-western shore, at Devils Point, in the Upper Devonian (four single valves) ; and in the Stringocephalus zone at Dawson Bay, on the south-east side, on a small island to the south-west of Whiteaves Point (one right valve), and on the south-west side, at the mouth of Steep Rock River (the left valve represented by tig. 2): J. B. Tyrrell, 1889.

All the specimens from these localities, except the solitary mould of the exterior of a right valve already referred to, are perfect and well pre- served casts of the interior of the right or left valve. The species is perhaps most nearly related to, but probably distinct from, the IW. paris of White and Whitfield,* from the yellow sandstone at Burlington, Towa, which Dr. White regards as the lowest member of the Lower Carbonifer- ous in the Mississippi valley.

* Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1882, vol. WITT, p. 299.

warTeaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 301

Nvcuta Lirata, Conrad. Nuewls lirata, Conrad, 1842. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. VII, p. 250, pl. xv,

. “Hall. 1870. Prelim. Not. Lamellibr. Shells, 2, p. 3.

" ee “1883. Pal. St. N. York, vol. V, pt. 1, Plates and Explana- tions, pl. xlv, figs. 17-27.

ce as 1885. Pal. St. N. York, vol. V, pt. 1, Lamellibr., 2, p. 316, pl. xlv, figs. 5, 11, 15, 17-22, 24, 25, and pl. xciii.

North side of Manitoba Island, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. I. Whiteaves, 1888 : two or three badly preserved single valves.

(S.) Nucuta? Manrropensis. (N. Sp.) Plate 41, fig. 1.

Shell rather small, ovately trapezoidal, about one-third longer than high and very inequilateral. Valves gibbous, tumid in the umbonal region and above, but obliquely compressed and somewhat depressed in the centre below : anterior side (assuming it to be a Vuewla)* much longer than the posterior, its outer margin obliquely subtruncate above and forming an obtusely pointed junction with the base below : posterior side extremely short, its margin concave immediately under the overhanging beaks and narrowly rounded below ; cardinal margin gently convex, curving rather rapidly downward posteriorly: ventral margin nearly straight for the greater part of its length, but curving upward abruptly at both ends: umbones broad, depressed, anterior, terminal: beaks curved inward, for- ward and a little downward.

Surface apparently almost smooth and marked only with faint cuncen- tric strie of growth. Hinge dentition and muscular impressions un- known.

Length of the largest specimen collected, nine millimetres; greatest height of the same, six mm. and a half.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, on a small island north of Whiteaves Point, and on its south-western shore, at an exposure about two miles west of Salt Point, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: a single right valve from each of these localities.

As the characters of the interior of the valves of this species are entirely unknown, it is quite uncertain to what genus it should be referred. It is here provisionally regarded as a Vuweula on account of its general resem- blance, in external form, to some varieties of the WV. varicosa of Hall, as figured on Plates xlvi and xciii, of vol. V, Pt. 1, (Lamellibr., 2) of the

* Dr. 8. P. Woodward (Manual of the Mollusca., p. 269) says that in Nucula the umbones are ‘‘turned to the short, posterior side.”

302 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

Paleontology of the State of New York. The present species, however, may readily be distinguished from 1. varicosa, by its much smaller size, more trapezoidal contour and by the apparent absence of “ strong varices

of growth.”

Nucutires, Sp. Plate 39, fig. 4.

An imperfect cast of the interior of a single valve of a small and appa- rently undescribed species of Weulites was collected by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell and the present writer in 1888, on the north shore of Manitoba Island. The specimen, which is not more than five millimetres in length, is too imperfect for specific description, but it shows clearly the impression of the “vertical clavicular ridge just anterior to the beaks,” which is so characteristic of the genus. The general contour of this specimen is not very dissimilar to that of the iV. oblongata of Hall (from the Hamilton group of the State of New York), but that species attains to a length of from twenty-four to thirty-five mm., and is much more obtusely pointed at the longer and so-called posterior end.

(S.) KKEFERSTEINIA SUBOVATA.

Megalodon subovatus, Whiteaves. 1890. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. VIII, Sect. 4, p.97, pl. v., figs. 2, 2a, 3 and 3a. (Separate copies. )

Cameron Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, on the south-west side, three miles south of Graves Point (one small cast): Dawson Bay, in the same lake, on Beardy Island (one small cast), on the south-west shore, two miles west of Salt Point (six specimens), four miles west of that point (several specimens, some with the test preserved), and « few miles farther west, at the first smal] point east of the mouth of Steep Rock River (four large casts) ; also on the west shore, at the mouth of the Red Deer River (two specimens): J. B. Tyrrell, 1889.

A left valve of a small bivalve shell from Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba, and a cast of the interior of both valves of an equally small specimen from Onion Point, on the same lake, both collected by Mr. Tyrrell and the writer in 1888, are probably immature examples of this species.

AC. subovata was originally “referred to the genus J/egalodon on account of its strong resemblance in internal structure to the IL traneatus and WM, rhombotidalis of Goldfuss, from the Devonian rocks of the Eifel.” It was, however, stated (op. cit. pp. 97 and 98) that, in each of these shells the “hinge seems to be constructed on a somewhat different plan to that

wuiteaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 303

of the type of the genus, the IW. cwcullateus of Sowerby,” and that a new genus or subgenus would probably have to be constituted for the recep- tion of the little group of species, including the present one, of which JL truncatus is the type. For this new genus the name Aefersteinia has been recently proposed by Professor M. Neumayr, in a paper published since his death by the Royal Academy of Sciences of Vienna.*

On the other hand, it is only proper to add that, su far back as 1851, Grinewaldtt claimed that the MJegalodus truncatus of Goldfuss is a J/yo- phorva. Dr. Frech, also, in a paper upon Mecynodon and Myophoria,t places Goldfuss’s species in the group of JJyophoria levigata and maintains that it belongs to the older Trigoniade. Dy. Frech thinks that all the species tigured by Hall under, the name Schizudus, on Plate lxxv of vol. V, pt. 1 (Lamellibr., 2) of the Paleontology of the State of New York, belong to the genus yophoria and that the name Schizodus should be restricted to the Permian species. According to this view, the fossil from the Hay River, which is referred to Schizodus Chemungensis on page 241 of the present volume and figured on Plate xxx, figs. 5 and 5a, would also be a J/yophoria, but it may be a Nefersteinia, and not very improba- bly even an immature example of A. subovatu.

(S.) Mecrnopoy. (Sp.) (Cfr. WM. Hofeliensis, Frech.)

Meeynodon cifeliensix, Frech. 1889. Zeitschr. der Deutsch. geolog. Gesellsch., vol. XLI, p. 130, pl. xi, figs. 7 and 7a.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at the mouth of the Red Deer River, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: a cast of the interior of the left valve of a species of Vecynodon, which, although too imperfect to be determined specitically, is believed by Dr. Frech, who has seen the specimen, to be at least closely related to his d/. etfelrensis.

ANODONTOPSIS AFFINIS. (N. Sp.) Plate 40, figure 6.

Shell small, rather narrowly subelliptical, about one-third longer than high and very inequilateral. Valves compressed convex : posterior area gently inflected and indistinctly defined, as the faint angulation on the posterior side of the umbones becomes obsolete and disappears about half

* Beitr. zu Einer Morphol. Eintheil. der Bivalven. Denkschr. der Math.-Naturwiss. Schaftl. cl. der Kaiserl. Ak. der Wissenschaft. Wien, 1891. Vol. LVITI, p., 88. + Zeitschr. der Deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., 1851, vol. ITI, p. 252. +Ib., 1889, vol. XLI, p.p. 127-188. September, 1892.

304 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY,

way between the beaks and the postero-basal margin. Anterior side short, its margin regularly rounded: posterior side much longer than the ante- rior, its extremity obliquely subtruncated above and narrowly rounded below ventral margin gently convex anteriorly and nearly straight but slightly ascending posteriorly: cardinal margin curving very abruptly downward in front of the beaks, nearly straight, with a slight downward declination, behind them, and ultimately curving obliquely and rapidly downward and outward posteriorly : umbones depressed and compressed : beaks small, incurved, with a forward inclination, placed near the anterior end but not quite terminal.

Surface markings and muscular impressions unknown. In the specimen figured, which is the cast of the interior of a left valve, the existence of a long and thin lateral tooth in that valve seems to be indicated by a nar- row longitudinal grove which runs parallel with and close to the cardinal margin for the whole of its length behind the beaks.

Length of the left valve tigured, sixteen millimetres : greatest height of the same, ten min.

Devils Point, Lake Winnipegosis, J. B. Tyrrell, 1888: a single but very perfect cast of the interior of both valves, which are widely open and partially detached.

This little shell seems to be very closely related to the dAnodontopsis concinua of the Guelph limestone of Ontario*, but the valves of the former are much narrower in proportion to their height, more pointed posteriorly, and their posterior umbonal slopes are much less distinctly angulated.

(S.) PARACYCLAS ANTIQUA, Goldfuss. (Sp.) Plate 39, fig. 6.

Lucina antique, Goldfuss. 1834-40. Petref. Germ., vol. H, p. 226, pl. exlvi, figs. Ja, b.

Devils Point, Lake Winnipegosis (three specimens) ; also in the Strin- gocephalus zone at Dawson Bay, on the same lake, on the south-west side, two miles west of Salt Point (one specimen), on the west side, at the mouth of Steep Rock River (three specimens), and at the first sinall point north of the Red Deer River (one specimen): J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889.

Seven of these specimens are well defined moulds of the exterior of the closed valves and one is a cast of the interior. The figure is taken from

*Geol, and Nat. Hist. Surv. Canada, Pal. Foss., vol. TIT, (pt. 1.) p. 12, pl. ii, fig. 4, and pl. vii, figs. + and 4a,

wniteaves. ] DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 305

# Wax Impression of one of these moulds, in which the valves are thirty millimetres in length and nearly thirty-two in height.

The writer has failed to find a single character by which these speci- mens from Lake Winnipegosis can be satisfactorily distinguished from the Lucina antiqua, of the Devonian rocks of the Eifel, as described and figured by Goldfuss. The phrase * umbonibus postmedianis ’ of the ori- ginal description of that species, it is true, is not applicable to any of the specimens collected by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling, but in Goldfuss’s figures of Z. antigua, the umbones and beaks are represented as placed a little in advance of the midlength.

Judging by the descriptions and figures of both, it is difficult to see upon what grounds the Puracyclas Ohioensis of Meek is separated from P. antiqua. Each of the eight specimens from Lake Winnipegosis is cha- racterized by the “strongly oblique sulcus, extending from the back part of the beaks to the upper part of the posterior margin,” on the “posterior dorsal slope of each valve,” which Mr. Meek relies upon as the distin- guishing feature of 2 Ohivensis, but which is equally characteristic of ?

antigua,

ParacycLas ELLIPTICA, Hall.

Paracyclas elliptica, Hall. 1843. Geol. Surv. N. York, Rep. Fourth Distr., p. 171, pl. Ixvii, fig. 2.

Lucina ( Paracyclas ) elliptica, var. occidentalis, Hall and Whitfield. 1882. Twenty- fourth Reg. Rep. N. York St. Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 189.

Paracyclas elliptica, Hall. 1883. Pal. St. N. York, vol. V, pt. 1, Plates and Expla-

nations, pl. lxxii, figs. 23-30. me 1885. Pal. St. N. York, vol. V, pt. 1, Lamellibr., 2, p. 440, pl.

Ixxii, figs. 23-33, and pl. xev, fig. 18.

A few specimens of the large and typical form of this species were col- lected by Messrs. Tyrrell, Dowling and the present writer, in 1888 and 1889, at Onion Point, Lake Manitoba, and at many of the exposures on the shores and islands of Lake Winnipegosis.

PARACYCLAS ELLIPTICA, var. OCCIDENTALIS, Billings. Plate 39, figs. 7-10.

Lucine occidentalis, Billings. 1859. In Hind’s Rep. Assinib. and Saskatch. Expl. Exped., p. 147, wood-cut, figs. 1b, ¢.

Lucina elliptica, Billings, as of Conrad. 1859. Ib., p. 187, wood-cut, fig. 1d.

Paracyclas Billingsana, 8. A. Miller. 1883. Am. Pal. Foss., Second Ed., p. 311.

In 1858, Professor H. Youle Hind collected two lamellibranchiate shells, which are still in the Museum of the Survey, from the Devonian 43

306 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL-EONTOLOGY,

rocks at Snake Island in Lake Winnipegosis. Both of these were figured hy Mr. E. Billings (op. eit. p. 187), who regarded one as identical with Lucina eliptica, Conrad. (sic), and described the other as a new species, under the name Licine occidentalis. To the present writer these two specimens appear to be merely somewhat distorted individuals of the sane species, the one referred to ZL. el/iptiea being abnormally compressed in the direction of its height, and that described as L. oreidentalis in the direction of its length. Similar specimens collected by Messrs, Tyrrell sent writer, at Manitoba Island and Onion Point, Lake Mani-

and the pre toba, in 1888, and by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling abundantly at most of the exposures on the shores or islands of Lake Winnipegosis, in 1889, are almost exactly intermediate in their characters between 7 e/iptica, Hall, and P? Mrata, Conrad. They perfectly resemble the latter species both in size and shape, but their “concentric undulations of growth ” are rounded and flattened, not prominent and subangular as in 7”. frat. Tt is highly probable, however, that / ¢///ptied is only a variety of P lirata.

Both the typical form and the var. oceidentulis of Billings (not of Hall and Whitfield) ave most abundant in the argillaceous limestones above the Stringecephalus zone, and at the local base of the Upper Devonian.

In his Jatest description of 7. e//ipties, Prot. Hall points out that it is “subject to great variation in form from compression,” a statement which is equally applicable to the specimens from Lake Winnipegosis, four of which are represented on plate xxxix. Fig. 8 on that plate represents the type of L. cecideutalis, Billings, the wood-cut of that shell in Prof. Hind’s report being neither as accurate nor as characteristic as could be wished. Fig. 7 represents a specimen from Dawson Bay, which is quite free from distortion or compression. In the original of fig. 10, which is from the Red Deer River, at the Upper Salt Spring, the compression in the direction of the height has reached its maximum, while in the original of fig. 9, which is also from the Red Deer River, the compression has obviously been oblique.

(S.) Paracycias. (Sp. Undt.) Plate 39, tigs. 5 and da,

Three specimens of a large and apparently undescribed species of Para- cyclas weve collected by My. Dowling, in 1889, on the western shore of Dawson Bay, at the first small point north of the mouth of the Red Deer River. Two of these are casts of the interior of the shell, and one is a natural mould of the exterior of the closed valves, but all three are too imperfect and too badly preserved to admit of identification ov deserip-

tion. The figures on plate xxxix are taken from a wax Lnpression of the

wuiteaves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 307

mould of the exterior, but the ventral margin is slightly restored from the lines of growth. The shell seems to have been larger and more glo- hose than P. eViptica, but the wax impression from which the figures were made does not give a clear idea of the shape of the valves, or of their surface markings.

(8.) ConocaRDIuM OH1oENsE, Meek.

Conocardium Ohioense, Meek. 1871. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad., p. 9.

™ a Meek. 1873. Geol. Surv. Ohio, vol. I, pt. 2, p. 203, pl. xviii, fig. 9, and wood-cut a on p. 204,

+ Xb Hall. 1883. Pal. St. N. York, vol. V, pt. 1, Plates and Expl., pl. lxviii, figs. 2 and 3.

ae sl Hall. 1885. Pal. St. N. York, vol. V, pt. 1, Lamellibr., 2, p-

411, pl. Ixviii, figs. 2 and 3.

‘“ Western shore of Dawson Bay,” Lake Winnipegosis, “from slabs ap- parently derived from the neighbouring cliffs,” J. W. Spencer, 1874: four specimens.

Monroe Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888: four specimens. Dawson Bay, at Whiteaves Point, and about two miles west of Salt Point, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: one specimen from each of these localities.

Most of the specimens obtained at these localities are small and obvi- ously immature, but asingle and nearly perfect specimen, collected by Dr. Spencer, is fourteen millimetres in length and nine millimetres in height. In this individual “the body of the shell,” as stated by Hall, in his de- scription of C. Ohtoense, “is marked by about six strong radiating plica- tions on the ventricose portion of the valve, and on each side by more numerous and smaller plications. The interspaces between the ribs are marked by lamellose concentric strie.”

Some paleontologists are of the opinion that C. Ohioense is only the young of the C. trigonale of Hall, which Professor Hall now regards as a synonym of C. cies, Conrad.

(8.) CarRbiopsis TENUICosTATA. (N. Sp.) Plate 40, figs. 1 and 2.

Shell of medium size, moderately convex, subcircular or ovately subcir- cular, inequilateral and a little longer than high. Umbones prominent, beaks incurved, inclined forward and placed in advance of the midlength ; superior border nearly straight but slightly concave in the centre, behind the beaks ; ligamental area narrowly lanceolate in outline, as viewed from

above.

BOR CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

Surface marked with numerous fine and closely disposed rounded or flattened radiating ribs, which are crossed by concentric strie of growth. Muscular impressions and hinge dentition unknown.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, about two miles west of Salt Point, and at the mouth of the Red Deer River, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889 : one imper- fect left valve from each of these localities.

The radiating costw of the larger of these two valves (fig. 1) are about one millimetre broad in their thickest part, and those of the smaller (fig. 2) less than half a millimetre in breadth. In the absence of any knowledge of the hinge dentition of the valves this species is here provisionally referred to Curdiopsis, on account of its resemblance in external charac- ters to the C. radiata of Meek and Worthen, as figured by Hall,* but it may be a Purarec, Tt differs, however, from C. veddiata in its more nearly circular outline, and in the position of its beaks, which are not placed nearly so far forward.

Three casts of the intevior of a shell, collected by Mr. Tyrrell, in 1889, at Whiteaves Point, in Dawson Bay, are also probably referable to C. tenwicostata, though they show no traces of the radiating ribs character istic of the exterior of its test.

(8.) CY PRICARDELLA BELLISTRIATA, Conrad. (Sp.) Plate 40, figs. 4 and 5.

Microdon bellistriata, Conrad. 1842. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., vol. VII, p. 247, pl. xiii, fig. 12.

rs a Hall. 1843. Geol. Surv. N. York, Rep. Fourth Distr., p. 196, fig. 2. en "9 Hall. 1873. Twenty-third Reg. Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nut.

Hist., pl. xiv, fig. 8.

Eodon bellistriatus, S. A. Miller. 1877. Cat. Am. Pal. Foss., p. 244.

Microdouella bellistriata, Ehlert. 1881. Mem. Geol. Soc. France, 3rd Ser., vol. IT, p. 27, pl. iv, figs. da, 4b.

Microdou (Cypricardella ) bellistriatus, Hall. 1885. Pal. St. N. York, vol. V, pt. 2, Lamellibr., 2, p. 308, pl. xlii, figs. 17-20; pl. Ixxiii, figs. 7-22; and pl. lxxiv, figs. 5-10.

Cir. Sanyninolaria lamellosa, Goldfuss. 1834-40, Petref. Germ., vol. II, p. 279, pl. clix, fig. 12.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, about two miles west of Nalt Point, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: one mould of the exterior of both valves. Two casts of the interior of a shell which is probably referable to this species, both of which are figured on plate xl, were collected by Mr. Tyrrell, in 1889, in the Upper Devonian shales at Point Wilkins, in Dawson Bay.

“On Pl. Ixx, fig. 25, of vol. V, pt. 1, Lamellibr., 2, of the Pal. St. N. York.

wniteaves. ] DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 309 (S.) CYPRICARDELLA PRoODUCTA. (N. Sp.) Plate 40, fig. 8.

Shell of medium size, elliptic ovate, about one-third longer than high and very inequilateral ; valves compressed convex, moderately inflated, with a faint longitudinal depression immediately above the low, rounded and very indistinctly defined posterior umbonal slope : anterior side extre- mely short, its margin subtruncated almost vertically below the beaks, as far as the lunule extends, then curving rapidly downward and backward into the ventral margin : posterior side much longer than the anterior, its dorsal and ventral margins broadly and gently convex, and its outer ter- mination narrowly rounded in the centre ; wumbones compressed and de- pressed : beaks small, incurved and directed forwards, anterior and nearly, if not quite, terminal: lunule narrowly lanceolate in outline: ligamental area or escutcheon narrow, elongated and well defined.

Surface marked with numerous, close-set and regularly disposed rounded and rib-like concentric plications, which are about equal in breadth to the narrow grooves between them. Hinge dentition and muscular im- pressions unknown.

Maximum length of the specimen figured, forty-nine millimetres : great- est height of the same, thirty-two mm. and a half.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at the mouth of Steep Rock River, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: a mould of the exterior of a left valve, a wax impression of which is figured. ,

It is just possible that the shell for which the foregoing name is pro- posed, may prove to be an extreme variety of the preceding species. It seems to most nearly resemble the specimen of C. bellistriata from the Chemung Group of the State of New York which Professor Hall figures on plate Ixxiv, fig. 5, of volume five, part two (Lamellibranchiata, 2) of the Paleontology of that state, but in that specimen the beaks are repre- sented as not nearly terminal, the anterior end as considerably produced and the posterior extremity as obliquely truncated above and narrowly rounded below.

(S.) CYPRICARDINIA PLANULATA (7) CONRAD, VAR.

Plate 40, fig. 3.

Cfr. Pterinea planulata, Conrad. 1842. Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., vol. VIII, p. 251, pl. xiii, fig. 15. Cypricardinia planiiata, Hall. 1870. Prelim. Not. Lamellibr., 2, p. 82. ws sd « 1883. Pal. St. N. York, vol. V, pt. 1, Plates and Explanations, pl. lxxix, figs. 1-5. ee ee «1885. Ib., Lamellibr., 2, p. 484, pl. Ixxix, figs. 1-5.

310 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.EONTOLOGY.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, a mould of the exterior of a right valve, from the Stringocephalus zone, and Devils Point, on the same lake, a similar mould of a left valve (a gutta percha impression of which is figured), from the basal beds of the Middle Devonian, both collected by Mv. J. B. Tyrrell in 1889.

The specimen from Dawson Bay, which is not figured, is essentially siuilar in marginal outline to the C. planilata as figured by Hall, but the one from Devils Point is more squarely truncated posteriorly and may not belong to the same species. Both differ from the typical form of C. planiiate in the much greater number and closer disposition of their “concentric undulations.”

(S.) Guossires Manrropensis. (Nom. prov.) Plate 40, tig. 7.

Shell of medium size, strongly but perhaps abnormally compressed at the sides, elongate-subelliptical, a little more than twice as long as high, and very inequilateral. Anterior side very short, its margin curving rapidly and somewhat concavely downward and forward from the beaks to about the midheight, then abruptly backward into the base below ; posterior side much longer than the anterior, its extremity very obliquely subtruncated above, and produced as well as narrowly rounded below : ventral margin nearly straight in the centre but curving eradually and rather broadly upward at each end. cardinal margin nearly straight, hovizontal and almost parallel with the ventral margin for nearly the whole of its distance, behind the beaks: umbones compressed and de- pressed: beaks curved inward and forward, placed very near to the ante- rior end but not quite terminal.

Surface marked apparently with rather numerous, somewhat. irregularly disposed, narrow and moderately prominent, rounded concentric plications. Hinge dentition and muscular impressions unknown.

Maximum length of the only specimen collected, forty-six millimetres: greatest height of the same, twenty-one mm.

Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba, J.B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888: a single huperfect specimen with both valves preserved.

This shell has a considerable similarity, in external form, to the G/os- sites Hinguatis of the Chemung Group of Pennsylvania, as figured by Hall on Plate xevi of the first part of the fifth volume (Lamellibranchiata, 2) of the Paleontology of the State of New York, but it may not even belong to the same genus. Professor Hall places G/oss/fes in the family Jodio- morphide, but the general aspect of the present species suggests that it is more likely to belong to the family Solenopside of Newnayr and that it isnearly related to Samyaednol ites.

wuiteaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 311 (S.) ORTHONOTA CORRUGATA,

Orthonota corruyata, Whiteaves. 1890. Trans. Royal Sov. Canada, vol. VIII, Sect. 4, p. 98, pl. v, figs. 4, da, and 5. (Separate copies.) Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at Whiteaves Point and on two small adjacent islands, also at the mouth of the Red Deer River, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: a few casts or portions of casts of the interior of the shell, on some of which parts of the test are preserved.

SCAPHOPODA.

(8.) Denvratium. (Sp.) (Cfr. D. anviquum, Goldfuss.) Plate 15, figs. 1 and 2. Dentalium antiquom, Goldfuss. 1841-44. Petref. German., vol. III, p. 2, pl. elxvi, tigs. 2a, b, ec.

A few specimens of a species of Dentalium, which cannot at present be satisfactorily distinguished from D. antiquum, were collected by Mr. Tyrrell and the present writer in 1888 at Pentamerus and Monroe Points, on Lake Manitoba, and by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling in 1889 at Devils Point and at tive localities in or around Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipeg- osis.

«A specimen obtained at Pentamerus Point is two inches and a half long, but one of the specimens from Dawson Bay must have been fully three inches in length when perfect. The surface markings of the whole are not well preserved, but appear to consist of transverse annular stria- tions, which are usually very closely disposed, but in some individuals there are indications also of fine longitudinal striw. It is only proper to add that the specimens from the localities have much the same shape and surface markings as the Coleolus crenatociuctus of Hall, which Whittield thinks isa Dentalinm, but there is at present no satisfactory evidence to show that the transverse strie of the former are crenate.

GANSTEROPODA. (S.) Patmacma (/) cincutata. (N. Sp.)

Plate £3, figs. 8 and 8a.

Shell small, patelliform, erect. conical, but slightly compressed at the sides, considerably elevated, its height being rather more than half the

* Pal. St. N. York, 1879, vol. V, pt. 2, p. 188, pl. xxxii, figs. 1-3, and pl. xaxii a, figs. 3 and 4.

312 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL-EONTOLOGY.

maxinum length at the base: apex placed about one-third nearer to one end than to the other, nearly straight, but curved very slightly towards the shorter end : outline of aperture longitudinally subelliptical.

Surface marked with about fifteen or sixteen regularly disposed and nearly equidistant, extremely narrow and very slightly elevated small an- nular concentric ridges, with flat or somewhat concave and much broader spaces between them: under a lens, too, there ave indications of minute radiating striw, Muscular impressions unknown.

Height of the only specimen collected, eight millimetres ; length of the same at the base, fourteen mm. ; greatest breadth at base, ten min.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at the mouth of the Red Deer River, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: one nearly perfect cast of the interior of the shell, with a portion of the mould of the exterior of the test of the same speci- men.

As the muscular impressions are unknown, it is doubtful whether this shell should be referred to the Patellidu or to the Capulide. Tf it belongs to the former of these two families, the apex is of course anterior to the midlength, but if to the latter then the apex would be posterior. The species is here placed provisionally in the genus Pa/@uenned on account of its general resemblance in external characters to such shells as the 7’ typice of Hall, from the Potsdam sandstone of the State of New York, and to the 2. annulate of Barrois*, and 2. Barroisii of Gehlert? from the Devonian rocks of France. The circumstance that the P. typica of Hall was first characterized in the “Twenty-third Report on the State Cabinet” in a paper bearing the general title ‘Descriptions of Devonian Fossils,” would seem to have misled Drs. Fischer and Zittel into the state- ment that the genus Paleaemen was originally based upon a Devonian species.

(8.) PLEUROTOMARIA GONIOSTOMA.

Pleurotomaria yoniostoma, Whiteaves. 1890. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. VIII, Sect. 4, p. 99, pl. vi, fig. 1. (Separate copies. )

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis,—at Whiteaves Point,—on a small island a little to the north-west of Beardy Island,—also at exposures four iniles west of Salt Point,—near the mouth of Steep Rock River,—and at the mouth of the Red Deer River, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: one or two speci- mens from each of these localities.

*““Faune du caleaire d’Erbray.”” Mém. Soc. Géol. du Nord, vol. III, 1889. + “Sur le Dévonien des environs d’Angers.” Bull. Soc. Geol. de France, Ser. 3, vol. XVII, p. 774, pl. xix, figs. 3 and 8a,

Gy aan aw

WHITEAVES. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. ‘S.) PLEUROTOMARIA INFRANODOSA. (N. Sp.) Plate 41, figs. 2, 2a and 3.

Shell turbinated, spire short: outer volution much expanded laterally, in adult specimens fully twice as broad as high, subangular above and below and shouldered above, its basal portion concavely and obliquely excavated around the narrow but deep central umbilical perforation. Volutions apparently about three, though the apex is broken off in the few specimens collected, those of the spire rounded and ventricose : outer volution truncated very obliquely backward at the aperture, broadly flat- tened and somewhat concavely depressed above the shoulder, on the apical side, but with a narrow, rounded and moderately elevated spiral promin- ence next to the suture,—compressed laterally below the shoulder, on the peripheral region, and broadly as well as concavely constricted just above the basal angulation, which, in one specimen at least (figs. 2 and 2a) bears w single series of large tubercles.

Shit band placed at a short clistance below, vr anterior to, the shoulder of the outer volution. Surface marked with transverse but flexuous strive of growth which curve gently backward to the slit band.

Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888: one small specimen, tlie original of figs. 2 and 2a, with a consider- able portion of the test preserved. Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis,— on a small] island a little to the north-west of Beardy Island (two charac- teristic fragments),—at the mouth of Steep Rock River (one large cast of the interior of the shell),—-about two miles west of Salt Point (the large cast represented by fig. 3 on Plate xli),-—-at the mouth of the Red Deer River (two specimens), and at the first small point north of the Red Deer (one fragment): J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889.

Not a vestige of the test is preserved on any of the specimens from Dawson Bay. Both this and the preceding species would seem to belong to that group of species of which Plenrotomaria labrosa, Hall, is the type, and which Lindstrém, in his memoir ‘(On the Silurian Gastropoda and Pteropoda of Gothland,” calls the Divisio V, /ncase.

(S.) PLEUROTOMARIA. (Sp. Undt.) Plate 42, fig. 1.

A single cast of the interior of the shell of a reversed or sinistral species of Pleurotomaria, which is represented in outline on Plate xli., was collected by Mr. Tyrrell or the present writer in 1888, at Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba. Not a vestige of the test is preserved on this specimen, so that its specitic relations cannot be ascertained. The name

314 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALARONTOLOGY.

alynesie has heen proposed by De Koninck for sinistral species of this genus, but Lindstrém has shown that some species are both sinistral and dextral.

LapHisroMA Tyree. (N. Sp.) Plate 41, figs. 5, 5a, 6 and 6 a,b.

Shell nearly fat on the apical side, convexly conical and imperforate below, broader than high, spire very slightly elevated, periphery sharply angulated and minutely crenulated. Volutions four or five, those of the spire flattened above, their sides completely covered by the over- lapping of those which succeed them, except at the anterior end of the last volution but one, where a very small portion of the upper part of the side is exposed: outer volution shallowly concave above, its peripheral angulation slightly produced on the apical side, in such a way as to form a minute and not very prominent crenulated spiral ridge. Slit band placed on the peripheral angulation of the outer volution and of about equal breadth on each side of it: on the apical side it is concave, but not separated from the rest of the surface by any distinct bordering lines or line, on the umbilical side it is flat but bounded externally by a very minute spiral impressed line: crescents not distinctly defined, but producing the minute crenulations on the periphery.

Surface nearly smooth, marked only by extremely faint lines of growth, which curve convexly backward to the slit band both above and below.

Onion Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888 : abundant, associated with Hvomphalus Menitobensis, which is now known to belong to the genus Omphalocirrus, and both forms of Pauracyelas cHiptica. Lake Winnipegosis, at Point Brabant, and on the south- western shore of Dawson Bay, at two small points, one about half a mile, the other about three miles north of the mouth of Bell River ; also, on Swan Lake, near the mouth of Swan River, and on the Red Deer River, at the Lower Salt Spring, D. B. Dowling, 1888: a few specimens from each of these localities. Collected also by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling, in 1889, at many other localities in or around Luke Winnipegosis, as on a small island at the extreme south end of the lake, at Weston Point and aw small island off that point, at South Manitou Tsland, on the south- west side of Cameron Bay, and at eight exposures on the islands or shores of Dawson Bay.

Most of the specimens are mere casts of the interior of the shell, but three examples collected at Dawson Bay in 1889 have the whole of the test preserved, and it is from these that the foregoing description was made. These internal casts, as shown by figs. 6, 6a and 6b on Plate xh, are usually broader, Hatter and often much larger than the few testiferous

specimens yet collected, such as the original of figs. 5 and 5a on the same

wniteaves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 315

plate, and the former are narrowly unbilicated. In testiferous specimens the umbilicus is completely closed by an internal thickening of the shell on that side, the filling of the umbilical cavity being usually the only part of the test left remaining on internal casts.

The species appear to range throughout the whole thickness of the Devonian rocks in this district, but to be more abundant above the Stringocephalus zone than in or below it. It appears to be the Canadian representative of the Raphistoma Bronni (Goldtfuss, sp.) of the Middle Devonian of Germany and Russia, but differs from that species in its imperforate base, and in the absence of two distant spiral keels or ridges on the apical side of the outer volution.

(S.) Mourcuisonia Arcutacana. (Nom. Nov.) Plates 41, fig. 7, and 45, tig. 3.

Maurchisonia anygulata, var. A, @Archiac and de Verneuil. 1842. Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond., Ser. 2, vol. VI, p. 356, pl. xxxii, fig. 7; bat not JW angidata, Phillips, 1836.

A few specimens of a species of Jfwrchisonia, which appears to the writer to be identical with J/, angulata, var. A, of MM. d’Archiae and de Verneuil, were collected by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling in 1889 at Weston Point and at five different localities in or around Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis. Most of the specimens are well preserved moulds of the exterior of the shell, in dolomite, and the figure on Plate xli is taken from a gutta percha impression of one of the most perfect of these moulds, in which, however, only a very small portion, if any, of the body volution is preserved. The original of this figure has nine angular volutions preserved, each encircled with a single (not channeled) spiral keel, which is subcentral on all those of the spire, and there is a “second, less evident keel on the last volution.” The other specimen figured, in which the body whorland two of the preceding volutions are preserved, shows that the maxi- mum breadth of the body whorl at the aperture is as much as an inch and a quarter, that the base is strongly convex and almost or quite imperforate, and that the aperture is somewhat rhomboidal in outline. Only one speci- men with the test preserved has as yet been obtained at any of the locali- ties visited by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling.

In a paper on some Carboniferous species of Jfwrehisoniu*, Miss Jane Donald states that “ considerable confusion has arisen with regard to the identification of the Jfurchisonia angulata of Phillips, owing to his having described three distinct species under this name. In 1836, in the ‘Geol. Yorks,’ vol. u, p. 230, pl. xvi. tig. 16, Phillips figures and describes two

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Lond., vol. XLIIT (1887), pp. 621-23.

B16 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY

different Carboniferous shells as Roste/laria angulata ; and in 1841, in the ‘Pal. Foss. of Devon,’ p. 101, pl. xxxix, fig. 189, he figures and describes a Devonian shell as Marehisonia angwluta, identifying it with the shells previously described as Poxte/laria ungulata, and referring them all to the genus JMurehisonia, @ Arch. and de Vern. This last shell is evidently quite distinct from those first described, being much smaller, and the keels differently disposed ; the only point of resemblance being that both it and the shell figured on the right hand of pl. ‘xvi (not xii),’ fig. 16, in the ‘Geol. Yorks,’ are tricarinate.” After discussing the relations of the British Carboniferous species of wWirehisonia to Phillips's Jf, engu/ata, she goes on to say: “ A. d’Archiac and E. de Verneuil and Goldfuss have referred Devonian shells to this species. That of the former differs from both of Phillips’s figures ; the more rapid increase of the whorls, and the absence of the keels below the band, distinguish it from the right- hand figure, while the whorls are more excavated than those of the left- hand figure. The shell described by Goldfuss, which IT have examined in the Bonn Museum, increases more rapidly ; the band is formed of two keels placed close together and the whorls are more excavated.” Koken,* also, states that the Wiuricites angalatus of Schlotheim (1822) is a Joer- chisoria, but that it is quite different to the A/wrchisonia angiulata of dArchiac and de Verneuil.

Under these circumstances, a new name seems to be required for the species now under consideration, and as L. G. de Koninck has already given that of M. de Verneuil to a Carboniferous species, it may not be in- appropriate to dedicate this to the memory of his fellow-labourer, the viscount d’Archiac.

(S.) Murcusonta Downinci. (N. Sp.) Plate 41, fig. 8.

Shell elongated, turreted, very slender and many whorled. Volutions thirteen or more, the first three or four rounded or indistinctly angulated, the remainder strongly angulated and distinctly bicarinated considerably below their midlength, the two prominent spiral keels being placed close together and separated by « narrow but rather deep groove, and the centre of the basal or anterior side of the upper keel encircled by an im- pressed line : sides of the volutions obliquely flattened and somewhat concave both above and below the two spiral keels, but narrowing much more abruptly inward below them ; suture deeply and angularly ex- cavated, its centre occupied by a very fine but deeply impressed line or

minute spiral groove.

* Ueber die Entwickel, der Gastrop. vom Cambrian bis zur Trias, Separat-Abdr. aus dem Neuen Jahrbuch fur Mineralogie, 1889, Beilageband v1.

weiteaves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 317

Surface nearly smooth, marked only with very faint but close set incremental strie, which curve very gently backward on the upper or apical side, and rather more strongly forward on the lower side of the two spiral keels, which form the outer boundaries of the slit band: crescents very indistinctly detined, but apparently as closely disposed as the incremental striw.

Western shore of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at the mouth of Steep Rock River, D. B. Dowling, 1888: one imperfect but beautifully preserved specimen, with the whole of the test preserved on three of the later volutions. A few sharply detined moulds of the exterior of shells of this species were obtained by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling, in 1889, at Weston Point, Lake Winnipegosis ; also at Dawson Bay, in the same lake, at Whiteaves Point, on a small island half way between that point and Salt Point, at exposures two miles west of Salt Point, and on the second small point north of the mouth of the Red Deer River. The figure on plate xli. is taken from a gutta percha impression of one of these moulds.

This species appears to differ from the preceding one in its much more slender form, more numerous volutions, and in the circumstance that its spiral keel is not only double, but placed distinctly below the centre of each volution. The writer desires to associate with it the name of its discoverer, Mr. D. B. Dowling, B. Sc., of the Geological Survey of Canada, who collected many of the specimens mentioned in this report.

(S.) BELLEROPHON Props ? Hall, var. Plates 42, figs. 2, 2a and 3, and 45, tig. 4.

Cfr. Bellerophon (Bucania) Pelops, Hall. 1861. Deser. New Spec., Foss., ete., p. 28. “ ms me “ 1862. Fifteenth Reg. Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 56. “Bellerophon Pelops, Hall. 1876. Tlustr. Dev. Foss. Gasterop., pls. xx. and xxv. oe si 1879. Pal. St. N. York, vol. V, pt. 2, p. 95, pl. xxii, figs. 7-13.

Shell subglobose, body volution ventricose and expanded at the aperture : umbilicus apparently closed at all stages of growth, when the test is preserved, though in young or half grown specimens the closing of the umbilicus is clearly not caused by a ‘callus of the lip ” or columellar expansion: outer lip, in the only adult specimen collected, which is an imperfect cast of the interior, apparently shallowly incised at the outer termination of the slit band and broadly rounded on each side, though in immature examples, such as the original of figs. 2 and 2a on Plate xlii, the slit band seems to end anteriorly in a long and narrow slit : centre of the periphery encircled by a narrow and slightly elevated, flattened slit

318 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL-EONTOLOGY.

hand, which is neither grooved in the middle nor margined on both sides by an impressed line or minute keel.

Surface marked with flexuous raised lines which curve gently and convexly forward on each side of the slit band, and backward to the closed umbilicus.

Western shore of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, “from slabs apparently derived from the neighbouring clitts,” J. W. Spencer, [S74 : one east of the interior of the shell. Lake Manitoba, at Monroe and Onion Points, and at an exposure a little to the north of Steep Rock Point, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 188x. Lake Winnipegosis,-—at Snake Island, at an island off Weston Point, at South Manitou Island, at Point Brabrant, and at four different exposures in or around Dawson Bay ; also on the Red Deer River, a mile and a half above the Lower Salt Spring: J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889. One or at the most two specimens were obtained at each of these localities.

Altogether, nineteen specimens were collected, and, of these, thirteen are mere casts of the interior of immature shells, five are either very small or not fully grown specimens with most of the test preserved, and one, as previously stated, is an imperfect cast of the interior of an adult shell. Not a vestige of the columellar callosity of the inner side of the aperture is preserved in any of them.

The whole of the specimens are so imperfectly preserved that it is doubtful whether they should be regarded as specifically identical with B, Pelops ov not. The only points in which they seem to differ from that species, as described and figured by Professor Hall, are that they seem to attain to a much larger size when adult, and that the closing of the umbilical cavity on both sides of immature individuals is not caused by a spreading over it of the columellar callus. Small specimens of the species now under consideration are very similar, in shape and sculpture, to the B. propinguus of Meek*, from the Corniferous limestone of Ohio, but that species is narrowly umbilicated and its slit band is said to be “furrowed along the middle, so as to present a biangular appearance.”

(S.) Porcetuia Maniropensis. (Nom. Prov.) Plate 42, figs. 4 and ta. Perhaps a var. of Porcellia striata, Goldfuss. (Sp) (fr. Kuomphatus striatus, Goldfuss. 1841-44. Petref. German., vol. 111, p. 84, pl. clxxxix, figs. 15, a, b, e.

Pleurotomaria bifida, G. and I. Sandberger. 1850-56. Die Verstein. des Rheinisch. Schichtensyst. in Nassau, p. 185, pl. xxii, figs. 10, 10a, b. Poreellia striata, Koken. 1889. Ueber die Entwickel. der Gastrop. vom Cambr. bis zur Trias: Sep.-Abdr. aus dem Neuen Jahrbuch

fur Mineralog., &«., Beilageband VT., p. 401.

* Rep. Geol. Soc. Ohio, vol. I, pt. 2 (1873) p, 226, pl. xx, hes. da, b.

wuiteaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETO. 319

Shell discoidal, composed of three or four rounded volutions, which appear to be coiled on nearly the same plane and are in contact through- out their entire length, but partially separated on both sides by a deep suture and almost free: umbilicus wide and open, exposing all the inner whorls. Outer volution very slightly expanded at the aperture, in the largest specimen collected (the one figured) : its periphery encircled with a narrow slit band, in the form of an obtuse central carina: aperture circular.

Surface very minutely, closely, and transversely but somewhat obliquely costulate on each side of the slit band: test extremely thin.

Maximum diameter of the largest specimen collected, forty millimetres : diameter of its aperture, sixteen mm.

Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888: the specimen figured. Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at Whiteaves Point (one specimen), at a small island half way between that. point and Salt Point (one specimen), at Beardy Island (one specimen) and at the south end of Rowan Island (four specimens) ; J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889.

Of the eight specimens collected, one is small and very imperfect but wholly testiferous, four are casts of the interior of the shell, with portions of the test preserved on either or both sides of the slit band, but not actually upon it, and the rest are sharply defined moulds of the exterior of the shell. The nuclear volution is not preserved in any of these speci- mens, and in casts of the interior the slit band appears as a narrow rounded and not much elevated spiral ridge with a linear groove on each side of it.

As it is doubtful whether these few and imperfect specimens are or are not actually conspecific with P striata, it is thought desirable to designate the former by a local and provisional name. The only differences, how- ever, that the writer has yet been able to detect between P. Manitobensis and P. striata are that the former appears to attain to a much larger size than the latter, and to be slightly expanded at the aperture in the adult state.

In the Geological Magazine for May, 1891, Mr. R. B. Newton proposes to change the name Porcellia of Léveillé (1835) to Leveilia, on account of the circumstance that that of Porcellia had been given by Latreille in 1804 to a genus of Isopods. Still, the substitution of a new name for one with which paleontologists have become familiar by long usage, seems to the writer a greater inconvenience than would result from the use of two similar but not identical names, in such widely different divisions of the animal kingdom as the Mollusca and Arthropoda.

December, 1892. 5)

320 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

(8.) Eunema spectosum. (N. Sp.) Plate 42, fig. 5.

Shell ovate turbinate, a little longer than broad, base ventricose, imper- forate ; spire moderately elevated, but shorter than the outer volution, which is encircled with six nodulose ridges or spiral keels. Volutions about five, the two apical ones obliquely compressed, the third and fourth angulated both above and below, and encircled with two distant nodulose spiral ridges, with w shallowly concave oblique depression between them ; outer volution bearing one prominent nodulose spiral ridge near the suture, on the apical side,—another a little above or behind its midlength, with a broad, obliquely, flattened and shallowly concave depressed zone between them, —a third, at a short distance below or in advance of the second,— and three similar but smaller and more closely disposed nodulose ridges around the centre of the base; suture angular and deeply impressed ; aperture nearly circular; outer lip simple; columellar lip thickened and

somewhat reflected below.

Surface marked by transverse but somewhat oblique lines of growth, in addition to the nodulose or tuberculated spiral keels.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at Whiteaves Point and on two small islands west and south-west of that point, at an exposure about two miles west of Salt Point and at the mouth of Steep Rock River, J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889; a few specimens from each of these localities.

Most of these specimen are well preserved moulds of the exterior of the shell, in dolomite, with casts of the interior in place, the intermediate test being absent. Three of the specimens, however, are entirely testi- ferous. The largest example collected, when perfect, must have been fully fén inches inlength. The nodules or tubercles on the spiral ridges of the later volutions are very feebly developed in half-grown shells, but on the outer volution of adult individuals they are moderately elevated, rounded, conical and placed at distances apart about equal to or a little greater than their own diameters at the base. Casts of the interior of the shell are perforated by a narrow but deep umbilicus.

The species has much the same shape as the Hunema capitaneum (=Turbo capitaneus, Goldfuss), but in that species the outer volution is encircled by five comparatively large nodulose ridges, which alternate with five rows of smaller tubercles.

(8.) EuneMA BRevispira. (N. Sp.) Plate 42, figs. 6 and 7.

Shell turbinated, spire short, about equal in height to one-half of that of the outer volution near the aperture: base ventricose, imperforate: outer

wuTeaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 321

volution encircled by three rows of transversely elongated tubercles. Volutions five, the first, second and third obliquely compressed and the fourth with nearly vertical sides, the third and fourth encircled with two rows of tubercles, one next to the suture above, and the other, which is partially overlapped by each succeeding volution, at the suture below: outer volution considerably inflated, obliquely flattened or concavely con- stricted above the midheight and ventricose below, encircled with one row of from twelve to fourteen crescentic or spout-shaped, elevated tubercles close to the suture above, with a second row of somewhat similar but much more elongated tubercles a little below the midheight, and with a third row of more feebly developed elongated tubercles around the base, which radiate from its centre. Aperture Iroadly rounded on the outer side, more narrowly rounded at the base, its columellar side obliquely and concavely emarginate by a slight encroachment of the preceding volution : outer lip simple : columellar lip slightly thickened.

Surface marked by fine transverse strive or lines of growth, in addition to the rows of tubercles. Casts of the interior of the shell have regularly ventricose volutions with a deeply channelled suture, and the base of each is perforated by a narrow but very deep umbilicus.

Western shore of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at an exposure four miles west of Salt Point (three specimens), and at the mouth of the Steep Rock River (one specimen) ; D. B. Dowling, 1888. Lake Winnepegosis, on the south-western shore at Weston Point (two specimens), and on the south-eastern shore at Net Point (five specimens),—also in Dawson Bay, at Whiteaves Point (abundant), at exposures two and four miles west of Salt Point (four specimens), on a small island three miles north of that point (one specimen), and at the mouth of the Red Deer River (one speci- men); J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889.

This species, like the last, is represented almost exclusively by sharply defined moulds of the exterior of the shell, with corresponding casts of the interior, the intermediate test not being preserved. The figures on Plate xlii are drawn from gutta percha or wax impressions of two of these natural moulds. One completely testiferous specimen, however, was obtained at Dawson Bay. In its short spire and ventricose outer volu- tion #. brevispira shows a certain amount of similarity to the &. calatun (= Turbo celatus, Goldfuss) of the Devonian rocks of the Eifel, but the latter shell is much the smaller of the two, and their sculpture is entirely different.

(S.) Eunema sussprnosum. (N. Sp.) Plates 42, fig. 8, and 45, fig. 5.

Shell small, turbinated, somewhat conical, a little longer than broad : spire moderately elevated but shorter than the outer volution, base appa-

322 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

rently imperforate. Volutions three, or perhaps four, the apex being rather imperfectly preserved in the few specimens collected, increasing rapidly in size, the nuclear ones small and apparently smooth, the last but one obliquely compressed above, rounded below and encircled with six close-set, regularly disposed, tine tuberculated spiral ridges ; outer volu- tion much broader than high, broadest near the base, somewhat com- pressed above, truncated obliquely at the aperture and encircled with six or more spiral rows of tubercles, some of which are spinose ov subspinose, especially those on the upper row and those on the lowest : suture deeply impressed.

Surface marked by oblique lines of growth which run parallel to the outer lip. In one specimen, also, there are indications of a minute raised line between each pair of rows of tubercles on the outer volution.

Approximate dimensions of the most perfect, specimen collected : height about twelve millimetres ; maximum breadth of the outer volution, about ten mm.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at the mouth of the Red Deer River, D. B. Dowling, 1888, about two miles west of Salt Point, and at the first small point north of the mouth of the Red Deer River, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: one well preserved mould of the exterior of the shell from each of these localities. The figure represents a gutta percha impression taken from one of these natural moulds.

(8.) EUNEMA CLATHRATULUM. (N. Sp.) Plate 42, fig. 9.

Shell small, turbinated, somewhat turreted, height a little greater than the maximum breadth, spire rather higher than the outer volution, which is nearly twice as broad as high, base imperforate. Volutions five, in- creasing much more rapidly in breadth than in height, the first, second and third comparatively slender, the fourth considerably expanded,—the second, third and fourth obliquely compressed above, angular or sub-angu- lar in the centre, and with nearly vertical sides below - suture distinctly defined : outer volution ventricose and much expanded laterally, somewhat flattened at the base.

Surface marked by fine spiral ridges, which are crossed hy very nume- rous, close-set, regularly disposed and nearly straight, minute laminar costule, the points where the former are intersected by the latter being minutely tuberculated, when examined under a lens. In the specimen figured, which though unusually perfect, is not more than half grown, there are two or three distant spiral ridges on the last volution but one,

wiTeaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 323

and six or seven on the last, but in larger though less perfect individuals there are nearly if not quite twice this number on the corresponding volutions.

Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888: a single nearly perfect but not very well preserved testiferous specimen. A few sharply detined moulds of the exterior of shells of this species were collected by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling, in 1889, at Daw- son Bay, Lake Winnepegosis, on a small island near Beardy Island, at the mouth of Steep Rock River, about two miles west of Salt Point, and at the mouth of the Red Deer River.

AsTRALITES. (Gen. Nov.)

Shell conical, imperforate, flattened at the base, periphery sub-angular, in the only species known fringed with a thin, regularly lobate or sinuate lateral expansion . columella or internal axis encircled with a single, nar- row but prominent spiral fold, which is represented by a deep spiral groove in casts of the interior.

The shells for which this new generic name is proposed are essentially similar in their external characters to some recent species of the subgenus Uranilla, of the genus Asfralium, especially to the U. unguis of Mawe, from south-west Mexico. They bear, also, a considerable resemblance to the Onustus (Haliphebus) alatus of Koken,* from the Devonian rocks of Germany, and to the “alate” Plewrotomariv:, They differ, however, from Uvanilla, Onustus, Pleurotomaria and any other genus that the writer is acquainted with, in the presence of a conspicuous fold upon the columella.

The peripheral alation of the outer volution of the typical species of this genus is indicated or preserved in only two of the specimens collected. One of these is an unusually perfect and well preserved mould of the exterior of nearly the whole of the upper surface of the shell. Figure 10 on Plate xlii was drawn from a gutta percha impression of this mould, but a still better impression from it, which shows nearly the whole of the upper side of the peripheral alation, and which is represented on Plate xlv, fig. 6, has since been obtained in wax. The other is the testiferous specimen figured on Plate xlii, fig. 10a, in which the upper or apical portion is buried in the matrix and only the base exposed. From these two speci- mens it is impossible to ascertain whether the peripheral alation is formed of two thin lamellee which coalesce at their summit and enclose the slit band,—or solid throughout. If it encloses a slit band, the affinities of the genus are probably with the alate species of /’~ewrotomaria for which Ferdinand Roemer proposed the genus Huomphalopterus, but if solid, with Astraliwm or the Onustide.

* Neues Jahrb. fur Mineral., Geol. und Paleont., 1889, Beilageband VI, p. 437, pl. xi, figs. 10 and 11.

324 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

Plagiothyra, Whidborne,* has a tooth but not a fold on the columellar lip, but the Littorina alata of G. and F. Sandberger,t which is probably also a Plagiothyra, as it too has a tooth on the columellar lip, is very similar in shape and ornamentation to the type of Astralites.

(8.) ASTRALITES FIMBRIATUS. (N. Sp.) Plates 42, figs. 10, 10a, 11 and lla, and 45, fig. 6.

Shell with w moderately elevated spire, which is about equal in height to the outer volution. Whorls five, those of the spire obliquely com- pressed, the third and fourth with a sinuous subspinose frill at the suture below, the outer one sub-angular at the periphery and encircled with a prominent, thin, laminar and flexuous subspinose keel: base shallowly depressed in the centre: suture indistinct.

Surface of the upper or apical side marked with numerous, close-set and rather regularly disposed spiral raised lines, and with broad faint radiating plications, the centre of that part of the outer volution being partially encircled by a row of about six obscurely detined, low, distant tubercles : lower surface or base marked with fine oblique lines of growth exteriorly, but smooth in the central depression.

In casts of the interior of the shell, the suture is deeply impressed, the periphery narrowly rounded and the base deeply umbilicated.

Pentainerus Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888 : one very young specimen. Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, four miles west of Salt; Point (two specimens), and at the mouth of the Red Deer River (one specimen), D. B. Dowling, 1888. A few specimens, also, were collected by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell, in 1889, from Dawson Bay, at Whi- teaves Point, at the mouth of Steep Rock River, four miles west of Salt Point, and at the mouth of the Red Deer River.

The specimens so far obtained at these localities consist of numerous casts of the interior of the shell, a few moulds of the exterior, in dolo- unite, and a single testiferous specimen (fig. 10a) in which only the base is exposed. All the internal cayts, such as the one represented by figs. ll and lla on Plate xl, show the characteristic spiral groove in the wnbilical perforation, caused by the plication of the columella.

(8.) KuoMPHALUS (STRAPAROLLUS) ANNULATUS, Phillips.

Plate 43, figs. 1, la and 2.

Buomphalus annuatus, Phillips. 1841. Pal. Foss. Cornw., Dev. and W. Somers., p. 138, pl. lx, fig. 170*.

*Mon. Devon, Faun. 8. England, vol. I, p. 264. tVerstein. Rheinisch, Schichtensyst. Nassau, 1850-56, p. 219, pl. xxv, figs. 14, 1da-e.

wuiteaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 325

Euomphalus annulosus, Phillips. 1841. Ib., p. 231. Euomphalus annulatus, Whidborne. 1891 and 1892. Devon. Faun. §. of England, vol. I, pp. 250-51, (which see for a complete list of the synonyms

of European examples of this species) pl. xxiv, figs. 6 and 6a.

“Western shore of Dawson Bay, from slabs apparently derived from the neighbouring cliffs,” J. W. Spencer, 1874: two or three worn specimens.

Lake Manitoba, at Monroe and Pentamerus Points, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888: abundant. A few specimens, also, were collected by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling, in 1889, on the eastern and western shores of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, and on four small islands in the southern portion of that bay.

One of the specimens collected by Dr. Spencer has the volutions par- tially uncoiled and approaches Phanerotinis, while one of those obtained by Mr. Tyrrell in Dawson Bay, seems intermediate in its characters between £. wnnulatus and Philovene serpens, Phillips (sp.).

On page 257 of the present Report (lines 15 and 16 from the top) the words : ‘the Ewomphalus is a small species of Straparollus here described and figured as S. filicinctus” should be cancelled and the following words substituted :—the Huomphalus is B. annulatus, Phillips. The writer had given the manuscript name Straparollus filicinctus to the specimens col- lected by Dr. Spencer, before the fourth part of the first volume of Mr. Whidborne’s Monograph of the Devonian Fauna of the South of England had been received in Ottawa, but from the detailed description of £. annulatus in that memoir, it has since become apparent that they are referable to that species.

EvompHatus (PHANEROTINUS). Sp. Undt. Plate 48, figs. 3 and 8a.

Lake Winnipegosis, on a small island off Weston Point, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: a single cast of the interior of the shell. The specimen, which consists of rather less than one complete volution, is fully two inches in its maximum diameter and circular in transverse section. It is not unlike the shell which Goldfuss figures on Plate exci, figs. la and e, of the third volume of the Petrefacta Germania, as Hnomphalus serpula, DeKoninck, var. teres, but which De Koninck considers the typical form of that species. It also closely resembles the large specimen of Luomphalus (Phanerotinus) lavus figured by Hall on Plate xvi, fig. 9, of vol. V, pt. 2, of the Paleon- tology of the State of New York, but it may prove to be only a par- tially uncoiled variety of some at present unknown species, whose volu-

tions are usually in contact.

326 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

EvomPuatus (circuLaris? Phillips, var.) SUBLRIGONALIS. Plate 43, fig. 4.

Cfr. Euomphalus cireuteris, Var. Whidborne. 1801. Mon, Dev. Fauna 8, England, p. 249, vol. I, pl. xxiv, figs. 9 and 9a.

Shell, or rather east of the interior of the shell, depressed turbinate, abnost discoidal: spire low, in the majority of specimens raised very little above, but occasionally depressed below, the highest level of the outer volution : base obliquely and concavely excavated, as well as widely umbilicated. Volutions about four, though the apex is not preserved in any of the specimens collected, those of the spire depressed convex, the outer one widely expanded, more than twice as broad as high, sub- triangular in transverse section, flattened above, laterally compressed on the periphery, subangular at the shoulder above and around the umbilical margin below: wnbilicus wide but shallow, exposing the basal side of each of the inner volutions: suture channeled and distinctly defined :

aperture ovately subtriangular, narrow and obtusely pointed at the base below.

Surface markings unknown, not a vestige of the test being preserved on any of the specimens collected, which are all mere casts.

It is not practicable to give very accurate proportional dimensions of any of these casts, but the figure on plate xlvii. is of the natural size.

Onion Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888 : four specimens. Lake Winnipegosis, at its southern extremity, on Pp D ?

Charlie and Snake Islands, and at two exposures on the adjacent shore.

) i} ’

also in Dawson Bay, on Beardy Island and at Point Wilkins, J. B.

Tyrrell, 1889 ; from one to six specimens at each of these localities. All from the limestone immediately overlying the Stringocephalus zone.

The precise specific relations of these specimens must remain doubtful until examples with at least some portion of the test preserved are col- lected. In the meantime all that can he said about these casts is that they correspond very well with the description of ‘decorticated” speci- mens of one of the varieties of the Huomphalus circularis of Phillips figured in the monogragh cited above. They are also somewhat similar in shape to the ZL. triyonalis, of Goldfuss, but the outer volution of each is notnearly sosharply angulated either above or below, and their apertures, in consequence, are not so distinctly triangular in outline.

wHiTeaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 327

(S.) OMPHALOcIRRUS MANITOBENSLS.

Plate 43, figs. 5, 6 and 7.

Euomphalus Manitobensis, Whiteaves. 1890. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. VIII, Sect. 4, p. 100, pl. vi, figs. 2, 2a-b and 3, 3a. (Separate copies. )

Shell large, diseoidal, concave on both sides, but rather more deeply concave above* than below: spire sunk : umbilicus extremely wide and open. Volutions five when perfect, though the nuclear one is not pre- served in any of the specimens collected, in contact but very slightly embracing, coiled on nearly the same plane, those of the sunken spire depressed convex above, the last whorl but one subangular below and encircled on its outer margin with a row of tubercles close to the suture. Outer volution angular or subangular and encircled by from thirteen to nineteen, or, in unusually large specimens, by as many as twenty-six, large, arched and more or less spout-shaped nodes or tubercles at the shoulder above and on the umbilical margin below, the rather broad and comparatively smooth zone between these two rows of nodes being com- pressed obliquely inward and downward : suture deeply impressed on both sides : aperture subcircular: test apparently rather thick.

Surface marked with flexuous lines of growth, which curve obliquely and concavely forward both above and below and very gently but con- vexly forward across the zone between the two rows of tubercles on the outer volution. In well preserved specimens these incremental lines are so prominent, numerous and close-set upon the upper surface as to give it a distinctly costulate appearance, while in half-grown testiferous speci- mens the outer zone between the two rows of tubercles is minutely and densely but very regularly granulose.

Operculum calcareous, moderately thick, nearly flat internally, slightly convex externally, circular in outline and multispiral.

In the Stringocephalus zone at Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba, at many exposures on the shores and islands of Dawson Bay, Lake Winni- pegosis, and on the Red Deer River, between the Lower and Upper Salt Springs, where it was collected by J. B. Tyrrell, J. F. Whiteaves and D, B. Dowling in 1888 and 1889.

In the limestone immediately above the Stringocephalus zone at Onion (not Monroe) Point, Steep Rock Point and at an exposure north of Steep Rock Point, Lake Manitoba ; at Lake Winnipegosis, on its southern shore two miles west of Meadow Portage,—on Charlie, Snake and South Manitou

* As the nucleus is unknown, it is uncertain whether the shell is dextral or sinistral. In the above description it is assumed to be dextral, but, should it prove to be sinistral, the terms ‘‘above” and ‘‘below,” ‘spire ” and ‘‘ umbili@us,” will, of course have to be reversed.

328

Yo

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALZXONTOLOGY.

islands and on a small island off Weston Point, at Point Brabant, on the west side of Cameron Bay, and at a few exposures on the shores and islands of Dawson Bay ; also, on the Red Deer River at or near the Lower Salt Spring. At each of these localities it was obtained in more or less abundance by Messrs. Tyrrell, Dowling and the present writer in 1888 and 1889.

Most of the specimens from the Stringocephalus zone are natural moulds of the exterior of the shell, with the surface characters fairly well pre- served, and it is from wax impressions of several of these moulds (two of which are figured) and from two small testiferous examples, that the fore- going description was made. The specimens from the limestone immedi- ately above the Stringocephalus zone, on the other hand, are mere casts of the interior of the shell, most of which are very badly preserved, together with a few opercula, and it was upon these casts and opercula that the description and figures of Huomphalus Menitobensis were based. One of these casts is so broken as to show the operculum in situ, though « little displaced from its natural position, but none of them show the characters of the lower side at all well. Before these angulated and nodose moulds of the exterior of theshell were very critically studied, they were regarded by the writer as not only specifically but also subgenerically distinct from the comparatively rounded, smooth and frequently depressed internal casts fov which the name Z£. Junitobensis was proposed, but they are now all regarded as different states of preservation of a single species of Omphea- locirrus, The angulation and peculiar tuberculation of the outer volution, as seen in moulds of the exterior or in testiferous specimens, is obviously caused by a thickening and plication of the outer layer of the test and does not affect the inner layer, while the depression of many of the internal casts, especially that of the type of 4. Munitobensix figured in the Tran- sactions of the Royal Society of Canada, is evidently abnormal, as the operculun shows that the aperture must have been circular in outline when undistorted.

The type of the genus Omphalocirrus of De Ryckholt (1860) is the Euomphalus Goldfussiof VArchiac and de Verncuil, but in that species the outer volution is angulated and tuberculated on one side only, and the whole shell is more deeply concave above than below. According to Fischer*, Coelocentrus, Zittel (1882) is a synonym of Omphalocirrus.

(8.) STRAPAROLLINA obtusa. (N. Sp.) Plate 42, figs. 12, 12a and 13. Shell turbinated, somewhat conical, its height a little greater than its

maximum breadth: spire elevated, rather higher than the outer volution,

*Manuel de Conchyliologie, Paris, p. 829,

writeaves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 329

and obtuse at its apex: base deeply umbilicated. Volutions seven or eight, the earlier or apical ones depressed convex, the later or lower whorls of the spire moderately convex but somewhat compressed laterally,— the outer volution rounded, slightly inflated and gradually expanding, more than twice as broad as high: umbilicus occupying nearly one-half of the total diameter of the base, though the umbilical margin is rounded and very indefinite: suture deeply impressed: aperture apparently sub- circular.

Surface marked by numerous minute spiral raised lines, which are crossed by equally minute but much more numerous and closely disposed flexuous transverse ridges. Under a lens, these latter are seen to curve gently backward on each side of the periphery, where each one forms a shallow sinus, and to be tuberculated at the points where they pass over the spiral lirule.

The approximate dimensions of the specimen represented by figs. 12 and 12a, which is a remarkably perfect cast of the interior of the shell, are as follows, as measured in the centre of the dorsal surface: entire height, 18°75 millimetres ; height of last volution, 8-7 mm.; breadth of the same, 18 mn.

Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888 : seven specimens. Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis,—on the south- west shore two miles west of Salt Point,—on the west shore, at the first small point north of the Red Deer River, at the south end of Rowan Island,—and on three small islands in the southern portion of the bay, J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889 : a few specimens, some with consider- able portions of the test preserved, from each of these localities.

This very distinct species is evidently congeneric with the Straparollina asperostriata, S. Circe and S. Eurydice of Billings*, from the Black River limestone of Paquette’s Rapids, on the Ottawa River. It is not very dissimilar, in general form, to S. Zurydice, but its sculpture is more like that of SS. asperostrivta. The genus is represented in the Lower Cambrian by the S. remota, Billings, of the Olenellus zone of Newfoundland, in the “‘Quebez Group” of that island by 8. pelagica, Billings, and in the Black River limestone of Canada by the three species already enumerated. In the writer’s judgment, the “Straparollus Daphne” of Billings, from the Guelph limestone of Ontario, is also a Straparollina.

*Described in the Can. Nat. & Geol., 1860, vol. V, pp. 161-62, and figured on p. 144 of the Geol. Canada (1863).

330 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

(8.) PsEUDOPHORUS TECTIFORMIS. (N. Sp.) Plate 44, figs. 1 & la.

Shell subconical, spire elevated, outer volution widely expanded, sharply angulated below and truncated very obliquely at the aperture: base flattened, imperforate. Number of volutions unknown, only the outer one and « portion of the last but one being preserved in the most perfect specimen collected, the penultimate one considerably elevated, moderately convex, rounded above, slightly compressed in the centre, and faintly concave next to the suture below. Outer volution nearly three times as broad as high, also rounded above and obliquely compressed below : aper- ture large and apparently somewhat triangular in outline : outer lip thin, produced above and receding beneath, its lower portion concavely emar- ginated.

Surface marked with close-set imbricating lamellar striw of growth, which curve somewhat convexly and very obliquely backward and down- ward on the apical side of the outer volution, and obliquely but concavely backward below.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, about two miles west of Salt Point, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: one imperfect specimen with the test preserved. A specimen of essentially similar shape and size, but whose surface is encir- cled by numerous small spiral ridges, in addition to the oblique lines of growth, and which therefore may not belong to the same species, was collected by Mr. Tyrrell in the same year on a small island in Dawson Day, about half way between Salt and Whiteaves Points.

The name Pseidophorus was proposed by Meek in 1873* for an “unde- scribed group of shells,” the type of which is a remarkable species from the Corniferous limestone of Ohio, which he provisionally described and figured under the name Xenophorat (Pseudophorus) antigua, Meek. This shell, Mr. Meek writes, “is almost certainly not a Trochitu, because the broad underside does not have the character of a mere spiral lamina within the margin, but is really the lower side of the body volution. It seems to he morenearly related to Venophora, Fischer (= Phorus, Montfort) or Onustus, Humphrey ; but differs from both in not having the habit of attaching foreign bodies around its periphery, as well as in wanting the distinct umbilicus of the latter.”

The comparatively elevated form together with the much more convex and almost dome-shaped volutions, of P. fectiformis, will at once enable that species to be distinguished from 7? antiquus,

* Rep. Geol. Surv. Ohio, vol. T, pt. 2, Paleontology, he,

wniteaves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 331

(S.) Puaryceras (OnrHonycnia) PARVULUM. (N. Sp.) Plate 43, figs. 9, 10 and 11.

Shell very small for the genus, nearly straight and somewhat conical, but compressed at the sides, unsymmetrical and rather irregular in shape, the posterior dorsal slope being usually more convex than the anterior, height varying in different specimens from a little greater to rather more than one-third greater than the maximum diameter at the base: apex obtusely pointed, almost erect but with a slight forward inclination : aperture narrowly subelliptical, nearly twice as long as high, lip slightly irregular in outline, but always with a deep concave sinus on each side, and produced convexly downward and a little outward in front and behind.

Surface markings consisting apparently of concentric lines of growth, which run parallel to the outer lip. Muscular impressions unknown.

Dimensions of the largest specimen collected : maximum height, twelve millimetres : greatest length at the base, eight mm. : breadth of aperture, tive mm.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, on a small island north of Whiteaves Point (one specimen, the original of fig. 11), and on another south-west of that point (two specimens, represented by figs. 9 and 10); J. B. Tyrrell, 1889.

The few specimens collected are all mere casts of the interior of the shell. These appear to represent a small and aberrant or abnormal and previously undescribed species of the subgenus Orthonychia, most closely related to the Platyceras (Orthonychia) conoideum of Goldfuss, from the Stringocephalus limestone of the Eifel and Nassau, as figured by Frech.*

(8.) Piaryosroma TUMIDUM. (N. Sp.) Plate 43, fig. 12.

Shell subglobose or broadly subovate, imperforate, spire small and very short, raised very little or not at all above the highest level of the outer volution. Volutions apparently about three (though the apex is imper- fect in all the specimens collected) rounded, increasing very rapidly in size and closely embracing, by far the greater portion of the earlier ones being covered by the overlapping of those which succeed them: outer volution regularly convex, very ventricose and widely spreading, especi- ally at and near the aperture, a little depressed below the suture, broader

* Zeitschr. der Deutsch. geolog. Gesellschaft, 1491, vol. XLIII, p. 678, pl. xliv, figs. 6, 6a-c.

332 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALHONTOLOGY,

a

than high, broadest above the midheight, slightly produced and rather narrowly rounded at the base: aperture apparently not far from circular.

The only surface markings that happen to be preserved consist of rather closely disposed, flexuous and oblique strive of evowth.

Dimensions of the most perfect specimen collected : entire height, as measured from a horizontal line drawn on the same level as the apex, to the centre of the base, twenty-four millimetres: greatest height of the outer volution twenty-two mm. . maximum breadth of the same, twenty- five mm.

Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888: three specimens, in each of which most of the test is exfoliated, only a few small fragments of its outer surfiuce being preserved.

This shell has w much narrower and smaller spire than the 2. /ineatom of Conrad, the diminished size of the spire in the former being obviously

due to the greater amount of overlap in the outer volutions.

(S.) Narticopsis Manrropensis. (N. Sp.) Plate 45, tig. 7.

Shell imperforate, turbiniform, subglobose, a little higher than broad: spire elevated, occupying at least one-fourth, and in some specimens nearly one-third, of the entire height. Volutions about four, convex, regu- larly rounded and increasing rather rapidly in size, the outer one large and ventricose : aperture subovate : outer lip thin and simple.

Surface markings consisting of numerous, regularly and closely dis- posed, but very slightly elevated, minute raised lines, or faint and crowtled, narrow, thvead-like plications, which are too small to be seen without the use of a lens, and which cross the volutions obliquely.

As the nuclear volution is broken off in each of the specimens collected, it is impossible to give very accurate measurements of any of them, but the one figured is represented as twice the natural size, and the largest specimen upon which any of the characteristic surface ornamentation is preserved was probably nearly or quite eighteen millimetres in height when perfect.

Lake Manitoba, at Pentamerus Point (eleven specimens), and Monroe Point (two specimens) ; J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888.

It is doubtful whether this species and the next should be referred to Natwcopsis or Natica. The opercula of both of these species are unknown, and there is no evidence that the columellar lip of either was flattened or transversely striated, as in Naticopsis, but in the most perfect specimens of both, the aperture is filled with the matrix and the columella almost com- pletely covered. Deshayes and others have maintained that the genus

wniteaves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 333

Natiea occurs as far back as the Silurian epoch, and the recent discovery of paucispiral and possibly naticoid opercula in the Guelph limestone of Ontario seems to the writer to afford strong presumptive evidence of the correctness of this conclusion. Still, as the occurrence of the genus NVutica or of any of its subgenera, in rocks of Paleozoic age, cannot at present be satisfactorily proved, it is thought better to refer this and the next species to Mutivopsis.

The surface markings of the present species appear to be essentially similar to those of the Vaticopsis eguistriata of Meek,* from the Cor- niferous limestone of Ohio, and of the Vatica untigna of Goldfuss,} from the Devonian rocks of Germany and England. According to Mr. Meek, how- ever, the .Vaticopsis ewquistriata is less than five millimetres in height, broader than high, with a depressed spire. Vatica antiqua, also, has a shorter spire than that of Vaticopsis Manitobensis, and « much more expanded outer volution.

(S.) Naticopsis tnornata. (N. Sp.) Plate 48, fig. 14.

Shell imperforate, ovately subglobose, the height and breadth being nearly equal, spire short, conical, occupying rather more than one-sixth of the entire height. Volutions about four, increasing rapidly in size, those of the spire obliquely compressed, the outer one large, obliquely expanding and increasing rapidly in height, as well as breadth, toward the aperture, its base narrowly rounded and somewhat produced : aper- ture subovate, outer lip thin and simple.

Surface nearly smooth, and showing only a few obscure lines of growth.

Dimensions of the largest and most perfect specimen obtained, the one figured: maximum height and greatest breadth, each about twenty-three millimetres and a half: height of spire, as measured on the median line of the dorsal surface, four mm.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, on a small island north north-west of Beardy Island, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: one nearly perfect specimen, with the test preserved, the original of fig. 14 on plate xlili, A few casts of the interior or moulds of the exterior of shells apparently referable to this species, were collected by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling, in 1889, in Dawson Bay, at Whiteaves Point, on a small island three miles north of Salt Point, at the mouth of Steep Rock River, about two miles west of Salt Point, and at the first small point north of the mouth of the Red

Deer River.

*Geol. Surv. Ohio, 1873, vol. I, pt. 2, p. 216, wood cuts a, b. +Petref. Germ., vol. III, 1841-44, p. 117, pl. cxcix, figs. 2a, b.

334 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

The distinguishing features of this species, as compared with those of V. Manitobensis, ave the shorter and more conical spire of the former, its obliquely expanding outer volution and different surface markings.

Loxoxema, Phillips.

The most typical species of Lowonema, as described by Phillips and others, are no doubt those whose surface is marked by sigmoidally arched costule or crowded growth lines, parallel to the outer ip. Still, the fact that Phillips himself, on page 139 of his ‘ Pal:eozvic Fossils of Cornwall, Devon and West Somerset,” included in that genus his own L. reticulatum, whose whole surface is stated to be ‘reticulated by raised longitudinal and spiral threads,” evidently shows that he intended the original diagnosis of the genus to be enlarged so as to include those species which are marked also with spiral ridges or keels. The few species collected by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling may therefore be arranged in two groups,

as follows.

A. Typical and non-reticulate species, whose surface is either marked only with sigmoidal costulie, or growth lines, parallel to the outer lip, or nearly smooth.

LoxoneMa ALTIvoLvis. (N. Sp.) Plate 45, figs. 8 and 9.

Shell rather large, elongate, subulate: volutions compressed laterally, but slightly convex in the middle, the later ones of the spire about as high as broad, the earlier ones unknown: outer volution considerably higher or longer, but apparently not very much broader than the one which immedi- ately precedes it: suture indistinctly detined and devoid of band in the few specimens uyon which the test is preserved, but deeply channeled in casts of the interior: aperture subovate, higher than broad, attenuate above and narrowly rounded below.

Surface finely costulate and marked with closely and regularly dis- posed, slightly flexuous and simple raised lines, which cross the volu- tions transversely. Upon the later volutions of the spire and upon the upper and central portion of the outer volution, these raised lines are nearly straight or faintly concave, but on the base of the outer volution they curve convexly and rather abruptly backward.

A few imperfect casts of the interior of shells of this species, some with small pieces of the test adhering to them, were collected by Mr. Dowling

* ae points, one half a mile and the other three miles north of the mouth of

in 1888, on the south-west shore of Dawson Bay, at two small

Bell River. Similar specimens, some a little more perfect and others

WHITEAVES. DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 330

mere fragments, were obtained by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling, in 1889, at many localities in, on or near Lake Winnipegosis, as, at the south end of the lake, at an exposure two miles west of Meadow Portage, and on Charlie Island; on the south-west side, on a small island off Weston Point and on South Manitou Island ; on the south-east side, at Point Brabant ; and at the north-west end, in Cameron Bay and at five expo- sures on the shores and islands of Dawson Bay ; also on the Red Deer River, at and near the Upper Salt Spring.

The exact number of volutions in the shell cf this species is unknown, as the upper part of the spire is broken off in the most perfect specimens collected. Of the two specimens figured, one (tig. 8) has a considerable portion of the test preserved on three contiguous volutions. The other (tig. 9) is a cast of the interior of a shell of this species, which has been slightly and abnormally compressed in such a way as to make the four or four and a half volutions preserved, appear unusually broad in proportion to their height. The actual height or length of this specimen is two inches and three-quarters, and it is probable that when entire its height slightly exceeded three inches.

The preceding description will no doubt have to be somewhat amended when more pertect specimens shall have been collected, but so far as can be ascertained at present, this species of Loronema seems to ditter from any of those from the Devonian rocks of North America, England or Europe that the writer can find deseribed, in its laterally flattened volu- tions, crossed by densely disposed and nearly straight costulw.

(8.) Loxonema pPRiscuM, Munster. (Sp.)

Plate 44, fig. 2.

Milania prisca, Munster. 1840. Beitr., pt. 3, p. 83, pl. xv, fig. 1.

Holopella piligera, G. and F. Sandberger. 1853. Verstein. Rheinisch. Schichtensyst - Nassau, p. 228, pl. xxvi, figs. 9, 9a-c.

Loxonemu deornatum, De Koninck. 1881. Ann. Mus. Royal, N. H. Belg., vol. VI, p. 47, pl. iv, figs 24 and 25.

Holopella piligera, Holzapfel. 1882. Paleeontographica, vol. XX VITI, p. 24%.

ee Whidhborne. 1880. Geol. Mag., dec. 3, vol. VI, p. 30. Lo«oncma priscum, Whidborne. 1891, Mon. Devon. Fauna 8. of England, vol. I, p. 181. pl, xvii, figs. 17-19. -

A few specimens of « small Loronema, which agree very well with the descriptions and figures of this species, were collected by J. W. Spencer in 1874 on the west shore of Dawson Bay (‘from slabs apparently derived from the adjacent cliffs”); by J. B. Tyrrell and the writer in. 1888 from rocks in or nearly in place at Monroe and Pentamvrus Points,.

December, 1892. 6

336 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALHONTOLOGY

Lake Manitoba ; and by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling in 1889, on or in Dawson Bay, at Whiteaves Point, at the mouth of Steep Rock River, and

at the south end of Rowan Island.

Some of the specimens from these localities are extremely like the two Lummaton examples of £4. priscim figured by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (op. cat.), but the former are apparently a little the larger. The approximate dimensions of a large and nearly perfect specimen from Pen- tamerus Point are: height or length, twenty-eight mm. ; greatest breadth, ninemm. height of outer volution as measured in the median line of the dorsal surface, about nine min. In some of the specimens from Lakes Manitoba aud Winnipegosis the outer volution is more ventricose than that of the original of the figure on Plate xliv, and not so narrow at the base. The surface markings are not satisfactorily shown in any of them, but so far as can be ascertained, the shell is practically smooth to the naked eye, though «a few obscure and minute lines of growth, parallel to the outer lip and close to it, can be seen witha lens on one specimen. Tn another, there is a single faint transverse constriction at a short distance

from the aperture.

B. Shehtly aberrant and reticulate species, whose surface is marked te) ’ with spiral revolving raised lines or small ridges, as well as the usual

sigmoidal costule or crowded growth: lines.

(S.) LoxonemMa CINGULATUM. (N. Sp.)

Plate 44, fig, 3.

Shell rather large, narrowly elongated and many whorled — spire between three and four times as long as the outer volution. Volutions nine or ten, the apical ones heing imperfectly preserved in the few speei- mens collected, compressed convex and increasing very slowly in size, those of the spire a little broader than high: outer volution inoderately convex, as high as broad, narrowly rounded and somewhat produced. at the hase: axis imperforate: suture distinctly defined : aperture subovate,

higher than wide and abruptly pointed above,

Surface inarked with small and very narrow but prominent spiral ridves, whichare regularly arranged and nearly equidistant, also by slightly flexuous and somewhat sigmoidal Hines of growth. Tn the largest specimen collected, whose surface markings are not very well preserved, there appear to have been about seven spiral ridges on the dorsal surface of the last volution but two, nine on that of the last but one, and probably not less than ten and perhaps as many as eleven or twelve on that of the outer volution.

wniteaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 337

The figure on Plate xliv is taken from a wax impression of the dorsal surface of the last four volutions of an appurently adult specimen, with the earlier volutions restored from a gutta percha impression of another specimen in which these happen to be well preserved.

The maximum breadth of the outer volution of the largest specimen collected is twenty four millimetres, and the entire height or length of an adult specimen is estimated to have been about cighty five mim.

Lake Manitoba, at Point Richard, and Monroe Point, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, IS88: one specimen at each of these localities. Dawson Bay, Lake Winnepegosis, at Whiteaves Point (four specimens), on a small island about half way between that point and Salt Point (one spe- cimen), and at the south end of Rowan Island (one specimen) ; J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889. All the specimens are mere natural moulds of the exterior of the shell, in dolomite, but in some the corres- ponding cast of the interior of the shell also is preserved.

The prominent spiral ridges of this shell, which resemble those of some of the recent and tropical Melanias from the Pacitic or eastern hemi- sphere, will at once enable it to be distinguished from any other species

of Lorouenit.

LoxonemMa GRACILLIMUM. (N. Sp.) Plate 45, fig. 10.

Shell very small, narrowly elongated, slender, turriculated and many whorled. Volutions about nine, increasing very slowly in size, the earlier ones of the spire moderately conyex, the later ones ventricose in the mid- dle and below (or anteriorly), but narrowly and concavely constricted next to the suture above, a little broader than high . outer volution apparently considerably higher but not very much broader than the one which imme- diately precedes it, though the basal portion and the characters of the aperture are unknown : suture distinetly detined.

Surface (of the lower volutions) marked with spiral revolving ridges, which are crossed by numerous and very minute sigmoidal costule, or simple and entire thread-like raised lines. In the only specimen collected, which is imperfect at the base, nine spiral or revolving ridges can be counted on the last volution, and six on the last but one. These ridges, most of which are large enough to be seen with the naked eye, are unequal in size, four of those on the most prominent and lower part of the two latest volutions being larger and more elevated than the others, and all of them are narrow and minutely tuberculated at) the many points where the sig- moidal costule pass over them. The sigmoidal costule, which cross the

6h

338 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY,

volutions transversely and are parallel to the outer lip, have a slightly concave curvature above, or posteriorly, and an equally slight but convex curvature below. They are closely and very regularly disposed and so small as to be invisible without the aid of a lens.

Height or length of the only specimen collected, which, as already stated, is slightly imperfect anteriorly, nine millimetres and a half: max- imum breadth of the outer volution of the same, about three min.

Devils Point, Lake Winnipegosis, J.B. Tyrrell, 1889: a single but unusually well preserved mould of the exterior of the shell, in doloniite. The figure on Plate xlv is taken from a gutta percha impression ot this mould, upon which the foregoing description also is based.

This species and the one previously described, although encircled by distinct spiral ridges, are also marked with the sigmoidal costule or growth lines parallel to the outer lip, which are so characteristic of

Laxonend.

A fifth species of Lorouema is indicated hy w single and nearly perfect cast of the interior of the shell, collected by Mr. Tyrrell, in 1889, at Roderick Point, Birch Island, Lake Winnipegosis. The outline and pro- portions of this specimen are quite unlike those of cither of the four species already described or identified, but as its surface markings are

entirely unknown, its specific relations cannot be ascertained.

(S.) MAcCROcHILINA suBCOSTATA, Schlotheim. (Sp.)

Plate 44, . Fand 5.

Buceinites subcostatus, Schlotheim. 1820, Petrefactenkunde, p. 120, pl. xii, fig. 8. Buceinum imbricatum, Sowerby (pars). 1827. Min, Couch., vol. VI, p. 127, pl. dlxvi, fig. 2, right-hand figure ouly. Maerocheilusareulatus, Phillips. 1841, Pal. Foss. Cornw., Dev., and W. Somers, p. 139, pl. Ix, fig. 194. Macrocheilus clongatus, Phillips. Thid., p. 104, pl. xxxix, fig. 195, Maerochetlus Schlothcrim’, VArchiac and de Verneuil. 1842. Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond., ser. 2, vol. VI, pt. 2, p. 854, pl xaxii, fig. 2. Losoncne Phillips, FA, Roemer. 1843. Verst. Harz., p. 30, sf vili, fig. 9. Loronema apression, B.A, Roemer, Ubid., p. 30, pl. viii, fig. 10. Buecinum arcwatum, Croldfuss (qeus). 1844. Petref. Germ... vol. IIT, p. B8,-pl. ebon, fig 15b only. Mucroeheilies subeastatus, Tschernyschew, S87. Mem. Com. Cheol. Russ., vol. TIT, No. 3, p. 171, pl. v, figs. Ga, b.

Macroehiling subeostata, Whidhorne, 1891. Mein. Dev. Faun. S. England, vol. T, p. 159, pl. xvi, figs. 1-6. :

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, on a small island southavest of Whi-

teaves Point (one specimen), and on another about three miles novth of Salt

wuiteaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC, 339

Point (two specimens), also at two exposures, one about two miles west of Salt Point (two specimens), and the other at the mouth of the Red Deer River (where it appears to be abundant) ; J. B. Tyrrell, 1889.

Most of the specimens from these localities ave either imperfect casts of the interior of the shell, with well preserved portions of the tests attached, or sharply defined moulds of the exterior, in dolomite. Only two or three testiterous specimens were obtained and these are very imperfect. The surtace markings are very variable, not only in different specimens, but sometimes also in different parts of the same shell. Thus, on the outer volution of one of the specimens from the small islind north of Salt Point, (fig. 5) the markings consist of slightly sigmoidal, acute ridges, from two to three millimetres apart, with fine striz between them and parallel to them. On the other hand, in the original of tig. 4, which is drawn from a wax impression of a natural mould of a specimen from the mouth of the Red Deer River, the crowded subsigmoidal vrowth lines or minute costule are very nearly equal in size and not more than from one-half toa whole millimetre apart. In another specimen from the mouth of the Red Deer River the sigmoidal costule on the last whorl but one are nearly a millimetre apart, with finer strie between them, but they suddenly become nearly equal in size and much closer together on the outer volution. The entire height of one of the largest specimens from Dawson Bay would probably have been about sixty millimetres.

It is still doubtful whether the distinction between J/. sbeostata and J. areulate can be sustained. The characters which Mr. Whidborne, the most recent writer on the subject, (op. cit., pp. 159-63) seems to rely upon for separating English or German examples of the two forms are, the pro- portionately narrower and shorter body whorl of WZ. «reuluta, its “ flat, angulated shoulder,” and finer and more irregular surface markings. Yet Mr. Whidborne includes in the synonymy of Jf. areu/ata, the specimen figured under the name J/uerocheilus areulatus by Ferdinand Roemer, on Plate xxxii. (fig. 6) of the ‘‘ Lethwa paleeozoica,” in which no such shoulder is apparent, and the Chudleigh specimens of JZ. «rca/ata, which he him- self tigures, are all equally shoulderless. Fischer’s figure of d/ucrochi/is arcilatus,* which is not referred to by Mr. Whidborne, is almost a face- simile of F. Roemer’s, and the present writer has failed to understand how the specimens of J/. arcaatus tigured by PF. Roemer, Fischer, or Frech,t can be distinguished from the specimen of J/. subeosteta figured by d’Archiac and de Verneuil under the name J/. Sehlothetuii, Still, if these two names are to be retained, the Dawson Bay specimens undoubt-

* Man. de Conchyliologie, &c., 1885, p. 698. +Ueb. das Devon der Ostalpen, pt. 2, (Zeitschr. der Deutsch. geclog. (resellach., 1891) p. 679, pl. xliv, fig. 5.

340 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL ONTOLOGY.

edly agree better with the descriptions and figures of the shoulderless Jf, subcostata than with those of the strongly shouldered wf. arer/ata.

(S.) MACROCHILINA PULCIIELLA. (N. Sp.). Plate 44, tigs. 6 and 6a,

Shell small, the most perfect specimen collected being less than one- third the size of adult specimens of A/. «reu/ate trom Dawson Bay, imper- forate, but pointed above and one-third higher or longer than broad : spire almost conical, acutely pointed and a little shorter than the outer volution, as measured in the median line of the dorsal surface. Volutions five or six, those of the spire obliquely compressed, the outer one moder- ately convex, slightly inflated, but very faintly constricted above, about as broad or a little broader than high and narrowing abruptly into the evenly rounded base: suture impressed, linear and minutely crenulated by the transverse costule : aperture subovate, higher than wide and occu- pying more than one-half of the entire height, pointed above and rounded below » outer lip thin and simple.

Surface marked with closely and regularly arranged, flexuous raised lines, or nearly equidistant, extremely thin and acute, minute costule, which cross the volutions transversely but somewhat obliquely.

Dimensions of the specimen figured: height or length, eighteen milli- metres and a half; maximum breadth, twelve mm.

South-west shore of Dawson Bay, about two miles west of Salt Point, J.B. Tyrrell, 889: one nearly perfect speciinen with the test preserved. Three casts of the interior of shells which are probably referable to this species, but which do not show a trace of the characteristic surface ornamentation, had previously been collected by Mv. Tyrrell and the writer, in 188%, at Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba. The largest of these casts is nearly an inch in length.

This delicately sculptured shell appears to differ from U/. aresdata chiefly in its diminutive size. It has somewhat the same general contour as the Polyphemopsis Louisville of Hall and Whitfield,* from the Upper Helderberg limestone at the Falls of the Ohio, but that species is represented as narrow and somewhat pointed at the base, and its surface is stated to be smooth.

The following description should have followed that of Plewrotomaria tafranadosa, on page 313.

*Twenty-third Reg. Rep. N.Y. St. Cab, Nat. Hist., 1869, pl. xii, figs. 1 and 2; and twenty-fourth do., 1870, p. 193.

wuiteaves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 341

(8.) PLEUROTOMARIA Spencent. (N. Sp.) Plates 41, figs. 4, 4a-b, 48, fig. 18, and 46, fig 1.

Shell depressed subturbinate, more than twice as broad as high, ovately orbicular as seen from above, spire low and short: base concavely depressed in the centre, but apparently not umbilicated in such a way as to expose any portion of the inner whorls. Volutions four, expanding rather gra- dually ina lateral direction, those of the spire depressed convex, the outer one occupying three-fifths of the entire diameter, somewhat. flattened, both above and below, and depressed next to the suture above: periphery narrowly rounded : suture distinct. Aperture oblique, transversely ellip- tical, with the peristome interrupted on the columellar side, the inter- ruption being caused by the encroachment of the narrow peripheral portion of the preceding volution: lip with a notch or slit obscurely indicated on the apical side of the periphery, but otherwise thin and simple, its inner margin shallowly concave.

Surface niarked with numerous, closely and rather regularly disposed minute spiral ridges, which are crossed by still more minute lines of growth, parallel to the outer lip. These incremental striw are too small to be seen without the aid of a lens, and are not shewn on any of the figures on Plates xli or xliii. They are, however, represented somewhat diagrammatically in fig. 1 on Plate xlvi. Slit band not clearly observed, though its presence is inferred, partly from the obscure notch or slit on the outer lip at the periphery and partly from the backward curvature of the lines of growth, both above and below.

Maximum breadth of the largest specimen collected, twenty-tive milli- metres: approximate height of the same, as measured in the median line of the dorsal surface, about ten mm.

Western shore of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, “from slabs appar- ently derived from the neighbouring cliffs,” J. W. Spencer, 1874: one specimen, the original of the figures on Plate xli. A few smaller and less perfect specimens, six in all, were collected by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling in 1889, in place, at exposures on two small islands in the southern part of Dawson Bay, and on the western shore of that bay, at the mouth of the Red Deer River and on the first small point north of the mouth of the Red Deer River. Small specimens, whose maximum diameter is about eight or nine millimetres, which are probably the young of this species, were collected by Mr. Tyrrell and the writer, in 1888, at Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba, and by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling in 1889, on three small islands in the southern portion of Dawson Bay. One of these specimens (from Pentamerus Point), is represented, twice the natural size, on Plate xliii, fig. 13. At this stage of growth the

342 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALASONTOLOGY,

aperture of the shell is not far from circular in outline, and in one specimen the suture appears to have been somewhat channelled. Adult specimens have much the same shape as the recent Stonutedla imbricate of Lamarck, but some which are not quite full grown have more the aspect of a Siyaretis,

This shell is very similar, both in shape and sculpture, to the Plewro- tomer Sigaretus of G. and F. Sandberger, but as the slit band and even the lines of growth of that species have never been seen, 1ts generic position is quite uncertain. When that portion of this paper was pub- lished in which the species of Pewrofomaria ave eutumerated or described, (pp. 312-814) the writer was under the impression that the shell now under consideration should be referred to Cyclonema or Polytropis. Professor E. Koken (of Kénigsberg, Prussia), who has since examined the original of figs. 4, fa and b, on Plate xl, is, however, of opinion that itisa true Plewrotomaria, and a eaveful re-examination of the minute growth lines of all the specimens has led the writer to form a similar conclusion. Professor Koken, in a letter to the writer, says that the whorls of 2. Sigaretus ave more rounded and more inflated than those of the present species, and the spire proportionately higher.

The writer has much pleasure in naming this shell in honour of its dis- coverer, Dr. J. W. Spencer, now State Geologist of Georgia.

PTEROPODA. (S.) Hyoriries aLarus. (N. Sp.)

Plate 46, figs. 2, 3 and 4.

Shell large, attaining to a length of a little more than four inches, nearly straight, except when abnormally distorted, which it often is, narrowly elongated and increasing very slowly in thickness: sides broadly alate at their base, the “dorsal” margin being produced on each side into a broad thin laminar expansion. ‘ Dorsal” side much flatter than the “ventral,” slightly convex along the median line and broadly but shallowly concave on each side: ventral side strongly convex but angulated and obtusely subcarinate along the median line: outline of transverse section triangular, with the latero-basal angles produced on each side into a narrow projecting spur, the base of the triangle, with its two spurs, being more than twice as broad as the triangle is high, and each of its sides faintly convex. Shape of the aperture not clearly ascertainable, though on the dorsal side there is a broad and rather deep sinus, which is uearly flat at the bottom, in the middle of the lip, and a projecting lobe, which is broadly rounded on its inner margin and narrowly rounded or sub- angular externally, on each side, as represented by fig. 3.

wuiteaves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, BTC. 343

The only surface markings that are preserved in any of the specimens are a few lines of growth on the dorsal side parallel to the outer lip. Operculum unknown.

Onion Point and Little Sandy Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888; Lake Winnipegosis, on the east shore at Point Brabant, and on the south-west shore of Dawson Bay, at two small points, one about half a mile and the other three miles north of the mouth of Bell River, D. B. Dowling, 1888 ; one or two specimens from each of these localities. A few specimens, also, were collected by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling, in 1889, at Lake Winnipegosis, on Snake and South Manitou islands, at Devils Point, in Cameron Bay, and at ten different exposures on the islands and shores of Dawson Bay ; also, on the Red Deer River, half a mile above the Lower Salt Spring. The species appears to be rare in and below the Stringocephalus zone, and to be most. abundant in the beds above that zone.

In the foregoing description the flattened side of the shell is regarded as the dorsal, and the strongly convex and angulated portion as the ventral, in accordance with the terminology used by Sowerby, Morris and Salter and by Walcott in his later publications.

Most of the specimens collected are either separate casts of the interior of the shell, or casts with the corresponding mould of the exterior, from which the intervening test has decayed. The outline of the transverse section of the shell, as represented by tig. 4, is well shown in many speci- mens. The test is rarely preserved, but indications of it are shown in three or four specimens, particularly in the original of fig. 3, which con- sists of the anterior moiety of a specimen, in which the central portion and one of the broad lateral wings of the dorsal surface are well exhibited, with the lines of growth and shape of the lip on that side.

Mr. Walcott says* that the //. princeps, Billings, ‘is the largest species of Hyolithes known,” but some of the specimens of //. alatus collected by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling are considerably larger than any of Billings’s types of H. princeps in the Museum of this Survey.

The present species is only referred to /yolithes provisionally, as it seems to ditfer from that genus in its broad latero-basal alation, and more particu- larly in the deep central sinus of the lip on the dorsal side. It is most probable that a new genus will have to be constituted for its reception, but the specimens so far collected are too imperfect to admit of an accurate or sutheiently explicit generic description.

*Bulletin U. 8. Geological Survey, Washington, No. 30, 1886, p. 135.

344 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALBONTOLOCY.

CEPHALOPODA. OrtHOCERAS HINDIL.

Actinoceras Hindi’, Whiteaves. 1891. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. WIT, Sect. 4, p. 101, pl. vi, figs. 4a and 5.

Snake Island, Lake Winnipegosis, Prof. H. Youle Hind, 1858: one specimen. The species has since been collected by Messrs. Tyrrell and Dowling in 1889 at the following localities in, on or near Lake Winnipe- gosis. On Charlie and Snake Islands, at the southern extremity of the lake ; on a small island off Weston Point ; on South Manitou Island ; at Point Brabant ; on the south-west side of Cameron Bay : in Dawson Bay, on the second small point east of the mouth of Bell River; and on the Red Deer River, a mile above the Lower Salt Spring. A few specimens of a shell which appears to be an unusually slender variety of O. [india, were obtained by Mr. Tyrrell and the writer, in ISSS, at Onion Point, Lake Manitoba.

Although slightly enlarged between the septa, the siphuncle of this shell is not numimuloidal as in Aefinoceras, nor even distinetly moniliform as in Sactoceras. The characters of the species, therefore, seem to accord better with those of Orthoeerras as described by most paleontologists (though perhaps not as restricted by Hyatt) than with those of sletinoceras

ov Sactoceras.

(8.) OrTHOCERAS (THoRACOCERAS) TYRRELLIL.

Orthoceras (Thoracoecras) Turrellii, Whiteaves. 1891, Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. VITT, Sect. ¢, p. 100, pl. vii, figs. 1, la, 2, 8 and 4.

Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba, J.B. Tyrrell and the present writer, 1X88: one specunen. Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, on the east shore, at Whiteaves Point (abundant), also on the west shore, near the mouth of Steep Rock River (two specimens), and at the mouth of the Red Deer River (a few characteristic fragments) i, J.B. Tyrrell, 1889.

Gompnoceras MANTTORENSE.

Comphoceras Mardtobense, Whiteaves. 1891. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. VITT, Sect. 4, p. 102, pl. vil, figs. 7 and 7a.

Lake Winnipegosis, at Snake Tsland and on a point a little to the south of Snake Island, on South Manitou Tsland, and on the south-west shore of Cameron Bay, also in or on Dawson Bay, at a small point three miles north of the mouth of Bell River, at Point Wilkins, and at the mouth of the

wuiteaves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 345

Red Deer River, J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889: a few specimens, some of them mere fragments, from each of these localities.

It is possible, as elsewhere stated (op. cit.) that this species may be a Potrrioceras vather than a Gomphoceras.

(S.) CyRTOCERAS OCCIDENTALE,

Curtoccras ocerdentale, Whiteaves. 1891. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. VIII, Sect. 4, p. 108, pl. vii, figs. 5, 5a, and 6.

Lake Winnipegosis, at Snake Island (one specimen), and around Dawson Bay, at Whiteaves Point (four specimens), at the mouth of Steep Rock River (pieces of the siphuncle only), and at the mouth of the Red Deer River (the largest specimen figured in the Trans. Royal Suc. Canada) ;

J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889.

(S.) HoMALocerAs PLANATUM.

Homaloceras planatum, Whiteaves. 1891. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. VIIT, Sect 4, p. 105, pl. viii, figs. 2 and 2a-b. Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at Whiteaves Point, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: one imperfect but characteristic specimen and three fragments. In the elaboration of the generic and specitic characters of this species and the next, the writer was materially assisted by Mr. L. M. Lambe.

(S.) TETRAGONOCERAS GRACILE.

Tetragonvecras gracile, Whiteaves. 1891. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. WITT, Sect. 4, p. 105, pl. vill, figs. 2, 2a-b.

Western shore of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at an exposure about two miles west of Salt Point and four miles north-east of the mouth of Steep Rock River, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: “ one specimen imbedded in a piece of rock which has been su broken as to show nearly the whole of the characters of the interior of the septate portion of the shell, as well as the general shape of the latter.”

(S.) GyYROCERAS CANADENSE.

Guroceras Canadense, Whiteaves. 1891. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. VITI, Sect. 4, p. 106, pl. ix, figs. la-c, and 2.

Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, on a sinall island about half-way between Whiteaves and Salt Points, D. B. Dowling, 1888 : one imperfect specimen. Dawson Bay, at Whiteaves Point (five specimens), and at a point three miles north of the mouth of Bell River (one specimen) ; J. B. Tyrrell, 1889.

346 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY,

(S.) GYROCERAS FILICINCTUM,

Cyroceras filleinetium, Whiteaves. 1891, Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. VIII, Sect. 4, p. 107, pl. ix, fig. 3.

Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888: one fragment. Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at the mouth of the Red Deer River (three specimens), and the first small point north of the meuth of that river (one specimen) ; J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, 1889,

GYROCERAS SUBVAMILLATUM.

Gyroccras subueoniiatium, Whiteaves. 1801. Trans. Royal Suc. Canada, vol. VIII, Sect. 4, p. 107, pl. a, figs. 1 and la.

Snake Island, Lake Winnipegosis, Professor H. Y. Hind, 1858: the spechnen reterved to by HE. Billings on page 187 of Hind’s Report of the Assiniboine and Saskatchewan Exploring Expedition as ‘ta species of Neutilusov Gyreceras.” Steep Rock Point, Lake Manitoba,.J. B. Tyrrell, L888: one imperfect specimen. Lake Winnipegosis, at the north end of Snake Island (a large fragment), on South Manitou Island (two specimens), and on asmall island off Weston Point (one specimen); also at Swan Lake, Manitoba, near the mouth of the Swan River (one speciinen): J.

B. Tyrrell, 1889,

CRUSTACEA. OSTRACODA. Isocnitina Dawsont, Jones.

Lsochilina Diwwsont, Jones. 1891. Contr. to Canad. Micro-Paleont., vol. I, pt.3, p. 93, woodcuts Ta, b. «.

South-east side of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, on a small island north of Whiteaves Point, J. B. Tyrrell, [889 : afew casts of the interior of separate valves.

Euer Tyrrenpu, Jones.

Elpe Turrellii, Jones. 891. Contr. to Canad. Micro-Palieont., vol. I, pt. 3, p.93, wood- TUN ; >] >] , cuts 2a, b,c, (a misprint for 8 a, hb, ¢).*

Saine locality, collector and date ax for the preceding species: one cast of the interior of both valves.

*By an unfortunate mistake the figures are numbered 2a, 2b, Ye, but the explanations immediately below them are correctly stated to be those of figs. 8a, b, c.

wuiTeaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 347

Leperpitia (2) EXIGUA, Jones.

Lepurditia (2) exiqua, Jones. 1891. Contr. to Canad. Micro-Pal:cont., vol. L., pt. 3, p. 94, pl. xii., tig. 10.

East side of Lake Winnipegosis, on a small island east of the south end of Birch Island, about four miles north-east of Wade Point, thirty miles south of Long Point, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: a single left valve.

TRILOBITA. (S.) Bronteus Manrropensis. (N. Sp.) Plate 46, figs. 5, 6 and 7-

This singular species is based upon very imperfect specimens of the head of five different individuals, but as it is not quite certain that they all belong to the same species, it is thought best to describe each speci- men separately.

Specimen No. | (fig. 5), consists of the median portion of the head of an unusually small individual, of which little more is preserved than the glabella, with its long posterior median spine, and the postero-lateral spine on each of the fixed cheeks. This specimen was collected by Mr. Tyrrell, in 1889, on a smallisland north of Whiteaves Point, Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, and may be characterized as follows. Glabella moderately convex, inversely subconical in outline, broadest anteriorly and narrowing gradually backward, shallowly sinuated at its margin on each side by the second or median pair of lateral glabellar depressions, then slightly expanded posteriorly and ultimately faintly constricted and narrowing rather abruptly into a nearly straight and very slender, median and posterior, tubular spine, which is fully twice as long as the non- spinose portion of the head, if not more, and directed backward. Although three pairs of glabellar furrows are obscurely indicated in speci- mens Nos. 3, and 5, by as many short lateral depressions or pits, only the anterior and median pair can be detected in this specimen and the next. On each side of the glabella, but just outside of it and commencing much farther forward than the median posterior spine, there is a rather shorter, stouter and more curved postero-lateral spine, which is nearly parallel with the median spine, and, like it, directed backward. The surface, which is rather worn, is marked indistinctly with minute scattered tubercles, which are too small to be seen without the aid of a lens.

This is the only specimen in which the long and slender pestero-median,

and postero-lateral spines ave preserved.

348 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.EONTOLOGY.

Specimen No. 2, which — not figured, was collected by Mr. Tyrrell or the present writer, in 1888, at Monroe Point, Lake Manitoba. It is a portion of a glabella of a rather larger individual than the last, with a

very short piece of the postero-median spine preserved, It is very imper- fect anteriorly and shows only two pairs of the lateral glabellar depres- sions. The tuberculation of the surface, however, is much more clearly shown in it than in specimen No. 1.

Specimens Nos. 3and 4. These are two examples, one of which is figured (fie. 6), of the central portion of the head of still larger indivi- duals than Nos. J and 2, collected by Mr. Tyrrell and the present writer, in 1888, at Pentainerus Point, Lake Manitoba. Both are nearly perfect anteriorly, but imperfect posteriorly. They show that the front margin of the head is nearly straight, or but slightly convex in the centre, and that it is bordered by a narrow raised rim, which is succeeded by a trans- verse linear depression or faint groove. On the wabella of beth there are three pairs of short lateral depressions or pits. The postero-median spine of each is broken off and scarcely a vestige remains in either of the two postero-lateral spines, The tuberculation of the surface is well preserved in both, and in one of these specimens there is a Jow conical tubercle, much larger than any of the others, nearly in the centre of the glabella,

Specinen No. 5 (fig. 7). This is a fragment of the anterior portion of the head of an individual of inuch larger size even than Nos. 3 and 4, col- lected by Mr. Dowling, 1889, on the west side of Dawson Bay, at the south end of Rowan Island. The anterior and median lateral depres- sions of the glabella are well shown on the right side of this speciinen, and the posterior lateral depression on the left. The surface of these de- pressions is nearly smooth and the more or less scattered tubercles upon the remainder of the test are very irregular in their distribution. When examined with a lens, the anterior portion of the glabella shows traces of raised lines running parallel to the front margin of the head.

The position of the eye is not indicated in any of these specimeus, and not a vestige of the free cheeks is preserved. Still, the few fragmentary examples so far obtained seem to indicate w hitherto undescribed species of Brontens, in which the posteroanedian spine of the glabella and the pair of postero-lateral spines on the fixed cheeks, are far longer and more slender than the corresponding spines on the head of the B. rhinoceros of Barrande* Apart from the circumstance that they both bear three spines on the posterior portion of the head and, possibly another in the centre of the glabella, there is indeed very little resemblance between this species and B. rhinoceros, the shape and surface ornamentation of the

glabella and the modifications of the clabellar furrows in these two forms

*Sil. Syst. du Centre de la Bohéme, vol. [L, Suppl, t872, p. 131, pl. ix, figs. 12-19.

wniteaves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 349

being quite different. The surface markings of the head of ‘the present species are more like those of the B. gravulafus of Goldfuss, as described and figured by European and English writers.

(8.) Licuas (Teraraspis). N. Sp. Plate 46, fig. 8.

Portions of the marginal spines of the pygidium of a trilobite apparently congeneric with the Zerataspis grandis of Hall, were collected by Mr. Dowling, in 1889, on the west side of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, at the south end of Rowan Island. These specimens, which are figured, probably represent an undeseribed species of Verafusxpis, which cannot yet be properly characterized for want of sufticient material. The species indicated, however, was clearly of much smaller size than 7. grandis, and the spinules on the spines of the pygidiuin of the former are feeble and ramose, not stout and simple like those on the tail spines of 7. yrandis.

(S.) CYPHASPIS BELLULA. (N. Sp.) Plate 46, figs. 9 and 9a.

Head strongly convex and distinctly three-lobed, much broader than long, rounded in front, nearly straight at the sides, but slightly con- stricted posteriorly : genal angles produced backward into a pair of slender and nearly parallel or but slightly divergent spines, which are nearly as long as the unarmed portion of the cephalic shield, as measured along the median line. Border prominent but rather narrow, although thickened by doublure, the test being very thin: marginal sulcus rather broad but shallow. Facial suture intersecting the occipital sulcus just inside the genal angle, passing obliquely and rather abruptly inward and forward to the eye-lobe, thence rather more gradually outward and forward to the anteriov margin. Glabella occupying about one-third ot the length of the cephalic shield, as measured in the median line, convex, prominent, egg-shaped, longer than broad, broadest anteriorly and surrounded by a groove, the basal portion of which is formed by the occipital sulcus: latero-basal lobes small, moderately prominent, egg- shaped, a little longer than broad and broadest behind. Eye-lobes more prominent than the latero-basal lobes, their visual surface not preserved. Cheeks strongly convex round each eye-lobe and sloping abruptly down- ward to the lateral margin. Thorax and pygidium unknown.

Surface ornamented with numerous and rather closely disposed }ut distinct, minute rounded tubercles, which are obsolete upon the anterior

350 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.EONTOLOGY.

marginal and occipital sulci, as well as upon the genal spines. The vecipital ving also is smooth, with the exception of a single circular tubercle in the centre. Most of the projecting part of the outer border is broken off in the few specimens collected, and even when otherwise uninjured its surface markings are very badly preserved, though they seem to have consisted of a sinvle row of tubercles.

Dimensions of the most perfect specimen collected : maximunt Ireadth of head, 8-25 mun. ; length of the same, as measured in the median line, 6-25 nmi.; length of glabella of the same, 4°25 mm,

Lake Winnipegosis, on three small islands in the southern portion of Dawson Bay, J. 2B. Tyrrell, 1889: four specimens from one of these islands and one from cach of the others. The specimens consist of nearly perfect and fairly well preserved detached leads, with the free cheeks in place, but the summits of the eye-lobes of each specimen are broken off, as are also the slender genal spines, with one exception, and the surface

ornamentation of the anterior border is very obscurely indicated.

This little trilobite seems to have anuch the same kind of surface markings as the CL ornate of Hall® (from the Hamilton formation of the State of New York) though the anterior border of the former may prove to be spinose, when better preserved specimens shall have been collected. The glabella and fixed cheeks of CL ornate, however, are represented as

being very much less convex than those of the present species.

(8.) Progerus monpuLus. (N. Sp.) Plate 46, figs. 10 and 11.

.

General fonn narrowly subelliptical, the length, as measured along the median line, being about twice the maximum breadth : surface depressed convex, but distinctly trilobate, with « prominent axis.

Head nearly semicircular in outline, auch broader than long, rounded in front and broadest at the base: characters of the genal angles, and those of the genal spines, if there were any, unknown. Frontal arca rather broad and fattened, miargined externally by a very narrow but rather prominent upturned rim. Facial suture normal, intersecting the anterior margin almost ina line with the most prominent lateral portion of each eye. Glabella (ig. 11) moderately convex, distinetly defined and bounded on all sides hy a narrow groove, a little longer than broad and broadest posteriorly, ovately subtriangu- Jar in outline, but with the anterior angle more Droadly rounded

than the postero-basal angles, and the sides very faintly constricted at

*Pakeout. St. N. York, vol. WIT, 188s, p. 145, plates xxi, fig. 1, and aviv, fig. DL.

wHiTeaves. | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, BTC. aol

the second pair of glabellar furrows, and nearly opposite the anterior termination of each eye. Glabellar furrows in three pairs, each lateral and oblique: the first pair straight and very short, the second curved and longer than the first, the third longer than the second and curving obliquely into the occipital furrow on each side, thus separating w pair of lateral lobes at the base of the glubella, Occipital lobes repre- sented by a pair of small, distant tubercles in the ovcipital furrow, one placed close to and immediately behind the postero-basal angle of each of the latero-basal lobes of the glabella: occipital furrow narrow — vecipital ving rather broad and flat. Cheeks moderately prominent around the eye- lobe, sloping vather abruptly downward and outward: eyes prominent, appressed close to the sides of the glabella, and placed much nearer to the occipital furrow than to the anterior or lateral margins of the cephalic shield.

Thoracic segments, apparently nine in number, those of the axis

prominent and strongly convex, the pleure not quite so convex.

Pygidium rather more narrowly rounded at its outer margin than the cephalic shield, its border narrow and flat: axis conmposed of from about eleven to thirteen segments: pleure about nine.

Glabella and tixed cheeks minutely tuberculated, the Hat frontal area smooth. Surface markings of thorax and pygidium unknown, as the test is not preserved upon either, in any of the specimens collected. Under a lens, however, well preserved casts of the pygidiun show that its axis and pleure are also minutely tuberculated, and that there is a compara tively large pair of tubercles on each annulation of the axis, one on each side of its outer boundary.

Approximate length of the most perfect specimen collected, as measured in the median line, twenty-one millimetres; greatest breadth of the thorax of the same, ten millimetres.

“Western Shore of Dawson Bay,” Lake Winnipegosis, “from slabs apparently derived from the neighbouring cliffs,” J. W. Spencer, 1874: one cast of the head, minus the free cheeks, and casts of two pygidia- Several additional specimens of this trilobite were collected by Mr. Dowling in 1888, and by Mr. Tyrrell in 1889, in the String wephalus zone at three small islands in the southern portion of Dawson Bay, and at an exposure on the south-western shore of that bay, about two miles west of Salt Point. These specimens consist of a few detached heads, with the free cheeks in place, some with most of the test preserved ; numerous sharply detined casts of the pygdium > one cast of the dorsal surface of the united head (minus the free cheeks), thorax and pygidiun ; an united head and thorax, and a cast of the thorax and pygidiuns.

December, 1892. 7

ao CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALAONTOLOGY.

At the time that the introduction to this paper was written, the writer was under the impression that the three specimens of the trilobite now under consideration, collected by Dr. Spencer, represented “a variety of Proctus Haldeman,” as stated on page 257 (lines 17 and 18 from the top). A subsequent study of the whole of the specimens collected, however, lias led to the conclusion that they indicate a previously undescribed and probably distinct species of Proctus, which is more nearly related to the P Roi, Green (Sp.), P Prouwti, Shumard, and P.cureiuarginatis, Hall, as described and figured in the seventh volume of the Palwontology of the State of New York, than to 2? //aldenuwni, The characters by which these three most nearly related species of Prorfms can most readily he distinguished from 2?. muudu/is, are as follows. The anterior margin of the cephalic shield of ?. Hori is not narrowly upturned, its eyes are apparently larger proportionately than those of 7? mundulus, and there are only from nine to ten annulations in the axis of the pygidiuin of P Rowi, and from six to seven pleure. 2. Prouti has an upturned border to the anterior margin of the head, but it is said to have four pairs of lateral furrows on the glabella, eight to ten annulations on the pygidium and six to eight pleure. 2? carrunaryiretus is described as having four pairs of lateral glabellar furrows, large occipital lobes, and «a pygidium with thirteen to fourteen annulations on the axis and twelve pleure.

Two fragmentary specimens of a sinall trilobite which may be referable to P. aandulis, were collected by Mr. Tyrrell in 1889, at Devils Point, Lake Winnipegosis, from beds whose stratigraphical position is imme- diately below the Stringocephalus zone. These specimens are mere casts of the under surface of the right free cheek of two individuals.

A few specimens, which are also probably referable to Py maadalus, were collected by Mr. Tyrrell, in 1889, from beds whose stratigraphical position is above the Stringocephalus zone, on the south-western shores of Pelican and Cameron bays, Lake Winnipegosis ; in Dawson Bay, at the first small point north of the mouth of Bell River ; and on the Red Deer River, at the Upper Salt Spring. Most of the specimens fren these localities ave separate pygidia, with the test preserved. Some of these pygidia are much larger and more narrowly rounded posteriorly than those of the typical form of 7. mendulus from the Stringocephalus zone, and, in the largest of these large pygidia there appear to be about thirteen or fourteen annulations on the axis and perhaps as many as eleven pleurw. The surface of these testiferous pygidia, also, when examined with w lens, is seen to be faintly and very minutely tuberculated. One of the specimens from Cameron Bay is « detached left free cheek with the test preserved, but its lower surface only is exposed, the upper being buried in the matrix. Tn this specimen only the rather broad basal portion of the genal spine is preserved.

wniTeaves | DRVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITORA, ETC 3h3

FISHES. HOLOCKEPHALI. CHIM.BROIDET. Prycropus CaLckoLus, Newberry and Worthen.

Rinodus ealecolus, Newberry and Worthen, 1866. Pal. Tiinois, vol. IT, p. 106, pl. x, figs. 10, 10a-c.

Pryctodus calceolus, Newhervy. 1875. Rep. Geol. Surv. Ohio, vol. IT, pt. 2, (Pakeont. ) p. 59, pL lix, fig. 13.

Lake Winnipegosis, on a small island at the southern extremity of the lake (one tooth), on the western shore of Dawson Bay, at Point Wilkins (three separate teeth), and at the head of a small bay about three miles south of that point (one tooth); J. B. Tyrrell, 1889. Two small teeth, which are possibly referable to this species, were obtained by Mr. Tyrrell, in 1889, at an exposure on the Red Deer River, about a mile above the Lower Salt Spring.

Separate teeth of 7. eaerolus are not uncommon in the Hamilton Formation of Western Ontario, on the banks of the Sable River, at

Bartlett's Mills, near Arkona, and clsewhere.

Ruynenopus. (Sp. Undt.)

An imperfect tooth, apparently from the lower jaw, of a species of Rhynchodus, was collected by Professor H. Youle Hind, in 1858, at the north end of Manitoba Tsland. The specimen is still preserved in the

museum of the Survey.

DIPNOT. ARTHRODIRA. Dixtentiivs CANADENSIS. (N. Sp.) Plate 46, fig. 12.

“Premaxillary ” tooth or dental plate (the only part of the fish yet collected) of small size for the genus, its upper portion laterally expanded and subrhombic in outline, its lower portion abruptly con- tracted on one side and produced into a large, narrow, conical and pointed process which projects downward and constitutes a lateral cone of the crown, Upper and expanded portion of the tooth convex

externally and concave internally: the angle formed by its upper and

354 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALAONTOLOGY.

outer sides much more acute than those formed by the upper and inner and outer and lower, that formed by the upper and inner side being not only obtuse but rounded off Lower and conical portion of the tooth prominent, angulated and obtusely subearinate along the median line above (the obtuse keel extending backward to, or rather rising abruptly in and commencing at the centre of the upper and expanded portion), and flattened below, the outline of its transverse section being distinctly triangular.

Surface nearly smooth, though a slightly roughened subtriangular area, devoid of enamel, and probably representing the “root” of the tooth, 1s bounded by the upper and outer sides of the expanded portion and by a line which might be drawn froin the outer lateral margin a little above the angle formed by the lower and outer sides, to the rounded off angle at the junction of the upper and inner sides, and passing just above the abrupt vommencement of the blunt keel which ultimately runs down the median line of the cone of the crown.

Snake Tsland, Lake Winnipegosis, D. B. Dowling, 188: the specimen tigured.

This detached tooth or dental plate is apparently homologous with one of the large dental plates, which Dr. Newberry provisionally termed the premaxi doubtful, the right side, or that of the left. In the preceding description, it has

llavies,” in the centre of the upper jaw of Diniehthys. It is however, whether it represents the so-called “ premaxillary ” of been regarded as the ‘premaxillary of the vight side, because, in the corresponding dental plate of D. Terrelli and D. Hertzers, as vepresented diagrammatically by Dr. Newherry*, it is the outer side of the upper portion that is laterally expanded. Tf the spechuen from Snake Island should prove to be the “ premaxillary” of the Jeft side, the terms inner and outer, in the preceding description of its characters, will of course have to he reversed. In either event, it is not at all likely to be con- founded with the ‘premaxillary of any of the described species of

Din whithys.

ASPIDICUTHYS (1) NOTABILIS. CN. Sp.) Plate 47, figs. | and Ta.

The foregoing naine is suggested provisionally for a specimen, which, as suggested to the writer by Professor Cope, is probably the median plate of the ventral shield of a large tish belonging to the family Coceosteide, When entire, this plate must have been eight inches or more in length

and at Jeast seven inches in its maximum breadth. The specimen, which

“Rep. Geol. Sury. Ohio, vol. TT, pt. 2, Paleont., (1875), pp. = uni 8.

wuiTeaves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC. 3D5

was collected by Mr. Tyrrell, in 1889, at South Manitou Island, Lake Winnipegosis, is very well preserved, although imperfect and somewhat crushed or distorted. Tt is nearly flat but slightly convex above, and shallowly coneave below. As viewed from above, it consists of a central tuberculated area, with a broad and slightly bevelled outer margin devoid of tubercles. The central tuberculated area, whose outer limits are hy no means sharply detined, is longer than broad, synuetrical, and some- what tive sided, though the side which presumably represents the anterior end of the plate and which therefore it will be convenient to eal] the antero-median side, is shorter and narrower than any of the others, and concavely and rather deeply emarginate, apparently to allow of the over- lap of the narrowly rounded posterior end of an antero-median plate. The two antero-lateral sides are at first nearly straight and parallel to the longitudinal axis of the plate, but they are very slightly expanded about the midlength and concavely contracted posteriorly. The two postero- lateral sides are nearly straight and converge gradually and obliquely until they meet at an acute angle in the centre posteriorly. The outer and non-tuberculate margin is nearly two inches in breadth at its broadest,

part.

The surface markings of the central area consist of numerous small, smooth and rounded tubercles, which are unequal in size and irregular in their distribution, though the largest average two millimetres in diameter at the base, and from two to five millimetres in their distance apart at the summits. The greater part of the bevelled outer margin is smooth to the naked eye, but around its outer limits there are indications of short and irregular radiating grooves and ridges.

The actual length of the central tuberculated portion of the specimen, as measured in the median line, is 167 millimetres: the approximate breadth of the same, at the Jateral angles, is about 113 mm. The maxi-

mum thickness of the test is six mm.

The genus slspidichthys, Newberry, was based upon a single dorso-median plate, of gigantic dimensions, which is stated * to be ‘similar in form to that of Pterichthys, but many times larger” and to be ‘covered with large hemispherical, smooth, enamelled tubercles.” “ The most. striking feature in this plate,” Dv. Newberry says,} ‘is its external ornamentation. This consists of knobs or bosses of smooth, shining enamel, of the size and form of split peas. In its general aspect this tuberculation resembles that of Prerichthys ov Coccosteus, but differs strikingly in this, that the

+ Ibid., p. 323.

356 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY,

stellate ornamentation whieh is to be seen on the plates of nearly all the event inailed fishes of the old world.” This character, Dv. Newberry thinks, is of generic value.

The ventral armature of aspidiehthys cleratics, Newberry, the typical and heretofore only known species of the genus, is entirely unknown, and the imperfect median ventral plate collected by Mr. Tyrrell is referred to Aspidiehthys provisionally, only on account of the similarity of its surface ornamentiation to that of the dorso-median plate of al. carats, The impression that the specimen from South Manitou Island makes upon the inind of the writer is that of the median ventral plate of a large fish more nearly allied to Coecostens than to Plerichthys ov Both rio- lepis, bub which differs from that of Coceosfens in the circumstance that it is partially overlapped, not only hy the two postero-lateral and two anterolateral plates, but also by the narrowly rounded end of an antero- median plate. The median ventral plate of ul. wotabil/s was evidently of much smaller size than that of ul. e/arasus could have been, besides being much more minutely tuberculated, and it is quite likely that the discovery of more perfect specimens of these two forms may show differences

between them that are of generic rather than of specific value.

TELEOSTO MI. CROSSOPTERYGIL. Onycropus. (Sp. Undt.)

An imperfect scale of a fish, which is probably vefevable to this genus, was collected by Mr. Tyrrell or the present writer, in L888, on the north shore of Manitoba Island, in Lake Manitoba. The scale is not quite three- quarters of an inch inits maxnuun diameter, cycloidaland notfarfrom circu. lar in outline. Its under surface, the surface which happens to be exposed, is marked by fine concentric wrinkles and by very minute radiating raised lines, which are too small to be seen without the aid of a lens. The sub- stance of the scale is so thin as to be transparent, and with « lens minute tubercles, apparently for the most part disposed ino radiating lines, can he detected over inmost of its upper surface.

All the remains of fishes that have so far been collected from the Devonian rocks of this region, are from the beds Dumediately above the

Stringocephalus zone, at the supposed base of the Upper Devonian.

wHITEAves | DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, BEC. 307

The stratigraphical relations of — the subdivisions of the Devonian system in this region wre described in detail in Mr. Tyrrell’s * Report on North-western Manitoba, with portions of the adjacent districts of Assiniboia and Saskatchewan,” published as Part Hoof vol. V, New Series, of the Annual Reports of this Survey. In a preceding paper, published in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada for 1891,* Mr. Tyrrell states that ‘near the north-eastern angle of Lake Manitoba the typical Niagara dolomites are overlain by a few feet of thick-bedded stromatoporoid magnesia limestone holding Pycuostylus Girelphensis,” which probably represents the Guelph formation. “ Over these Silurian limestones there is, in the lacustral region, a gap in the known section,” and the lowest Devonian rocks exposed are a few feet of soft red shales, which are apparently unfossiliferous. Above these shales, ‘a hundred feet or more of harsh porous dolomites, containing Peutamerus cons, &e.,” ave * overlain by a similar thickness of tough white dolomites con- taining Stringocephatus Bartini” Above these dolomites are fifty to seventy feet of calcareous shales marked by many brine springs along their line of outerop ;" te these succeed a “highly fossiliferous limestone con- taining great beds of ulfrypa reticnfaris, and this is “ overlain by light vrey compact brittle limestones which represent the local top of the Devonian.” © As far as could be seen,” the whole of these rocks ‘are practically conformable and alnost undisturbed throughout.”

Tt has already been stated (on page 258) that all the fossils that are enumerated or described in the present paper, are probably from the Middle and Upper Devonian. The Middle Devonian appears to be repres ented in this region by the Stringocephalus zone and the hundred feet or more of fossiliferous dolomite immediately beneath it, and the

Upper Devonian by all the beds above the Stringocephalus zone and beneath the Cretaceous.

The discovery of dolomites in which Stringocephalis Bartine is one of the nest characteristic fossils, at many localities on the shores or islands of Lakes Manitoba and Winnipegosis, is of considerable interest to the geologist. In Manitoba the Stringocephalus zone appears to occupy much the same stratigraphical position as the Stringueephalus limestone of Germany and England, and it is noticeable that among the fossils of the Stringocephalus zone of Manitoba there are several which can be identitied with well-known European — species. Among these are Nphirrospory td tessellata > Pavosites Gothlandica . Pachypora cervicornis ;

*Vol. LX, Sect. 4, pp. 91, 02.

BOs CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALAONTOLOGY,.

Productella productoides, var. membranacee . Strophodoute iiterstrialis ; Atrypa reticularis, and its var, aspera; Rhynchonella pugius , Paracyclas antique; the Murchisonia referred to on p. 315 as d/. Arehiacana, but which, as stated in a postscript a little farther on, is probably a variety of the WI. furbinate of Schlothein ; Buomphalis aauiulatus : Lovoneun priseion; and Macrochilina subcostata , besides the Stringocephalus Burtine itself,

In the preceding pages a (8.) is pretixed only to those species which are characteristic of beds in which Stringucephalus has actually been found. Tt has been omitted in some few instances, such as in the case of Cyrtina Hamaltonensis, tor example, where the species seems to be rare in the Stringocephalus zone, but abundant in the beds below or above that game; and it is of course not prefixed to species from beds whose litho- logical characters and stratigraphical position are beheved to be identical with those of the Ntringecephalus zone, although no specimens of Stringocephalus have as yet been found in thei.

The ‘“Cuboides zone” appears to be represented in this region by those beds on the Red Deer River and elsewhere, in which Cyathophylum cermicilare, van. preeenrsor : Cyathophylian diunthius > Chonetes: Logaai, var. alurora,; Productella subaculeata ; Orthis striatila » Strophodonta arenata and Cyrting Hamailtonensis ave the prevalent fossils, although

Rhynchonella cuboides itself has not yet been found in thein.

POSTSCRIPT. MLURCHISONIA TURBINATA, Schlotheim. Var.

Murchisonia angulata, var. A. d’Archiac and de Verneuil. 1842. Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond., Ser. 2, vol. VI., p. 356, pl. xxxil, fig. 7.

Marchisonia Archiacana, Whitewves. 1892. This vol., p. 315, pls. xli, fig 7, and xlv, fig. 3. Not AL. Archiacana, de Koninck.

Murchisonia turbinata, Schlotheim, var. Whidborne. 1892. Mon, Dev. Fauna Ss. England, vol. I, p. 307, pl xxx, figs. 5-10.

Since pages 315 and 316 of this paper were printed, Professor Koken has reminded the writer that the name Afarchisonia Archiacana is pre- occupied by de Koninck, but in the concluding part of the first volume of his Monograph on the fossils of the Devonian Rocks of the South of Eng- land, just received, Mr. Whidborne regards both forms of the Jf. aagu- lata of VArchiae and de Verneuil, as mere varieties of WW. turhinata, Schlotheim.

WHITEAVES. ]

Page 257. Page 257. Page 291. Page 295. Page 300. Page 302. Page 311. Page 312.

Page 315.

DEVONIAN FOSSILS OF MANITOBA, ETC, 359

ERRATA

Lines 15 and 16 from the top, for ‘‘ the ‘ Euomphalus’ is a small species of Straparollus here described ang figured as S. filicinctus ;? read ‘the Euomphalus is #. annulatus, Phillips.”

Lines 17 and 18 from the top, for ‘‘the Phillipsia a variety of Proetus Haldemani” ; read ‘‘the Phillipsia, an apparently new species of Proetus, which is described in this paper under the name P. mundulus.”

Line 5 from the top, for ‘‘1890 ” read ‘ 1891.”

Line 8 from the bottom, erase the words “‘ (Separate copies),” and on the line above, for “1890” read ‘‘ 1891.”

Lines 13 and 14 from the bottom, for ‘‘in the Upper Devonian,” read ‘at the base of the Middle Devonian.”

Line 20 from the top, for ‘°1890” read ‘‘ 1891,” and on the line below erase the words ‘‘(Separate copies).”

Line 3 from the top, for ‘‘1890” read ‘ 1891,” and on the line below erase the words ‘(Separate copies).”

Line 9 from the bottom, erase the words ‘‘ (Separate copies),” and in the line above, for ‘‘1890” read ‘‘1891.”

Line 13 from the top, for ‘‘ Murchisonia Archiacana (Nom. Noy.)” read “ Murchisonia turbinata, Schlotheim. Var.”’

December, 1892. 8

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA.

}

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY VOLUME I.

7. On some additional or imperfectly understood fossils from the Hamilton Sormation of Ontario, with a revised list of the species therefrom.

The second paper in this volume, on the fossils of the Hamilton forma- tion of Ontario, was based upon all the specimens that the writer had seen, and upon all the information on the subject that was available up to the close of 1886. In that paper, the names of the earliest collectors of the fossils of these rocks and the dates at which the collections were made, were inadvertently omitted. All the authentic information on these points that the writer has been able to gather, is as follows :—

1855. Alexander Murray and James Hall collected fossils together at Widder and along the Riviére aux Sables at Bartlett’s Mills, and elsewhere, in 1855, as stated in Murray’s Report for that year and verbally by Professor Hall to the writer in the spring of 1890.

1868. Numerous fossils in the Museum of the Survey are labelled ‘Hamilton formation, Bosanquet, J. Pettit, 1868.”

1873-74. Professor H. A. Nicholson (in a letter dated March 7, 1898) says that his collecting near Widder and Arkona was carried on principally, if not entirely, during the years 1873 and 1874.

1872-79. Dr. G. J. Hinde (in a letter dated February 5, 1898) says that he collected fossils at Thedford (Widder) and the neighbour- hood for the seven consecutive years from 1872 to 1879, both years inclusive.

Since this paper was written, the publication of several monographs on special groups of fossils has thrown new light upon this local fossil fauna, and much additional material has been accumulated by local collectors. During three visits to Thedford, in 1889, 1891 and 1897, the writer has not only collected the fossils of that neighbourhood (inclusive of Bartlett’s Mills) but also made careful examinations of the collections made by the Rev. Hector Currie, and more recently by Mr. G. Kernahan and Mr. N. J. Kearney, of Thedford. These gentlemen have kindly lent to the writer most of the choicest specimens that they have obtained up to the present

1

362 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

date and have presented many of them to the Museum of the Survey.

Mr. Charles Schuchert, who made an unusually large collection of the fos- sils of the Thedford district in 1895 for the United States National Mu-

seum, has favoured the writer with a most accurate list of all the species

that he obtained on this occasion, and generously supplemented it with a

loan of specimens of forty-five of the species, for examination and compar- ison. Exclusive of some undetermined and possibly undescribed polyzoa

(bryezoa), Mr. Schuchert’s list, which, with his permission, has been freely , used in the preparation of this paper, includes the names of about thirty

species that had not previously been found in this formation in Canada,

Mr. B. E. Walker, of Toronto, who made a collection of the fossils of

the Thedford district in 1896, has also given the writer every facility for

examining his specimens and has lent many of them for further study and

comparison. To each of these obliging friends the writer’s thanks are due

and are here very cordially tendered.

The present paper is a succinct statement of the results of a detailed study of this new material and of additional studies of all the specimens from this formation and province, in the Museum of the Survey. In connection therewith, the writer desires to express his obligations to Mr. Schuchert for several critical suggestions; to Mr. L. M. Lambe for valuable assistance in ascertaining the minute characters of several species and in checking off measurements ; to the late Dr. 8. A. Miller (of Cincinnati) for comparing specimens of two species of Do/atocrinas with the types of the species described by him, in connection with Dr. Gurley ; and to Mr. Vic- tor W. Lyon (of Jeffersonville, indiana) for the comparison of two speci- mens with the types of AZegistocrinms rugosis is his possession, and for the use of an original drawing or diagrain of the plates composing the dorsal cup and tegmen of that species, by his father, the late Major Sidney S. Lyon.

CASLENTERATA. SPONGI Ab. ASTREOSPONGIA HAMILTONENSIS, Meek and Worthen. Astreospongin Hamiltonensis, Meek and Worthen. 1866. Proc. Chicago Acad. Sc., vol. I, }. 12; and (1868) Geol. Surv. Hlinois, vol. IIL, p. 419, pl. 10, fig. 6. Whiteaves. 1891. This volume, pt. 3, p. 198, pl. 28, figs. 1 and la.

Separate six rayed spicules, which appear to he referable to this species, have been found at Thedford and Bartlett’s Mills, as stated elsewhere (op. ert, p. 198) in this volume.

wuieaves, | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 363

SUPPOSED BUNDLES OF SPICULES.

Two specimens, which Mr. Schuchert thinks are “ anchoring bundles of spicules,” were collected by him, in 1895, in the “Middle third of the sec- tion” at Thedford. Both are No. 26,462 of the United States National Museum Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils. The more perfect of the two is a bundle of extremely slender and apparently simple spicules, upwards of an inch in length, forming a nearly cylindrical, narrow and densely aggregated mass at one end, but flattened, spreading and moderately expanded at the other.

SUPPOSED CLIONA BORINGS.

Twelve specimens of Spirifera pennata, Atwater ( = S. mucronata, Con- rad) collected by Mr. Schuchert from the “Upper third of the section” at Thedford, show peculiar markings which he thinks are “Cliona bo- rings.” For the greater part of their length these markings are rather minute grooves than burrows, but this circumstance is probably due to the exfoliation of the outer layer of the test of each of the Spirifers. These twelve specimens are No. 26,463 of the United States National Museum Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils.

ANTHOZOA.

ALCYONARIA. AULOPORA SERPENS (Goldfuss) Rominger.

Aulopora serpens (Goldfuss) Rominger. 1876. Geol. Surv. Mich., Fossil Corals, p. 86, pl. 33, fig. 2.

Numerous specimens of a creeping, parasitic, auloporoid coral, which Mr. Schuchert has identified with this species, and which certainly agree very well with Rominger’s description and figures of it, have been collected near Thedford and at Bartlett’s “Mills. Mr. Lambe, however, thinks that these specimens are merely young colonies of a species of Syringopora, and it is obvious that their internal structure is essentially as in that genus.

In his first report on the Paleontology of the Province of Ontario, Professor Nicholson refers a coral, which he says is ‘“‘common in the Hamilton formation of the Township of Bosanquet, adhering to brachiopods and corals,”—to the Aulopora cornuta of Billings. Upon the strength of this identification the name of A. cornwta was inserted in a previous list of the fossils of this formation. But the types of A. cornwta are from the Corniferous limestone, and Mr. Lambe, who has recently studied their

1h

364 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

internal structure, is of the opinion that they are only parts of the basal reticulation of specimens of Syringopora Jaclurei, Billings.

Mr. Nchuchert also identifies two creeping attached corals that he collected at Bartlett’s Mills, with the Amlopora procumbens of Davis, which is figured on Plate 73 of “Kentucky Fossils Corals.” But that species has never been described, and there is nothing to show what its internal structure is like.

MoniLopora antigua. (N. Sp.) Plate 48, figs. 1, 2, 3 and 3a.

Corallum compound, at first attached to and either wholly or partially encircling foreign bodies, but apparently free and ramose ultimately. Most of the specimens that the writer has seen are parasitic on portions of the columns of crinoids, in some cases (as in fig. 1) completely enveloping them, except at the ends, and throwing out corallites in every direction ; in others (as in fig. 2) only purtially attached and spreading out into a thin, nearly flat, sub-circular lateral expansion, with all the corallites springing from its upper surface, and the lower surface consisting of a concentrically wrinkled epitheca. In this state of preservation the corallites are numerous, tubular, or somewhat conical and widening slightly outward, rather short, simple, bifurcate, trifurcate, or twice bifureate, very unequal in size, the larger ones averaging about four millimetres in diameter at their summits. In two or three fragments, how- ever, the most perfect of which is represented by figure 3, the branches are entirely free, and zigzag, with alternating corallites. In all the specimens the calyces are deep, the septa are almost obsolete and repre- sented only by a faint minute longitudinal grooving of the inner surface of the calyx, and the upper or outer edges of the calyces are thin and finely denticulated by the minute longitudinal channelling of the exterior of the summits of the corallites.

Except upon the basal epitheca of laterally expanded specimens, the whole of the surface is minutely granulo-striate and marked by irregu- larly disposed and very minute granules, tubercles, or low, interrupted longitudinal ridges, with equally minute grooves or channels between then.

A longitudinal section of a portion of a free branch, which is bifurcate above, shows that the branch is hollow throughout its length, and quite devoid of tabule or of funnel-shaped diaphragms. The wall is rather thin, but no thin microscopic sections of any portion of it have yet been made, to show whether its structure is minutely cancellated or not.

This well-marked species appears to be not uncommon at Thedford, where specimens were collected by Mr. Johnson Pettit in 1868, by the

wuireaves | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 365

Rev. Hector Currie in 1880, by the Rev. J. M. Goodwillie in 1882, by Dr. H. M. Ami in 1883, and by the writer in 1889. So far as the writer is aware, it is the first species that has been recognized as occurring in rocks of Devonian age. It is easily distinguished by its very peculiar surface ornamentation, which, although rather difticult to describe adequately in words, is well shown by figure 3a.

ZOANTHARIA. (Tetracoralla, Heckel : = Rugosa, Edwards and Haime.)

HELIOPHYLLUM JUVENE, Rominger. (Sp.)

Cyathophyllum jurene, Rominger. 1876. Geol. Surv. Mich., Fossil Corals, p. 100, pl. 35, upper row, the three smaller specimens on the right side of the plate.

Heliophyllum juvene, Calvin. 1888. Amer. Geologist, vol. I., p. 83.

“ Widder, Canada West.” ‘“ A very constant form found in associa- tion with Heliophyllum Halli, resembling it in all particulars, but in all proportions smaller.” Rominger. The figures of these two forms, in the Fossil Corals of Michigan, do not impress one with their distinctness. Professor Calvin says (vp. cit.) that HZ. juvene is found in the “ Middle division of the Hamilton group on the Rivicre aux Sables.”

BLoTHROPHYLLUM conatTuM, Hall. (Sp.)

Cuathophullum conatum, Hall. 1876. Tlustr. Devonian Foss., pl. 31, figs. 1-14.

Mr. Schuchert has collected several specimens of a coral, which he has identified with this species and referred to the genus Blothrophyllum, from the ‘“‘ Middle third of the section,” near Thedford and at Bart- lett’s Mills. These are No. 26,603 of the United States National ‘Museum Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils.

PHILLIPSASTREZA VERNEUILI, Edwards and Haime.

Phillipsastrea Verneutli, Edw. and Haime. 1851. Mon. Polyp. Foss. Terr. Palzoz., p. 447, pl. 10, fig. 5. " " Billings. 1859. Canad. Journ., N. S., vol. IV., p. 127, fig. 3 4 " " Billings. 1863. Geol. Canada, p. 365, fig. 363.

In 1895 Mr. Schuchert succeeded in finding one good specimen of this species, which is so common in the Corniferous limestone of Ontario, in the “ Middle third of the section” at Bart!ett’s Mills.

366 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALAONTOLOGY.

CysTIPHYLLUM CONIFOLLE, Hall.

Custiphyllion conifollis, Hall. 1876. Tllustr. Devonian Foss., pl. 30, figs. 3-9.

“Town” (evidently a typographical error for township) “of Bosan- quet.” Hall, 1876. Thedford and Bartlett’s Mills, in the “ Middle third of the section”; C. Schuchert, 1895. Perhaps only a variety of C. Americanum, Edwards and Haime.

(Hexacoralla, Heckel : = Tabulata, Edwards and Haime.)

Favosites ALPENENSIS, Winchell.

Favosites Alpenensis, Winchell. 1866. Rep. Lower Penins. Mich., p. 88. Favosites Huniltonensis, Rominger (Pars). 1876. Geol. Surv. Mich., Fossil Corals, p. 27, pl. 7, fig. 3.

Favosites Gothlandica, (Lamarck). Var. Whiteaves, 1892. This vol., pt. 4, p. 272.

Mr. Schuchert has identified with this species three specimens of a coral which he collected in 1895 from the “ Middle third of the section” near Thedford. These specimens, which the writer has examined, are evidently conspecific with the coral from lakes Manitoba and Winnipe- gosis referred to on page 272 of the fourth part of this volume asa variety of Favosites Gothlandica, Lamarck. The latter determination was based upon the largely extended definitions of the characters of IF. Gloth- landiea, by EB. Billings and Prof. H. A. Nicholson, and more particularly on Mr. Billings’s statements that the size of the tubes in the corals which he refers to that species, “ ranges from three-fourths of a line to a little more than two lines,”*, and that “the spiniform rays (or septa) exist in both upper Silurian and Devonian specimens of Pavosites.”}

It is not clear to the writer why Dr. Rominger, in his monograph of the fossil corals of Michigan, proposes to substitute the new name Favosites Hamiltonensis for the I’. ullpenensis and £. dumosnus of

‘Winchell.

Favosirus arpuscuna, Hall.

Favosites urbuscula, Hall. 1876. Dustr. Devonian Fossils, pl. 36, figs. 1-9. " " Calvin, 1888. Aimer. Geologist, vol. X., p. 83.

A common branching species, which was first recognized as occurring in the Hamilton formation of Ontario by Professor 8. Calvin. So far, it has been found only in the ‘* Middle third of the section,” near Thed- ford, and at Bartlett’s Mills, where numerous specimens were collected by Mr. Schuchert in 1895. The list of fossils of the Hamilton formation

“Canadian Journal, New Serics, vol. TV., p. 102. +On the same page of the same publication.

wuiteaves | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 367

of Ontario in the fifteenth chapter of the “Geology of Canada,” contains the names of /avosites Gothlandica, F. turbinata, F. polymorpha, F. cervicornis and FF. hemispherica. New specific names have since been proposed for three of these, and it is now apparent to the writer that the F. Gothlandica of this list is /. Billingsii, Rominger ; that the F. poly- morpha is PF. clausa, Rominger; and the F. cervicornis,—F. arbuscula,

Hall. R#MERIA RAMOSA. (N. Sp.) Plate 48, tigs. 4 and 5.

Corallum compound, in the few specimens which the writer has seen, which appear to be terminal branchlets of ramose colonies, either club- shaped and slightly compressed, or fan-shaped, strongly compressed and somewhat lobate above, more or less branched, in all cases erect and usually widening toward the summit. Corallites simple, short, tubular and slightly expanding, but closely amalgamated at the sides, radiating from an imaginary median axis, but appressed and very slightly divergent, their apertures directed outward and upward, all, but a few terminal ones, opening at the sides. Calyces deep, septa rudimentary, almost obsolete, apparently represented by numerous minute isolated tubercles, or possibly spine bases, with which their inner surface is strewn. Aper- tures of the calyces variable in outline, but mostly subovate or almost circular, the larger ones averaging from four to five millimetres in their longer diameter. Mural pores rather large and irregularly disposed.

Surface nearly smooth, but marked with a few faint transverse striz of growth, which are scarcely visible without the aid of a lens. Where portions of the surface were rubbed down t» show the internal structure, there are indications of funnel-shaped diaphragms immediately below the calyces.

The writer has seen only four specimens of this species, all of which are now in the Museum of the Survey. Two of these were collected by Mr. Townsend and are labelled by him, Township of Bosanquet ; one was found by Mr. Kernahan, at Thedford; and one by the Rev. Hector Currie, at Stony Point, four miles east of Kettle Point, Lake Huron. It is just possible that these specimens should be referred to Vermzpora, Hall, as reclescribed by Rominger on pages 68 and 69 of his Fossil Corals of Michigan, but in Vermipora the transverse diaphragms or tabule are said to be flat. All four show the “intercalation of new tubes by lateral gemmation,” which is one of the characters of Rominger’s V. fasciculata.

368 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN FAL/EONTOLOGY.

HYDROMEDUS. HYDROIDA.

CLATHRODICTYON RETIFORME, Nicholson and Murie. (Sp.)

Stylodictyon retiforiae, Nicholson and Murie. 1878. Journ. Linn. Sve., Zoology, vol. XIV., p. 222, pl. 2, fig. 14, and pl. 3, figs. 1-3. Clathrodictyon retiforme, Nicholson. 1887. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, vol. XIX p. 18, pl. 3, figs. 6-8.

“Rare in the Hamilton formation (Devonian) at Arkona, Ontario,”

where it was discovered by Dr. G. J. Hinde. Nicholson.

STROMATOPORA MAMiLLATA, Nicholson.

Stromatopora maimmillata, Nicholson. 1873. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, vol. XIL., p. 94, pl. 4, tig. 4; and (1874) Rep Pal. Prov. Ontario, p. 17, pl. 1; tig. 4.

Mr. Schuchert refers to this species a few good specimens that he collect- ed from the “‘ Middle third of the section” at Bartlett’s Mills, and that are No. 26,596 of the UnitedStates National Museum Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils. It is to be observed, however, that the types of S. manzllata are from the Corniferous limestone, that they have not yet been examined microscopically, and that no microscopic sections have been made of any of Mr. Schuchert’s specimens.

STROMATOPORELLA INCRUSTANS, Hall and Whitfield. (Sp.)

Stromatopora (Cenostroma) inerustuns, Hall and Whitfield. 1873. Twenty-third Rep. N.Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 227, pl. 9, fig. 3. Stromatopora wulliporoides, Nicholson. 1875. Rep. Pal. Prov. Ontario, p. 78. Stromatoporela inerustans, Nicholson, 1891. Ain. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, vol. VIL, pp. 809 and 310, foot note. “Hamilton formation; Arkona. Also in the Corniferous Limestone, Port Colborne.” Nicholson. The species is abundant in the neighbour- hood of Thedford.

ECHINODERMATA. CRINOIDEA. GILBERTSOCRINUS SPINIGERUS, Hall. (Sp.)

Trematocrinus spinigerus, Hall. 1862. Fifteenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist. p. 128. Goniasteroidocrinus spinigerus, Meek and Worthen. 1866. Geol. Surv. Tlinois, vol. Wee Pe 228,

is S.A. Miller. 1877. Cat. Aimer. Palieoz. Fossils, p. 80.

,

WHITEAVES. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 369

Ollacrinus spinigerws, Wachsmuth and Springer. 1881. Rev. Paleoorinoidea, pt. 2, p. 219. a8 ts Whiteaves. 1887. This volume, pt. 2, (advance sheets) p. 103 ; and (1889) pl. 13, figs. 4, 4, «.-b. Gontasteroidocrinus spinigcrus, 8S. A. Miller. 1889. N. Amer. Geol. and Paleont., p. 250. Cilbertsocrinus spingerus, Wachsmuth and Springer. 1897. N. Amer. Crinoidea Ca- merata, vol. I., p. 247, pl. 15, figs. 3, a-e. Tn the volume last cited, the generic name Ollacrinws (Cumberland, 1826) is rejected for this and other species, on the ground that it “cannot be looked upon as lawfully published,” and the name Gilbertsocrinus

(Phillips, 1836) adopted instead.

DoLatocrRInus CANADENSIS, Whiteaves.

Dolatocrinus Canadensis, Whiteaves. 1887. This vol., pt. 2, (advance sheets) p. 99; & (1889) pl. 12, figs. 3 & 3a. ee ae Wachsmuth and Springer. 1897. N. Am. Crinoidea Camerata, vol. L., p. 315, pl. 25, figs. 7, a-b.

This crinoid, which has three primary arms in each ray, has recently been redescribed and refigured in the beautifully illustrated monograph by Wachsmuth and Springer quoted ahove. The species would appear to be rare, as the specimen from Thedford figured on Plate 12 of this volume is still the only one that the writer has seen.

Do.arocrints suBacuLEATus. (N. Sp.) Plate 48, tigs. 6, 6 a, and 6 0.

Calyx depressed hemispherical, broader than high and flattened below, rather small for the genus, not much exceeding fifteen millimetres in maximum breadth in the few specimens that the writer has seen. Pri- mary arms in each ray, two. Basals and lower halves of the radials deeply incurved, like those of D. lacus, Lyon (as recently described by Wach- smuth and Springer on pages 311 and 312 of the first volume of their monograph of the “North American Crinoidea Camerata”), and form- ed, as in that species, into an “inverted funnel-shaped cavity which is wider than the column, the latter touching only the bottom part.” Around the base there is a large pentagon, the outer boundary of which is formed by a narrow continuous ridge which connects the radials late- rally. Each of the angles of this pentagon is intersected vertically by a linear ridge, which occupies the middle of each ray, and each side of this pentagon forms the base of a triangle, the apex of which is the centre of the first interbrachial. The linear ridge along the median line of each ray is prominent, acute, and bears two laterally compressed, rather

370 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL ONTOLOGY,

obtusely pointed tubercles, one at the midheight of the ray and in the centre of the first costal, and one at the point of bifurcation of the ray and in the centre of the second costal. The first interbrachials are ornamented with a large, prominent, upward pointed tubercle in the cen- tre, with linear ridges radiating from it, and the tegmen with numerous, very small tubercles.

Basals small, inverted: radials hexagonal, broader than high : first costals quadrangular, also broader than high: second costals pentangular and much broader than high: distichals 1x2. A respiratory, slit-like opening on one side only of each arm base, and hence ten in all, each opening linear, well defined, placed close to and parallel with the ambu- lacral furrow. First interbrachials single and very large : second inter- brachials also single, pentagonal and bent abruptly inward at their mid- height. Tegmen composed of rather numerous large plates, the anal tube subcentral and rising gradua'ly theretrom.

The foregoing description is based upon three well preserved and near- ly perfect specimens of the calyx, one collected at Bartlett's Mills by the Rev. J. M. Goodwillie in 1882 and presented by him to the Museum of the Survey, and two found quite recently at Thedford by Messrs. Kerna- han and Kearney. The first of these is the specimen referred to on page 98 of the second part of this volume and identified with D. liratus (Hall), on the authority of Mr. Wachsmuth, who thought that it might be a small form of that species, although it has “only 1 x 2 secondary radials.” In view of the more detailed and illustrated description of D. liratns pub- lished by Wachsmuth and Springer, this identification seems to be no long- er tenable, and the three specimens now under consideration more pro- bably represent a small, strongly and very peculiarly sculptured, ten-arm- ed and previously undescribed species, perhaps most nearly allied to D. pulchellus of Miller and Gurley, which, however, has a respiratory slit on both sides of each arm base, or twenty slits in all. Dr. 8. A. Miller, who has kindly examined one of these specimens, regards it as’ quite dis- tinct from D. pichellus, and from any species known to him.

Dorarocrinus. (N. Sp.)

A single specimen of the calyx of a large Dolalocrinus which has a different arm formula to either of the two preceding species, and which is therefore presumably distinct from both, was collected at Thedford by the Rev. Hector Currie in 1882. On the authority of Mr. Wachsmuth, who thought that it has four primary arms in each ray, this specimen was identified with D. lamellosus, the Cacaboerinus lamellosus of Hall, on page 99 of the second part of this volume. But, in the first volume of their monograph of the American Crinoidea Camerata, published in 1897,

wniteaves. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 371

(page 311), Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer say that they have been unable to get authentic specimens of Hall’s Cacabocrinus lamellosus and C. T'roostii, and that the descriptions of them are too general for specific determination. Moreover, the original types of C. lamellosus are stated by Hall to be from the Upper Helderberg limestone.

Dr. S. A. Miller, who has examined this specimen also, has convinced the writer that it really has seventeen arms, its arm formula being 4+3+3+3+44=17, and thinks that it should be regarded as the type of a new species. It is, however, unfortunately too imperfect to admit of a satisfactory description of its characters, although previously but incor- rectly represented as “nearly perfect,” when most of its surface was covered by the matrix.

Doxatocrinus. (Species uncertain.)

Perhaps a var. of D. twhereulatus, Wachsmuth and Springer.

Cfr. Dolutocrinus tuberculatus, Wachsmuth and Springer. 1897. N. Amer. Crinoidea Camerata, vol. L., p. 324, pl. 25, fig. 3.

A single specimen of a large Dolatocrinus with a surface ornamentation differing materially from that of the preceding species, but which does not show the arm formule, was collected at Thedford by Mr. Kearney in 1895 and is now in the Museum of the Survey. The dorsal cup of this specimen is apparently similar to that of D. tuberculatus in size, shape and sculpture, but the prominent circular rim at the base, which encircles the upper part of the column, is proportionately larger and thicker, so that the five large pointed tubercles which surround it, almost touch its outer edge and are not placed at some distance from it. In the type of D. tuberculatus, as figured in the monograph cited, the basal rim is about six millimetres and a half in its maximum diameter and the summits of the five large tubercles nearest to it are about five mm. from its outer margin. The basal rim of the Thedford specimen is fully ten mm. in diameter and the summits of the five large tubercles nearest to it are not more than two mm. from its outer margin. Although the external sculpture of this specimen is well preserved, the sutures between the plates of which the dorsal cup is composed are entirely covered by the matrix, so that it is not yet practicable to compare the number and relative shape of these plates with those of D. tuberculatus.

Nothing is known of the ventral disk or arms of that species, and of the Thedford specimen all that is preserved is a large portion of the dorsal cup, with most of the upper part of one of the rays. On the left side of this ray there was clearly one arm, but on the right side it is scarcely practicable to decide whether there was one arm or whether there were

two.

B72 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALZONTOLOGY.

Mecistocrinus rucosus, Lyon and Casseday.

Megistocrinus rugosus, Lyon and Casseday. 1859. Am. Journ. Se. and Arts, ser. 2, vol. XNVIIL., p. 248. " u Whiteaves. 1887. This volume, pt. 2 (advance sheets) p. 101, " u Wachsmuth and Springer. 1897. N. Amer. Crinoidea Ca- merata, vol. 1[., p. 542, pl. 48, tigs. 6, a-c.

Fig. 1. Megistorrinus rugosus, Diagram of the plates composing the dorsal cup and teg- men of one of the type specimens of this species, from Louisville, Kentucky. From an original drawing by the late Major Sidney 8. Lyon, lent by Mr. Victor W. Lyon. «. Anal side.

A small specimen, which was regarded by Mr. Wachsmuth as a young individual of this species, was collected near Thedford by the Rev. J. M. Goodwillie in 1882, and presented by him to the Museum of the Survey. A similar, but much larger and in some respects better preserved speci- men, was picked up in the Riviére aux Sables, near Thedford, in 1891, by Mr. G. H. Stone (of Almont, Michigan), who has also presented it to the Museum of the Survey. Both of these specimens have been sent to Mr. Victor W. Lyon, of Jeffersonville, Indiana, for comparison with the types of M. rugosus in his possession, and in regard to the former Mr. Lyon writes as follows, in a letter dated Nov. 5, 1897 :—‘‘I have compared the two Canadian crinoids with type specimens of Megistocrinus rugosus,

weiTeaves. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 373

Lyon and Casseday, and find that your specimens are young specimens of that species. All M. rugosus that I have seen have sixteen arms. The larger one you sent has sixteen arms, and the shape and ornamental mark- ings are identical with the type specimens, although somewhat worn. The markings on the smaller one are more distinct, but the basal plates do not show so well as in the larger one. Both are true Aleyistocrinus rugosus, I am obliged to you for sending these two crinoids, for I know now that Mf rugosus has an extended distribution.”

The original types of Af, riyoxus are from the “ quarries at Bear Grass Creek, near Louisville, Kentucky,” though Clarke County, Indiana, is the first locality indicated for this species by Wachsmuth and Springer (op. cit., p. 543).

GENN-EOcRINUS ARKONENSIS. (N. Sp.)

Plate 48, figs. 7 and 7a, and the accompanying cut.

Fig. 2. Genneoerinus Arkonensis. Diagram of all the plates of the dorsal cup that are visible in the specimen figured on Plate 48, with some of those at the com- mencement of the arms. Three times the natural size.

Calyx unusually small for the genus, the most perfect specimen known (the one figured) being about ten millimetres in its maximum breadth, though slightly and abnormally compressed, and a little broader than high: arms very long in proportion to the size of the calyx, pinnules also long, numerous and densely crowded. Dorsal cup semiglobose, cup- shaped, widening gradually upward and widest above, its surface mark- ings very faint and indistinctly detined. In the median line of the radial and first costal each ray is marked by an obscure, low, rounded, longi- tudinal ridge, which bifurcates in the upper portion of the second costal. The surface of the lower and larger plates also, especially that of the radials and first “interbrachials, ” is marked with six or seven obscure, low, depressed-convex, radiating ridges near their outer margin, the central portion being entire and either smooth or occasionally bearing a

374 CONTRIBUTIONB TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

minute tubercle. All the interbrachials, except the first, appear to be nearly or quite smooth.

Basals three, hexagonal, rather more than twice as broad as high, slightly concave at their lower margin, which is thickened and projects outward in such a way as t> form a narrow elevated rim. Radials and costals as high as broad, the radials and first costals hexagonal, the second costals heptagonal, but with an angular notch in the upper margin, between the two surfaces which articulate with the bases of each pair of primary distichals. Distichats 2x10: primary distichals rectan- gular and higher than wide, secondary distichals pentagonal: palmars rectangular, nearly square: arms biserial and apparently cight in each ray. “Tnterbrachials” 1, 3, 5 (though the plates in this genus which Wachs- muth and Springer call the first interbrachials seem to the writer to be true interradials), the first large and heptagonal, the others hexagonal, decreasing slowly in size upward and succee led by a row of about seven smaller plates. Characters of the tegmen unknown.

Column long, slender, 1 some vases apparently adherent to foreign bodies by a small, thin, laterally expanded base of attachment: its seg- ments cylindrical or slightly swollen in the middle externally, circular in section, uniform in breadth and distinetly crenulated on both of their

articulating faces.

Good fragments of the arms and pinnules of this crinoid are not rare at Bartlett’s Mills, but the only specimens with the dorsal cup preserved that the writer has seen are two collected at that locality by Mr. Kearney, one in 1895, and the other in 1896. The one collected in 1895, which has been kindly lent by Mr. Schuchert, belongs to the United States National Museum, and is No. 26,470 of its Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, and the one collected in 1896, which is figured on Plate 48, is now in the Museuin of the Survey. Both of them have the whole of one side of the dorsal cup buried in the matrix. The specimen figured shows, on one side, two rays and a considerable portion of their arms and pinnules a s¢éw, with the interradial or “interbrachial” plates between them, and a detached portion of the column ;—and on, the other, a beauti- fully preserved aggregation of arms and pinnules, with another small piece of the column. In a specimen from Thedford, which consists of the two posterior segments of the column only, and which seems to be referable to this species, the terminal segment is attached to a flattened branching polyzoon by a thin lateral expansion.

An apparently well marked species, characterized by its small dorsal cup, slender column, and, more especially, by its very feeble and almost obsolete surface markings.

wuitaaves | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO, 375 Borryocrinus crassus, Whiteaves.

HAomocrinus crassus, Whiteaves. 1887. This volume, pt. 2, (advance sheets), p. 95; and (1889,) pl. 12, tig. 2.

In regard to this species Mr. F. A. Bather makes the following remarks, on page 103 of his “ Crinoidea of Gotland”: “ This is founded on a dorsal cup from the Hamilton group, which cannot. be distinguished from that of a Botryocrinus. The posterior side of the cup is not shown in the figure, but Mr. Whiteaves has very kindly sent me the type specimen, the evidence of which is quite clear.”

ANCYROCRINUS BULBOsUS, Hall. Plate 48, figs. 8 and 9. Ancyrocrinus bulbosus, Hall, 1862. Fifteenth Rep. N.Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 118, pl. 1, figs. 25 and 26. ee Whiteaves. 1887. This vol., pt. 2, (advance sheets) p. 103; and (1889,) pl. 13, fig. 5.

Numerous specimens of the anchor-like posterior extremity of the column of crinoids, which seem to agree in all essential particulars with Professor Hall’s description and figures of A. bulbosws, were collected at Stony Point, Lake Huron, a few years ago, by the Rev. Hector Currie, who has presented four of them to the Museum of the Survey. Each of these specimens has four strongly developed “ obliquely ascending, spine- like processes,” or “lateral extensions,” which are rarely less than a quarter of an inch and sometimes fully half an inch in length, when un- broken. In two of the specimens these processes originate at about the same height and are arranged in a rather regular cruciform manner, but in the other two they originate at different heights and are very irregu- larly disposed. No tendency to become square or nearly square anteriorly is seen in any of them, although the axial canal of each is cruciform, as viewed in transverse section at the anterior end, and none show any indication of division into segments.

BLASTOIDEA. Plate 48, figs. 8 and 9. Pentremites Luycorias, Hall. 1863. Sixteenth Rey. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 123.

e we Calvin. 1888. American Geologist, vol. I., p. S4.

‘“‘ Middle division of the Hamilton group about two miles south-west of Widder” (Thedford), Professor 8. Calvin, op. cit. According to Etheridge and Carpenter, on page 132 of their Catalogue of the Blas- toidea in the Geological Department of the British Museum, this species may belong to the genus Granatocrinus, but it is equally probable that

376 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALZONTOLOGY.

it should be referred to Jfesoblastus or Pentremitidea. On page 138 of that publication it is placed under the heading ‘“ Genera undetermined.”

ASTEROIDEA. PALEASTER EUCHARIS, Hall. Polwaster cucharis, Hall. 1868. Twentieth Rep. N.Y. St. Cab, Nat. Hist., p. 330, pl. 9, figs. 8, 3", and 4. “ At Bartlett's Mills, Mv. Kernahan found and gave mea vay of Pale- aster eucharis, Hall. It is from the Lower third of my section.” C. Schuchert, in a letter to the writer, dated Jnly 6, 1897.

VERMES. Avutopetus Linpsrrami, Clarke. wlutodetus Lindstra mi, Clarke, 1894. Amer, Geologist, vol. XIII, p. 329, figs. 1, 2 and 3; p. 380, figs. 4,5, 6; and p. 334. Not very uncommon about Thedford, where specimens were collected many years ago by the Rev. Hector Currie,and more recently by Mr. Kernahan and Mr. Kearney. All the specimens from this locality that

the writer has seen, are detached from the foreign bodies to which they were probably once attached, the scar of attachment being very small.

MOLLUSCOIDEA. POLYZOA. INTRAPORA COSCINIFORMIS, Nicholson. (Sp.)

Ptilodictya coscondformis, Nicholson. 1875. Geolog. Mag., N.S., vol. IL, p. 35, pl. 2, figs. 2, a-b.; and Rep. Pal. Prov. Ontario, p. 80, pl. 2, figs. 2, 4-5.

Coserntun cosciniforme, Hall. 1887. Pal. N. York, vol. VI, p. 239.

Intrapora vosetuiformis, Ulrich. 1890. Geol. Surv. Linois, vol. VII., p. 582, pl. 43, figs. 6 and ba.

In the Museum of the Survey this species is represented by portions of zoaria collected at Thedford by the Rev. J. M. Goodwillie in 1882, and by an unusually fine specimen nearly three inches in breadth, by two inches and a-half in height, collected at or near Bartlett’s Mills by Mr. Joseph Townsend in 1885,

INTRAPORA ELEGANTULA, Hall. (Sp.)

Coseinella clegantula, Hall, 1887. Pal. N. York, vol. VI, p. 239, pl. 64, tigs. 9-12.

“Hamilton group, Widder, Ontario, Canada.” Hall. Ulrich, in a footnote to page 532 of the eighth volume published by the Geological Survey of Illinois, expresses the opinion that Coscinel/a is synonymous

wniteaves. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 377

with Jntrapora, and that C. elegantula is probably identical with J. cosciniformis.

Coscinium striatum, Hall. Coscinium striatum, Hall, 1887. Pal. N. York, vol. VIL, p. 238, pl. 64, figs. 13-16.

“Hamilton group, Widder, Ontario, Canada.” Hall. A well pre- served and very characteristic specimen of this species, in the Museum of the Survey, was collected at the same locality by Rev. J. M. Good- willie in 1882.

Cystopictya Mreki, Nicholson. (Sp.)

Ptilodictya Meeki, Nicholson. 1874. Geol. Mag., NS. vol. I., p- 123; and Rep. Pal. Prov. Ontario, p. 97, and figs. 34 a-c on p. 98. Custodictua Mecki, Ulrich. 1890. Geol. Surv. Illinois, vol. VITI., p. 492.

“Rare in the Hamilton formation of Bartlett’s Mills, near Arkona.” Nicholson. Thedford, Rev. Hector Currie, 1882.

Cystopictya IncisuraTA, Hall. (Sp.)

Stictopora incisurata, Hall. 1881. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. X., p. 189.

" " " 1884. Rep. St. Geologist for 1883, p. 38.

" " " 1887. Pal. N. York, vol. WI., p. 241, pl. 60, figs. 1-18. Custodictya incisurata, Ulrich. 1890. Geol. Surv. Illinois, vol. WIIT., p. 492.

Thedford, in the “Lower third of the section,” three specimens (No. 26,546 of the United States National Museum Catalogue of Inverte- brate Fossils) collected in 1895, and determined by Mr. Schuchert.

CysTODICTYA RECTILINEA, Hall. (Sp.)

Stictopora rectalinea, Hall. 1887. Pal. N. York, vol. VI., p. 245, pl. 63, fig. 23. Custodictua rectalinea, Ulrich. 1890. Geol. Surv. Illinois, vol. VIIL., p. 492.

“Hamilton group, West Williams, Ontario, Canada.” Hall.

Cysropicrya (?) incrassaTa, Hall.

Stictopora incrassatu, Hall, 1881. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. X., p. 190. " " " 1884. Rep. St. Geologist for 1883, p. 47. i " " 1887. Pal. N. York, vol. VI., p. 249, pl. 63, fig. 23.

“Hamilton group, West Williams, Province of Ontario, Canada.” Hall.

SEMIOPORA BISTIGMATA, Hall.

Scmiopora bistigmata, Hall. 1881. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. X., p. 193. " " " 1884. Rep. St. Geologist for 1883, p. 51. " " " 1887. Pal. N. York, vol. VI., p. 262., pl. 62, figs. 27-29. “Hamilton group, West Williams, Ontario, Canada.” Hall. 2

378 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALHONTOLOGY.

ScaLaRiporA CaNnApeEnsIs. (N. Sp.)

Plate 48, figs. 10, 10a and 108.

Zoarium consisting of stems that are triangular and almost equilateral in transverse section, the broadest of the three faces having a maximum diameter of about 7°5 mm., and the narrowest of 65 mm. _ Faces shallowly concave or nearly flat: angles acute, forming three sharp, prominent, and nearly straight but rather irregular, longitudinal ridges. Transverse ridges distant, nearly as far apart as the faces are broad, not continuous in either of the two fragments examined, developed (or present) on two of the faces in the longer of these fragments, and on only one face in the shorter. Whole surface celluliferous, apertures averaging from about 0-16 mm. to 0-25 mm. in diameter, usually rather more than their own diameter apart, or about equal to it in distance, subcircular, with a slightly elevated annular peristome and arranged obscurely in more or less regular diagonal rows, seven or eight in three mm. Internal structure not observed.

Thedford, G. Kernahan, 1895 : two specimens, one seventeen millimetres in length and showing two transverse ridges and a partially developed intermediate one; the other a little more than ten mm. in length and showing only one transverse ridge. Both of these fragments are now in the United States National Museum, and are No. 26,544 of its Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils. They were first referred to the genus Scalaripora by Mr. Schuchert, and seem to the writer to differ from S. separata, Ulrich, from the Hamilton formation at Thunder Bay, Michigan,* to which they seem to be most nearly related, by the much greater size of the branches, and apparently also by the irregularity and want of continuity of the transverse ridges.

STREBLOTRYPA HamILToNnENSIS, Nicholson. (Sp.)

Ceriopora (2?) Hamiltonensis, Nicholson. 1874. Geol. Mag., N.S., vol. I., p. 161; and Rep. Pal. Prov. Ontario, p. 97, fig. 33. Acanthoclena Hamiltonense, Hall. 1887. Pal. N. York, vol. VI., p. 191, pl. 55, figs. 18-26. Rhombopora Hamiltonensis, Nicholson. 1889. In Nicholson and Lyddeker’s Man. Pa- lwont., vol. I., p. 610, fig. 455 B; and fig. 478 on p. 632. Streblotrypa Hamiltonensis, Ulrich. 1890. Geol. Surv. Illinois, vol. VIII., p. 648.

A common species in the neighbourhood of Thedford.

Frnestetta Nicnotsoni. (Nom. prov.)

Fenestella cribrosa, Nicholson. 1874. Rep. Pal. Prov. Ontario, p. 106, figs. 43, a, b. But probably not F. eribrosa, Hall, 1852, (Pal. N. York, vol. II., p. 166, pl. 40 D, figs. 3, v, b,)—which is from the Niagara limestone.

* Geclogical Survey of Illinois, vol. VIII., 1890, p. 507, pl. 43, fig. 3.

wniteaves. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 379

Not uncommon in the Hamilton Group at Widder and at Bartlett’s Mills, near Arkona.” Nicholson.

FenesteLiaA ARKONENSIS. (Nom. prov.)

Fenestella tenuiceps, Nicholson. 1874. Rep. Pal. Prov. Ontario, p. 106, figs. 44, a-b. But probably not F. tenuiceps, Hall, 1852 (Pal. N. York, vol. IT., p. 165, pl. 40D, figs. 2, a, h) which is a fossil of the Clinton and Niagara formations of the State of New York, and Ontario. “Common in the Hamilton Formation at Bartlett’s Mills, near Arkona.” Nicholson.

ReEtTepora Prisca, Nicholson.

Retepora prisca (Goldfuss) Nicholson. 1874. Rep. Pal. Prov. Ontario, p. 101, figs. 38, a, b.

“Common in the Corniferous Limestone of Ridgeway and Port Col- borne ; also in the Hamilton Group at Bartlett’s Mills, near Arkona.” Nicholson.

A specimen of this species, from Ridgeway, has been presented to the Museum of the Survey by Professor Nicholson, but the writer has not seen an authentically named, or very closely similar specimen from the Hamilton formation. A. prisca, Goldfuss, is the type of D’Orbigny’s ge- nus Reteporina, but Zittel, in the first volume of his Handbuch der Pale- ontologie (page 600) makes both Retepora and Reteporina synonyms of Fenestella.

Potypora ARKONENSIS, S. A. Miller.

Polypora tuberculata, Nicholson. 1874. Geol. Mag., N.S., vol. I., p. 162; and Rep. Pal. Prov. Ontario, p. 100, figs. 37, a-c. But, according to Ulrich (Geol. Surv. Illinois, vol. VIII., p. 595) not P. tuberculata, Prout, 1859.

Polypora Arkonensis, S. A. Miller. 1883. Am. Paleoz. Foss., 2nd. Ed., p. 316.

Rare in the Hamilton group at Bartlett’s Mills. Nicholson.

Pritopora striata, Hall.

Ptilopora striata, Hall, 1881. Trans. Albany Trt, vol. Xp. 196, " " " 1884. Rep. St. Geologist for 1883, p. 58. " " 1887. Pal. N. York, vol. VI., p. 283, pl. 66, figs. 30-33.

“ West Williams, Ontario, Canada.” Hall. TREMATOPORA CARINATA, Hall.

Trematopora (Orthopora) carinata, Hall. 1887. Pal. N. York, vol. VI., p. 179, pl. 55, fig. 2; and pl. 56, fig. 3.

“ Hamilton group, West Williams, Ontario, Canada.” Hall.

24

380 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

LEIOCLEMA MINUTISSIMUM, Nicholson. (Sp.)

Callopora minutissima, Nicholson. 1875. Rep. Pal. Prov. Ontario, p. 77, figs, 43, a, 4. ? Fistulipora minuta, Rominger. 1866. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad., vol. XVIIL., p. 120. ? Leioclema minutum (Rominger) Ulrich. 1890. Geol. Surv. Illinois, vol. VIII, p. 427.

Not uncommon at Bartlett’s Mills. If this species be the same as the Fistulipora minuta of Rominger, as Ulrich thinks it may be, it of course will have to be called Letoclema minutwm.

FisTuLipora uTRIcULUS, Rominger.

Fistulipora utriculus, Rominger. 1866. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad., vol. WIIT., p. 121.

" u Nicholson & Foord. 1885. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Fifth Ser.,

vol. XVI, p. 508, pl. 16, figs. 1, 1, a-e; and pl. 17, figs. 1 and la.

Common at Thedford and Bartlett’s Mills. In the Museum of the Sur-

vey there are two of the original types of the species, from ‘“‘ Widder,”

presented by Dr. Rominger ; two specimens from practically the same

locality, collected by Mr. Pettit in 1868; and seven specimens from Bartlett’s Mills, presented by Professor H. A. Nicholson in 1890.

Fistutirpors Romincert, Nicholson & Foord.

Fistulipora crassa, Rominger. 1866. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad., vol. XVIIL., p.121. But not Heteropora crassa, Lonsdale, 1839 (in Murchison’s Silurian Sys- tem, pl. 15, figs. 14 and 14a) which Nicholson and Foord say is a Fis- tulipora.

Fistulipora Romingeri, Nicholson and Foord. 1885. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Fifth

Ser., vol. XVI, p. 506. The only authentic examples of this species in the Museum of the Sur-

vey are two of the types from ‘“ Widder” presented by Dr. Rominger.

FIsTULIPORA VARIAPORA, Hall.

Thallostigma variapora, Hall. 1881. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. X., p. 184. " " u 1884. Rep. State Geol. for 1883, p. 18. Fistulipora variapora, Hall. 1887. Pal. N. York, vol. VI., p. 210, pl. 58, figs. 9-14.

“ Hamilton group, West Williains, Ontario, Canada.” Hall.

Fisrutipora (1) suBriuis, Hall.

Thallostigna subtilis, Hall, 1881. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. X., p. 187. " " " 1884. Rep. State Geol. for 1883, p. 30. Fistulipora (?) subtilis, Hall. 1887. Pal. N. York, vol. VI., p. 233. Not figured.

“Hamilton Group, West Williams, Ontario, Canada.” Hall.

LICHENALIA STELLATA, Hall.

Lichenalia stellata, Hall. 1881. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. X, p. 183, in " " 1884, Rep. State Geol. for 1883, p. 30. " " " 1887. Pal. N. York, vol. VI, p. 195, pl. 58, figs. 15 and 16.

wurTeaves | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO, 381

Same formation and locality as for the preceding species. Hall.

In the eighth volume of the official reports of the Geological Survey of Tlinois, published in 1890, Mr. Ulrich maintains that Lachenalia, Hall, is synonymous with /istulipora. If this be the case, it of course follows that this and the two following species should be referred to Fistulipora. On the other hand, Mr. G. B. Simpson, in his “ Handbook of the Genera of the North American Paleozoic Bryozoa,” published in 1897, claims that the interaper tural surface is invariably cellulose in Fistwlipora and solid in Lichenalia.

LicHENALIA suBTRIGONA, Hall. Lichenulia subtrigona, Hall. 1887. Pal. N. York, vol. VI., p. 196. Not figured.

Hamilton group, West Williams, Ontario. Hall.

LicHENALIA RaMosA, Hall. Lichenalia ramosa, Hall. 1887. Pal. N. York, vol. WI., p. 199.

‘Hamilton group, West Williams, Ontario.” Hall.

PINACOTRYPA ELEGANS, Rominger. (Sp.)

Fistulipora elegans, Rominger. 1866. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad., vol. X VIII., p 121.

Fistulipora proporoides, Nicholson. 1879. Struct. and Affin. Tabulate Corals of the Paleozoic Period, p. 310, fig. 41 (on p. 311) and pl. 15, figs. 2 and 2a; teste Ulrich.

Pinacotrypu elegans, Ulrich. 1890. Geol. Surv. Illinois, vol. VIIT, p. 385.

Dr. Rominger’s /stulipora elegans, which Ulrich (op. cit.) makes the type of his genus Pinacotrypa, was based upon specimens from the shore of Lake Erie at Hamburg, N. Y., and from Widder. Two of the specimens from Hamburg have been presented to the Museum of the Survey by Dr. Rominger. According to Professor Nicholson (op. cit.) FP. proporoides is common in the Hamilton Group at Canandaigua, in the State of New York.

HEDERELLA cirRHOSA, Hall.

Hederellu cirrhosa, Hall. 1881. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. X., p. 194.

ag a eo 1884, Rep. State Geol. for 1883, p. 53.

" ” 1887. Pal. N. York, vol. VL. p. 277, pl. 65, figs. 12 and 13.

Thedford, in the “ Middle third of the section,” C. Schuchert, 1895: six

specimens, which have been identified with this species by Mr. Schuchert. They are all adherent to corals, five to as many specimens of MHeliophyl- lum Lalli, and one to a broken corallite of Crepidophyllum Archiact. All six are No. 26,577 of the United States National Museum Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils.

382 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALHONTOLOGY.

HEDERELLA MAGNA, Hall.

Hederella magna, Hall. 1881. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. X., p. 195. " u u 1884. Rep. State Geol. for 1883, p. 55. 0 " n 1887. Pal. N. York, vol. VI., p. 280, pl. 65, fig. 15.

Thedford, in the ‘Middle third of the section”, C. Schuchert 1895: one specimen which was collected and determined by Mr. Schuchert. It is No. 26,576 of the United States National Museum Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils.

BRACHIOPODA.

SrropHEoponta pLicata, Hall.

Strophodonta plicata, Hall. 1860. Thirteenth Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 90. " " » 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. IV., p. 114, pl. 68, figs. 30-32. " " Whiteaves, 1889. This vol., pt. 2, p. 114. " " Nettelroth, 1889. Kentucky Fossil Shells, Mem. Kent. Geol. Surv., p. 149, Comp. Strophodonta (?) costata, Owen, 1852. Rep. Geol. Surv. Wiscons., Iowa, and Minn. p. 585, pl. 3, figs. 11 & lla; & pl. 3 A,, fig. 5. Comp. also Tropidolcptus occidens, Hall. 1860. Thirteenth Rep. N.Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 91. w " Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. IV., p. 408, pl. 61 A, figs. 50-52. " " Hall and Clarke. 1895. Pal. N. York, vol. VIII, pt. 2, pl. 82, figs. 37 & 38.

A few additional specimens of 5. plicata have been obtained at Thed- ford by loca] collectors since 1889. It is highly probable, as suggested by Mr. Schuchert and as indicated in the foregoing synonymy, that S. plicata is the same shell as S, costata, Owen, and T'ropidoleptus occidens, Hall. If so, the species now under consideration must of course be called S. costata, Owen, which was described in 1852, rather than S. plicafa, or T. occidens, both of which were described eight years later. Owen’s de- scription and figures of S. costata, however, are very vague and unsatis- factory, being based upon a specimen only three-eighths of an inch in its greatest diameter, though it should not be forgotten that the original type of 5S. plicata is described as a “little more than half an inch in length,” with the ‘Jength and width nearly equal.”

Puoipostropuia Iowensis, Owen. (Sp.)

Chonetes (7) Towensis,7Owen. 1852. Rep. Geol. Surv. Wiscons., Iowa and Minn., p. 584, pl. 3A, fig. 7. Strophomena (Strophodonta) nacrea, Hall. 1857. Tenth Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat- Hist., p. 144. Strophomena lepida, Hall. 1858. Geol. Rep. Iowa, vol. I., pt. 2, p. 493, pl. 3, figs. 3, a-c. " uv Billings. 1861. Journ, Canad. Inst., New Series, vol. VI., p. 344. Strophodonta nacrea, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. IV., p. 104, pl. 18, figs. J a-h.

wuiteaves. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 383

Strophomena nacrea, Nicholson. 1874. Rep. Pal. Prov. Ont., p. 68, and p. 69, fig. 21. Stropheodonta (Pholidostrophia) nacrea, Hall and Clarke. 1892. Pal. N. York, vol. VIIL., pt. 1, p. 287, pl. 15, figs. 20-24.

Pholidostrophia iowaensis, Schuchert. 1897. Synops. Amer. Foss. Brachiop., p. 308.

According to Mr. Schuchert (op. cit. supra.) Owen’s types of Chonetes Lowensis, “preserved in the United States National Museum prove to be identical with Strophomena lepida, which Hall in 1867 said is a synonym for Stropheodonta nacrea.”

ORTHOTHETES CHEMUNGENSIS, var. ARCTOSTRIATA, Hall.

Strophomena arctostriata, Hall. 1842. Gcol. Rep. Fourth Distr. N. York, p. 266, fig. 2.

Orthisina arctostriata, Hall. 1860, Thirteenth Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 60.

Streptorhynchus chemungensis, var. arctostriata, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. IV., p- 71, pl. 9, figs. 1-12.

Orthothetes chemungensis, var. arctostriata, Hall and Clarke. 1892. Pal. N. York, vol. VIIL., pt. 1, pl. 10, fig. 8, and expl. of that plate.

Mr. Schuchert has identified with this variety of O. Chemungensis a few specimens which he collected in the “ Upper and Lower third of the section” at Bartlett’s Mills, in 1895, and since then similar specimens have

been collected by Mr. Kernahan and Mr. Walker at the same locality.

ORTHOTHETES ANOMALUS, A. Winchell. (Sp.)

Crania ( Pseudocrania) anomala, Winchell. 1866. Rep. Lower Penins. Mich., p. 92. Pseudocrania anomala, Miller. 1889, N. Amer. Geol. and Paleont., p. 366.

Bartlett’s Mills, in the “ Middle third of the section,” C. Schuchert, 1895 : two specimens which were identified by Mr. Schuchert, and are No. 26,558 of the United States Museum Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils.

CHONETES VICINA, Castelneau. (Sp.)

Leptena vicina, Castelneau. 1843. Essai sur le Syst. Silur. de Amer. Septentr., p. 39. Chonetes dedecta, Hall, 1857. Tenth Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 149.

Chonetes gibbosa, Hall. 1857. Ibid. p. 145.

Chonetes defecta, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. IV., p. 126, pl. 21, figs. 7, 8.

Chonetes vicinus, Schuchert. 1897. Synops. Amer. Foss. Brachiop., p. 180.

“Thedford and Bartlett’s Mills, in the Lower third of the section,” C. Schuchert, 1895: several specimens, identified by Mr. Schuchert and labelled No. 25,561, United States National Museum Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils.

Although well preserved and almost perfect specimens of Chonetes are abundant in the shales uf the Hamilton furmation at. Thedford and Bart- lett’s Mills, the number of species of that genus that is represented in these shales is still very doubtful. E. Billings, in his paper ‘‘on the Devonian fossils of Canada West,” published in 1860, identifies Chonetes

384 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

hemispherica, Hall, as occurring in the Oriskany sandstone and Cornife- rous limestone of Ontario, but does not attempt to determine any of the species from the Hamilton formation of that province. Professor H. A. Nicholson, in his first “Report upon the Paleontology of the Province of Ontario,” published in 1874, identifies Chonetes lineata, (Conrad not Vanuxem) C. scitula, Hall, and C. lepida, Hall, as occurring in the Ham- ilton formation of that province, but thinks that C’. lepida may be the young of C’. scttwla. It seems doubtful, also, whether the distinction between the specimens from this formation, which Nicholson refers to C, lineata and C. scitula, can be maintained. In the second part of this volume, published in 1889, (p. 113) the writer identified a specimen from Bartlett’s Mills with the C. carinata (or coronata) of Conrad, and similar specimens have since been collected at that locality. Mr. Schuchert informs the writer that the species which he found at Thedford and Bart- lett’s Mills are C’. scitula, C’. coronata and C’. vicina.

CHONETES LINEATA (?) Conrad.

Chonetes lineata, Nicholson. 1874. Rep. Pal. Prov. Ont., p. 73.

uw " Calvin. 1888. Amer. Geologist, Vol. I., p. 83.

“ Abundant in the Hamilton Formation of Bartlett’s Mills, near Arkona, in the Township of Bosanquet,” Nicholson. ‘Lower division of the Hamilton Group on the Riviere aux Sables.” Calvin. See the remarks upon the preceding species.

STROPHALOSIA RADICANS, A. Winchell. (Sp.)

Crania radicans, A. Winchell. 1866. Rep. Lower Penins. Mich., p. 92. Strophalosia radicans, Beecher. 1890. Am. Journ. Sc. and Arts, Ser. 3, vol. NL., p. 248, pl. 9, figs. 14-17.

Thedford, in the ‘‘ Middle third of the section”, C. Schuchert, 1895 : two attached valves, showing the slender processes radiating therefrom, and parasitic upon a badly preserved shell of a /’atyceras or Platyostoma, Identified by Mr. Schuchert, and labelled United States National Mus- eum Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, No. 26,565.

STROPHALOSIA TRUNCATA (1) Hall. (Sp.)

Productella (Strophalosia) truncata (Hall) Whiteaves. 1889. This vul., pt. 2, p. 112, pl. 16, figs. 1 and 2,

A few specimens of a little spinose Strophalosia from Thedford and Bartlett's Mills were identified with the Productella truncata of Hall, in the second part of this volume, on the authority of Professor R. P. Whit- field, who had kindly compared them with authentic examples of that species. Mr. Schuchert, however, in his MSS. list of fossils from these

wniTeaves. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO 385

localities, makes the following remarks upon similar specimens collected by himself. “TI believe this species to be distinct from §. truncata. It differs from §. productoides in that the dorsal valve is not spinose. S. rockfordensis has a lamellose dorsal valve and is different in shape.”

Orruts (RHIPIDOMELLA) PENELopE, Hall. Orthis Penelope, Hall. 1860. Thirteenth Rep. N.Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 79, figs. 1 and 2.

" " Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, Vol. IV., p. 50, pl. 6, figs. 2, a-m.

" " » 1883. Second Ann. Rep., N.Y. St. Geologist, pl. 36, figs. 6-13.} Rhipidomella Penelope, Hall and Clarke. 1892. Pal. N. York, Vol. VIII., pt. I, pp.

211 and 225, pl. 6, figs. 6-13 ; and pl. 6 A, fig. 10 (711).

Specimens of a large Orthis (or Rhipidomella), from Bartlett’s Mills and Stony Point, Lake Huron, are identified by Mr. Schuchert with Hall’s 0. Penelope, but they appear to the writer to be merely adult or large examples of O. Vanuxemi, Hall. O. Penelope is probably only a synonym of O. Vanuxemi, and Mr. Schuchert admits that these two forms “appear to intergrade.”

PENTAMERELLA PaviILIonENsis (1) Hall.

Pentamerus papilionensis, Hall. 1860. Thirteenth Rep. N.Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 86.

Pentameralla papilionensis, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, Vol. IV., p. 377, pl. 58, figs. 28-37.

Pentamerella pavilionensis, Hall and Clarke. 1893. Pal. N. York, Vol. VIII., pt. 2, p. 245, pl. 71, figs. 30 and 31.

Six specimens which are too small or too imperfect to be determined with much certainty, but which are probably referable to this species, have recently been collected at Thedford by Mr. Kernahan. Three of these have both valves more or less well preserved, the others being imper- fect single valves, but none of them show any indication of a fold or sinus. The most perfect of these specimens, which is about ten millimetres and a half in length, and twelve mm. in breadth, has about eight subangular plications on each valve, which do not reach to the beak. In a larger but very imperfect ventral valve, the plications are more feebly marked and nearly marginal, and the length is apparently a little greater than the height. Some of these specimens are very similar to the shell which Owen figures on Plate 3 A, fig. 1, of the Illustrations to his “ Report of a Geological Survey of Wisconsin, Iowa and Minnesota,” which Mr. Schuchert identifies with Pentamerella dubia, Hall, but in that species the surface is said to be “marked by from fourteen to twenty or more plications.”

GyYPIDULA L&viIUsCULA, Hall. Gypidula leviuscula, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. IV., p. 381, pl. 58, figs. 22 ‘and 23.

Hall and Clarke. 1893. Pal. N. York, vol. VIIL., pt. 2, p. 248, pl 72, figs. 25 and 26.

" t

386 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

Two specimens, which Mr. Schuchert says “ differ somewhat from Iowa specimens of G'. leviuscula” in having faint indications of plications along the middle of the anterior margin, were collected by him at Thedford, in the “ Middle third of the section” in 1895. They are labelled, United States National Museum Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, No. 26,509. A few typical examples of this species have since been collected at the same locality by Mr. Kernahan.

CamarotacHtA Sappuo, Hall.

Rhynchonella Sappho, Hall. 1860. Thirteenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 87. Rhynchonella (Stenocisma) Sappho, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. IV., p. 340, pl. 54, figs. 33-43. Rhynchonella Sappho, Herrick. 1888. Bull. Denison Univ., vol. III., p. 40, pl. 5, fig. 1; and pl. 7, fig. 25. Camarotechia Sappho, Hall and Clarke. 1893. Pal. N. York, vol. VIIL., pt. 2, p.192, pl. 57, figs. 10-14.

Thedford, in the “ Middle third of the section,” C. Schuchert, 1895: one crushed and distorted specimen, which is identified with this species by Mr. Schuchert. It is No. 26,564 of the Catalogue of Invertebrate Fos- sils in the United States National Museum.

CamarotacHia Horsrorp1, Hall.

Rhynchonella Horsfordi, Hall. 1860. Thirteenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 87. Rhynchonella (Stenocisma) Horsfordi, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. IV., p. 339, pl. 54, figs. 24-32. Camaroteechia Horsfords, Hall and Clarke. 1894. Pal. N. York, vol. VIIL., pt. 2, p. 192, pl. 57, figs. 7-9.

A few specimens of this shell have been collected at Thedford and Ravenswood by the Rev. Hector Currie, and at Thedford by Mr. Kerna- han, but the species seems to have been first recognized in Canada by Mr. Schuchert.

Camaroracui1a THEDFORDENSIS. (Nom. prov.) Plate 48, figs. 11, 1la@ and 118.

Perhaps a diminutive stratigraphical variety of Camarotechia Billingss, Hall.

Cfr. Rhynchonella Thalia, Billings. 1860. Canad. Journ., vol. V., p. 272, figs. 23-25. But not R. Thalia, @Orbigny, 1847. " " " 1863. Geol. Canada, p. 370, fig. 386. Ehynchonella (Stenocisma) Billingsi, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. IV., p. 336, pl. 54, figs. 9-13. Cumarotechia Billingsi, Hall and Clarke. 1893. Ibid., vol. VIII., pt. 2, p. 192, pl. 57, fig. 3.

warteaves | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 387

Shell very similar to the (’. Billingsi of the Corniferous limestone in general shape and surface ornamentation, but differing therefrom persis- tently in its much more diminutive size, and more compressed valves. The largest specimens that the writer has seen are three collected at Thedford by the Rev. Hector Currie in 1882, which are of the following dimensions in millimetres. No 1, length 5, breadth 7; No. 2, ‘length 65, breadth 6-25; No. 3, length 5-5, breadth 6. Average examples, which appear to be adult, are not quite so large. On the other hand, two of the largest examples of C. Billingsi in the Museum of the Survey measure, the one 8-25 mm. in length by 10:75 in breadth, and the other 8 mm, in length by 9-5 in breadth.

Abundant at Thedford, where specimens have been collected by the Rev. Hector Currie, Mr. Kernahan, Mr. Kearney, Mr. Macintosh and Mr. Schuchert.

In a previous list of the fossils of this formation the three specimens collected by Mr. Currie in 1882 were regarded as a small form of C. Billingsi, but the subsequent examination and study of more than a hundred and fifty specimens has thrown considerable doubt on the cor- rectness of this conclusion. Under the circumstances it seems desirable to distinguish these little shells by a local and provisional name, as they seem to bear about the same relation to the typical C. Billings? that it does to C. Horsfordi, or that C. Tethys does to C. Sappho.

LerlorHyncuHus tris? Hall. Cfr. Leiorhynchus iris, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, vol, IV., p. 360, pl. 56, figs. 41-43.

In 1895, Mr. Schuchert collected, at Thedford, 4 somewhat imperfect specimen of a small rhynchonelloid shell, which he refers to this species, but with some doubt. This specimen is No. 26,504 of the United States National Museum Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, and two similar but more perfect specimens have since been collected by Mr. Kernahan at the same locality. On the ventral valve of each of these specimens there are two distinct longitudinal subangular plications in the sinus and two on each side or six in all, and on the dorsal three well marked plications on the mesial fold and two fainter ones on each side, or seven in all. None of these plications extend quite to the beak. Hiall’s description of L. aris does not give the number of plications on either valve, but, if his figures of that species are correct, there would appear to be ten or twelve plica- tions on the ventral valve and ten on the dorsal.

Puenax Kernawani. (N. Sp.)

Shell very small for the genus, varying in marginal outline from subo- vate and a little longer than wide, to subpentagonal or nearly circular

388 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

and as wide or a little wider than long, strongly convex, some specimens being higher or deeper than broad, most prominent on the dorsal side anteriorly, subtrigonal in a full edge view, and truncated in front.

Ventral valve shallower than the dorsal, regularly convex in the umbonal region and for about one half its length, but impressed anteriorly with a rather short mesial sinus which is bounded on each side by a short subangular ridge. At the front margin of this valve the mesial portion is prolonged and bent abruptly inward, and the lateral portions are minutely serrate or denticulate, there being apparently three minute denticles on each side of the sinus. Beak of the ventral prominent, acute, and but slightly incurved, the deltidium apparently longer (or higher) than wide.

Dorsal valve faintly plicated in the median line anteriorly, the fold being longitudinally depressed in the middle and bounded on each side by a short subangular longitudinal groove, which widens outward and is followed by a short subangular lateral plication.

In addition to the coarser markings already described, the surface is ornamented with fine lines of growth which are too small to be visible without the aid of a lens. Over most of the surface, they are compara- tively few and distant, but close to the anterior margin they are very numerous and densely crowded.

LEAS os. i a. b. C.

Fic. 3. Pugnaux Kernahani. a, Dorsal view,—b, edge view,—and ec, front view, of an adult specimen, in outline and of twice the natural size.

Characters of the interior of the valves unknown.

Dimensions of the largest specimen known to the writer: maximum length 6°5 mm.; greatest breath, 5-4 mm.; maximum height or depth, 6-1 wm.

A few specimens of this small and evidently very distinct ribless species have recently been collected at Thedford by Mr. Kernahan and Mr. Macintosh, who have kindly presented three to the Museum of the Survey, and by Mr. Schuchert.

CycLorHINA NoBILIs, Hall. Rhimchospira nobilis, Hall, 1860, Thirteenth Rep. N. York St. Cab, Nat. Hist., p. 83. Trematospire ? nobilis, Hall. 1867. Pal. N, York, vol. IV., p. 412, pl. 63, figs. 33—36. Retziu (Lrematosprra ) nobilis, Whiteaves. 1887. This volume, (advance sheets), p. 116.

Cuclorhina nobilis. Hall and Clarke. 1893. Pal. N. York., vol. WITT, pt. 2, p. 207, pl. 61, figs. 1-12.

wmieaves | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 389

This fine species, which is not uncommon in the neighbourhood of Thedford, is the type of Hall and Clarke’s genus Cyclorhina, published in 1893.

EUNELLA HARMONIA, Hall.

Tercbratula harmonia, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. IV., p. 388, pl. 60, figs. 11—16. " " Nettelroth. 1889. Kentucky Fossil Shells, Mem. Kent. Geol. Surv., p. 154, pl. 17, figs. 1—4. Evmella harmonia, Hall and Clarke. 1893. Pal. N. York, vol. VIII, pt. 2, p. 290, pl. 80, figs. 33—35.

“ Middle third of the section at Bartlett’s Mills,’ C. Schuchert, 1895 : three specimens which Mr. Schuchert identifies with this species, and which the writer has had the opportunity of studying.

EUNELLA SIMULATOR, Hall.

Terebratula simulator, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. IV., p. 391, pl. 60, figs. 69- 70. Eunella simulator, Hall. 1893. Rep. St. Geol. N. York, vol. IL, p. 862, fig. 496; and pl. 52, fig. 29; also fig. 24 of expl. of that plate. Terebratula (Eunella) simulator, Halland Clarke. 1894. Pal. N. York, vol. VIIL., pt. 2, p. 290, fig. 209. Eunella simulator, Hall and Clarke. 1894. Ihb., pl. 80, fig. 27, and expl. of that plate.

The original description and figures of this species were based upon a “specimen received trom Dr. Rominger, collected in the Hamilton group at Widder, Canada West,” or, as it is now called, at Thedford, Ontario. E. simulator would seem to be quite a rare shell, as it has not been recog- nized by the writer in any of the Survey collections, nor in any of the local collections at Thedford, and Mr. Schuchert did not find it at that locality nor at Bartlett’s Mills.

EuNELLA ATTENUATA. (N. Sp.)

a. b.

Fig. 4. Eunella attenuata. «, Dorsal, and 4, edge view, of an adult specimen, in outline and of twice the natural size.

Shell elongated, compressed, the maximum thickness through the closed valves being little more than one half of their greatest breadth, narrowly

390 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

subovate, longer than broad and broadest in advance of the midlength, but concavely and shallowly emarginate in the middle in front (when adult), and attenuate behind, the marginal outline being quite petaloidal.

Ventral valve with a straight, erect slender beak, which is subangular on each side, its apex truncated and perforated, its deltidial area narrow and bounded by two slightly divergent lines. Dorsal valve a little shorter posteriorly than the ventral, with a slightly smaller and entire incurved beak.

Surface practically smooth, though concentric lines of growth are visible in some specimens when examined witha lens: shell structure minutely punctate. Characters of the interior of the valves unknown.

Dimensions of an apparently adult specimen: maximum length, 10:8 mm.; greatest breadth, 7'0 mm. ; maximum thickness, 3°8 mm.

Apparently not very uncommon at Thedford and Bartlett's Mills, in the “ Middle third of the section.” Specimens in the Museum of the Survey were collected at one or other of these localities by the Rev. Hector Currie and Rev. J. M. Goodwillie in 1882, and by Mr. Kernaban in 1896. The writer is informed by Mr. Schuchert that he has seventeen

specimens of this species from these localities.

Cranena RomiIncert, Hall.

Tercbratula Romingert, Hall. 1863. Sixteenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p.48, figs. 22 & 23. :

Tercbratula Romingert, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. TV., p. 389, pl. 60, figs. 17-25, 66 & 67.

" u Nettelroth. 1889. Kentucky Fossil Shells, Mem. Kent. Geol.

Sury., p. 155, pl. 16, figs, 20-22.

Cranana Romingeri, Halland Clarke. 1893. Pal. N. York, vol. VIII.,pt. 2, p. 297, fig.

215 ; and pl. 80, figs, 13-19.

Same horizon and localities as for the last species. It seems to be rather abundant at Thedford, where it was first recognized by Mr. Schuchert.

TROPIDOLEPTUS CARINATUS, Conrad. (Sp.)

Strophomena carinata, Conrad, 1839. Third Ann. Rep. N. York Geol. Surv., p. 64. Tropidoleptus carinatus, Hall. 1857. Tenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 1M, figs. 1 & 2: & (1859) Twelfth do., p. 31, figs. 1-4. " " Rogers. 1858. (teol. Pennsylv., vol. IL., pt. 2, p. 828, fig. 672. " " Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. IV., p. 407, pl. 62, figs. 2 & 3.

" " Meek and Worthen. 1868. Geol. Surv. Illinois, vol. ITI, p. 427, pl. 13, fig. 2.

" " Rathbun. 1874. Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Se., 1, p. 254, pl. 9, figs. 1, 9, 10, 26.

wurteaves | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 391

Tropidoleptus carinatus, Nettelroth. 1889. Kentucky Fossil Shells, Mem. Kent. Geol. Surv., p. 146, pl. 17, figs. 14 & 15. " " A. Ulrich. 1892. Neues Jahrb. fur Min., Geol., and Palezont, Beilageband, VIIL., p. 73, pl. 4, figs. 32-34. " " Hall and Clarke. 1893. Pal. N. York, vol. VIII., pt. 2, p. 304, figs. 227 and 228; and pl. 82, figs. 26-36.

A few specimens of this widely distributed brachiopod have recently been collected at Thedford. They are rather similar in shape and sculpture to Stropheodonta plicata, which occurs at the same locality and geological horizon, but the latter shell has a long and transversely stri- ated cardinal area and its test is impunctate.

ATRYPA SPINOSA, Hall.

Atrypa spinosa, Hall. 1843. Geol. N. York, Rep. Fourth Distr., p. 200, figs. 1 and 2. Atrypa dumosa, Hall. 1843. Ibid., p. 271, fig. 1. Atrypa aspera, Hall. 1857. Tenth Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 168. " " Rogers. 1858. Geol. Pennsylv., vol. II., pt. 2, p. 828, figs. 671. Atrypa spinosa, vel aspera, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. IV., p. 322, pl. 53 A, figs. 1-14, 18, 24 and 25. Atrypu aspera, Meek. 1868. Trans. Chicago Ac. Sc., vol. I., p. 96, pl. 13, fig. 12. Atrypa spinosa, Nicholson. 1874. Rep. Pal. Prov. Ontario, p. 80. " " Whitfield. 1882. Geol. Wiscons., vol. IV., p. 333, pl. 26, figs. 7 and 8. Atrypa aspera, Nettelroth. 1889. Kentucky Fossil Shells, Mem. Kent. Geol. Surv., p. 88, pl. 14, figs. 1-11. Atrypa reticularis, var. aspera, Whiteaves. 1891. This vol., pt. 3, p. 229; and (1892) pt. 4, p. 289. Atrypa spinosa, Hall and Clarke. 1895. Pal. N. York, vol. WIII., pt. 2, pl. 55, figs. 21 and 22. i" " Schuchert. 1897. Synops. Amer. Foss. Brachiop., p. 156.

A shell which Mr. Billings calls a coarse-ribbed variety of Atrypa reticularis is figured as one of the characteristic fossils of the Hamilton formation of Ontario, on page 384 of the ‘“‘Geology of Canada” (1863), and a single specimen, collected at Thedford by Mr. R. Macintosh in 1895, has been identified with the A. spinosa of Hall by Mr. Schuchert. In two previous parts of this volume A. spinosa was regarded as syno- nymous with the Atrypa reticularis, var. aspera of European palzontolo- gists, but as A. spinosa is still regarded as a valid species, the writer has thought it better to retain that name for the present and to give only American references. Thus, the Rev. G. F. Whidborne, in the third part of the second volume of his Monograph of the Devonian Fauna of the South of England, published by the Paleontographical Society in 1893, makes the following remark in reference to Atrypa aspera (Schlo- theim). ‘ Atrypa spinosa, Hall, A. hystrix, Hall, and A. aspera, v. occi- dentalis, Hall, do not seem to me to be identical with this species, but closely allied.” Professors Hal) and Clarke, also, in 1895, in their

392 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADJAN PAL-EONTOLOGY.

explanation of Plate 55 of the second part of the eighth volume of the Palwontology of New York, retain the name Atrypa spinosa for speci- mens from the Hamilton formation of that state, though, on page 172 of the same volume they expressly state that ‘the A. s»inosa of the Hamil- ton shales is but an A. aspera with the lamelle enfolded into tubular spines.”

SPIRIFERA PENNATA, Atwater. (Sp.)

Terebratula pennata, Atwater. 1820. Am. Journ. Se. and Arts, vol. IT., p. 244, pl. 1, tigs. 2 and 3. Delthyris mucronata, Conrad. 1841. Fifth Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv. N. York, p. 54. " u Vanuxem. 1842. Geol. N. York, Rep. Third Distr., p. 150, fig. 3. u " Hall. 1843. Geol. N. York, Rep. Fourth Distr., p. 198, figs. 2, 3; p. 205, fig. 3, (non p. 270, fig. 3). " Hall. 1862. Fifteenth Rep. N.Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., pl. 11, tig. 18. Spirifer mucronata, Billings. 1856. Canad. Nat. and Geol., vol. I., p. 474, pl. 7, figs. 9 and 10. Spirifera mucronata, Billings. 1861. Canad. Journ., N.S., vol. VI., p. 254, figs. 59-62. u " " 1863. Geol. Canada, p. 886, figs. 424, a-d. u " Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. IV., p. 216, pl. 34, figs. 1-382; and of nume: ous subsequent American palieontologists.

The law of priority wuld seem to require the adoption of the specific name proposed by Atwater for this well-known fossil, in 1820, as sug- gested by Dr. 8. A. Miller.

SPIRIFERA EURYTEINES, Owen.

Delthyris curuteines, Owen, 1844. Rep. Geol. Expl. Iowa, Wiscons. and IIL, p. 69, pl. 12, fig. 9.

Spirifer curuteines, Owen. 1852. Geol. Surv. Wiscons., lowa and Minn., p. 586, pl. 3, figs. 2 and 6.

Spirifer parryuna, Hall. 1858. Geol. Surv. Iowa, vol. L., pt. 2, p. 509, pl. 4. tig. 8.

Spirifer capax, Hall. 1858. Ibdd., p. 520, pl. 7, fig. 7.

Spirifera Parryana, Billings. 1861. Canad. Journ., vol. VI, p. 261, figs. 77 and 78.

" " " 1863. Geol. Canada, p. 386, fig. 422.

Spirifera fornacula, Meek and Worthen (non Hall), 1868. Geol. Surv. Ill, vol. III., p. 433, pl. 13, fig. 8.

Spirifera Parryana, Hall. 1883. Second Ann. Rep. N. Y. St. Geologist, pl. 52, figs. 8 and 9.

Spirifera copax, Hall. 1883. Ibid., pl. 52, figs. 15-17.

’ Spirifera Parryana, Walcott. 1884. Palwont. Eureka Distr. Nevada, p. 187, pl. 14, fig. 10.

Spirifera Parryana, Calvin. 1888. Bull. Lab. St. Univ. Towa, p. 19.

Spirifer Parryanus, Halland Clarke. 1893. Pal. N. York, vol. VIIL., pt. 2, pp. 29, 31, 39, pl. 22, figs. 8, 9, 15-17.

Spirifer curyteines, Schuchert. 1897. Synops. Amer. Foss. Brachiop., p. 389.

E. Billings says (op. cit., 1861) that a single specimen of 8. Parryana was collected by Mr. C. Robb in the Hamilton shales at Lowe’s Mill, Town- ship of Bosanquet, but no other specimens of that species have been

wuireaves. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 393

found, so far as the writer is aware, by any local collector in the Hamil- ton formation of Ontario. In the Museum of the Survey there are two specimens labelled with the name of this species, and as having been collected by Mr. Robb near Thedford, but it is doubtful whether either of them is the specimen figured by Mr. Billings. One of them has the surface so much worn that the finer surface markings are obliterated, and the other looks as if it had been treated with acid. Either of them might as well be referred to Spirifera granulosa (Conrad) as to S. Parryana.

SPIRIFERA AUDACULA, Conrad. (Sp.)

Delthyris andacula, Conrad. 1842. Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad., vol. VITI., p. 262. Delthuris medialis, Hall, 1843. Geol. N. York, Rep. Fourth Distr., p. 208, fig. 8. Spirifer Eatoni, Hall, 1857. Tenth Rep. N.Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 157. Spiriter medialis, Hall. 1857. Ibid., p. 164, tig. 1. Diathyris medialis, Rogers. 1858. Geol. Pennsyly., vol. IL, pt. 2, p. 828, fig. 669. Spirifera medialis, Hall, 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. TV., p. 227, pl. 38, figs. 1-25. Sniritera mediulis, var. Eatoni, Hall. 1867. Ihed., pl. 38, figs. 12-18. Spirifera audacula, Whitfield. 1882. Geol. Wiscons., vol. TV., p. 329, pl. 25, figs. 25 and 26, Spircfera mediclis, Hall. 1883. Second Ann. Rep. N.Y. St. Geologist, pl. 54, figs. 1-13. " " Nettelroth. 1889. Kentucky Fossil Shells, Mem. Kent. Geol. Surv., p. 125, pl. 26, figs. 2-5. Spirifer audeucutus, Halland Clarke. 1893. Pal. N. York, vol. VIIL., pt. 2, pp. 29, 30 and 31, pl. 24, figs. 1-153 and pl. 29, fig, 5.

Two large ventral valves, which appear to be referable to this species, were collected at Bartlett’s Mills by Dr. H. M. Ami in 1883, and more recently, two small but perfect specimens of the same shell have been collected at Thedford, one by the Rey. Hector Currie and the other by

Mr. Kernahan.

SPIRIFERA DIVARICATA, Hall.

Spiriter Praricate, Hall. W897. Tenth Rep. N.Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 133. Sptrifera divaricatu, Hall. 1867. Dal. N. York, vol. IV., p. 218, pl. 32, figs. 1-6. " " Nettelvoth. 1889. Keutneky Fossil Shells, Mem. Keut. Geol. Surv., }. 113, pl. 11, figs. 6-11; pl. 12, figs. 5-11. Spirifer divaricatus, Hall and Clarke, 1893. Pal. N. ‘Merl, vol. VILL, jt. 2, pp. 24,20, 39, pl. 38, figs. 15-17.

Thedford, G. Kernahan, 1897: one large and characteristic specimen

which he has kindly presented to the Museum of the Survey.

DELTHYRIS CONSOBRINA, @Orbigny. (Sp.,

Delthyris ciecac, Hall (non Roemer). 1843. Ceol, N.Y., Rep. Fourth Distr., p. 200, fig. Spirifera consobrina, VOrbigny. 1850, Prodr, Paléont., vol TL, p. 98. Spirifera ciczaec, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. TV., p. 222, pl. 35, figs. 15-23.

9 v

394 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

Spiriferina ? ziezac, Whittield. 1882. Geol. Wiscons., vol. TV., p. 382, pl. 25, figs. 23 and 24.

Spir:fera ziezae, Hall, 1883, Second Ann. Rep. N. York St. Geologist, pl. 59, fig. 9

and pl. 60, tig. 18. Spirifera consobrina, Miller. 1889. N. Amer, Geol. and Paleont, p. 3F2., Spirifera ziezuc, Whitfield, 1891. Annals N. York Acad. Se., vol. V., p. 554, pl. 11, fig. 13. " " " 1895. Geol. Ohio, vol. VIL, p. 448, pl. 7, fig. 18.

Spirifer consobrinus, Hall and Clarke, 1895. Pal. N. York, vol. VIIL., pt. 2, pl. 34, figs. 9-18 ; and pl. 37, figs. ) and 10.

Delthyris consobrina, Schuchert. 1897. Synops. Amer. Foss. Brachiop., p. 206.

A few specimens of this shell were collected at Thedford, in the “Middle third of the section,” by Mr. Schuchert and Mr. Kernahan in 1895, but the species was first recognized at this locality by Mr. Schuchert.

RevICULARIA FIMBRIATA, Conrad. (Sp.)

Delthuris fimbriatus, Convad. 1842. Journ. Acad, Nat. Sc. Philad., vol. VIIL., p. 263, " " Hall. 1843. Geol. N. York, Rep. Fourth Distr., p. 208, fig. 10. Spirifer fimbriatus, Hall, 1858. Geol. Surv. Iowa, vol. L., pt. 2, p. 505, pl. 4, fig. 5. u " Billings. 1861. Canad. Journ., vol. VIL, p. 257, figs. 68-70. " " " 1863. Geol. Canada, p. 372, fig. 393. Npirifera fimbriata, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. TV., p. 214, pl 33, figs. 1-11. Spirifer compuctis, Meek, 1868. Trans, Chicago Acad. Se., vol. I, p. 102, pl. 14, fig. 11. Spirifer (Murtinia) Richardson’, Meek. 1868. Ibid., p. 104, pl. 14, fig. 2. Svirifera fimbriata, Hall. 1883. Second Ann. Rep. N. Y. St. Geol.,pl. 61, figs. 17-22. Spirifera Couradana, 8. A. Miller. 1883, Am. Palieoz. Foss., 2nd. Ed., p. 372. Spirifera (Murtiniw) undifera, Walcott. 1884. Mon. U.S. Geol. Surv., vol. VIL, pl. 3, figs. 3-6; and pl 14, fig. 11. Spirifera Conradana, Nettelroth. 1889. Kentucky Fossil Shells, Mem. Kent. Geol. Surv., p. 110, pl. 7, figs. 11-13. Spirifera (M.) Riehardsoni, Whiteaves. 1891. This volume, pt. 3, p. 226; and (1892) [ts 4, fe DAT, pl. OF, fig. 7. Spirifera fimbriata, Whiteaves. 1892. This volume, pt. 4, p. 286. Spirifer fimbriatus, Walland Clarke. 1893. Pal. N. York, vol. VIIT., pt. 2, pp. 17, 20, 21, 33 and 37, pl. 36, figs. 17-22; and pl. 38, figs. 9 and 10. Retieularia fimbriate (Conrad) Schuchert. 1897. Synops. Amer. Foss. Brachiop., p. 342.

With the exception of the last reference, the foregoing list of synonyms, with references, though differently arranged, is quoted from Mr. Schu- chert’s excellent and most useful “Synopsis of American Fossil Bra- chiopoda,” published as “ Bulletin of the United States Geological Survey, No. 87.” On page 342 of that publication, the following observations are made on Lt. fimbriata: “Mr. Walcott is correct in regarding this species the same as Spirifer wndiferus, Roemer. Conrad’s species, how- ever, was published in 1842, while that of Roemer is two years later, or in 1844. SS. Richardsoni is a young specimen of S. compacta, which Mr. Walcott has shown to be a synonym for S. wndiferus.”

wuiTeaves. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 395 ATHYRIS SPIRIFEROIDES, Eaton. (Sp )

Terebratula spiriferoides, Baton, 1831. Am. Journ. Sc. and Arts, vol. XXI., p. 137.

. ss eS 1832. Geological Text-book, p. 46. Atrupa concentric, Conrad. 1838. Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv. New York, p. 111. ” we Hall. 1843. Geol. N. York, Rep. Fourth Distr., p. 198, fig. 5.

Spirifera spiriferoides, Hall. 1857, Tenth Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 153, figs. 1 and 2. Athyris spiriferoi.tis, Hall. 1860. Thirteenth do., p. 93, figs. 1-4. Spirigera concentrica, Billings. 1861. Canad. Journ., vol. VI., p. 145,‘figs. 54 and 55; and p. 146, figs. 56 and 57. Athyris spiriferoides, Hall. 1862. Fifteenth Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 180, figs. 1-4. Spirigera concentrica, Billings. 1863. Geol. Canada, p. 378, fig. 379; and p. 385, figs. 471, «u-e. Athuris spiriferoides, Hall. 1867, Pal. N. York, vol. IV., p. 285, pl. 46, figs. 5-31. Spirigera spiriferoides, Nicholson, 1874. Rep. Pal. Prov. Ont., p. 85. Athyris spiriferoides, Hall and Clarke. 1893. Pal. N. York, vol. VIIL., pt. 2, p. 89, figs. 60 and 61; and pl. 45, figs. 11-27.

The common thyris or Meristella of the Hamilton shales of Ontario was identified with the A. concentrica of European authors in 1861 by E. Billings, who called it Spirigera concentrica. In 1867 Professor Hall identified Canadian specimens of the same shell with A. spiriferoides. Mr. Billings was under the impression that A. concentrica was described by Bronn, in 1829, under the name Verebratula concentrica, in accordance with the statement made by Bronn himself on page 1233 of the second volume of his ‘‘Index Palzontologicus.” Davidson, however, in the synonymy of that species in his monograph of British Devonian Brachi- opoda, says that Terebratula concentrica was first described by Von Buch in 1839, and definitely accepts that year as the date of its publication. If Davidson’s conclusion is correct, it follows that, whether the American fossil be identical with the European species or not, the name A. spirt- feroides has eight years priority of date over A. concentrica. Mr. Schuchert thinks that all the small specimens from Thedford and Bartlett’s Mills should be referred to Athyris Fultonensis, Swallow (=A. vittata, Hall) and that only the larger ones are A. spiriferoides. Professor Hall says that the spires or spiral coils of the interior of A. vittata are quite distinct from those of A. sprriferoides, but the writer has never seen any specimen of an Athyris from Thedford or Bartlett’s Mills in which any portion of the internal spires is visible.

Atnyris Furtonensis, Swallow. (Sp.)

Spirigera fultonensis, Swallow. 1860. Trans. St. Louis Ac. Se., vol. I., p. 650. Spirigera minima, Swallow. 1860. Ihid., p. 649.

Athyris vittata, Hall. 1860. Thirteenth Rep. N.Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 89. Spirigera eborea, A. Winchell. 1866, Rep. Lower Feninsula Michigan, p. 94.

33

396 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALONTOLOGY.

Athyris vittata, Hall. 1867. Pal. N. York, vol. FV., p. 289, pl. 46, figs. 1-4.

" " White. 1880, Secoud Ann. Rep. Indiana Bur. Statist. and Geol., p. 502, pl. 4, figs. 8 and 1.

u " White. 1881. Tenth Rep. St. Geol. Indiana, p. 134, pl. 4, figs. 8 and 9,

" u Nettelroth. 1889, Kentucky Fossil Shells, Mem. Kent. Geol. Surv., 87, pl. 16, tigs. 25-32.

" " Whiteaves. 1802. This volume, pt. 4, p. 228.

" " Hall and Clarke. 1893. Pal. N. York, vol. WIII., pt. 2, p. 90, figs. 62 and 63 ; pl. 45, figs. 1-5.

" " Keyes. 1895. Geol. Surv. Missouri, vol. V., ». 90, pl. 41, fig. 1.

See the remarks on the preceding species.

Merisretta Barrisu, Hall.

Meristella Barrisi, Hall, 1860. Thirteenth Rep. N. York St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 84.

" " 1867. Pal. N. York. vol. TV., p. 304, pl. 49, figs. 2 " Hall and Clarke, 1895. Jbid., vol. VIIT., pt. 2, pl. 48, figs. 25 and

" 26; and pl. 44, figs. 27-30. Thedford, G. Kernahan, 1894-97: an unusually large but somewhat

imperfect specimen which has been identified with this species by Mr. Schuchert.

PrENTAGONIA UNISULCATA, Conrad. (Np.)

Atrupa unisuleata, Conrad. USs4t. Fifth Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv. N. York, p. 56. Pentagonia Pecrsii, Conzeus, U846. Aun. Taye. Nat. Hist. N. York, vol. TV., p. 158, pl. 10, fig. 3. Rhaynchoucla unisuleata, Mall (857. “Tenth Rep. NLY. &t. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 125. Athuris’ anisulerta, Billings. 1860. Canad. Jonrn., vol. Vi, p. 270, figs. 89-42, Goniocutia wunangidate, Hall, 1864. Mourteenth Rep. N.Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 101, Atrupa unisulenta, Hall, 1862. Fifteenth do., pl. 11, fig. 10. Meristella 2 aaisuteata, Tall. 18602. shad, pl. 2, figs. 17-25. Athuris unisileata, Billings. 1863. Creol, Camas, p. 873, fig. 396, Meristla (Penluyonia) unesideata, vars, beplieata and wniplicata, Wall, Us867. Pal. N. York, vol. PV., p. 809, pl. 50, fies. 18-35, Meristetta anesadeata, Whiteaves, 887. This volume, part 2, p. 115. " wnisitedta, Nettelroth, — 1S89. Kentucky Jossil Shells, Mem. Kent, Geol. Surv., p. 9, pl 15, figs. 0-16. Pentaugonia unisuleata, Hall and Clarke, 1805. Pal N. York, vol. VEEL, pt. 2, p. 80, pl. JY, figs, 22-32, " " Schuehert., TOT. Synops. Amer. Voss. Drachiop., p. 802. (From which this list of synonyiis and veferences is qroted, )

This species appears to be of rather rare ocenrrence in the Hamilton and Corniferous formations of Ontario. One specimen of the var, biplicata in the Museum of the Survey, is from the Corniferous limestone of Haldimand Co., Ont., where it was collected by Mr. De Cew in 1857.

WHITEAVES, | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 397

MOLLUSCA. PELECYPODA. ACTINOPTERIA Boypi, Conrad. (Sp.)

For the synonymy of this species, with references, see part 3 of this volume, p. 239.

A few detached valves of A. Boydit were collected by the writer in 1891 on the banks of the Riviére aux Sables at Bartlett’s Mills and at Hill No. 4, near Thedford. Similar specimens were obtained by Mr. Schuchert in 1895 at Bartlett’s Mills.

LeropreriA Rarinesquu, Hall.

Leiopteria Rafinesquii, Hall. 1883. Pal. N. York, vol. V., pt. 1, Plates and Explanations, pl. 15, fig. 11; and pl. 20, figs. 6 and 7.

" " nu 1884. Pal. N. York, vol. V., pt. 1, Lamellibr.,41, p. 161, pl.

15, fig. 11; pl. 20, tigs..6 and 7; and pl. 8s, tigs. 27 and 28.

A few years ago the writer was informed by Professor Calvin that he

had found a specimen of L. Rafinesguit in the Thedford region, and Mr.

Schuchert writes that he collected a soecimen, which he identifies with

this species, in the ‘‘ Upper third of the section” at Burtlett’s Mills. The

only Leiopteria from the Hamilton formation of Ontario that the writer

has seen is a left valve, with only a portion of the posterior wing pre-

served, from Bartlett’s Mills, in the collection of the Rev. Hector Currie, and it looks quite as much like L. Dekuyi, Hall, as L. Rafinesquit.

Livoprera Macroprera, Conrad. (Sp.)

Lima macropters, Conrad. 1838. Ann. Rep. N. York Geol. Surv., p. 117. Limoptera macroptera, Hall. 1869, Prelim. Notice Lamellibr, Shells, &e., pt. 2, p. 17. " " " 1883. Pal. N. York, vol. ¥., pt. 1, Plates and Explana- tions: pl. 24, fig. 14; pl. 26, figs. 6-9; pl. 27, figs. 1-10; pl. 28, figs. 4 and 5; and pl. 29, figs. 1-4. " “ " 1884. Zbid., p. 246, plates as in last reference, but add pl. 92, figs. 4-9.

Mr. Schuchert collected a cast of the interior of an aviculvid shell, which he identifies with this species, in the ‘‘ Middle third of the section,” at Bartlett’s Mills in 1895. This specimen, which the writer has exami- ned, is No. 26,492 of the United States National Museum Catalogue of

Invertebrate Fossils. CYPRICARDELLA BELLISTRIATA ? Conrad.

For a list of the synonyms of this species, with references, see page 308 of this volume.

Three casts of the interior of small shells, which are probably young or small individuals of this species, have recently been collected at Bartlett’s

398 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

Mills by the Rev. Hector Currie, who has kindly presented two of them to the Museum of the Survey. The maximum length of the largest of the three is only twenty-seven millimetres, and it is not quite certain that they are not very young examples of C. tenmistriata (Hall).

A well preserved but rather imperfect specimen of C. bel/istriata, in the Museum of the Survey, is labelled as having been collected by J. De Cew in 1857 from the Corniferous limestone of Lot 24, Concession 1, Walpole, Ontario.

Nucu.a tirata, Conrad.

A list of the synonyms of this species is given on page 301.

Animperfect and badly preserved cast of the interior of the closed valves of a small shell which Mr. Schuchert identifies with 1. /irata, was collected by him at Bartlett’s Mills (in the “Lower third of the section” ) in 1895. The specimen is No. 26,496 of the United States National Mus- eum Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils.

The “ badly preserved single valves” from the north side of Manitoba Island referred to under the name J. éirata, on page 301 of the fourth part of this volume, may not belong to the same species nor even to the same genus.

INUCULITES TRIQUETER, Conrad.

Nuceutites triqueter, Conrad. 1841. Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv. N. York, p. 50. " " Hall. 1870. Prelim. Notice Lamellibr. Shells, &e., 2. p. 4. " " Hall. 1888. Pal. N. York, vol. V., pt. 1, Plates and Explanations : pl. 47, figs. 17-24. " " Hall. 1885. Tbid., vol. V., pt. 1, Lamellibr. 2, p. 326, pl. 47, figs. 17-24; and pl. 93, figs. 8-10.

Bartlett’s Mills, in the ‘“ Lower third of the section”, three small but well preserved casts of the interior of the shell, which were collected in 1895, by Mr. Schuchert, who identifies them with this species. The largest is scarcely four millimetres in its maximum length, but in all three the “impression of the curved muscular ridge or clavicle just anterior to the beaks,” which is so characteristic of the genus, is remark- ably well defined. The specimens are ho. 26,498 of the United States National Museum Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils.

Lepa rosre.iara, Conrad. (Sp.)

Nueutites rostellata, Conrad. 1841. Geol. Surv. N. York, Ann. Rep., p. 50.

Leda / rostellata, Hall, 1870. Prelim. Notice Lamellibr. Shells, &e., 2, p. 5.

Leda (Nucwlana) rostedlita, Hall, 1883. Palk N. York, vol. V., pt. 1, Plates and Explanations : pl. 47, figs. 45-47.

wuiteaves. FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 399

Leda (Nuculana) perstriate, Hall, 1883. Ibid., pl. 47, figs. 42-44, Leda rostelluta, Hall, 1885. Pal. N. York, vol. V., pt. 1, Lamellibr., 2, p. 330, pl. 47, figs. 42-47,

A few casts of the interior of both valves of a Leda, which are so essentially similar to L. rostellata in marginal outline and in the size and position of the beaks that they are probably referable to that species, have been collected of late years at Bartlett’s Mills by Mr. Kernahan,

Mr. Kearney and Mr. Schuchert. Two of these casts are in the Museum of the Survey.

PALZONEILO PLANA, Hall.

Palconeilo plana, Hall. 1870. Prelm. Notice Lamellibr. Shells, &c., 2, p. 7. " " " 1883. Pal. N. York, vol. V., pt. 1, Plates and Explanations : pl. 48, figs. 21-28. " ” " 1885. Ibid., vol. V., pt. 1, Lamellibr. 2, p. 334, pl. 48, figs. 21-28. Bartlett’s Mills, in the “‘ Lower third of the section,” a single specimen (a cast of the interior of the closed valves about nine millimetres in length) which was collected and identified by Mr. Schuchert. This little cast is No. 26,499 of the United States National Museum Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils.

Nyassa arcuta, Hall.

Nyassa arguta, Hall. 1870. Prelim. Notice Lamellibr. Shells, &e., 2, p. 28.

" " " 1883, Pal N York, vol. V., pt. 1, Plates and Explanations: pl

53, figs. 9-20.

" " » 1883. Ibid., vol. V., pt. 1, Lamellibr. 2, p. 354, pl. 53, figs. 7-20.

A single specimen, which agrees very well with the description and figures of this species, but which does not show any of the characters of the hinge dentition, was collected at Thedford by Mr. B. E. Walker, of Toronto, in 1896.

PaRACYCLAs LIRATA, Conrad. (Sp.)

Posidonia lirata, Conrad. 1838. Rep. Geol. Surv. N. York, p. 116, pl. (no number) fig. 12. Lucina (Paracyelas) irate, Hall and Whitfield. 1872. Twenty-fourth Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 200. Paracyclas lirata, Hall. (Pars.) 1883. Pal. N. York, vol. V., pt.1, Plates and Explana- tions: pl. 72, figs. 1-19. Paracyclas lirata, Hall. 1885. Lbid., vol. V., pt. 1, Lamellibr. 2, p. 441, pl. 72, figs. 1-19 ; ; and pl. 95, fig. 19.

Apparently not very uncommon at Bartlett’s Mills, where specimens have been collected during the last two or three years by Mr. Kernahan, Mr. Kearney and Mr. Schuchert.

400 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.EONTOLOGY.

OrTHONOTA PARVULA, Hall.

Orthonota parrula, Hall. 1870. Prelim, Notice Lamellibr. Shells, &¢,, 2, p. 88. " " " 1883. Pal. N. York, vol. V., pt.1, Plates and Explanations: pl. 78, figs. 29-32. Sanguinolites truncatus, Hall. (Pars.) 1883. Lhid., vol. V., pt. 1, Plates and Explanations: pl. 65, figs. 1-6. Orthonota? parvula, Hall, 1885. Ibid., vol. V., pt 1, Lamellibr. 2, p. 482, pl. 6, figs. 2and 3; and pl. 78, figs. 20-32. Bartlett's Mills(in the “Lower third of the section”), C. Schuchert, 1895: a beautifully preserved but very small specimen, not more than four milli- metres in its maximum length, which Mr. Schuchert identifies with this species. The specimen is No. 26,501 of the United States National

Museum Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils.

GASTEROPODA.

PLatyostowaA TURBINATUM, Hall.

Platyostoma turbinata, Hall. 1861, Fourteenth Rep, N.Y. St. Cab, Nat. Hist., p. 106 " " " 1876. Tlustr. Devonian Fossils: Gasteropoda, pl. 16. " " " 1879. Pal. N. York, vol. V., pt. 2, p. 27, pl. 9, figs. 12-24. Mr. Schuchert refers to this species six specimens of a shell collected by Mr. Macintosh and himself at Bartlett’s Mills (in the “ Lower third of the section”) in 1895. These specimens, which the writer has examined and which are No. 26,483 of the United States National Museum Cata- logue of Invertebrate Fossils, seem to be intermediate in their characters between P. turbinatum and P. lineatiin,

Since the publication of Hall’s “ Dlustrations of Devonian Fossils” it has became obvious that the fossil from the Corniferous limestone of Port Colborne that Nicholson had previously described and figured (in 1874) under the name ‘“ J/elicotoma ? serotina,” is most probably a cast of the interior of the shell of a specimen of ?. turbinatum, In the Musewn of the Survey there are a few characteristic examples of the typical form of P. turbinatum, collected by J. De Cew in 1857, from the Corniferous limestone of Rama’s Farm, near Port Colborne, and of Lot 4, Concession 3, Township of Bertie.

PLEUROTOMARIA CAPILLARIA, Conrad.

Pleurotomaria capiullaria, Conrad, 1842. Journ. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad., vol. VIII, p.

271, pl. 16, fig. 11.

" " Hall. 1861. New Speciesof Devon. Fossils, &¢., p. 17.

" " “ 1862. Fifteenth Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 4 5, pl. 5, fig. 2.

ii " Hall. 1876. Tlustr. Devonian Fossils: Gasteropoda, pl. 20,

" " 1 79. Val. N. York, vol. W., pt. 2, p. 77, pl. 20, figs. 18-21.

waiteaves. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 401

A small specimen of a shell which Mr. Schuchert identifies with this Species was collected by him in 1895 at Bartlett’s Mills (in the ‘“* Lower third of the section ”), This specimen, which is No. 26,485 of the United States National Museum Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, is about four- teen lines in length, or height, and has most of the test preserve, although somewhat pyritized. Three specimens of essentially the same size and shape, but with little or no portion of the test preserved, had previously been found, one at Bartlett’s Mills by the Rev. Hector Currie, and the others near Thedford by J. Townsend and G. Kernahan.

PLevrotomaria ARKONENSIS. (N. Sp.) Plate 48, figs. 12 and 12 a.

Shell depressed turbinate, nearly twice as broad as high and flattened below.

Volutions six, the first four forming a moderately elevated subconical spire, the last two almost step-shaped, and much more rapidly expanding laterally. Outer volution depressed, flattened next to the suture, then sloping obliquely downward, above, and truncated at the periphery : its surface marked by a spiral row of minute rounded tubercles, of uniform size and closely contiguous, above the slit-band, and by a similar row of tubercles below ic; the upper row being placed about half way between the suture and the slit-band, and the lower one on the lower or anterior margin of the periphery. Slit-band placed on the outer edge of the apical side of this volution, and bounded by two minute and parallel spiral ridges, the outermost of which constitutes the upper or posterior margin of the periphery. Umbilicus apparently of moderate width in casts of the interior and rather narrow when the test is preserved, but all the specimens that the writer has seen have most of the umbilical surface covered by the matrix.

The foregoing description is based upon two specimens collected at Bartlett’s Mills, by Mr. Kernahan, in 1895, both of which are now in the Museum of the Survey. One of these, which is figured, has the test preserved, and the other is a mere cast of the intertor of the shell. The former, which is twenty millimetres in its maximum breadth, and about eleven mm. high, has most of the umbilical side covered with the matrix, and the flattening of the base is perhaps abnormal. A worn cast of the interior of a shell, which is probably referable to this species, in the Museum of the Survey, is labelled “‘ Hamilton formation, Township of Plympton, A. Murray,” and a similar but unworn cast was found at Thedford, a few years ago, by the Rev. Hector Currie. In each of these casts the outer

402 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

portion of the last volution is obliquely flattened above and he.ww, and the volution itself is encircled with four low, obtusely angular spiral ridges, one on each side of the periphery, one about half way between the suture and the upper or posterior margin of the periphery, and one which forms the umbilical margin.

EvomPHALus (PHANEROTINUS) LAXUS.

Euomphulus lacus, Hall. 1861. Descriptions of New Fossils, ete., p. 26. uw uw u 1862. Fifteenth Rep. N.Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 54, pl. 6,

fig. 2.

Euomphalus (Ecewliomphalus 2) larus, Hall, 1876. Ilustr. Devonian Fossils : Gastero-

poda, pl. 16, figs. 16-18.

Eccutiomphalus comes, Hall. 1876. Ibid., pl. 16, figs. 8 and 9.

Euomphalus (Phanerotinus) lerus, Hall. 1879. Pal. N. York, vol. V., pt. 2, p. 60, pl. 16, figs. 8, 9, and 16-18.

In the Museum of the Survey there are seven specimens, that are clearly referable to this species, which were collected in the Hamilton formation of the Township of Bosanquet, by Mr. Johnson Pettit, in 1868. Only one of these has any portion of the test preserved, the other six being mere decollated casts of the outer volution of the shell. <A fine specimen, with two volutions and most of the test preserved, which is also referable to this species, was collected at Thedford, in 1897, by Mr. R. Mackintosh, who has kindly presented it to the Museum of the Survey.

The specimens from lakes Manitoba and Winnipegosis that are identi- fied with the Luomphalus annulatus of Phillips, on page 325 of the fourth part of this volume, and figured on Plate 43, (figs. 1, la, & 2) seem to differ from this species only in being much more closely coiled.

Loxonrema (Species undeterminable).

Two casts of the interior of the shell of a rather slender species of Lowonema, labelled simply “ Widder,” are among the old collections of the Survey, and were probably collected at least thirty years ago. Both of these casts are very imperfect posteriorly, but the more perfect of the two is two inches in length and has four volutions preserved, those of the spire being rather strongly convex, with an oblique suture. Scarcely any vestige of the test is preserved on either, but the cast of the last volution of each is marked by coarse, distant, flexuous, transverse plications. These specimens do not seem to agree very well with Hall’s description and figures of any of the species of Loxonema from the Hamilton formation, in the second part of the fifth volume of the Palwontology of New York, but conie rather close to the 4. pewatu of the Upper Helderberg limestone, and especially to the two specimens repre- sented by figures 11 and 12 of Plate 13 of that volume.

wuiteaves. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 403 PTEROPODA. CoLEopxion (2) tenuis, Hall.

Coleoprion (?) tenuis, Hall. 1879. Pal. N. York, vol. V., pt. 2, p. 184, pl. 32 A, figs. 1 and 2.

‘“‘Tn shales of the Hamilton group, associated with Tentaculites bellulus at Arkona, Ontario, C. W.” Hall (op. cet.) For “Arkona,” in this quotation, read Bartlett's Mills, near Arkona,—where the species is not very uncommon; and it is most likely that Tentaculites bellulus was written inadvertently for 7. attenwatus.

Hyouitues acuis, Hall.

HAyolithes aclis, Hall. 1876. Tlustr. Devonian Fossils : Pteropoda, pl. 27, figs 5, 6, 7, 10 & TL " " " Is79. Pal. N. York, vol. V., pt. 2, p. 197, pl. 32, figs. 22-30 ; & pl. 32A, figs. 23-25. Bartlett's Mills, in the “Lower third of the section,” C. Schuchert, 1895 : a fragment, about six inillimetres in length, of the pointed apical end of a specimen, which is identified with this species by Mr. Schuchert. The specimen, which the writer has examined, is No. 26,491 of the United States National Museum Cat.wlogue of Invertebrate Fossils.

CEPHALOPODA.

ORTHOCERAS.

All the Orthocerata from the Hamilton formation of the province that the writer has seen are mere casts of the interior of the shell, with nota vestige of the test preserved, and the small species are represented by very fragmentary specimens. Under these circumstances the following pro- visional arrangement of the species is suggested.

A. Shell large.

A. 1. Chamber of habitation apparently much longer than the septate portion of the shell.

ORTHOCERAS ANAX, Billings. Orthoceras Anax, Billings. 1875. Canad. Nat. and Geol., vol. VIT, (N.8.), p. 288,

The original description of this species, which is the only one that has been published, is as follows. “Shell about two feet long and from three to three and a half inches in diameter at the aperture. Septa from six to eight in a length of two inches, where the diameter is eighteen lines.

404 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

Siphuncle nearly central, cylindrical or nearly so, two lines in thickness where the diameter of the shell is sixteen lines.”

“The best specimens in the collection (those from one and a half to two feet in length) show none of the septa except in the five or six inches of the smaller extremity. One only, shows a single septum which is tive and a half lines deep where the diameter is two inches and a quarter. In the same locality, and in the same state of preservation, were found a number of fragments in which there are eight or nine septa in a length of four inches, where the diameter is between two and three inches. I think these all belong to the same species. ”

Mr. Billings does not say whether his types of QO. Ane are from the Hannilton formation or Corniferous limestone, but several specimens of a large Orthoceras, in the Museum of the Sarvey, which are labelled as hav- ing been collected in the Township of Bosanyaet by Mr. J. Richardson, in 1855, and by Mr. Johnson Pettit, in 1858, are evidently the originals of the foregoing description. Six of these specimens, which are probably some of the “fragments ” referred to, are much tuo imperfect for specific determination, but five are fine and apparently typical but very badly preserved examples of O. dnar. The approximate dimensions of three of these latter is as follows, commencing with the largest. No 1 (which is very slightly curved), total length twenty-one inches, of which between about four inches and three-quarters at the smaller end are distinetly septate ; No. 2, total Jength sixteen inches and three-quarters, of which between three and four inches are seprate; and No. 3, total length fourteen inches and aw half, of which about two inches are septate. A fourth specimen, which is not more than five inches in length, is also pro- bably the one upon which Mr. Billings based the statement that the siphuncle of O. Aner is “two lines in thickness where the diameter of the shell is sixteen lines.”

Judging by these tive specimens, and hy Mr. Billings’s description of the species, it would seem that the only distinctive character of O. Anar is the apparent length of its chamber of habitation, a character which is not exhibited in any of the Devonian species of Orthoceras described and figured by Hall in the second part of the fifth volame of the Paleontology of the State of New York, and one which is very possibly due to the imperfect preservation of the specimens.

A. 2. Chamber of livbitation much shorter than the septate portion of the shell. OxTHOCERAS LAMBYONENSE (Nom. prov.) Plate 4, figs. 1 and 1 a

Shell longicone, increasing very slowly in thickness, and circular in transverse section : chamber of habitation nearly cylindrical, apparently

wniteaves. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 405

unconstricted, much shorter than the septate portion ; siphuncle almost. central, small, and not encircled by an “elevated areola” at the septa (as in O. Marcellense, Hall), its elements between the septa unknown: surface markings unknown, though all the casts of the interior that the writer has seen are smooth and entirely devoid of a median central carina.

The most perfect specimen of this species that the writer has seen was collected near Thedford, in 1894, by Mr. Kernahan, who has kindly presented it to the Museum of the Survey. It is slightly imperfect at both ends, and its termination anteriorly is both irregular and indefinite, but its dimensions are approximately as follows: Total length, about seven inches; length of chamber of habitation, from two inches to two inches and a quarter ; thickness, at the smaller end twenty-seven milli- metres, at the larger forty-eight ; number of septa preserved, seventeen ; distance between two contiguous sutures, about six mm. and a half at the smaller end and eight mm. at the larger.

The only other specimens that the writer has seen which are clearly referable to this species, are three fairly good ones (two of which have part of the body chamber preserved), and three fragments, collected at Bartlett’s Mills by G. Kernahan and C. Nehuchert in 1895. All six are now in the United States National Museum, and are No. 26,442 of its Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils. In one of these specimens the sutures of the septa are as much as nine and ten mm. apart.

The shortness of the chamber of habitation is practically the only character that is relied upon to distinguish this species from O. Ana. The former is very similar in shape to O. Marcellense, Hall, but that species is described as having an eccentric siphunele encircled by an “elevated arevla,” and a median ventral carina on casts of the interior. The specific name for the fossil now under consideration is suggested by the fact that Thedford is in the county of Lambton.

B. Shell small.

B. 1. Siphunele central, or nearly so.

ORTIOCERAN SUBULATUM (7) Hall.

Cfr. Orthoceras subulatum, Hall. 1848. Geol. Surv. N. York, Rep. Third Distr., p. 148. " " " ISG1, Descript. New Species of Fossils, etc., p. 49. 8 " " 1862. Fifteenth Rep. N.Y. St. Cab. Nat. Tist., p. 77. “" " " 1876. Tlustr. Devonian Fossils: Cephalopoda, kxpl. of ph 3s. " " " ist), Pal. N. Vers wl. Vs jt. 2, 1 285 (le B8ohie, 3; M4, fips. 1, 2, 4, 6-10; and 86, figs. 1 and 2.

406 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

The name of Orthoceras exile, Hall, was included ina previous list of the fossils of this formation and province on the strength of a statement by Professor H. A. Nicholson, that “fragments of a slender Orthoceras which appear to belong to this species, are not rare in the Hamilton formation at Widder.” The writer has not seen any of the specimens upon which this opinion was based, but most of the small Orthocerata from Thedford and Bartlett’s Mills in the Museum of the Survey that have been loaned, for comparison, by local collectors, except those here referred to Bactrites, seem to agree better with Hall’s latest descrip- tion and figures of O. subulatum than with those of O. ¢rile. In the re. marks which follow the latest description of O. exile it is stated that it differs from O. constrictum and O. subu/atwm in its excentric siphuncle and more distant septa. The air chambers of O. erile, too, are described as “increasing in depth towards the outer chamber,” and as “ varying from two or three mm., to five mm., in the length of 100 mm., or about thirty chambers.” With the exception of the Bactrifvs and of the two specimens here described as O. Arkonense, all the small Orthocerata from Thedford and Bartlett’s Mills that the writer has seen, have a central or very nearly central siphuncle, about one millimetre in diameter. Some of them are crushed nearly flat, but others, which are undistorted, are circular in transverse section. The depth of the air chambers and conse- quent distance of the sutures apart, varies from as little as one millimetre throughout, to two or even three millimetres, in different specimens, though it is by no means certain that all these belong to the same species. However that may be, in this respect also they seem to agree better with the description of O. subulatum than with that of O. exile.

B. 2. Siphuncle eccentric. ORTHOCERAS EXILE (Hall) Nicholson. Orthoceras crile (Hall) Nicholson. 1875. Rep. Pal. Prov. Ontario, p. 83.

Widder, Nicholson (op. cit.) See the remarks on the preceding species.

ORTHOCERAS ARKONENSE. (N. Sp.) Plate 48, figs. 13, 14 and 14 a.

Shell slender, longicone, almost cylindrical, but slightly compressed, so that the outline of a transverse section is broadly elliptical : air chambers, except the three or four next to the chamber of habitation, so deep that the distance between the sutures is greater than the maximum diameter

of the tube; siphuncle eccentric, only observed at the septa. Surface markings unknown.

wuiteaves | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 407

Bartlett’s Mills, G. Kernahan, 1894 : the two specimens figured, which he has kindly presented to the Museum of the Survey. The smaller of these (figs. 14 and 14 a) is an undistorted fragment fifteen millimetres in length, and five mm. and a half in its greatest diameter, consisting of two whole air chambers and part of a third. The distance between the pos- terior septum and the one next to it, in this fragment is nearly seven mm. The larger one, the origina] of figure 13 on the same Plate, is about forty mm. in length. It is slightly but abnormally compressed, and consists of eight air chambers, the four posterior ones being deep with the septa widely distant, and the four anterior ones shallow with the septa com- paratively near together.

The salient features of this species would seem to be the great distance of the septa apart, at a short distance from the body chamber, coupled with the very slender contour of the shell, and its eccentric siphuncle.

BACTRITES (OBLIQUESEPTATUS ? var.) ARKONENSIS.

Plate 48, figs. 15, 16 and 16 a.

Cr. Orthoer ras obliqueseptatum, G. and F. 3andberger. 1853. Verstein. Rheinisch. Schichten-syst. Nassau, p. 160, pl. 18, figs. 2, 2 a-c. un Buctrites obliqueseptatus, Hyatt. 1888. Genera of Fossil Cephalopoda (in Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. XXII.) p. 204.

Shell resembling that of B. obliqueseptatus in (1) its small size ; (2) its slightly compressed sides and consequently broadly elliptical outline in transverse section ; (3) its oblique septa, as viewed laterally ; and (4) in its marginal and presumably ventral siphuncle ;—and differing therefrom only in the circumstance that the minute sinus of each suture at the si- phuncle, which Hyatt calls the ventral sinus, is not developed in the ma- jority of specimens.

Thus, out of about fifty specimens from the Hamilton formation of Ontario that the writer has recently examined with a lens, only some five or six have the ventral sinus distinctly developed. In all the others the sutures are straight and continuous where they pass over the siphuncle. Yet, in the specimen represented, enlarged four times, on Plate 48, figs. 16 and 16a, which consists of ten air chambers, the ventral sinus is distinctly visible on each of the septa. Moreover, the Sandbergers, in their original description of Bactrites, say that this sinus, which they call the “dorsal iobe,” and regard it, as Hyatt says, as ‘due to the approxima- tion of the funnels to the side,” is sometimes entirely wanting (“anterdum omnino nullus”). In their representation too (op. cit., pl. 18, fig. 2 ¢) of the siphonal or ventral side of two of the air chambers of Orthoceras obliqueseptatum, magnified, the exposures of the siphuncle at each of the

408 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN FAL#ONTOLOGY.

sutures is so irregular in outline as to be evidently due to minute imper- fections or breaks in the casts of the interior, or of the shell wall of these chambers.

This little pyritized Bactrifes is abundant at Bartlett's Mills, but not quite so common at Thedford. At both of these localities specimens were collected by the Rev. Hector Currie in 1882, and more recently by Messrs. Kernahan, Schuchert, Walker and others. Altogether the writer has seen nearly a hundred of these specimens, the largest of which are not quite an inch long. Some of them are casts of the interior of the body chainber, either alone, or with one, two or more of the air chambers attached. In such specimens the body chamber is from nineteen to twenty-three millimetres long, and its dorso-ventral diameter anteriorly averages five mm. Others are casts of considerable portions of the septate end of the shell, sometimes with a small piece of that of the body chamber, and in one of the former fourteen septa can be counted in a fragment that is a little over fifteen mm in length. Figure 15 on Plate 48 is a composite drawing, the body chamber being drawn from one

specunen and the septate portion from another.

NEPHRITICERAS LInAtTUS, Hall. (Sp.)

Curoceras liration, Hall, 1860. Thirteenth Rep. N.Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist. p. 104, " u " 1876. luster. Devonian Fossils: Cephalopoda, pl. 57, figs. 5, 3 pl. Ss, fies, 1, 2) and pl. 00, tes, &, Nautilus Hretus, Wall, 1879. Pal. Nv York, Vol, V., pt. 2, p. 407, pl. 57, figs. 83 and pl. GO, fies. S and 9.

Two imperfect and badly preserved nautiloid shells in the Museum of the Survey, collected in the Township of Bosanquet, by Mr. Pettit, in L868, seem to represent a form of this species in which the spiral ribs are rather more numerous than usual. One of these, aw cast of the interior of the five last air chambers and of a considerable portion of the chamber of habitation, about ]00 inillimetres in length and about sixty-three in breadth at the aperture, has from thirty-five to forty spiral ribs. The other, which is a distorted cast of the chamber of habitation of a much larger specimen, about 141 millimetres in length and 103 mm. in breadth at the aperture, shows no indication of any ribs.

Tn his Jatest description of A /irates, Hall says that in the typical specimen there are “fourteen revolving ridges over the chambered portion of the shell,’ and that in another specimen there are “nine strong plications seen on the lateral face of a partially compressed grand eham- ber.” Dut, in the specimen of WV, dirafis represented by fig. 9 of Plate 60 of the second part of the fifth volume of the Palwontoloey of the State of New York, as many as fifteen ribs can be counted in one half

of the circuinference.

WHITEAVES. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 409

CRUSTACEA. OSTRACODA. PRIMITIOPSIS PUNCTULIFERA, Hall. (Sp.)

Leperditia punctulifera, Hall. 1860. Thirteenth Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 92. Cuthere ? puncetulifera, Nicholson. 1873. Rep. Pal. Prov. Ont., p. 124. Primitiopsis punctulifera, Tones. 1890. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. XLVI, pp. 3 and 9, pl. 2, figs. 7, a-b; 12, a-b; and 13, a-b. " " Jones. 1891. Contr. to Canad. Micro-Paleont., p. 95, pl. 11, figs. 10 and 11, a-b.

This little species, which is common at Thedford and its vicinity, where it was first recognized by Prof. H. A. Nicholson, is now referred by Professor T. Rupert Jones to his genus Primmitiopsis.

Uxricuia Conranbl, Jones. Ulrichia Conrad’, Jones. 1890. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. XLVL., p. 544,

fig, 2. " " Jones. 1891. Contr. to Canad. Micro-Paleont., p. 95, pl. 11, fig. 13.

The type of this species is a ‘small left valve” collected at Thedford, by Dr. G. J. Hinde.

BarycHILina WaLcorti, Jones.

Primitia (?) Walcotti, Jones. 1890. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. XLVL., p.

548, fig. 1. Kirkbya (2) Waleotti, Jones. 1891. Contr. to Canad. Micro-Paleont., p. 96, pl. 11, figs. 12, a-b.

In a letter to the writer, dated June 2nd, 1896, Professor Jones sta'es that the proper name for this species, which was based upon a single im- perfect valve from Thedford collected by Dr. G. J. Hinde, is Barychalina Wadlcotti.

PHYLLOPODA. Exymocanis Hinper, Jones and Woodward.

Elymocaris Hindci, Jones and Woodward. 1894. Geol. Mag., N. 8., Dec. IV., vol. L, p. 293, pl. 9, fig. 7.

Arkona, Dr. G. J. Hinde: “two valves of a carapace. The right valve is nearly perfect, but has lost a piece off the hinder end, and is somewhat cracked by pressure. The other valve lies obliquely and partly embedded.”

4

410 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALASONTOLOGY.

TRILOBITA. Proetus Row, Green.

Calymene Rowii, Green. 1838. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, vol. NN NIIL., p. 406. Proctus Rowii, Hall. 1861. Descript. New Species of Fossils, ete., p. 75. " " u 1862. Fifteenth Rep. N. Y. St. Cab, Nat. Hist., p. 108. " " " 1876. Illustr. Devonian Fossils, pl. 21, figs. 2-6. " " Hall and Clarke. 1888. Pal. N. York, vol. VIL, p. 119, pl. 21, figs. 2-6, 24-26 ; and pl. 23, figs. 20-29.

A few nearly perfect but doubled up specimens of this species have been collected near Thedford, within the last four or five years, by Messrs. Kernahan, Kearney, Xchuchert and Walker. One of these has been kindly presented to the Museum of the Survey by Mr. \Xernahan.

Proerus crassimarcinatus, Hall.

Calymene crassimergiuttus, Hall, 1843, Geol. N. York, Rep. Fourth Distr., p. 172, fig. 5. Proctus erassimarqginata, Mall. 1859, Twelfth Rep. N. ¥. St. Cab, Nat. Hist., p. 88. Phillipsta (2) erassimargmnata, Billings. 1861. Canad. Journ., vol. WI, p. 362. Proctus crassimarginatus, Hall, 1861, Deseript. New Species of Fossils, ete., p. 72. u u " 1862. Viftecnth Rep. N.Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 100. " u " (S76. Dusty. Devonian Fossils, pl. 20, figs. 20-31, Proctus Conrad’, Wall. 1876. Lbid,, pl. 20, figs. 5, 8 and 9. Proctus crassimerginatus, Hall, 1888. Pal. N. York, vol. VIL, p. 99, pl. 20, figs. 6-8, 20-31; pl. 22, figs. 20-26; and pl. 25, fig. 8.

The writer is informed by Mr. Schuchert that he has obtained a perfect specimen of this species from the “ Lower third of the section” at Bartlett's Mills.

FISHES. Prycropus CALcEoLus, Newberry & Worthen. (Sp.)

Rinodus calecolus, Newberry & Worthen. 1866. Paleont. Dl, vol. IL, p. 106, pl. 10, fig. 10. Ptyetodus calecolus, Newberry. 1875. Rep. Geol. Surv. Ohio, vol. IT, pt. 2, p. 49, pl. 59, figs. 13 and 13 a.

An upper tooth, or rather the tritoral area of an upper tooth, which has been identified with this species by Mr. A. Smith Woodward, was collected at Thedford by the Rev. J. B. Goodwillie, in 1882, and presented by him to the Museum of the Survey. Its maximum length is about thirty-four millimetres. A much smaller but otherwise essentially similar specimen was collected on the Riviére aux Sables, at Hill No. 4, near Thedford, by the writer in 1891.

wuiteaves | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 411

AASPIDICHTHYS NOTABILIS (1) Whiteaves. Plate 50, tigs. 1 and 2

Cfr. Aspidichth ys notabilis, Whiteaves. 1892. This volume, pt. 4, p. 354, pl. 47, figs. land la.

Numerous small fragments of the dermal armature of fishes, from Thedford and Bartlett’s Mills, with a surface ornamentation very similar to that of the cranial plates of Mucropetalichthys Sullivanit were identi- fied with that species on page 119 of the second part of this volume. Quite recently, however, the discovery, at Bartlett’s Mills, of the two much larger fragments represented on Plate 50, has convinced the writer that the identification of the swaller ones with M/. Su/livanti is no longer tenable. Both of the specimens figured are quite flat externally and hence clearly are part of the ventral region of the fish, and rot of the dorsal or cranial. In both, also, there is a large, longitudinally median, tuberculated area, and, when perfect, both evidently had a broad, smooth, bevelled outer margin on both sides, for the overlap of lateral plates, and hence must bave formed part of the median element. The original of fig. lon Plate 50 was collected in 1897 hy Mr. Kernahan, who has kindly presented it to the Museum of the Survey. In it a portion of the smooth, bevelled surface, on each side of the tuberculated area, is pre- served. The specimen represented oy figure 2, on the same Plate, was col- lected by Mr. Kearney, in 1875, and is alsoin the Museum of the Survey. It is only a large portion of the right side of the plate (as viewed with the ventral surface uppermost) not far from its midlength, with the margin bevelled on the right of the tuberculated area, but in two directions, as if for the overlap of two lateral plates. Both of these specimens are evidently referable to Aspidichthys rather than to Macropetalichthys, and would seem to have formed portions of the ventromedian plate of a fish which at present can scarcely be satisfactorily distinguished from 4. notabilis. The specimen collected by Mr. Kernahan (fig. 1) probably represents part of the anterior end of such a plate, though it shows no indication of the transverse, terminal, crescentic bevelled area preserved in the type of A. notabilis, and that collected by Mr. Kearney, (tig. 2) seems to be a portion of the right side of a similar plate.

PLATE (OR SCALE), GENUS AND SPECIES INDETERMINABLE.

Plate 50, fig. 3.

The singular plate or scale represented on Plate 50, is labelled “ Bosan- quet, Range 3, Lot 24,” and was evidently collected before the “ Geology

44

412 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALHONTOLOGY.

of Canada” was published (in 1863), as this particular locality is referred to on page 382 of that volume. The organic pirt of the specimen is thin, nearly flat, somewhat diamond shaped, but unsymmetrical and unequal sided, with one of the sides deeply and almost angularly concave. Its maximum diameter is twenty-six millimetres, and its surface ornamenta- tion consists of numerous, fine and closely disposed radiating raised lines or minute ridges, which are crossed by equally fine concentric striw or lines of growth.

REVISED LIST OF THE FOSSILS OF THE HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO.

The arrangement of the species of this list, as in a previous one, is generally in accordance with the classification adupted by Zittel in his Handbuch der Palwontologie, but with some exceptions. The crinoids are arranged as in Wachsmuth and Springer’s monograph on the Crinoidea Camerata, the polyzoa or bryozoa as in Ulrich’s latest “Systematic classi- fication of the Paleozoic Bryozoa,”* the brachiopoda as in Mr. Schuchert’s “ Synopsis of American Fossil Brachiopoda,” and the pelecypoda as in Hall’s monograph of the Mevonian Lainellibranchiata. f

The authority for the identification is given in the case of a few species that the writer has seen no specimens of, and that have not been pre-

viously referred to in this paper.

CQELENTERATA. SPONGLA.

Receptaculites Neptuni, Defrance. ‘‘ Near Widder, Ontario,” Dr. G. J. Hinde. Astreospongia Hamiltonensis, Meek and Worthen.

Supposed bundles of spicules.

Supposed Cliona borings.

ANTHOZOA. ALCYONARIA.

Aulopora serpens ((roldfuss 7) Rominger. Monilopora antiqua, Whiteaves.

*In volume three, part one, of the Final Report of the Geological Survey of Minnesota. + In volume five of the Palwontology of the State of New York.

wun eaves. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 413

ZOANTHARIA.

(A. Tetracoralla, Heckel := Rugosa, Edwards and Haime.) Microcyclus discus, Meek and Worthen. Zaphbrentis cornicula, Lesueur.

Heterophrentis prolifica, Billings. Cyathophyllum Zenkeri, Billings. Heliophyllum exiguum, Billings.

an Halli, Edwards and Haime.

tf juvene (Rominger). tenuiseptatum, Billings. Blothrophyllum conatum (Hall). Crepidophyllum Archiaci (Billings).

ye subczespitosum (Nicholson).

Diphyphyllum strictum (Edwards and Haime). Acervularia profunda, Hall. Phillipsastreea Vernueili, Edwards and Haime. Cystiphyllum Americanum, Edwards and Haime.

“

ss conifolle, Hall. o superbum, Nicholson. fe vesiculosum, Goldfuss.

(B. Hexacoralla, Heckel :=Tabulata, Edwards and Haime.)

Favosites Alpenensis, Winchell. arbuscula, Hall.

- Billingsi, Rominger.

Hs clausa, Rominger.

" placenta, Rominger.

ms turbinata, Billings. Remeria ramosa, Whiteaves Alveolites Goldfussi, Billings. Striatopora Linnezana, Billings. Cladopora Fischeri (Billings).

a frondosa (Billings).

- Reemeri (Billings). Trachypora elegantula, Billings.

ee ornata (=Dendropora ornata, Rominger, teste Nicholson). Syringopora intermedia, Nicholson. ef nobilis, Billings. HYDROMEDUS. HYDROIDA.

Clathrodictyon retiforme (Nicholson and Murie). Stromatopora mamillata, Nicholson.

mirormatoponelly granulata, Nicholson. incrustans, Hall and Whitfield, sp. (=Stromatopora nulliporoides,

Nicholson.) ECHINODERMATA. CRINOIDEA.

Gilbertsocrinus spinigerus (Hall). Dolatocrinus Canadensis, Whiteaves. " subaculeatus, Whiteaves.

414 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY

Dolatocrinus. (N. Sp.)

- (Species uncertain. ) Megistocrinus rugosus, Lyon and Casseday. Genneucrinus Arkonensis, Whiteaves. Arthoacantha punctobrachiata, Williams. Taxocrinus lobatus (Hall).

Botryocrinus crassus (Whiteay es). Ancyrocrinus bulbosus, Hall.

BLASTOIDEA.

Pentremites Lycorias, Hall.

Pentremitidea filosa, Whiteaves.

Nucleocrinus elegans, Conrad.

Granatocrinus leda (Hall).

Codaster Canadensis, Billings.

Eleutherocrinus Cassedayi, Shumard and Yandell.

ASTEROIDEA.

Paleaster eucharis, Hall.

VERMES

Spirorbis angulatus, Hall. e Arkonensis, Nicholson. - omphalodes (Goldfuss) Nicholson. is spinuliferus, Nicholson. Autodetus Lindstroemi, Clarke. Ortonia intermedia, Nicholson. Eunicites alveolatus, Hinde. ie nanus, Hinde, palmatus Hinde. tumidus, Hinde. /Enonites compactus, Hinde. aArabellites politus, Hinde. co similis, var. arcnatus, Hinde. Nereidavus solitarius, Hinde.

e

; Riviere aux Sables,” Dr. G. J. Hinde.

MOLLUSCOIDEA.

POLYZOA.

Intrapora cosciniformis (Nicholson). a elegantula (Hall).

Coscinium striatum Hall. Cystodictya incisurata (Hall).

se incrassata (Hall).

os Meeki (Nicholson).

ae rectilinea (Hall). Semiopora bistigmata, Hall. Teniopora exigua, Nicholson.

i penniformis, Nicholson. Scalaripora Canadensis, Whiteaves.

wuiteaves | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO. 415

Streblotrypa Hamiltonensis (Nicholson). Fenestella Arkonensis, Whiteaves.

2 Davidsoni, Nicholson. filiformis, Nicholson. Nicholsoni, Whiteaves, Retepora prisca, Nicholson. Polypora Arkonensis, 8. A. Miller. Ptilopora striata, Hall.

Trematopora carinata, Hall. Leioclema minutissimum (Nicholson). Amplexopora Barrandi (Nicholson).

“

ae

“

moniliformiis (Nicholson).

Leptotrypa quadrangularis (Nicholson).

Ceramopora Huronensis, Nicholson.

Fistnlipora Romingeri, Nicholson & Foord. ss subtilis, Hall.

m utriculus, Rominger. variopora (Hall). Lichenalia ramosa, Hall.

ee stellata, Hall.

os subtrigona, Hall. Pinacotrypa elegans (Rominger). Botryllopora socialis, Nicholson. Hederella Canadensis (Nicholson).

eS cirrhosa, Hall.

as filifurmis (Nicholson).

me magna, Hall.

Ascodictyon fusiforme, Nicholson. NS stellatum, Nicholson.

“

BRACHIOPODA.

Lingula ligea, Hall.

ee Thedfordensis, Whiteaves. Orbiculoidea Doria (Hall). Crania crenistriata, Hall. Craniella Hamiltonie (Hall). Stropheodonta concava, Hall.

ee demissa (Conrad). ~ imequistriata (Conrad). - plicata, Hall.

Leptostrophia perplana (Conrad). Pholidostrophia Iowensis (Owen). Leptena rhomboidalis (Wilckens). Orthothetes anomalus (A. Winchell). re Chemungensis, var. arctostriatus, Hall. ee “ var. perversus, Hall. Chonetes carinata (or coronata) Conrad. - lepida, Hall.

me lineata, Conrad. # scitula, Hall. ef vicina (Castelneau).

Strophalosia radicans (A. Winchell). HE truncata ? (Hall).

416 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY,

Productella productoides? (Murchison). Orthis (Rhipidomela) Penelope, Hall.

Me ee Vanuxemi, Hall. Pentamerella Pavilionensis? Hall. Gypidula leviuscula, Hall. Camarotoechia Sappho (Hall).

ao Thedfordensis, Whiteaves. Leiorhynchus Laura. (=Rhynchonella Laura, Billings; and Leiorhynchus Huro- nensis, Nicholson.) fe iris, Hall.

Pugnax Kernahani, Whiteaves. Cyclorhina nobilis, Hall. Eunella attenuata, Whiteaves.

. harmonia, Hall. simulator, Hall. Cranzna Romingeri, Hall. Tropidoleptus carinatus, Hall. Atrypa reticularis, L.

‘spinosa, Hall. Spirifera audacula (Conrad).

ss divaricata, Hall. euryteines, Owen. = granulosa (Conrad). pennata (Atwater). . subdecussata, Whiteaves. Delthyris consobrina (d’Orbigny).

re sculptilis, Hall. Reticularia fimbriata (Conrad). Martinia Maia (Billings). Cyrtina Hamiltonensis, Hall. Amboceelia umbonata (Conrad). Rhynchospira? Eugenia (Billings). Parazyga hirsuta, Hal]. (=Athyris Chloe, Billings.) Athyris Fultonensis (Swallow). Teste C. Schuchert.

“ spiriferoides (Haton). Meristella Barrisi, Hall.

es Haskinsi, Hall.

uf rostrata, Hall. Charionella scitula, Hall. Pentagonia unisulcata, Conrad.

“

MOLLUSCA.

PELECYPODA.

Pterinea flabellum (Conrad).

Actinopteria Boydii (Conrad).

Leiopteria Rafinesquii, Hall.

Limoptera macroptera (Conrad).

Microdon (Cy pricardella) bellistriatus ? Conrad. Nucula lirata, Conrad.

Nuculites triqueter, Conrad.

Leda rostellata (Conrad).

wniTeaves. | FOSSILS OF HAMILTON FORMATION OF ONTARIO.

Paleoneilo plana, Hall.

Nyassa arguta, Hall.

Grammysia arcuata? Conrad. Var. Paracyclas lirata (Conrad). Orthonota parvula, Hall.

GASTEROPODA.

Platyceras carinatum, Hall. ab dumosum, var. rarispinum., erectum, Hall. quinquesinuatum, Ulrich. Platyceras (Orthonychia) conicum, Hall. Platyostoma lineatum, Conrad. co plicatum, Whiteaves. et Shumardi. (= Turbo Shumardi, de Verneuil.) & turbinatum ? Conrad. Pleurotomaria Arkonensis, Whiteaves. me capillaria, Hall. Evomphalus (Phanerotinus) laxus, Hall. Loxonema. (Species undeterminable. )

“

“

PTEROPODA.

Tentaculites attenuatus, Hall. Coleoprion (?) tenuis, Hall. Hyolithes aclis, Hall.

CEPHALOPODA.

Orthoceras Anax, Billings. o Lambtonense, Whiteaves. - subulatum ? Hall. es exile? Hall. s Arkonense, Whiteaves. Bactrites (obliqueseptatus ? var.) Arkonense, Whiteaves. Goniatites uniangularis, Conrad. Nephriticeras liratus, Hall.

CRUSTACEA. OSTRACODA.

Primitiopsis punctulifera (Hall). Ulrichia Conradi, Jones. Barychilina Walcotti, Jones.

PHYLLOPODA.

Elymocaris Hindei, Jones and Woodward.

417

418 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADJAN PAL/EBONTOLOGY.

TRILOBITA.

Phacops rana, (rreen. Dalmianites (Crypheus) Boothii, Green. Proetus crassimarginatus, Hall.

“© Rowi (Green).

FISHES. Ptyctodus calceolus, Newberry and Worthen.

Aspidichthys notabilis ? Whiteaves. Plate, or scale, genus and species uncertain.

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY

VOLUME IT.

BY J. F. WHITEAVES.

APPENDIX

8. Revision of the nomenclature of some of the species described or enumera- tedin previous parts of this volume, and additional notes on others, necessitated by the progress of paleontological research.

PART 1.

Page 87. For “HOPLOPARIA ? CANADENSIS, Whiteaves”—and the single reference which follows, read :

LINUPARUS CANADENSIS, Whiteaves.

Hoploparia ? Canadensis, Whiteaves. 1884. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. IT., sect. 4,

p. 238. i * Whiteaves. 1885. This volume, pt. 1, p. 87, pl. 11.

Podocrates Canadensis, Whiteaves. 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, N. 8., vol. L., sect. 4, p. 133.

Linuparus atavus, Ortmann, 1897. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, 4th Series, vol. IV., p.

290, and figs. 1, 2 and 3, facing p. 296.

In 1890, Dr. Clemens Schluter, of Bonn, suggested to the writer that the specimen figured on Plate 11 of this volume is clearly a species of Podocrates, closely allied to if not identical with P. Dulmenensis, as stated in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada for 1895.

Still more recently, on receipt of the American Journal of Science for October, 1897, containing a description, with illustrations, of Lanuparus atavus, the writer was struck with the resemblance of the specimens figured under that name to Podocrates Canadensis. In a correspondence which ensued, Dr. Ortmann says that he is now fully convinced of the identity of Linuparus atavus with Podocrates Canadensis, and that the species should be referred to the genus Linuparus, which was proposed by Gray, in 1847,* and based upon the recent Palinwrus trigonus of De Haan. He also says that the genus Podocrates was first published by Geinitz in 1850, and that it is founded on a good figure.

*List of the specimens of Crustacea in the British Museum, p. 70.

420 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

PART 2. Page 151.

For “ AUCELLA MOSQUENSIS, var. CONCENTRICA,” and the list of its synonyms, substitute the following.

AUCELLA CRASSICOLLIS, Keyserling.

Aucella crassicollis, Keyserling. 1846. Reise in das Petschora-Land, p. 300, pl. 16, figs. 9-12. Aucella Piochti, Gabb. 1869 (In part.) Palwont. California, vol. II., p. 194, pl. 32, figs. 92, a-e, Aucella Piochit, (Gabb) Whiteaves. 1882 (In part.) Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. I., sect. 4, p. 84. ‘ m Whiteaves, 1884. (Geol. Surv. Canada, Mesoz. Fossils, vol. I., pt. 3, p. 239. Aucetla concentrica, (Fischer) White. 1884. Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv., No. 4, p. 13, pl. 6, figs. 2-12: and (1885) Ihid., No. 15, p. 23. Aucella Piochti, (Gabb) Whiteaves. 1887 (In part.) Geol. and Nat. Surv. Canada, Ann. Rep. N.S., vol. I., p. 111 A. Aucella concentrica, (Fischer) White. 1889 (In part.) Mon. U.S. Geol. Surv., No. 13, p. 231, pl. 4, figs. 3-5, 11-17 and 21. Aucella crassicollis and var gracilis, Lahusen. 1888. Ueber Russischen Aucellen, pp. 24 & 42, pl. 5, figs. 8-16. Aucella pirtformis, Lahusen. 1888, Tbid., pp. 24 & 42, pl. 5, figs. 1-7. Aucella crassicollis, (Keyserling) Stanton. 1895. Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., No. 133, p. 45, pl. 5, figs. 1-13 ; and pl. 6, figs. 1-5.

Since the publication of Lahusen’s monograph on the Russian Aucelle, it has become obvious that the specimens which areso abundant at many

localities in British Columbia, can no longer be regarded as varieties of A. concentrica,

Mr. Stanton, who has examined a series of specimens from that province, expresses the opinion that the Aucellw from the Skagit River, collected by Dr. G. M. Dawson, in 1877, are A. Piochii, var ovata, but that those from all the other localities mentioned on pages 151 and 152 of this volume, should be referred to A. crassicollis, Keyserling. All the Aucelle that the writer has yet seen from Canadian localities are from a well-defined horizon in the Earlier North American Cretaceous.

Page 156. For “ PLACENTICERAS PEREZIANUM”’—read : DeEsMocEeRAS PEREZIANUM.

And, add to the list of references :

Desmoceras Perezianum, Whiteaves. 1892. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. X., sect. 4, p. 114.

WHITEAVES ] APPENDIX. 421

Page 158.

For “ PLAcENTICERAS (PEREZIANUM! var.) LIARDENSE ”-— read : *

Desmoceras (PEREZIANUM? var.) LIARDENSE.

The systematic position of the four specimens upon which this species was based is still doubtful, and they are now only provisionally referred to Desmoceras. Their previous reference to Pacenticeras was based upon Zittel’s extension of the characters of that genus so as to include the Clypeiformes, and has not proved satisfactory.

Page 159.

For “ Discina PILEOLUS. (N. Sp.)’—read : ORBICULOIDEA Dawsont. (Nom. nov.)

Discina pileolus, Whiteaves, 1889. This volume, p. 159, pl, 21, figs. 3 and 3 a, but not D. pileolus, Hicks, 1866, which is probably also an Orbiculoidea. Discina Dawsoni, Whiteaves. 1893. Trans. Royal. Soc. Canada, vol. XL, sect. 4, p. 17.

Page 172.

For ‘ PLACENTICERAS GLABRUM. (N. Sp.)”—-read : DesMOCERAS AFFINE, var. GLABRUM.

Placenticeras glubriuna, Whiteaves. 1889. This volume, p. 172, pl. 24, figs. 1 and 1 a-b. Desmocerus affine, var. glubrum, Whiteaves. 1892. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. X., sect. 4, p. 115, pl. 9.

The type of Placenticeras glabrum is a small and perfectly smooth cast of the interior of the shell, collected by Mr. W. Ogilvie, in 1885, from the Cretaceous rocks of the Peace River, a few miles below Fort Ver- milion. Numerous other specimens, from rocks of similar age on the Peace River and its tributaries, collected by Mr. McConnell in 1889, were described and figured in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada for 1892. As the surface of none of these specimens can be called smooth, or even very nearly smooth, the species was redefined under the name Desmoceras affine, on account of its close resemblance to D. Beudanti, and the name glabrum retained in a varietal sense and restricted to those specimens in which the distant periodic arrests of

growth are not developed.

422 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL/EONTOLOGY.

PART 3. Page 202. :

read :

For ‘‘ CAMPOPHYLLUM ELLIPTICUM ” Cyarnopnyttum McConneuu. (N. Sp.)

The reference of the three corals from the Hay River, mentioned on p. 202, to the Chonophylhium (Ptychophyllinn) ellipticum of Hall and Whit- field, under the name Cumpophyllum ellipticum, has not proved satisfactory. Professor Calvin, who has recently compared the best of them, the original of Plate 27, fig. 5, of this volume, with lowa specimens, thinks that it is generically but not specifically identical with Hall and Whitfield’s spe- cies. Rominger, alse, in his Mossil Corals of Michigan, page 104, says that C. ellipticum is not a Chonophyllam bat a Cyathophyllum allied to C. Houghtoni. Under these circumstances it seems most prudent to dis- tinguish the three Hay River xp:cimens formerly designated as Campo- phylum ellipticum by the foregoing new specific name, in honour of their

discoverer, and to refer them provisionally to the genus Cyathophyllum.

Page 204.

“ PHiteipsasrickA Henna, Lonsdale.”

The corals from the Peace and Hay rivers which were referred to this species, were so identified solely by their external characters. Sections since made shew that they and the spe:imens from the Hay River re- ferred to Phillipsastrea Verriffi7, have more the structure of Pachyphyllium than of Phillipsastrea proper, though Rominger maintains (Fossil Corals of Michigan, page 127) that the separation of these two genera is both “artificial and inappropriate.” It is quite likely that all those which have been identified with ?hillipsastrwa Hennahs are mere varieties of Pachy- phyllion Woodmani, although the specimens from the Hay River have rather smaller and less prominently exserted calyce-, with a somewhat

smaller number of septa.

Page 205.

“ PHILLIPSASTREA VERRILLU, Meek. (Sp.)”

See the remarks on the preceding species.

wuiteaves. | APPENDIX. 423 Page 206. For ‘Pacuypora cervicornis, DeBlainville. (Sp.)”-—read:

CLADOPORA CERVICORNIS, De Blainville. (Sp.)

Mr. L. M. Lambe, who is making a special study of Canadian Paleozoic

corals, thinks that Pachypora, Lindstrom, is synonymous with Cladopora, Hall.

For “ AtveoLires R-emert, Billings ””—read : Ciapopora R.emeri, Billings. (Sp.) And, after the paragraph referring to that species, insert the following.

CLApOPORA TURGIDA, Rominger.

Cladopore turgida, Rominger. 1876. Geol. Surv. Michigan, Fossil Corals, p. 48, pl. 19, fig. 2.

A fragment of a specimen from the Ramparts, Mackenzie River, col- lected by Robert Kennicott, loaned by the U. 8. National Museum and labelled No 14,554, has been identitied with this species by Mr. Lambe.

For ‘“‘SrROPHALOSIA PRODUCTOIDES, Murchison ”—read :

PRODUCTELLA FRODUCTOIDES, Murchison. (Sp.)

And, add to the list of references :

Productella productordes, Hall & Clarke. 1892. Pal. N. York, vol. WIT, pt. 1, p. 317.

Page 217 (and pt. 4, page 283).

PRODUCTELLA SUBACULEATA and its var. CATARACTA.

On page 318 of his recently published Synopsis of American Fossil Brachiopoda, Mr. Schuchert expresses the opinion that ‘(for the present it is preferable to retain the name P. spinw/icosta” for the American De- vonian forms which have been identified with P. swbaculeata, and its var cataracta. In that publication he includes the specimens referred to un-

424 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

der the name P. subaciuleata, var cataracta on page 217, and those identi- tied with the typical form of P. subaculeata on page 283, of this volume, in the synonymy of P. spinulicosta. On the other hand, it is to be noted that the Rev. G. F. Whidborne, in his Devonian Fauna of the South of England, vol. IT., pt. 3 (1893), p. 155, says that /. spinulicosta and P.

subaculeata var cataracta, are both varieties of P. suhaculeata.

Page 222. For “ SPIRIFERA CYRTINZFORMIS, Hall and Whitfield ’—read :

CyrtlA CYRTINEFORMIS, Hall and Whitfield. (Sp.)

And, add to the list of references :

Curtia cyrtineformis, Hall and Clarke. 1894. Pal. N. York, vol. WIIL, pt. 2, p. 42, pl. 25, figs. 26-32,

Page 230. For “ RHYNCHONELLA puGNUS, Martin ”—read :

Puenax puanus, Martin (Sp.)

And, add to the list of references :

Prgygnas pugnus, Hall and Clarke. 1893. Pal. N. York, vol. VIIL, pt. 2, p- 203, pl. 60 figs. 6-10.

Page 231.

For ‘“ RHYNCHONELLA CUBOIDES, Sowerby ”.—read : HyporuHykis CUBOIDES, Sowerby. (Sp.)

And, add to the list of references :

Hupothyris cuboides, Hall & Clarke. 1893. Pal. N. York, vol. VIIL, pt. 2, p. 200, pl. 60, figs, 49-55.

Professors Hall and Clarke claim that the Atrypa cuboides of Sowerby, the Ahynchonella cuboides of Davidson and other paleontologists, is the type of McCoy’s genus //ypothyris as defined by King, and hence that it must be called Lypothyris cuboides (Sowerby). Mr. Schuchert, however, who regards Rhynchonella Emmonsi as distinct from &. cwboides, thinks that the specimens collected by Mr. McConnell on the Hay and Peace rivers are referable to the former rather than to the latter species, and

that they should be called Mypothyris Emmonsi (Hall and Whitfield).*

* See his ‘Synopsis of American Fossil Brachiopoda ” (1897) p. 233.

wniteaves | APPENDIX. 425 Page 232. For “ RuyNCHONELLA CAsTANEA, Meek”—read : Hypornyris casranga, Meek. (Sp.)

And, add to the list of references :

Liorhynehus castaneus, Hall and Clarke. 1895. Pal. N. York, vol. VIIL., pt. 2, pl. 59, figs. 28 and 29. Hypothyris castanca, Schuchert. 1897. Synops. Amer. Foss. Brachiop., p. 233.

Page 234. For “ PENTAMERUS GALEATUS, Dalman. Var.”—read: GYPIDULA GALEATA (Dalman). Var.

And, add to the list of references :

Sieberella yaleata, Hall and Clarke. 1893. Pal. N. York, vol. VIII., pt. 2, p. 246, fig. 175, pl. 72, figs. 7-13. Gypidula valeata, Schuchert. 1897. Synops. Amer. Foss. Brachiop., p. 226.

For “ CRYPTONELLA CaLVINI? Hall and Whitfield ”—read:

Dretasma Catvini? Hall and Whitfield.

And, add to the synonymy and references :

Dielasma Calvini, Hall and Clarke. 1893. Pal. N. York, vol. VIII., pt. 2, p. 296, pl. 80, figs. 20-22.

In their remarks upon the genus Dielasma, King (op. cit.) Professors Hall and Clarke say: “the Cryptonella Calvini of Hall and Whit- field, of the middle Devonian of Iowa, is an excellent representative of the early forms of this genus.”

PART 4. Page 270.

Line 13, from the bottom, for “length” read “ breadth.”

426 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PALEONTOLOGY.

For “Pacuypora or Anveouires. (Sp. Undet.)”—read : Ca@nivEs cRYProDENS, Billings (Sp.)

Mr. Lambe is of the opinion that all the specimens referred to under the first of these headings, are referable to A/veolites cryptodens, Billings, which he thinks is a Canites.

Page 290. For “PentamMeRUS coms, Owen’—read . GYPIDULA CoMISs, Owen (Sp.)

And, add to the list of synonyms and references :

upidula comis, Hall and Clarke, 1893. Pal. N. York, vol. VIIT., pt. 2, p. 247, fig. 177, pl. 72, figs. 15-24. Page 291. For “Trresratuta Suiiivanti, Hall,’—read: EuNELLA SuLLIvanti, Hall.

And, add the following reference:

Bunclla Sullivanti, Hall and Clarke. 1895. Pal. N. York, vol. VIIL, pt. 2, pt. 290, tig. 210, pl. 80, figs. 28-26. Page 331. For “ Puatyosroma rumipum. (N. Sp.)”—read : Piatyostoma Wuiteavest, Miller.

Platyostome tumidim, Whiteaves. 1892, This volume, pt. 4, p. 381, pl. 48, fig. 12. But not Platyostoma tumidum, Meek & Worthen, 1860. Platyostoma Whiteares’, 8. A. Miller. 1897. Second Suppl. N. Amer. Geol. and Paleont., p. 769,

WwHITeaves. | APPENDIX. 427

To the list of Pteropoda from the Devonian rocks of lakes Manitoba and Winnipegosis, on pages 342 and 343, add the following :

TENTACULITES PARVULUS. (N. Sp.)

Fig. 5. Tentaculites parcudus, «a, Side view of a specimen natural size; b, the same enlarged six times; and c, portion of the same, enlarged twenty-four times, to show the surface markings.

Shell (or rather cast of the interior of the shell) very small for the genus, averaging about three, and rarely exceeding three and a half millimetres in length, of the usual narrowly attenuate-conical shape. Surface of the cast marked by very numerous, close-set, minute annulations or transverse raised ridges, which are rather variable in their arrangement and propor- tionate size. In some specimens, or in different parts of the same specimen, they are either very close-set and uniform in size, or alternately a little larger and a little smaller, or of equal size but not quite so close together. Test unknown.

North side of Manitoba Island, J. B. Tyrrell, September 19, 1897; a flat piece of limestone of irregular shape but (roughly) about five inches by three, with its exposed and weathered surface strewn with numerous specimens of this species, which seems to be well characterized by its very diminutive size and close set, rib-like annulations. The lengths of the smallest of the Devonian species of Jentaculites described and figured by Hall in the second part of the fifth volume of the Paleontology of the State of New York, are stated to be as follows: Tentaculites spiculus, longest specimens, eight to ten millimetres, ordinary ones, four to six ; T. attenwatus, ten to twelve mm., rarely a little more; 7. bellulus, fifteen to twenty-two mm.

INDEX TO GENERIC AND SPECIFIC NAMES.

(Synonyms IN ITatics.) PAGE. PAGE. Acella Arniotites sp. undet. ............ 13 sp. uncertain .....0.0 6.00. oe. 147 Acervularia Vancouverensis ........0....06- 146 profunda... ..........055 93 | Arthroacantha Acrochordiceras (?) punctobrachiata... 2.2.2... 2. 6 Carlottense ........6.......... 141 | Ascodictyon Aeorclasus SHAUN cy caqewer fans P13 RIMLUGUS aa aenan dae cechaaaee 17 | Aspidichthys (?) radiatulus . ......... Be te Nae fos 17 NOUCAOMISE coc oacutessuceey Peace 354, 411 Acton Astarte attenuatus ........ ee 46 Carlottensis..cccccusa uv cu sd ees 154, 168 Actinocystis Astreospongia VariaDiliS eye. ad aiecuaew'eao% 271 Hamiltonensis...,..... ..... 197, 263 Actinopteria ABTRMIEES cc aes. Cia Ree SOE 323, BOVGIi;s: sacvcscsas Oksioaees boas 239, 293 | Astralites ‘Achinostrama ier. se ae re oe SS OXPANSWM sa mem ae ae wi ese eed 275 Athyris ; A 2 fenestratum... .......... 276 Angelica, var. occidentalis...... 227 Ayr rel Mh ga Jed ics ae oitealie ss hd 976 Fultonensis. ................... Whiteavesii.... 0.0.0... 2002000 208 PaPVUla..scaaeesae seers enue 228 Mueslites spiriferoides. ...........- £ 395 = OPES. HEUTE sage dak 5 pons a bees 8, 395, 396 PUOITOT toes ek Sets ae eiacnta yf rok We 207, 423 Mier : si a 207, 27. oe SELON eae oenmet eats oe 207,274 reticularis ........0 5222.20.00. 220, 289 Amplexus (or Diphyphyllum) reticularis, Var. ASperd......... Be SOL OY sas 4 be ¥eEe er gsaehen seeeras® 270 MIMUOSI da ckakie akhee dew sa set 391 Anchura Aucella A as 48 Mosquensis, var. concentrica,..151, 420 re EECA TAs Meseeiok Ss thie Ca wees 218 3 TARBICONN Gs. queda ia raees beeen @ ee 420 ney TOcr nus _ | Aulacoceras ; bulbosus ...... 0 s..e see 103, 375 Carlottense ...0.......00 cee eee 149 aes dg | lovee aenteale STAMINA Be PIERS SNES ERRE SS Se 47 GEDDOHSS 2.5 Hinsdearus cyanea Bake 198, 363 A Be ak heen ee Autadetus noms Lindstroemi.............6.5..-- 376 WiCPONOWIA, ws ook ccaa et rene ce ee 64 *OBNQUA = 4 ae4 nin ge vain ganes 187 : perstrigosa .....00 66.0 ween eee 5 | Bactrites Anodonta (obliqueseptatus ? var.) Arkonensis. . 407 parallela, ........... 502s eeeee 64 | Baculites propatoris ... 2... 0 eee eee 59 ASPENS Ga, Ao deadedeeerece 39 Anodontopsis compressus ... 0.2... eee eee ..49, 182 pis ra So Ne Fok ek Ll ath 303 PvVANiGiess creiuegs iaeranssions 50, 1x2 Apanchites OVALS: Gis.g 5 wees oe OE 181 MAS - Aa crsaastnre ohn Soveen dan 246 | Badiotites Wearienceaauas Carlottensis............ 148 Canadensis .........-.20-0-005 . 208] Barychilina $s Wailcottis oxen deg araite cae sae 409 (Gab bis.. sun. a csewene ter-lahend woes 141 | Belemnitella 144 Manitobensis ...... 0... ...-: 189

ARNIOTITES......

430

Beleanites (sp. indt.)... 3elerophon Pelops? var Blothrophylluam conatun. ...

Botryocrinus Crassus.

Bronteus

Manitobensis .....

Callista (Dosiniopsis) Deweyl..... Camiarotaschis Horsfordi, oo... .. Say ypho. 7 . Thedfordensis ... Campelomia inultilinesta . producta. fete Campophallina cHiptiount.. Card topsis tenuicostata . Ceramopora Hnronensis Chlainys

Nebrascensis. ........

Chonetes ca lineata.

Logani, var. Aurora

Manitobensis . VACUA oan de bce Cinnlia

CONCIMNS ci 6 oer Cladocyelus

occidentalis. Cladopora

PETP LOOT TA es. 5 do

Ruemeri.......0..

turgida . . Clathrodictyon

retiforme Codaster

Canadensis. .... Cumnites

ery ptodens. Coleoprion (7)

tens .

CONTRIBUTIONS

nata (or coronata).

PAGE,

FR oth stag! 202, 422 307 214

Colunmaria (Cyathophy lHoides)

disjuncta

Conocardium Ohioense. 0...

Conularia, Salinensix... .

Corbicula cy theriformis obliqua occidentalis.

ene ot & 9, 62, 68, 80

TO CANADIAN

Corhwa

mnctriformis......

perangulata..... perundatin. 00... subtrigonalis . Corbulamella eregaria so... Cornulites (Ortonia) sublievis oo... 2.

Cr ISE

striatum. . Craniena Romingeri Crania Haimiltonie.. Crenella (”) parvula . Cryptonelta Calvin’ so...

Ctenocerinus

Cyathophy lem Anna areticum re Athabascense Athialbascense, v cespitosum .... Manthus.. McConmnelli. petraioides., profunduni....

PAL.EONTOLOGY.

profunduim, war....

Richardsoni Waskasense..

Cy phaspis hellula

Cy pricardella hellistriata...... producti

Cy pricardinia planulata .....0.. Cyprina occidentalis... oVvatibe.. c.. 2 e, ovata, var. alta. subtrapeziformis . Yukonensis . Cyrtin cyrtinweformis..... Cyrtina. re Hamiltonensis . Cyrtoceras occidentale... ..

! Cystiphylum

comfolle

Cystodictya Hamiltonensis. . . Incisuritie....

i ae

Meeki..

rectilinca

spy snare

ee 9

PACK.

80

62

80

. 808,

INDEX 'TO GENERIC AND SPECIFIC NAMES. 431 . PAGE. . PAGE Dalmanites Favosites FRCL END och.5 chdiere 5 dels’ cp hues eral 119 Alpenensis ........... 366 Dielasma AnDMSCWlaS, Gok. Senses wae wle'seinn 366, Galwing! sok % acadavnee anve 425 Cothlandicd (var.)ecc.. oc eee 272, Delthyris Fenestella consobrina......0 6.0.0... eee Arkonensis 379 Dentalium DiGUOUGM oe ecchbe ong asReee 378 . Bowen Yay e ey te yaa ees BEE Rees 279 . USP: icve cd. anoe ne aaah a Rael ae 311 edie ne or ESDOCETAS Fistulipora affine, var. glabrum ...... 421 Romingeri... ............... 380 Purevianum .... .... 2... 420 Sabtilis 380 Perezianum, var. Liardense 421 aati SS Jae, 5) ct Organs Cn ee HE ECUUUS, ee oie, sig, eae as 380 Dinicthys VaAVIOPOES. otenx oes es ogee se: 380 Canadensis........ 0... 0... So8 Disetie Genneocrinus PULOTUS sais og vnciatialu tenn avis 159, 421 ADKONENBSIS zs «a: wigeg eB a Re Kod 373 SB. AWE). ener ae raeeaese ae 281 | Gervillia Dalatse i PECHI soe hore ae re 35 fe Or are care it Ge 99 369 a recta, var, borealis ..ccaeaeess aut BD ATS Jinivtliisius Gailbertsocrinus lirutus... SPINSELUS: e.g tantane eee aavaeene 368 subaculeatus 369 | Glossites MASP! severe npiedea S egepy ee ed 370 Manitobensis . 2.2.0.0... 0 ..... 310 species uncertain ............. 99, 371 Gomphoceras Manitobense ..........000 1... 344 Hatonia GoNTATITES 245 variabilis 02... ceceeeeee ee ey cap asa aie : Goniobasis Eleutherocrinus Nebrascensis ..... 2.0... 21 COSSPIOG Loos cau we sweads tae 110) 4 : Gontobasis Elpe a 346 SUDLOFETIOSR cuye cena Ge Go eee 74 Tyrrellii... 00.6... sees fenwienvinala 62 aces es ass ass 22, 27 Elymocavis tenuicarinata, var.. .... ..... 22 Hindit-enars ie gudierns 409 | Goniophora Enchodus perangulata, var.........-...... 299 Shumardi......... 0.02.00 08. 194 | Gosseletia. Entalis (Spa)icnite sty 20. eesinas 293 paupercula.........-. 81 | Grammysia. Estheria arcuata?var.... 9. wee ease 116 bela segs cnsale anaes lees 162 | Granatocrinus. Kunella Wetlay: scsi Shee ih gets Segre 109 BECENUAtAY oc deciiaca Seat: SR Bee 389 | Gypidula. WaPMOO Geeks weeks eee 389 PIE oye har eav iden den doen 426 simulator ........ 0.2.65. 389 galeata, var.....606. casas 425 Sullivanitl, joc wuace tas hee BG $26:) GaRGCHIRAS ¢. ce @ ck chev ins 245 Eunema Gyroceras brevispira . tafe) close fs Oy iihees il ea eee Red beter e ce aie 345 clathratulum... ..... ...-+-. A filicinctum ........0......00000- 346 SDECLOS UM a3 6 ares A ee 0 submamillatum .......... 346 subspinosum . 321 Evomphalus aie ; (circularis ? var.) Eulgemaonehe. .. 997 | 8 ooh eas ; 133 Maskusi....-...-.--- me : ade occidentalis........0.0. 00000 eee 134 Euomphalus (Phanerotinus) Haminea Taxus... 0.2 cee eee cee a occidentalis .....0.....8..02200- 45 Spi UN be sacs as stiwn ee sc | Hederella Euomphalus (Straparollus) Canadensis . vw. sere eee 210 aumnulatl®, 2. «5 «<seeddsees 324 CONOR day 6 cates Sua Lda ea 381 HORISEVIATUS ccs su vgeiiee nee e gas 242 MMACWS. A260 dca es, eRe 382 MOPS eae sg Sees amcmet es 242 Heliophyllum ‘ Exogyra FUVENG; kee REG em ate 365 sp. indet.)... 0.00065 serer wees 165 PACVULOU? cioecenswustie $2 arcu Sod 203

432 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL.ZONTOLOGY. PAG PAGE, Howaloceras Limoptera planatum aseees eee see oe 345 MOCTOPROT Gls gas. ceeewda Seuns eas 397 Homocrinus Linearia CPOE oun cen e “Ves ene = 96,3275 fOwMIORe ei venan eve 177 Hoploparia (2) Lingula Cun GdCTBU8 aia 2 wasadieg 6 eos 87, 875, 419 NGO sacieeernns Foeaes eter ses 111 Hydatina nitida eh Biggs renreede oo Sir Ul pe Senuae es Says oheceatts be heehseaes 180 subspatulata?.., eee 185 Giviiotiia Thed COPA CNSIB. ao caceae ee een oes 111 subeylindrica: ci. giccseveecrca ves 75 | Liopistha (Cymella) Daath: WUNGAT: os ae aGaaema es 3, 80, 178 Hyolithes : ou OCIS: 2 uc 4B Sea ee eawe sister ay 403 | Linuparus TTR EU Gear Bae chap hGaea 349 Canadensis wae e ik 24aR 419 Hypothyris Loricula : GASTAWEAs if slsoe soled seseute agGinles 45 Canadensis .. ow... eee e eee 190 G@whoides: ~. aks; dacwuisee ards 424 | LOXONEMA..... 0 22 eee 344 Loxonema TNOGERAMUS sex cer gua 4 eee a on 167 e Alaa Micon a eerie ste oan: 334 Inoceramus cingulatum .... 336 eee ; 33 PTACHHMUM ee s0s 5 esau o eae ss 338 SPALL go. wad keds %A nwa 33 Cl) pal proble maticus ad 85 is Wt ees a: syecauterontee = pene: var. Nebrascensis.....34, 174 Lucia tenuilineatus .0.......000 Fae 34 scidentalis e ne a ea i OUCMIENEANE 4 ocees ae dees os 39 Vomieenil doa vig.44eaxs gewer sey 175 mae satteinsess Macrochilina COSMUOPMNS oo 5 diene wave 376 ee ele So pe ge Ps ae ban Clee antilas cos <sereadicwy walle ss 376 UDCO SEN Masia niabay a tale ab aoe Téedhilina Macrodon UNG TINDTE? Se ee eo iylne ea eatea astechane 246 RENNES. SERS SEARS RS me PDA ate crcbel ten eotacteir on 345 | Afacropetalichthys : ie Sullivante, gor ged einlgee s seGe 119, 411 Kefersteinia Mactra (Cymbophora) SubOVAbE ce weawe tong Rees 302 alta a ree 62 PVACHIEG «aia ude por ane sete acteaigl ste 43 Lamna Wirrenanais.cuo ge) azenevedagiaed 43 Manitobensis................ 192 Margarita Leda PTSBIE 137 BORCEMA TALS iia vere he auente Seles ea} 398 Marts ; HOMICIOOUH e eee 440d eae exes 179 Leioclema Mecynodon : minutissimum ...0 2.0 2.2.02. 380 7 ) 303 Leiopteria Megistocrinus ai : Banneaquit ccc. cesccse cues 397 rugosus...... waa . one .101, a Leiorhynchus (sp. imdb)... eee cee eee TRIS Se sends ot, maheaern eae 3a7 ; Melania Toujunclitin 2) insculpta ... Drie oaaeee) heals 73. ORlae | ceds segues 2347 Wyomingensis Sunkhe oe ie bie Be, 21 Leptodesina Maree : 2 TWANG a5 GR im RES bas ear EES 240 Hw bi? ie a pa ee eT a ARR cg haw warded Heaede 240 2 EAE URED GSN Ee CIRE ES re ihewiavene ne lie ED ashe ndsx) Lee sainespntchs anette’ 115, 396 quadrangularis.............00. 277 | ~ a t F Lichas (Terataspis) catiaeul pts een i WIN Ph. case's: Gas we ante Renee OY 349 : 1 sae eae i ts . : P27 | Modiola (Brachydontes) Lichenalia dichotoma . 37 ie RE PGES Fei Modiomorpha : Rare Sa - WEPONUWALA voc Gsitene scien ie sae 295 meee ied Glens Geos ae Ades 381 compressa ........ ........ 296 F ; PATVUS: ie casas cgasd wxease: —oaciene 29 perobliqua.. .. ...........-000. 165 tumida ........ 296 Limnea Monilopora tenuierslata ., css cress 13 MAMPIGUAL: ccccaven edad nd Seite ya 364

INDEX TO GENERIC AND SPECIFIC NAMES.

: PAGE

Monotis

ONONIS 9 worn veieia tee edad G 132

subcireularis...cs6cecneee ee cas 131 Monotrypellag

UTE se Gage ek Goutecds 214 Murchisonia

APCRIGOUW i oicen saan anne 315, 358

Dowling i.4 6 wis ie nee abba ne 316

SUTDINALA er. eauteiee atten Ck Geen 358 Myalina

CHI@ONBIs: ce eee des Codeine 294 Mytilarea

MMHG Acie cee tks Read a eet 293 Mytilus

SUDATOWAIS., cnp4 aevoaeyeaaes 56 Naticopsis

IVOPHAA crac deg eevde oe toutes ¢ 333

Manitobensis 332 Nautilus

Weiardevisie « cc.g4es eee eae 137 Nevra

Moreauensis ............... 44 Nephriticeras

MAPACUS cee ved 7 aetantnee aeRO 408 NEWBERRIA,. 0 6 Hoaiacdandebuungad es 236 Newhberria .....0........000005

TERE sidney comin neta ee AS 237 Nucleocrinus

elegans. 2< kasdeiagecniaueyny 107 Nucleospira

MONTE. 2422. 552sawer ere eee 115 Nucula

CntCelAl Reg cad oynglad anlage eevee & 37, 79

Nich ess adag men Asan ees 301, 398

Manitobensis ....... 0 .......... 301 Nuculites

SP: ac GRP Wate aes aeeed ea 302

EMIQUELOR 5 a5 4 genase ene 9 398 Ollacrinus

SY MIPETUE caw eek Rew wan 102, 368 Omphalocirrus

Manitobensis .... 327 Onychodus

Hit UME see ue acess arena cane 356 Opis

Vancouverensis .... .........- 155 Orbiculoidea

Da WSONt since’ wimon's stigle’ ger 421 Orthis

GUISE ca ea sad sengemou ss eae 218 Orthis (Rhipidomella)

Penelope sie o ssscies enn: dis ardiaw ai sania 385

* Orthis (Schizophoria)

Manitobensis ... ......... .... 283

BUI hes can eeay avgen ons eek 218, 283 ORTHOUHBAS ccccee .422 aeante ase 244 Orthoceras

ANA ced anach sash Sik heaped ae 403

Arkonense...........6.. 0000005 406

ONE? ina widened a tea te as 406

PAGE.

Orthoceras— Cont.

TAU iti cut dose vastus a Senses slecsaby Sees 344

Lambtonense ... 0... 02.2.0... 404

subulatume 2s. pcuces ceed vesaens 405 Orthoceras (Thoracoceras)

Wytrellits sas. hice Ga be balan a ba 344 Orthonota

COMNUP ALA. .cccsecacas nea oo 311

PME VU LE 9 fos esas arrctatadiine luneron Rand 400 Orth: thetes

amomalus ..........0c. cess ees 383

Chemungensis ..... 285

Chemungensis, var. arctostriata. 383 Ostrea

congesta ....... be nga Dba 78, 83, 186

BLA 5 sais wae Gon wigs 8 vide! 8, 56, 64

mornata.. .. : 30

AUN Aree. a ne eile anc ac ie

Skidegatensis ... 0. 6.2.0.0...

subtrigonalis................. 30, 56, "83 Pachyphyllum

Devoniense........ 2 2... 2... 205 Pach pore

COPUTCOTMS Co cee 206, 273, 423

Pachupora or Alveolites

BONO 626 cxcioG Roxen kaeae S . .273, 426 Paleeacmea (?)

Ginn OTA ay andes aeepse ace e Sadanee 311 Paleastacus

GUNA GUS) ou vaday peak ae tees gens 183 Paleoneilo

GONE so i etidg Sdcad peewee 399

SP: UNAGidas ee dows a adams 241 Paleaster.

SUuCHEMISl ssc. ~ohaas auneaa dscns 376 Paleschara

quadrangularts . oi. veces 213, 277 Panopea

CUP sc sdanii ys an wy oleae eagles 12

simulatrix.. 66.00 cee cece ee eee 11

PUDOVENIBss 4 csvas ¥edow 44 Paracyclas

AMIGO cond c ura saveeiaevaniis 304

PNP tiGhe ss Boies sued hee SA 241, 305

elliptica, var. occidentalis. ...... 305

linditise xvaeed veaweewa 40 399

Os WINE sa.c4 9 hens oes es 306 Patula

angulifera...... 00... .. 18

MOUISHA, & sahadsaccenreey ¥ 18 Pentamerella

Pavilionensis ......0. 2. v2.00. 385 Pentamerus

COMMS 2922 Keaskieeendaras wide 290, 426

GAlCatus, VAP. Li cc ee ccc e ences 234, 425 Pentremites

Lycorias. ........ 375 Pentremitidea

POSS: <>: Acaas adda he \edutaueceugeee CE: 104 Phillipsastreea

OBA aa: vs vewse's news oe 204, a Vernewili.... ccc. cece ec se ne eees MBPEU Da 3s: sc5- sescres Mende Sareveeseens ome 205, 193

Pholadoniya papyracea . subventricosa

Pholidostrophia Towensis ..

Physa Copel. Cope,

Pinacotry pa elegans marginata .

var. Canadensix.......

Pinna Lakesii.. Placenticeras aabrin occidentale, Pereviamunte oo... Peresetiune?, var. placenta. : placenti, var. Planorbix paucivolvis ..... Plate or scale (of fish) genus and sp. undt....

intercalare .

Platyceras carinatum, . quinguesinuatum . .

Platyceras (Orthonychig COMIGUTIE soa as : parvalum

Platyostoma lineatum . pheatum.... tumiditite. oo eee tiabinataum Whiteavesi

Pleuromyie Carlottensis .... levigata.

Pleurotomaria Arkonensis capillaria ..... fomlostoma. infranodosa .. . Spencer. sp. undt....

Polypora Arkoneusis. .. (porosa % var.) I

Popanoceras McConnelli

Porcellia Manitobens

Primitia seitila

Primitiopsis punctulifera, . Probuscina laxa.. Productella dissimilis ... 0. lachrymosa, var. Tina. productoides

Liardense..

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN

PAL-BONPOLOGY,

PAGE. | PAGE, | Prodnete Na—Cont. productoides, var. membranacea, — 282 subaculeata.. .. b wee ore BBB 4DS subaculeata, var. ¢c: utaracta . sand, ADs 382) Productella iol daca RUMEN EHS ce oe Mid eee ay 112 14, 63, 71 Proetus . 14/ crissimarginatus wee 410 : Haldemani. 2.00.2... 240 . 3sL | mundalas 350 , Rae COO 4 ona54s adyed ode oouea 410 Protocardia 84 biP@alis.. cvs « wacgs .41, 177 : Hillana . ee Re eT Aa Ser 196 172, 1 subquadrata . 41 3 = 153 Protocardinm 156, 420 Allan . 169, 196 158, 421 | Pseudophorus 53, 183 tectiformis Sie) Beceaahates 330 OF) Pteria lingiiformisin. ccs case suse. 31 lk linguiformis, var. gibbosa. 174 Pteria (Oxytoma) 411 Corneniliana.. vee. 166 Nebrus@ana... ..2... . 31, 56, 79 117) Pteria (Psxeudoptera) = é 117 filbrosa, var... .. scam Lefeeaes 32. Pterinea ' 117 flabellum.. 116, 238 331 LGbatintce shader Acme Maer ete h 202 Pterinopecten 6-118 Spr wilt: .25 Agesene eeening 238 veeee LIS] Ptilopora . 881, 426 striata . LOPS Rane wo wont 379 400 Ptychodus 426 VAEVIINS na ccces 191 13011 Ptychopteria ine wequivalvis.......0.00. 239 oe ds Ptyctodus ' caleeolus. . .. siaiees aubud ge diginOes ALO 401 : 400 Pugnax : 319 Kernahani .. 6. wee, 387 eat 313 | pugnus ow, 424 SH ' Pyrifusns 313 | Newhetryh. ah eiasicesoun sacs Sl if 37 Rete “pora VSO, i. a en 379 | Retin CPreaumanine) 138 | a eee 116, 388 | Rhaphistoma -.. 818 PVCU 2. Shea aad. Aleenciane 314 ) Rhynchodus O46 | (sp. undt.). oo... 0. 353 | Rh agnchoucle 409 | CMSUHHEH s6 ee pawn 232, 426 | euboiles nea BBL At aig | pugs .231, 290, 424 212 | | Rhytophoruas (7) 216 glaher 69 eee PAT] Revtnieric 423 | PAMOSI 307

INDEX TO GENERIC AND SPECIFIC NAMES. 435 : PAGE, PAGE. Scalaripora Stromatopora : Canadensis.. 6... ose 378 mamillata ...... pe 8 Mig Love Gs Scaphites cfr. S. Buchcliensis. ... 274 abyssinus .......0.... 51 cfr. 8. Hupschii...... Dia Nicolleti ........ 00.00... , 51 | Stromatoporella rn pers 52, 182 Incrustans. ...... 368 Juatsimoensis ......... 158 |g ; i Sh eee SRE Stee TRI A A | Strophalosia subglobosus 2.0... oe 52 productoides occ... 216, 423 vermiformisi(?) go. 4icie. eo eus 87 radicans ; 3R4 a : va el adicans ... 3 ee W ty See tile RP 82, 86 TUNICA. < x ssiss ed aesdw otaaede 384 He Manus ; +Strophodonta Chemungensis.....00. 0... 241 arenate: 285 Schloenbachia demissa : 819 bOP@AlS: 5 gu avs dleneaeeuns 160, 170 | interstrialis . L2S6 PUGS hs Bate, gu Ampoee eh a Sibann 1 a perplana .. 920 Semiopora a PliGatac gcse Gede , Seccaes 114, 382 bistigmata.. 0. 0.0.0 0.000. | Supposed bundles of spicules. ee 363 Serpula a Supposed Cliona borings 363 semicoalita .... ......... 185 Solecurtus (Tagelus) | Tancredia oceidentalis:...c.sa¢0kees xeeg eas 178 Americana ...... ....- 39, 175 Spathella | Taxocrinus subelliptica ... 298 lubatus, var... 0... 94 Spheerium ag | Lerebratula formosuin, VaT.... 06.0.0 e ccc e ee 61, 68 Humboldtensis............. 129 recticardinale ........ u Liardensis ...... 130 Spherospongia POUCA as cc geome dregs ee wen e's 163 tesselata. 2 6c. csecscasaas 959 Sullivante oo... . 291, 426 Spine of dome of crinoid............ 102 | Tetragonoceras Spirifera POO ons awaits Mase hala Asaedas 345 audacula...........00 22.6... 393 | Thaumastus CUTE NOPOFMIS. 0.0 cca 222, 424 limneiformis ....0.........- 20, 27, 72 WNC ecg ae eees © ae graven ¥y 2, | Trachyceras disjuncta, var. occidentalis... ed "pil ara 9 ivatieate ee ee, 393 Canadense . .... 0... eee eee 142 CULV TOLINES oo. ks caene aes .. 892 | Trematopora LG TU TAO os ce 8 than feo atk B08 esd 286, 394 | carinata... 6... we... ee 379 ANY UUE SY es Sete be Saat sate etc 223 | Trigonia penmata. ..rc.icovces B02 Daws0ni wee 4 cess gee eens 167 subattenuata 223 | Trigonoarca subdecussata 114 Cea es ee On has cote ee 167 AUNT Ai ancdata gested na gen nope SS 224 | 4, gees we VI ST ees ne het Trigonodus (7) Spirifera (Martinia) productus. ie. 4 csaeesseseewes 135 glabra, var. Franklini.......... 22 | Propidolevt meristoides... 22... ... 996] HTOR ee rus Richardsont, . ........ 226, 287 carinatus .... 2... 458 a Turbo Spiriferina Purbo ; ; b sO reAle kde ome. Uaebconusele 429 AUTO a Ago bein 8 Bava A 116, 417 Spirorbis fh, Goa Arkonensis.. ..........0. 0000058 209 | Ulrichia omphalodes.. .....0.... 0605. 209, 277 Conrail. aes. 04 4 Aha pee anon 409 Stomatopora | Unio ; moniliformis................ 212 Albertensis ... a : consuetus 59 Straparollina so ere & Sy ee DIG cn ga. a wgug wad x ee B28 Dane... one ea ey vy: a OD | Deweyatiae <..2 6. ewes ne ; 66 Streblotrypa es ase primevus..... oe 59 Hamiiltonensis...........0..0... 378 priscus.... Bac 26, 65 Streptelasma senectus donee Bane. Cearkde 6, 67 POW ak cette Re EeEe ade eae 199 supra gibbosus. . sd eka a 66 *Streptorhynchus PEEVENSUM ws un wage nena s 113 | Valvata Stringocephalus : Wieineta. 2. wataniscwaesedaeaes 25 Burt bees? . aa dtayie oubhena. Sd 235, 290 AIOE 24. al wes dade wne ae 25

*Now called Orthothetes.

+Now written Stropheodonta.

436 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN PAL-EONTOLOGY.

PAGE. : PAGE, Vanikoropis Volviceramus Tuomeyana..... as eee 49 exogyroides ..... 6... sees 84 Velatella . buptista Beene Bars des Saath, ; 73 | Yoldia Viviparus | arate, ¥ 154 Gonradl vaeccc. aan eveerad mites : 76 | Evansi...... 39 Be a.. ohreak auiak ssa ate ea 8 seltula.. 39 peMdentiie, oy .2ays ese 4 24 trochiformis.......0 .......000. 2s

PLATE I.

Unless otherwise stated, all the figures are of natural size.

Figure 1.

Figure 2.

Figure 3.

Unio ALBERTENSIS (page 3). Side view of the type specimen, shewing the left valve. ANOMIA PERSTRIGOSA (page 4).

Upper valve of a perfect and well preserved specimen, as viewed from above.

CoORBICULA OCCIDENTALIS (page 7).

Side view of a large specimen from Rye-Grass flat, sewing the right valve.

The same as seen from above.

CoRBICULA OBLIQUA (page 8).

Side view of a perfect specimen, frou Ryc-Grass flat. Dorsal aspect of the same.

Cast of a left valve, with a slightly different outline, from the Belly River.

CoRBULA PERANGULATA (page 9).

Side view of a somewhat arcuate example, from Rye-Corass flat.

Dorsal view of the same, to shew the amount of convexity of the closed valves and the excavated posterior area.

Side view of a younger specimen from the same locality. At this stage of growth the posterior area is not excavated and the posterior extremity is truncated.

He ea

ical History Survep of Canada.

CONTR.TO CAN. PAL VOL.I. ; PLATE I

L.MLambe & J WH.Watts.R.C.A-Del! Mornmer & Co. Lith

Figure

Figure

“

Figure 3

1.

Dis

»

Figure 4,

da,

Figure 5.

Figure ae

cc

Figure e

4“

PLATE I]. CoRBULA PERANGULATA (page )).

Side view of another adult specimen from Rye-Grass flat, of a shorter and less arcuate form than the one represented on plate 1, fig. 5.

PANOPHA SIMULATRIX (page 11).

The most perfect specimen collected, as viewed laterally. Dorsal view of the sume.

PANOP.EA CURTA (page 12).

Side view of the type of this species, from Forks of Devil's Pine and Three Hills Creeks.

Puysa Cope (page 14).

Dorsal view of a specimen from Vincher Creck, which has the apex broken off.

Similar view of a smaller example of the same species, from Gooseberry Canon on the St. Mary River, in which the slender and acuminate spire is perfect.

Paysa Corgi, Var, CANADENSIS (page 14).

Dorsal view of a large and typical example of this variety, from Pincher Creek.

Similar view of an unusually narrow variety of this shell, also from Pincher Creck, referred toon page 16 as approaching very nearly in shape to Bulinus atanus, White.

Ventral view of another specimen from the same locality, to shew the characters of the aperture.

PATOLA ANGULIVERA (page 1S).

The type and only specimen collected, as scen from above. Basal view of the same.

Outline of the same from another point of view, to shew the comparative height of the shell and shape of the aperture.

PATULA OBTUSATA (page 18),

Upper side of the largest specimen known to the writer. Lower side of the same.

Outline of the same to show the relative height or depth of the shell.

ralogical ANatural Hishory Survey of Canada.

CONTR.TO CAN. PAL VOL.I SLAW. Tt

L.M.Lambe, Del. Mortimer & Co. Lith

Figure 1.

ia la.

Figure 2.

is 2a,

a 2b Figure 3.

s 3a.

“ 3b Figure 4.

: 4a.

5a. Figure 6. 6a.

Figure 7.

“ 7a. Figure 8.

« Sa.

ad Sh.

PLATE II,

ACROLOXUS RADIATULUS (page 17).

The type specimen, fromthe mouth of the Blind Man River, as seen from above and slightly enlarged. The cross-lines to the right indicate the actual size.

A portion of the surface of the same, still more highly magni- ffed, to shew the details of the sculpture.

ANCHISTOMA PARVULUM (page 19).

View of the upper side of the only specimen known. Basal view of the same.

Another view of the same, to show the proportionate height or convexity of the shell, and the narrow lobe on the upper part of the outer lip.

THAUMASTUS LIMN.EIFORMIS (pages 20 and 277).

Dorsal view of a specimen of asupposed variety of this species, from the Rosebud River.

Outline of another and apparently more typical specimen, from Wood End Depot.

Ventral view of the last, to shew the characters of the aperture.

GoNIOBASIS NEBRASCENSIS (page 21).

Dorsal view of a specimen from the St. Maury River. Portion of the same magnified, to shew the surface markines.

GONIOBASIS TENUICARINATA (page 22).

Dorsal view of a specimen from the Bow River.

Enlarged portion of the same, to shew the sculpture of the last volution of the spire.

GONIOBASIS TENUICARINATA, Var., (puge 22).

Specimen from Pincher Creek, dorsal view. Similar view of another and slightly distorted example from the same locality.

VALVATA FILOSA (page 25).

Magnified representation of a perfect specimen from Vincher Creek, showing the upper surface. The cross-lines on the right indicate the actual size.

Portion of the surface of the same, still more highly magnified, to shew the sculpture.

VALVATA BICINCTA (page 25).

Specimen from the mouth of the Blind Man River, as seen from above, and considerably enlarged. The cross-lines between this and the next figure shew the actual size of the originals of both.

Basal view of the same, also enlarged.

A portion of the surface of the same specimen, still more highly magnified, to shew the details of the surface markings.

TEES ERE BIE ES SES AAS AN GY RMN I CU BY a Oe U =p thei mit @) at MU Mls é s Ss 4

CONTR.TO CAN. PAL. VOL.I PLATE

‘fer

OR 6 sd.

L.M.Lambe, Del. Mortimer & Co. Lith

PLATE LV. Preria (PsEUDOPTERA) FIBROSss, Var., (page 32).

Tigure 1. Lateral view of a specimen from the Bow River, shewing the right valve.

(ERVILLIA RECTA, Var. BOREALIS (page 35),

Vieure 2. Side view of a left valve from the Belly River.

" 2a. Cast of the interior of the closed valves, from the South Saskat- chewan, shewing the impressions made by the muscular sears of the right valve.

2h. Interior of a fragment of aright valve, from the Belly River, which shews the cartilage pits of the anterior end of the hinge line.

Mopio.a (BRacnyDoNTES) bDicHoroMA (page 37).

Figure 3. Lateral view of a right valve with the test preserved, from the St. Mary River. Considerably enlarged.

“

3a. Similar view of a cast of the interior of the closed valves of the shell of a larger and apparently more adult individual, from the same locality. Also considerably enlarged.

ey Ot VM aM cl.

USS our Pu APT

W

de TMT MT EAL NX AN TAT

CONTR.TO CAN. PAL VOL I

Mortimer & Co. Lith.

L.M.Lambe, Del

PLATE JV.

INOCERAMUS TENUILINEATUS (page 34).

Figure 1. Side view of a small but nearly perfect cast of the interior of this shell, from the South Saskatchewan, showing the shape and surface undulations of the left valve.

me lu. The same as seen from above, to show the thickness through the closed valves.

YOLDIA SCITULA (page 38).

Figure 2. A right valve, slightly enlarged, witha portion of the outer sur- face still more highly magnified represented below. The cross-lines also below but a little to the right, indicate the actual size of the specimen.

CYPRINA OCCIDENTALIS, Var. ALTA (page 40).

>

Figure 3. Side view of a perfect left valve. PROTOCARDIA SUBQUADRATA (page 41).

Figure 4. Side view of one of the most perfect specimens collected, shew- ing the right valve.

_ da. QOutiine of the same as seen from above.

enlogieal XS Natural Bigtory Surwey ot Canada.

CONTR TO CAN. PAL VOL.I PLATE. OF

LMLambe del Mortumer & Co. Lith

PLATE JI.

PROTOCARDIA BOREALIS (page 41.)

Figure 1. Side view of a specimen of averave size and normal form, shew. ine the right valve. a lu. Dorsal outline of the same. “« ,

e. Side view of another specimen, in which the valves are un- usually tumid and ineyuilateral.

va. Dorsal outline of the last.

a De Cast. of the interior of a large specimen from Ross Coulée, shewing the outlines of the muscular ianpressions of the right valve.

CaLLista (Dusintopsis) Dewnyt (page 42). TFivure 4. Side view of a supposed large varicty of this species, from near Big Plume Creek, shewing the left valve. Hs ae Outline of a cast of the interior of another form of the species,

from Bulls Head, shewing the impressions of the pallial sinus and museular impressions of the right valve.

Se. Outline of portion of a left valve from the same locality as the last, to shew the hinge dentition of that valve.

PANOP.EA SUBOVALIS (page 44).

Figure 6. Side view of the type specimen, shewing the right valve. “

bu. Outline of the same as seen from above, to illustrate the com- parative convexity of the shell, the anterior and posterior vaping extremities, and the short ligamental area.

Geolugical sNatiral tiglory Survey of Canaia.

CONTR TO CAN PAL VOL. 1 PLATE VI

LMLarmbe del’ Mortimer &Co. Lith

PLATE VII.

ANISOMYON CENTRALE (page 47).

Figure 1. Side view of a specimen in which the apex is distinctly eccentric.

a lu. The same as seen from above. 2, Side view of a specimen in which the apex is nearly central. = 2a

2a. Dorsal aspect of the last.

SCAPHITES SUBGLOBOSUS (page 52). Figure 3. Side view of a large but entirely septate and worn specimen, from Old Wives Creek, in which the finer surface markings

are partly obliterated. This speciesis more fully illustrated on the next plate.

eolagieal & Nw

CONTR TO CAN. PAL VOL 1 PLATE: Vil

tural Hishsry Surven of Canada.

deit Mornimer.& Co. Lith,

Figure 1.

la.

2a.

PLATE VIII. SCAPHITES SUBGLOBOSUS (page 52).

Outline of the aperture of the specimen represented on plate VIT., fig. 3, to shew the maximum convexity of the shell at that stave of growth.

Portion of aseptum of the same specimen. The finer ramnifi- cations of the lobes and saddles are partly obliterated hy erosion.

Side view of a simaller but well preserved specimen, to shew the finer surface markings.

Outline of the aperture of the last.

Geological SNatural Hislory Survey of Canada. PLATE VII

CONTR. TO CAN. FAL VOL.I.

Mortimer & Co. Lith.

LMLambe del*

PLATE LV.

CRENELLA ? PARVULA (page 57).

Figure 1. Side view of a perfect right valve, much enlarged. The cross- lines below (to the right), indicate the exact size.

ANODONTA PROPATORIS (qr

Figure 2. side view of a cast of the interior of a shell from near Bull's Head, which is doubtfully referred to this species, shewing the left valve.

2e. The same specinenas viewed from above. SPILERIUM FoRMost™, Var., (page 61).

Figure 5. Lateral outline of a right valve, considerably enlarged. The cross-lines to the right show the natural size of the specimen.

Unio CONSUETUS (page 59).

Figure 4. side view of the only perfect specimen collected.

g do. Dorsalaspect of the same.

QW CUM Ay

Tonal tishor py Srey ot Cama dan,

CONTR..TO CAN. PAL VOL 1 PLA‘

L.M.Larmbe, Del Mortumer &Co J,it

PLATE X. UNIO SUPRAGIBBONI'S (page 66). Figure 1. Side view of a specimen, shewing the left valve. Unio senectus (page 67).

Figure 2. Side view of a supposed small variety of this species, from the South Saskatchewan, shewing the right valve.

Unio priscus (page 65).

Figure 3. A very young but perfect specimen of a Unio, from the South Saskatchewan, which may be referable to this species, but which accords equally well with the characters of (\ vvtustus, Meek. The larger and more typical Canadian examples of U. priscus are not figured here, as the species has heen well illustrated by Meek and Dr. C. A. White.

Ryrovyores (?) GLABER (puge 6),

Figure 4. Dorsal view of a nearly perfect specimen with the test preserved.

“ 4a. Cast of theinterior of the shell of a larger individual.

ut 4h. Half grown shell, with the apex broken off, to shew the sculpture of the body-whorl.

“ 4¢. A very young shell, much enlarged, to shew the narrowly acuminate spire and slender apical volutions at this stage of growth. The cross-lines to the right indicate the actual size.

PLANORBIN PAUVCLVOLVIS (page 71). Figure 5. Left side of the most perfect specimen known to the writer,

much enlarged. The cross-lines to the right shew the natural size.

MELANIA (?) INscuLPrA (page 73).

Figure 6. Dorsal view of a nearly perfect specimen from the South Sas- katchewan,

GONIOBASIS SUBTORTUOSA (page 74).

Figure 7. Dorsal view of a perfect and well preserved specimen, also from the South Saskatchewan.

Figure 5. Ventral or “apertural” view of the type specimen, much enlarged.

®rwlagieal SNekeewt hiislory Surwey af Camara,

CONTR. TO CAN. PAL VOL 1 PLATE

L.M.Lambe, Del. Morumer &Co Lith

PLATE 41. Hoproparia (?) CANADENSIS (page 87).

Dorsal view of the type specimen.

@>rutkugiewl A Na lace tas haw yy spur wl Gamal a.

CONTR.TO CAN. PAL VOL.1 PLATE 41

L. M.lLambe, Del. Mortuner &Co. Lith

PLATE XII.

Unless otherwise stated, the figures in this and the following plates

Figure 1.

Figure 2.

Figure 3.

Figure 3a.

Figure 5b. Figure 3c.

Figure 4.

Figure 4a.

are of natural size.

TAXOCRINUS LOBATUS, var. (page 94).

Side view of the dorsal cup of a specimen from Thedford.

HoMocrinus craAssus (page 95).

Side view of the dorsal cup of the only specimen collected.

DoLatocrinus CANADENSIS (page 99).

Basal view of the dorsal cup of the type of this species. Twice the natural size.

Summit view of the same specimen, shewing the dome plates. Twice the natural size.

Outline of the same, as viewed laterally.

Diagram of plates of the dorsal cup of this species.

Cotumns or DoLatocrinus (page 101).

Portion of a column of a species of this genus, as seen from above. Lateral view of another portion of a similar column.

®Oruluagiral & Natiaral tis ary Survey ot Camara.

CONTE. TO CAN PAL VOL.-I PLATE

L.M.Larabe, Del A Mortiwer, bith

Figure 1.

Figure la.

Figure 2.

Figure 2a. Figure 26.

Figure 3.

Figure 3a.

Figure 4.

Figure 4a. Figure 4b.

Figure 5.

PLATE XIU,

ARTHROACANTHA PUNCTOBRACHIATA (page 96).

Side view of a specimen of the dorsal cup of this species, from Bartlett’s Mills.

Similar view of another specimen from the same locality, in which the summit is completely filled by a Platyceras.

Meatsrocrinus, Sp. Inpr. (page 101).

Side view of the central dome plate. End “ “ce 46 a“ “ce Basal “ “ “ “c “

Spine oF Dome or Crinorp (page 102). Side view of the spine. Basal view of the same. OLLACRINUS SPINIGERUS (page 103).

Side view of an unusually perfect specimen from Thedford. The same, as seen from above, shewing the dome plates. The same, as seen from below.

All enlarged four times.

ANCYROCRINUS BULBOSUS (page 103).

Side view of a worn specimen of the root and part of the column of this species,

Grulugieal SNutural History Surwe y of df entre:

CONTR.TO CAN. PAL.VOL.I PLATE

L. M.uarabe, Del

Figure 1.

Figure la.

Figure 1h.

bo

Figure *

Vigure 3.

Figure ov. Figure 3b. Figure 3c.

Vigure 3d.

Figure 3f.

Figure 4.

Figure ta.

Figure 5.

Figure 5b.

Figure 5u,

PLATE ATV.

PENTREMITIDEA FILOSA (page 104).

Side view of the most perfect specimen collected. Twice the natural size.

Outline of the same specimen, as seen from above. Twice the natural size.

Outline of a portion of the summit of the same. Four times the natural size.

NUCLEOCRINUS ELEGANS (page 107).

Outline of the summit plates of a Canadian specimen. Much enlarged.

GRANATOORINUS LepA (page 108).

Side view of a specimen from Thedford.

The same specimen as seen from above.

One of the radial plates of the same. Twice the natural size.

A portion of the surface of the radial plate figured, still further enlarged, to show the minute details of the sculpture.

One of the deltoid plates of the same specimen. Three times the natural size.

Diagram of the calyx plates of a Canadian specimen of this species.

CoDAsTER CANADENSIS (page 109).

Lateral view of a specimen from Thedford. The sume, as seen from above. Both twice the natural size.

KLEUTHEROCRINUS CASSEDAYL (page 110).

Radial view of the most perfect specimen yet collected in Canada. View of the opposite side of the same, shewing the large and unforked azygos lateral, with the paired basals below it, in the centre, and a partly modified radial on each side. Sunimit view of the same, shewing the four regular ambulacra, and the modified azygos one, &c. All twice the natural size.

yy

tery Suruew of Canara,

>

nes)

rl wt

u

+

nial & Naka

1 z

la

eu

ONTR..TO CAN PAL VOL I

(

aribe, Del

MM.

e, ats

Figure 1.

Figure 2.

Figure 2a,

Figure 3.

Figure 3a.

Figure 4.

Figure 5.

PLATE XY.

LincuLa THEDFORDENSIS (page 111).

Side view of the type of this species. Twice the natural size.

STROPHALOSIA PRODUCTOIDES (page 112).

[Referred to in the text in connection with Productella (Stro- phalosia) truncata, Hall.J View of a specimen of this species from the Athabasca River, shewing the exterior of the ventral valve. Opposite side of the same specimen, shewing the exterior of the dorsal valve and the hinge areas of both. Both three times the natural size.

SPIRIFERA SUBDECUSSATA (page 114). View of the type of this species, shewing the dorsal valve and the hinge area of the ventral. Natural size.

A portion of the surface of the same, enlarged, to shew the finer details of the sculpture.

GRAMMYSIA ARCUATA? Var. (pave 116).

View of the cast of the interior of the left valve, referred to in the text as having been collected by Mr. J. Pettit.

PLATYCERAS QUINQUESINUATUM (page 117).

Side view of a specimen of this species from Thedford. Similar view of another specimen from the same locality.

Natural Hislary Survey of Canada,

rumlagical &

CONTR.TO CAN. PAL,VOL I PLATE #4

6

L.M.Larmbe, Del. A Mortimer, Lith .

PLATE XVI.

PRODUCTELLA (STROPHALOSIA ?) TRUNCATA (page 112). Fignre 1. Specimen of this species, shewing the exterior of the ventral valve. Figure 2. Similar view of another specimen. Both figures are twice the natural size. The outlines on the side

of each figure are intended to shew the contour of the closed valves and the exact dimensions of each specimen.

Turspo Saumarpr (page 116).

Figure 3. Dorsal view of a specimen of this species, from the Township of Bosanyuet.

PuatycErRas (ORTHONYCHIA) conrcuM (page 117).

Figure 4. Lateral view of aspecimen of this species, from Thedford.

PLATYCERAS QUINQUESINUATUM (page 117).

Figure 5. Apertural view of 2 specimen from Thetford.

PLATYOSTOMA PLICATUM (page 118).

Figure 6, Dorsal view of the type of this species.

ealogical Natural History Survey of Gauara,

CONTR. TO CAN PAL VOL I PLATE X

VI

LM Lambe Del

Figure 1.

Figure 2.

Figure 2a. Figure 2b. Figure 2c.

Figure 3,

Figure 3.

Figure 4.

Figure 5. Figure 6.

Figure 7.

Figure 7a, Figure 70.

Figure 8.

Figure 8a.

PLATE XVII.

SPIRIFERINA BOREALIS (page 128).

Dorsal view of the type of the species.

TEREBRATULA LiaRpENsIS (page 130.)

Dorsal view of one of the most perfect specimens of the narrowly ovate and most usual form of this species.

Profile view of the same specimen, in outline only.

Front view of the same, also in outline only.

Dorsal view of a broad and nearly circular form of the species.

Monotis supcincuLARIS (page 131).

Right valve of an obliquely subovate specimen of this species, from Fossil Point on the Peace River.

Right valve of another specimen, of more nearly circular outline, from the same locality.

Monoris ovais (page 132).

Left valve of the type of this species.

FIALoBIA OCCIDENTALIS (page 134).

Left valve of the type specimen.

Small piece of rock, partly covered by the basal portion of a left valve and « nearly entire right valve of a shell which is some- what doubtfully referred to this species.

TrIgonopus (?) PRODUCTUS (page 135).

Right valve of a specimen of this species. Left valve of another specimen, from the same locality. Dorsal view of the closed valves of a third specimen, in outline only. All the figures twice the natural size.

Maraarita Triassica (page 136).

Dorsal view of one of the most perfect specimens collected. Basal view of the same. Both figures three times the natural size.

eulogieal & Natural Hislery Suruep of Canada.

CONTR.TO CAN. FAL..VOL.I. PLATE XVI

L.M.Lambe, Del Mortireer, Lith .M. 2, ‘

Figure 1.

Figure lu.

Figure 2.

Figure 2a. Figure 2b.

Vieure 3.

Fieure dea.

Fievure 4.

Ficure 4s,

Figure 4b.

PLATE XVIII.

NavtiLus LIARDENSIS (page 137).

Side view of the type of this species. Tront view of the same specimen.

Poranoceras McConnei (page 138.)

Side view of a specimen of the typical form. Front view of the same specimen, in outline. Portion of the sutural line of another specimen. Side view of a specimen of the variety lenticularc. Front view of the same, in outline.

TRaciYCERAS CANADENSE (page 142).

Side view of the type of this species.

Front view of the same, showing the groove in the centre of the abdominal region.

Portion of the sutural line of the same specimon.

©rulogival X Natural Viistor w Surw ep of Gaunmatan,

CONTR.T:O CAN. PAL.VOL.1 PLATE XVII

L.M.lambe, Del Mortimer, Lith

Figure 1.

Figure 2.

Figure 3.

PLATE XTX.

ACROCHORDICERAS (?) CARLOTTENSE (page 141). Side view of the larger of the two fragments upon which this

species is based. The dotted lines indicate the probable out- line of the shell.

ARNIOTITES VANCOUVERENSIS (page 146).

Side view of the type of this species and genus, from Crescent Inlet.

ARNIOTITES. Species uncertain. (Page 147).

Side view of the largest and most perfect specimen from Robson Island described on page 147.

ARNIOTITES or CELTITES. Species uncertain. (Page 147).

Figure 4.

Figure 5.

Figure 6.

Side view of the large specimen from Forward Inlet, referred to on page 147. BapiotiTEs CARLOTTENSIS (page 148).

Side view of the type of this species from Houston Stewart Channel, Q.C.I. Four times natural size.

AULACOCERAS CARLOTTENSE (page 149).

Guard of the most perfect specimen known, of this species, also from Houston Stewart Channel, Q.C.I.

Geolegival \Nalurwl Higlery Survey of Cauada,

CONTR.TO CAN. PAL.VOL.I PLATE XIX

L. M.bambe, Del Mortiwer, Lith .M.ba _De

PLATE XX.

PLACENTICERAS (PeREzIANUM ? var.) LIARDENSE (page 158).

Figure 1. Side view of a small but nearly perfect specimen of this shell, from the Liard River near old Fort Halkett. Figure 2. Side view of a fragment of a large specimen of the same species,

and from the same locality.

@rulogival ANatural Mislory Survey of Camata.

PLATE

CONTR.TO CAN PAL.VOL.T. PLA

Figure 1.

Figure 2.

Figure 33.

°

Figure 3.

Figure 4.

Figure 5.

Figure 6.

Figure 7. Figure 7a.

PLATE XAI.

PLACENTICERAS OCCIDENTALE (page 155).

Side view of the type of this species from the K-uk River, B.C.

SCAPHITES QUATSINOENSIS (page 158).

Side view of the most perfect specimen of this species yet collected, from the east side of Winter Harbour, Quatsino Sound.

Discina PILEOLUS (page 159).

View of the most perfect of the two dorsal valves collected, as seen from above.,

Lateral view of the same, in outline only, to shew the relative height of the valve.

CYPRINA YUKONENSIS (page 160).

Side view of a right valve of this species. ScHLOENBACHIA BOREALIS (page 160).

Side view of the largest and most perfect specimen of this species yet collected.

View of an Aptychus found associated with S. borealis. HstHERIA BELLULA (page 162). Side view of the type of this species. Twice natural size.

Side view of the left valve of a shell supposed to be referable to E. bellula. Twice natural size.

Groluutwal & NetluraltHatery Surven of Carwatlya,

= =

een

Db, vi. liaribe, Del Mortimer, Lith

PLATE XXII.

TEREBRATULA ROBUSTA (page 163).

Figure 1. View of a rather narrowly elongated form of this species, showing the whole of the dorsal valve and part of the ventral.

Figure la. Profile view of the same specimen, in outline only.

Figure 1). Front view of the same, also in outline only, to show the slight mesial fold and sinus.

Figure 2. View of a comparatively broad and short form of the species, shewing the whole of the dorsal valve and part of the ventral.

Lima PpEROBLIQUA (page 165).

Figure 3. Side view of the most perfect specimen (a cast of the interior of a left valve) yet collected.

Figure 3a. Vragment of a left valve with part of the test preserved, to shew the surface ornamentation.

(eulugival §Nalurul tislary Suww eu at Gawatat,

CONTH.TO CAN PAL VUL 1 ie

Mor titaer, |

L.M.Larabe, Del

PLATE XXIII,

Preria (OxYTOMA) CorNnuUELTANA (page 166).

Figure 1. Side view of a large and nearly perfect left valve, from the Rocky Mountains three miles north of the east end of Devil’s Lake.

Figure la. An imperfect right valve from the same locality.

Figure 1). Ontline of another left valve from the same locality.

SCHLENBACHIA GRACILIS (page 171).

Figure 2. Side view of the type of this species.

Figure 24. Outline of the aperture of the same specimen. The unbroken line shews the breadth of the aperture at the summit of one of the ribs, and the dotted line the thickness of the shell in the interval between two of the ribs.

@eulagieal SNebiral Vistory Survey of Camata,

KPO CAN PAL. VOL I Spe

a TS

4 0 fecviiccess iVLOr L116 .M.bLambe, I

Figure 1.

Figure lu. Figure 1b.

Figure 2.

Figure 2a.

Figure 2b.

Figure 3.

lrigure 4.

Figure 5.

Vigure 5a.

PLATE XXTY.

PLACENTICERAS GLABRUM (pave 172).

Side view of the type of this species. Front view of the same specimen, in outline. One side of a sutural line of the same.

s CYPRINA SUBTRAPEZIFORMIS (page 176).

Side view of the most perfect specimen collected, with the test preserved and shewing the right valve.

Similar view of a cast of the interior of a shell of this species, shew- ing the shape of the pallial line and muscular impressions in the right valve.

Side view of another cast of the interior of a shell of this species, of somewhat different shape to the last.

Linearia Formosa’? (page 177).

Side view of a perfect right valve of a shell which is su. ose to be referable to this species. Twice the natural size.

SoLecuRtus (TAGELUS) OCCIDENTALIS (page 178).

Side view of the type of this species, slightly restored.

HypaTINA PARVULA (page 180).

Dorsal view of the type of this species. The same specimen as seen from above, to show the 8 en spire.

Oeculugival SNulwvaltitslery Surwew al Cawada,

CONTR TO CAN. PAL VOL I PLATE ¥x07

Mortiruer, Lith

L.M.Lambe, Del

Figure 1. Figure la.

Figure 2.

Figure 3.

PLATE XXY.

Marresia rumipIrrons (page 1479).

Side view of the type of this species, shewing the right valve.

The same specimen as seen from above, to shew the amount of convexity of the closed valves. In outline.

Side view of another specimen of the same species, with a consider- able portion of the test preserved.

Paumastacus (?) ORNATUS (page 183):

View of the type and only specimen of this species known to the writer, as seen from above.

ie

Geru#lagieal Natural Hislory Surwew at Canada,

CONTR. TO CAN. PAL: VOL. I PASE at i

T 24] oT fiteer, Lith

L.M.Lambe, Del

Figure 1.

Figure 2. Figure 2c.

Figure 3

Figure ov. Figure 3h,

Figure 4.

Figure du.

Figure 5.

Figure 5«. Figure 5b.

Figure 6.

Figure 6a. Figure 6h,

Figure 7.

Figure 7«.

Figure 7b.

Figure 7c.

Figure 8.

Figure 9.

PLATE XXYVI. SERPULA SEMICOALITA (page 185). Tho type of this species as seen from above.

Moprota TENUIscULPT.A (page 188).

Side view of the most perfect specimen known to the writer. A portion of the test enlarged, to show the sculpture.

BELEMNITELLA MANITOBENSIS (page 189),

View of the dorsal side of an unusually well preserved guard of this species, from the Ochre River.

View of the ventral side of the same specimen.

Outline of a natural transverse section of the same, at the larger end.

Loricuha CANADENSIS (page 190),

The type of this species, three times the natural size. ¢, the carina; 1,1, the lateral plates; 1, one of the terga; and s, the seuta. With the exception of the carina, the plates not shaded are those of the upper side of the specimen, and those shaded of tho lower.

The same specimen, of natural size.

Prycnopus PARVULUS (page 191),

Jateral view of the only specimen known to the writer, three times the natural size.

Similar view of the same specimen, but of the natural size.

The same tooth as seen from above and enlarged three times.

Lamna Mantropensis (page 192).

View of the inner or convex side of the most perfect specimen of this species yet collected.

Profile view of the same tooth.

View of the outer or flattened side of the same.

ENcHODUS SHuMARDI (page 194).

Outline of a dentary bone, with teeth, of a specimen from the Rolling River.

Another dentary bone belonging to the same specimen, showing the external sculpture of its surface.

One of the elongated fangs at the anterior extremity of the pre- maxillary of the same.

Maxillary bone of the same specimen.

CLADOOYCLUS OCCIDENTALIS (page 195).

A comparatively narrow scalo, which is somewhat pointed at both ends, of a fish which is here provisionally referred to this specios.

A similarly sculptured scale, but of more nearly circular form, of a fish which is also presumed to be referable to this species.

theulagieal SNalural Gislery Suewew of Camara,

CONTER.'PO CAN. PAL, VOL. I

4a aA ty fh

ay Pra

L.M.iatibe, Del

PLATE XXVIII.

Unless otherwise stated, the figures in this and the following plates

Figure 1. Figure lu. Figure 2.

Figure 3. Figure 4.

Figure 5. Figure 6.

Figure 7.

Figure 8.

Figure 9. Figure 9. Figure 10.

are of natural size.

STREPTELASMA RECTUM (page 199).

Side view of a specimen from the Mackenzie River. Outline of the anterior end of the same as seen from above. Longitudinal section of another specimen from the same locality.

CYATHOVHYLLUM RICHARDSONI (page 200). Side view of one of the specimens collected by Mr. McConnell. Longitudinal section of another specimen.

CAMPOPHYLLUM ELLIPTICUM (page 202).

Side view of a specimen from the Hay River. Longitudinal section of a large but imperfect specimen from the same locality.

CYATHOPHYLLUM C&SPITOsuUM (page 200).

Side view of a simple, or nearly simple, specimen from the Hay River. On the other side of this specimen, however, there is a single lateral bud.

Longitudinal section of another specimen from this locality.

HELIOPHYLLUM PARVULUM (page 203).

Side view of one of the types of this species, from the Hay River. Longitudinal section of the same. Side view of another specimen from the Hay river.

Geologreal Survep Department, Cawada

CONTR TO CAN PAL VOL 1 PLATE XXVII

Figure 1.

Figure la.

Figure 2.

Figure 2a.

Figure 3.

Figure 4.

Figure 4a.

Figure 5.

Figure 5a.

Tigure 6.

Figure 7.

Figure 8.

Figure 8a.

Figure 9.

Figure 9a.

Figure 10.

PLATE XXVIII.

Asrr.osponcia HamILTonensis (page 197).

A spicule from theJHay, River, supposed to be referable to this Species. The same, fourteen times the natural size.

ARACHNOCRINUS CANADENSIS (page 208).

Lateral view of the dorsal cup of the only known specimen of this species. Twice the natural size.

Diagram of the plates of the dorsal cup of the same. Tour times the natural size.

SPIRORBIS OMPHALODES (pave 209).

A small and probably immature specimen, as seen from above, with the outer volution rounded and somewhat depressed, and the umbilicus comparatively wide. Twelve times the natural size.

Similar view of a larger and probably adult example. The outer volution is elevated and subangulated, and the umbilicus rather narrow. Six times the natural size.

Outline of the same, as viewed laterally.

Another specimen, in which the umbilical margin only is minutely

puicated, as seen from above. Four times the natural size. Lateral outline of the same.

CoRNULITES (ORTONIA) SUBLAVIS (page 210).

A calcareous tube of this species, as seen from above, with the out- line of its aperture. Both three times the natural size. Another tube of this species, also three times the natural size.

HEDERELLA CANADENSIS (page 210).

A colony of this species, ag seen from above. A portion of the same, three times the natural size.

Proposcina LAXA (page 212).

The only specimen collected, as seen from above. A portion of the same, eight times the natural size.

STOMATOPORA MONILIVORMIS (page 212). A colony of this species, as seen from above, and ten times the natural size.

Geological Surue v Pepartment, Cawana

CONTR TO CAN PAL,VOL I PLATE XXVIII.

L.M Lambe, Del Mortimer, Lith

Figure 1.

Figure 2.

Figure 2c.

Figure 3.

Figure 3.

Figure 4.

PLATE XXLX.

AULOPORA FILIFoRMIS, Billings, (page 211).

Side view of the only known specimen of this species, which has not previously been figured. Introduced for comparison.

Cuonetes Loaant, var. AURORA (page 215).

Ventral valve of a specimen from the Mackenzie River at the “ Ramparts.”

Portion of the same, magnified four times, to shew the surface or- namentation.

PRODUCTELLA SPINULICOSTA (page 217).

Dorsal view of a specimen from the Hay River, which is somewhat doubtfully referred to this species. Twice the natural size. Profile view of the same, also twice the natural size.

SPIRIFERA DISJUNCTA (page 221). Dorsal view of a perfect and typical specimen from the Hay River.

SPIRIFERA DISJUNCTA, Var. OCCIDENTALIS (page 222).

Figure 5. Figure 5a. Figure 6.

Figure 6a. Figure 7.

Figure 8.

Figure 8a. Figure 9.

Figure 10.

Figure 10a.

Figure 11.

Figure lla.

Dorsal view of a specimen from the Hay River. Profile view of the same.

EATONIA VARIABILIS (page 233).

Dorsal view of a specimen with the front margin subtruncated, and four plications on the dorsal valve.

Profile view of the same.

Dorsal view of @ specimen in which as many as thirteen plications can be counted on the regularly rounded front margin.

Dorsal view of a specimen in which there are only two central and no lateral plications in the dorsal, and in which the front margin of both valves is produced into a short rounded lobe.

Profile view of the same-

Portion of the umbonal region of another specimen, to show the perforate beak of the ventral valve.

STRINGOCEPHALUS BurTINI (page 235).

Outline of the dorsal aspect of a cast of the interior of both valves of this species, of normal form.

Outline of the same, in profile.

Dorsal view of another cast of the interior of a shell of this species, of unusually globose form, and in which the beak of the ven- tral valve is strongly recurved over that of the dorsal.

Profile view of the same.

Geologiwal Survey DMeparvtment,Carweada

CONTR TO CAN PAL ,VOL 1 PLATE MX1X

LM Lambe, Del Mortimer, Lith

PLATH XXX.

MonotrypELua Unsica (page 214).

Figure 1. Terminal branchlet, natural size,

Figure la. Portion of the same, four times the natural size. Figure 1). Transverse section of a terminal branchlet, x 30. Figure lc. Longitudinal “ ef “ & « Figure ld. Tangential ss ep “

PENTAMERUS GALEATUS (page 234).

Figure 2. Dorsal view of the specimen referred to in the text.

NEWBERRIA LEVIS (puge 237).

Figure 3. Cast of the interior of the closed valves of a specimen of this species, shewing the characters of the dorsal valve. Figure 4. Dorsal view of a specimen with the test preserved.

Figure 4a. Profile of the same, in outline.

ScHIZODUS CHEMUNGENSIS (page 241).

Figure 5. Side view of the specimen referred to in the text. Figure 5a, Outline of the same, as seen from above.

@®eo Lonel, Survey Heyparhuem, Cawada

CONTR.TO CAN PAL, VOL.I PLATE XXX

LM.Lambe, Del Mortimer, Lith

Figure 1.

PLATE XXX],

PRODUCTELLA SPINULICOSTA (page 217).

Outline of ventral valve of the specimen from the Mackenzie River at “ Grand View,” referred to in the text.

EvoMPHALUS (STRAPAROLLUS ) FLEXISTRIATUS (page 242).

Figure 2. Figure 2a.

Figure 3.

Figure 3a.

Figure 4.

Figure 5.

Figure 6. Figure 7.

Figure 8.

The type of this species, as seen from above. The same, as seen from below.

Evompnatus (STRAPAROLLUS) INOPS (page 242),

Upper side of a specimen of this species from the Mackenzie River at the “ Ramparts.” Lower side of the same.

Kvompuatus Masxkusi (page 243).

View of the upper side of the most perfect specimen collected, drawn from a gutta percha impression taken from a natural mould of the exterior of the shell.

GONIATITES (page 245).

Side view of the specimen from the Hay River referred to in the text.

Proretus HALpEMANI (page 246).

Outline of a head of this species, from the Mackenzie River at “Grand View,” as seen from above.

Outline of united thorax and pygidium of a specimen from the same locality.

Outline of another head of this species, also from “Grand View.”

Sealogieal Survey Department, Canaan

CONTR .TO CAN.PAL,VOL I PLETE XX¥I

M.Lambe, Del Mortimer L

Figure 1. Figure la. Figure 1b.

Figure 2. Figure 2,

Figure 2b.

Figure 3.

Figure 3a.

Figure 3).

Figure 4. Figure 5.

Figure 5a.

Figure 6. Figure 6«,

Vigure 7.

Figure 8.

Figure 9. Figure 9a.

PLATE XXAI.

CYATHOPHYLLUM ATHABASCENSE (puge 202).

Side view of the largest and most perfect specimen collected. Longitudinal section through the centre of the same. Transverse section of the same, below the base of the cup.

SPIRIFERA TULLIA (page 224).

Dorsal view of a specimen from the Athabasca River.

Ventral view of the same specimen.

Portion of the same, five times the natural size, to shew the surface ornamentation of the ribbed lateral areas.

AtTHyYRIS ANGELICA, Val. OCCIDENTALIS (page 227), Dorsal view of a specimen from the Athabasca River. Ventral view of the same.

Front view of the same. ATHYRI8 PARVULA (page 228).

Dorsal view of a specimen from the Athabasca River, three miles below the Calumet, and referred to in the text as No. 1.

Similar view of a specimen from the Athabasca River, thirty miles below Red River, and referred to in the text as No. 2.

Front view of original of fig. 5.

PLYcHOPTERIA AQUIVALVIS (page 239).

Side view of the type specimen. Cardinal view of the same, to shew the equal convexity of the two valves.

Leproprsma Demus (page 240),

A loft valve of this species, from the Athabasca River.

Lerropesma Jason (page 240). Lateral view of a specimen of this species, from the Athabasca River, showing only the left valve, though both are preserved. CoNULARIA SALINENSIS (page 244),

Side view of the only specimen collected. A portion of the same, five times the natural gizo.

Geological Survey Dopartwuerdt,Cawada

CONTR.TO CAN PAL ,VOL I PLATE XXYTI

L M Lambe, Del Mortimer, |

PLATE NXNIITI.

Unless otherwise stated, the figures in this and the following plates are

of natural size.

Figure

Figure Figure

Figure

Vigure

Figure Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure Figure

Figure

1.

la.

to

ee

O 10.

SPHEROSPONGIA TESSELLATA (page 259).

Side view of a specimen in which none of the spicular head plates are preserved, but which is otherwise nearly perfect, shewing the general arrangement of the spicules, minus the head plates, and the meeting at the apex of the prolonged distal rays of the summit spicules. Twice the natural size.

Portion of the same, enlarged three times, to shew the mode of interlocking of the spicules.

Some of the spicular head plates of another specimen, enlarged four times.

Restoration of the species as it occurs in this region, the details supplied froma number of specimens, which, however, do not shew whether there was or was not an epening at the apex, or whether there were or were not any head plates to the apical spicules.

Side view of a nearly cylindrical specimen.

Specimen with the basal plates preserved. Three times natural size.

Diagram shewing the shape and arrangement of the basal plates,

Outhne of an arcuate and club-shaped specimen.

Outline of part of a slender specimen which is curved in two directions.

Outline of basal portion of a broadly conical specimen.

Outline of an impertect, subconical specimen.

Outline of «a subpyriform specimen.

The originals of all the figures on this plate, are from the shores or

islands of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis.

Geological Survep Heyprariawent,Camada

CONTR T0 CAN PAL, VOL I PLATE XXXII

‘\ = \Yimy i\

LM.Lambe F.G.S. Del* Mortimer, Lith

Figure 1.

Figure

Figure

Figure

es Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure Figure

Figure

Figure

mi}

PLATE XNNIV. CYATHOPHYLLUM PETRAIOIDES (page 265).

Side view of a specimen from the Red Deer River, at the Lower Salt Spring.

la. Longitudinal section of the same, to shew the internal

structure. The other half of the same specimen, shewing the base of

attachment.

CoLUMNARIA (CYATHOPHYLLOIDES) DISJUNCTA (page 269),

Natural longitudinal’ section of a portion of a large colony of this species, from the western shore of Dawson Bay, at the mouth of the Steep Rock River.

One of the corallites of the same, twice the natural size, to shew the structure of the interior more clearly.

Transverse section of another portion of the same colony, to shew the outlines of the corallites, their relative arrangement and the number and proportionate length of the septa.

CyaTHOPHYLLUM PROFUNDUM, Var. (page 268).

Longitudinal section of one of the corallites of a large colony from Snake Island, Lake Winnipegosis, to shew its internal structure and the shape of the calyx.

Transverse section of four adjacent corallites of the same, shewing the thin walls, and the number and length of the septa,

CYATHOPHYLLUM WASKASENSE (page 264).

Side view of a simple specimen from the Red Deer River.

Longitudinal section of the same, to show the internal structure.

A proliterous specimen, from the same locality, shewing lateral gemmation.

A proliferous specimen, also from the Red Deer River, showing calycinal gemmation.

CYATHOPHYLLUM ATIABASCENSE, Var. (page 269).

Side view of the specimen from Cameron Bay, Lake Winni- pegosis.

Longitudinal section of the same.

moe wt , Carrara

~

ily par

Bi

)

]

Sure

|

eo Logue

0)

PLATE XXXIV.

(ONTR TO CAN PAL ,VOL.I

(ly f Vy

aS

f

ff

fe

Mortimer, Lith

ih

LM Lambe F.G.S. Delt

PLATE XXNXV

CYATHOPHYLLUM VERMICULARE, Var. PRECURSOR (page 263).

Figure 1.

Figure la.

Figure 1b.

Figure 2.

Figure 2a.

oo

Figure

”

Figure 3a.

Side view of an unusually broad and short specimen, from a small island at the south end of Lake Winnipegosis.

Longitudinal section of the same.

Transverse section of the same, at a short distance below the base of the calyx.

AAMPLEXUs, Or DipuypuyLLuM. Sp. (page 270).

Natural longitudinal section of one of the corallites of a speci- men from the western shore of Dawson Bay, at the first small point north of the Red Deer River.

Transverse section of a similar specimen from the same locality. ACTINOCYSTIS VARIABILIS (page 271).

Longitudinal section of an imperfect specimen of this species, from the south end of Rowan Island, Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis.

Transverse

section of the same, a little below the base of the calyx.

Geologienl Sw ruep Department, Cawada

CONTR.TO CAN. PAL,VOL.I PLATE XXXV

LM. Lambe.F.G.S. Delt Mortrmer, Lith

Figure 1.

Figure la.

Figure 10.

Figure 2. Figure 2c.

Figure 20.

Figure 3.

Figure 3a.

Figure 4.

Figure 5.

PLATE XXNVI. PINACOTRYPA MARGINATA (page 278).

A perfect zoarium of this species, from a small island in Daw- son Bay, as viewed from above, and shewing five macule.

Portion of the same, three times the natural size, shewing one of the macule, Ke.

Another specimen from the same locality, four times the natural size, shewing the at first recumbent but ultimately erect zou-cia, the broad and longitudinally striated basal lamina, Xc.

CysropicryA HAMILTONENSIS (page 279). Outline of a portion of the zoarium of this species, from asmall

island in Dawson Bay.

The same specimen, enlarged three times, and shewing the details of its structure.

Portion of the same, enlarged eight times. FINESTELLA VERA (page 279).

Side view of the outer or non-celluliferous surface of the zoarium of a specimen of this species, from a small island in Dawson Bay.

Portion of the same, enlarged five times, with the right side partly scraped down tu show the zowcia.

Fenestecra, like F. pispanpa (page 279). Outline of a specimen of this species, from the south-eastern shore of Dawson Bay, at Whiteaves Point. Potypora (porosa ? var.) MANITOBENSIS (page 280).

Portion of a zoarium of this species, from Monroe Point, Lake Manitoba, four times the natural size, shewing the non-celluliferous side, but with the lower part scraped down to show the zowcia.

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

3a.

On

5a.

oJ

ee

10.

PLATE XXXVIT. CHONETES ManitoBeEnsis (page 281).

Specimen from the north side of Manitoba Island shewing the exterior of the ventral valve and the spines on its cardinal border. Twice the natural size.

Portion of the same enlarger four times, to shew the surface markings more clearly.

Another specimen from Manitoba Island, shewing the whole of the dorsal valve, and the hinge area, but not the cardinal spines, of the ventral valve. Twice the natural size.

OrtHis (SCHIZOPHORIA) MANITOBENSIS (page 283).

Specimen from a small island in Dawson Bay, shewing the exterior of the ‘dorsal’ or most convex and brachial valve only.*

Portion of the same, twice the natural size.

Specimen from the same locality, shewing the front margin and relative convexity of both valves.

Cast of the interior of the ‘‘ dorsal” or brachial valve of a shell which is probably referable to this species, from Devils Point, Lake Winnipegosis.

Umbonal region of the same, enlarged three times, to shew the impres- sions made by the very short median septum in the beak and by the iwo divergent brachial processes.

STROPHODONTA INTERSTRIALIS (page 286).

Specimen from a small island on the east side of Dawson Bay, shewing the exterior of the ventral valve.

Spirirera (Martinia) Ricnarpsoni1 (page 287).

Specimen from the south-west shore of Dawson Bay, which is probably referable to this species, shewing the interior of the shell, the spiral coils and hinge dentition.

ATRYPA RETICULARIS (page 289).

Specimen from Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba, in which most of the broad marginal fringe or foliated expansion of the ventral valve is preserved.

TEREBRATULA SULLIVANTI (page 291).

Dorsal view of a specimen from Whiteaves- Point, Dawson Bay, with a short mesial sinus in each valve and the anterior border emarginated.

Ventral view of the same.

Dorsal view of another specimen from a small island in Dawson Bay, north of Salt Point, in which there is no sinus in either valve, nor any emargination of the anterior border.

“(Ehlert, in Fischer’s Manuel de Conchyliologie, p. 1287, calls the corresponding valve of Orthis (Schizophoria) striatula, the ‘ ventral.”

Geological Survey Popartment. Canada

PLATE XXXVIL CONTR.TO CAN PAL,VOL I PLATE v

SAT INNS wai nie aS

Ww

i

Sal Mortrmer, Lith LM. Lambe.F.G.S. Delt

Figure

Figure

Pigure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figme

Figure

Figure

Figure

Tigure

Figure

Figure

Figure

n

6.

6a.

9.

10a.

PLATE XNXVIII.

PrERINA LOBATA (page 292).

Side view of the largest specimen collected, from a small island in Dawson Bay, shewing the whole of the right valve and part of the left.

Side view of an imperfect left valve, from: Dawson Bay, at Whiteaves Point.

Side view of an immature specimen of the left valve, from the western shore of Dawson Bay, at the mouth of Steep Rock River.

Imperfect left valve of a very young shell, from Whiteaves Point, which may he referable to this species.

MYTILARCA INFLATA (page 293).

Side view of the largest specimen collected, from the western shore of Dawson Bay, at the mouth of Steep Rock River, shewing the right valve.

Side view of a small specimen, from a small island north of Whitewves Point, in Dawson Bay, showing the left valve.

Ventral aspect of the sume.

MYALINA TRIGONALIS (page 294).

Side view of the only specimen collected, from Dawson Bay, at the first small point north of the mouth of the Red Deer River.

Ventral view of the same.

Dorsal view of the same.

MopiomorPia CoMPRESSA (page 296).

Side view of a cast of the interior of both valves, from the south- eastern shore of Dawson Bay, at Whiteaves Point, shewing the general shape of the left valve, the anterior museular im- pression, and a very small portion of the test posteriorly.

Side view of a similar cast of another specimen, from the western shore of Dawson Bay, at the mouth of Steep Rock River. Mopiomorrna TUMIDA (page 296).

Side view of the largest specimen collected, which is a cast of the interior of the slightly separated valves, shewing the general shape of the right valve, from the south-west side of Lake Winnipegosis, at w small island off Weston Point.

Outline of the same, as seen from above.

MopioMorpita PARVULA (page 297).

Cast of the interior of the widely spread out valves of aw specimen from the western shore of Dawson Bay, at the tirst small point north of the mouth of the Red Deer River.

SPATHELLA SUBELLIPTICA (page 298),

Side view of w cast of the interior of both valves, from the western shore of Dawson Bay, at the second small point north of the mouth of the Red Deer River, shewing the general form of the left valve, and indications of its surface workings.

Geologiwal Survep Department Canada

CONTR TO CAN. PAL,VOT, 1 SLA Yee

LM Larnbe.F.G.S. Delt Mortimer, Lith

PLATE XXNIN. TONIOPHORA PERANGULATA (page 299).

Figure 1. Side view of the most perfect specimen collected, a nearly perfect cast of the interior of both valves, from a small island off Whiteaves Point, Dawson Bay, shewing the right valve.

Figure lv. Front view of w« specimen from the western shore of Daw- son Bay, near the mouth of Steep Rock River, in outline, to shew the amount of convexity of the two valves,

MAchopon pYGMLEUS (page 299).

Cast of the interior of a left valve, from the western shore of Dawson Bay, at the mouth of Steep Rock River.

Cast of the interior of the right valve of a specimen from Devils Point, Lake Winnipegosis.

Le

Figure

Pie ac Figure

Ntcunires. Sp. (page 302).

Figure 4. The “imperfect cast of the interior of a single valve ” from the north side of Manitoba Island, referred to in the text, twice the natural size.

Paracycias. Sp. Undt. (page 306).

Side view of the wax impression of « natural mould of the

Lt

Ficvure exterior of the closed valves from the first small point north of the mouth of the Red Deer River, in Dawson Bay, veferred to in the text, shewing the right valve.

Figure 5a. Dorsal view of the sane, in outline, to shew the proportionate convexity of the two valves,

PARACYCLAS ANTIQUA (page 304).

Figure 6. Side view of a wax impression of a natural mould of the ex- terior of the shell from the south-west shore of Dawson Bay, near the mouth of Steep Rock River, shewing the right valve.

PARACYCLAS BLLIPTICA, Var. OCCIDENTALIS (page 305).

Figure 7. Specimen, which is believed to be quite free from distortion or compression, from the southern shore of Dawson Bay,at a small point about a mile east of Bell River.

Figure 8. Original drawing of the type of Lue/ua occidentalis, Billings, from Snake Island, Lake Winnipeyosis.

Figure 9. Side view of a specimen from the Red Deer River, which has been obliquely distorted.

Figure 10. Side view of another specimen from the Red Deer River, in which the abnormal compression, in the direction of

the height, has reached its maximum.

Geologial Survep Department. Canada

CONTR TO CAN PAL VOL.I PLATE XAX1X

Livi Lambe. i

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

iF

PLATE XL CARDIOPSIS TENUICOSTATA (page 307). Side view of a large but imperfect left valve of this species, from Dawson Bay, two miles west of Salt Point. Similar view of a smaller left valve from Dawson Bay, at the mouth of the Red Deer River.

CYPRICARDINIA PLANULATA ! Var. (page 309).

Gutta percha impression from a natural mould of the exterior of aw left valve collected at Devils Point, Lake Winnipegosis.

YPRICARDELLA BELLISTRIATA (page 308).

A comparatively large but imperfect cast of the interior of the closed valves of a specimen from Point Wilkins, Dawson Bay : lateral view, shewing the right valve.

Side view of a smaller and more perfect but in other respects similar specimen from the same locality, shewing the

contour of the left valve. ANODONTOPSIS AFFINIS (page 303).

Side view of a cast of the interior of a left valve, from Devils Point, Lake Winnipegosis.

Ghossires MANITORBENSIS (page 310). Side view of the only specimen collected, from Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba, shewing the lett valve. CYPRICARDELLA PRODUCTA (page 309). The wax impression of « natural mould of the exterior of a

left valve from Dawson Bay, at the mouth of Steep Rock River, referred to in the text. Nide view.

Geological Survey Hepartownt, Canada

PLATE XL

LM Lambe. F.G.S. Delt Mortimer, Lith

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure Figure Figure

Figure

Figure

Lo

=~!

8.

Le,

PLATE NLI.

Nucuta (2) Manrronunsis (page 301).

Side view of the larger of the two right valves collected, from a small island off Whiteaves Point, in Dawson Bay twice the natural size.

PLEUROTOMARIA INFRANODOSA (page 313).

Dorsal view of a small specimen with a considerable portion of the test preserved, from Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba.

Basal view of the same.

Dorsal view of a cast of the interior of the shell of a large specimen of this species, from Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, about two miles west of Salt Point.

PLEUROTOMARIA SPENCERI (page 341).

The type specimen, from the western shore of Dawson Bay, as seen from above.

Dorsal view of the same.

Basal view of the same.

Raruistoma Tyree (page 314).

Small specimen, with the whole of the test preserved, from Dawson Bay, about two miles west of Salt Point, as seen from above.

Dorsal view of the same.

A cast of the interior of the shell of a large specimen from Dawson Bay, at «small point half a mile north of the mouth of Steep Rock River, as seen above.

Basal view of the same.

Dorsal view of the sume, in outline only.

MURCHISONTA TURBINATA, Var.*® (page 358).

View of a gutta percha impression of a natural mould of the exterior of a shell of this species, in dolomite, from Dawson Bay, north of Steep Roek River.

Murciutsonia Dowsinci (page 316).

View of a gutta percha impression of a sharply defined natural mould of the exterior of a shell of this species from Dawson Bay, four miles west of Salt Point,

*Referred to in the text (page 315) as ‘oAfurehisoune Arehiacana, Nov. Now.” buat

this uame is preoccupied,

Geologieal Surne vD Depavtwuent,Carvada

CONTR.TO CAN PAL,VOL.I PLATE XULl

L.M.Lambe.F.G.S. Delt Mortimer, Lith

Figure 1.

Figure 2.

Figure 2a. Figure 3.

Figure 4.

Figure 4a.

Figure 5.

Figure 6.

oy)

Figure

Figure 8.

Figure 9.

gure 10.

Figure 10a.

Figure 11.

igure Ile,

Figure 12.

Figure la.

Figure 13.

PLATE NLII.

PLeuROTOMARIA. Sp. Undt. (page 313). I pag

Dorsal view of the specimen froin Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba,

referred to in the text. BELLEROPHON PeLops, var. (page 317).

Nide view of an immature specimen, from the Red Deer River, a mile and a half above the Lower Salt Spring.

Dorsal view of the same.

Outline of transverse section of a specimen from the first small point east of the mouth of Bell River, in Dawson Bay, to shew the nun- her of volutions.

PorCELLIA MANITOBENSIS (page 318). Side view of the most perfect specimen collected, from Pentaumnerus

Point, Lake Manitoba.

Dorsal view of the same.

EUNEMA SPECIosUM (page 320).

Dorsal view of a gutta percha impression of a natural mould of the exterior of a shell of this species from one of the small islands m Dawson Bay. Natural size. By w typographical error, which escaped detection when the table of Errata on page 359 was prepared, it is stated in the text that ‘ the largest example” of this shell, ‘‘when perfect, must have been fully ten inches in length.” For ‘t ten” read ‘* two.”

EUNEMA BREVISPIRA (page 320).

Dorsal view of a gutta percha impression of a natural mould, in dolomite, of the exterior of a shell of this species from Weston Point, Lake Winnipegosis.

Ventral aspect of a gutta percha impression of a similar mould of a specimen from Net Point, Lake Winnipegosis, shewing the shape of the aperture, &c.

EUNEVA SUBSPINOSUM (page 321).

Dorsal view of a gutta percha impression of « natural mould of the exterior of a shell of this species from Dawson Bay, at the first small point north of the mouth of the Red Deer River. Twice the natural size.

EUNEMA CLATHRATULUM (page 322).

Dorsal view of a gutta percha impression of a sharply defined mould of the exterior of an immature shell of this species from the western shove of Dawson Biy, at the mouth of the Red Deer River, six times the natural size.

ASTRALITES FIMBRIATUS (page 32-4).

Dorsal view of a gutta percha impression of a nataral mould of the upper surface of a shell of this species from the southern shore of Dawson Bay, four niles west of Salt Point.

Basal view of the only testiferous specimen collected, from the western shore of Dawson Bay, wt the mouth of the Red Deer River.

Dorsal view, in outline, of w cast of the interior of the shell frem the western shore of Dawson Bay, at the mouth of Steep Rock River.

Basal view of the same, to shew the spiral groove which represents a corresponding fold upon the internal axis of the shell.

STRAP AROLLINA OBPUSA (page 328).

Dorsal view of a nearly perfect cast of the shell of a specimen of this species, from Pentumerus Point, Lake Manitoba. jasal view of the sane. : Dorsal view of a gutta percha impression of a metural mould of the exterior of a shell of this species from the south end of Rowan Island, in Dawson Bay, to shew the surf ornamentation. Twice the natural size.

Geological Survey Department, Cawada

CONTR.TO CAN. PAL,VOL I PLATE XLIL.

L.M.Lambe.F.G.5. Delt Mortrmer, Lith

Figure

Figure Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure Figure

Figure

ny “oO Figure

Figure Figure Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

PLATE NUIII.

Evomprabus (STRAPAROLLUS) ANNULATUS (page 324). 1. View of the upper surface of a specimen from Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba. la. A portion of the sume enlarged. 2. Outline of transverse section of a specimen from a small island north north-west of Beardy Island, in Dawson Bay.

Evompianus (PHANEROTINUS). Sp. Undt. (page 325).

3. View of the exposed portion of the specimen froma small island off Weston Point, Lake Winnipegosis, referred to in the text. 3a. Outline of transverse section of the same.

EVOMPHALUS (CIRCULARIS? var.) SUBTRIGONALIS (page 324)).

4. Front view of a cast of the jnterior of a shell of this species from Snake Island, Like Winnipegosis.

OvPHALOCIRRUS MANITOBENSIS (page 327).

5. Diagrammatic representation of the upper side of the shell of this species, drawn from wax impressions of a number of natural moulds, in dolomite.

6. View of the lower surface of a specimen from Whiteaves Point, Dawson Bay, drawn trom a wax impression of a mould of the exterior of the shell, in dolomite.

6a. View of the peripheral portion of the same.

7. Front view of a ‘tloose” specimen froma small point three miles north of the mouthof Bell River, Dawson By, in outline only, drawn from a wax impression of a natural ould of the exterior of the shell.

PALHACMLEA (2) CINGULATA (page 311).

8. Dorsal aspect of the most perfect specimen collected, from the western shore of Dawson Bay, at the mouth of the Red Deer River. Sa. Lateral view of the same.

PLATYCERAS (ORTHONYCHUIA) PARVULUM (page 331).

Side view of a specimen from one of the small islands in Dawson Bay. 10. Side view of a specimen from another small islund in Dawson Bay. 11. Similar view of another specimen from the same locality as the last.

PLATYOSTOMA TUMIDUM (page 331).

12. Dorsal view of the most perfect specimen collected, from Pentamerus Point, Like Manitoba. PLEUROTOMARLA SPENCERI (page 341). 13. Dorsal aspect of a suvall shell, supposed to be the young of this species, from Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitohe. Twice the natural size. NATICOPSIS INORNATA (page 333). 14. Dorsal view of the type of this species, from a simall ifand in Dawson

say, vorth north-west of Beardy Island.

Geologiual Surmepy Flvjra rimuent, Cariadia

o

CONTR.TO CAN.PAL,VOL.I PLATE Shit

LM. Lambe .F.G.5. Delt Mortimer, L

Figure

a} oO Figure

Figure

Figure

a Figure

Figure

Figure

)

6.

6a.

PLATE XLIV PSEUDOPHORUS TECTIFORMIS (page 330).

Dorsal view of the type specimen, from Dawson Bay, two miles west of Salt Point. Basal view of the same.

LOXONEMA PRISCUM (page 335).

Dorsal view of one of the most perfect specimens collected, from Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba.

LoxonemMa CINGULATUM (page 336).

Diagrammatic vepresentation of a shell of this species, based upon wax impressions of natural moulds of the exterior of two specimens, one shewing the whole of the spire, and the other the three latest volutions.

MACROCHILINA SUBCOSTATA (page 338).

Dorsal view of a specimen from Dawson Bay, at the mouth of the Red Deer River, in which the costule of the surface are unusually minute and nearly equal in size.

Dorsal view of a fragment from a small island in Dawson Bay, north of Salt Point, showing the typical sculpture of this species.

MACROCHILINA PULCHELLA (page 340).

Dorsal view of the most perfect specimen of this species yet collected, from the south-west shore of Dawson Bay, about two iniles west of Salt Point. Twice the natural size.

View of the ventral side of the same, to show the shape of the aperture. Twice the natural size.

Geologteal Sucvep Heyarinuest,Crwada

CONTR.TO CAN.PAL,VOL.I PLATE xT

L.M. Lambe. F.G.5. Delt Mortuner, Lith

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure 10.

PLATE XLY. Denvanium. Sp. (page 311).

Side view of a specimen from Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba,

Similar view of a portion of a large spechnen from Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis.

MURCHISONLA TURBINATA, Var. (page 3as).

Ventral view of the specimen referred to on page 315, under the name J/. alrehiacana, “in which the body whorl and two of the preceding volutions are preserved.” Drawn trom a wax impression of a natural mould of the exterior of the shell colleeted at an island in the southern portion of Dawson Bay.

BELLEROPHON PELOPS (page 317).

Dorsal view of « cast of the interior of the shell of a nearly adult example of this species, from Dawson Bay, at Whiteaves Point.

EUNEMA SUBSPINOSUM (page 321).

View of a gutta percha impression of a natural mould of the exterior of a shell of «a specimen of this species from Dawson Bay, at a small exposure near Salt Point.

ASTRALITES FIMBRIATUS (pp. 325 and 32+).

The wax impression of the natural mould referred to on page 323, showing the ‘“ regularly lobate or sinuate lateral expansion ‘at the periphery, as seen from above.

Naticopsis MANITOBENSIS (page 332).

Dorsal aspect of the most perfect specimen collected, from Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba. Twice the natural size.

LoXONEMA ALTIVOLYIS (page 335).

Dorsal view of a specimen from an exposure on Dawson Bay, half a mile north of the mouth of Bell River, which “has a cousiderable portion of the test preserved, on three contiguous volutions. *

Ventral view of a cast of the interior of a shell of this species, from the south-west side of Cameron Bay, Lake Winnipevosis.

LoXoN PMA GRACTLLIMUM (page 327).

The gutta percha impression of a mould of the exterior of a shell of this species from Devils Point, Lake Win- Mpegosis, referred toon page 348, Four times the natural size,

Geological Survey Bepartiwent, Cawada

CONTR.TO CAN.PAL,VOL I PLATE

age

ees ee yer #10: ae ?

XA.

L.M'Lambe.F.G.S. Del* Mortimer, Lith

Figure 1.

Figure 2.

Figure 3.

Figure 4.

Figure 5.

Figure 6.

Figure

Figure 8.

Figure 9.

Figure 9.

Figure 10.

Figure 11.

Figure 12.

~I

PLATE NLVI. PLEUROTOMARIA SPENCER (page 341).

Upper surface of an immature specimen from an exposure at the mouth of the Red Deer River, in Dawson Bay, shewing the incre. mental striv (somewhat diagrammatically) curving obliquely backward to the slit hand. Drawn from a gutta percha impres- sion of a mould of the exterior of the shell.

Hyo Lites ALATUS (page 342),

Side view of a cast of the interior of the shell, from South Manitou Island, Lake Winnipegosis.

Anterior moiety of another specimen from the same locality, “in which the central portion and one of the broad lateral wings of the dorsal surface are well exhibited, with the lines of growth and shape of the lip on that side.”

Outline of transverse section of the shell of another specimen, from the western shore of Dawson Bay, north of Steep Rock River.

BRONTEUS MANITOBENSIS (page 347).

The specimen from a small island north of Whiteaves Point, Dawson Bay, referred to in the text as ‘¢ Specimen No, 1.” The specimen from Pentamerus Point, Lake Manitoba, referred to in

x

the text as ‘* Specimen No. 3."

The specimen from Rowan Island, in Dawson Bay, referred to in the

text as ‘Specimen No. 5. Licnas (Terataspis). N. Np. (page 349).

Portion of the marginal spines of the pygidium from Rowan Island, Dawson Bay, referred to in the text. Drawn from a gutta percha impression of a natural moulil, in dolomite, of the exte- rior of these spines.

CYPHASPIS BELLULA (page 349).

A cephalic shield of this species, from one of the small islands in Dawson Bay, as seen from above. Side view of the same, in outline, to shew the proportionate convexity.

Prowtus MUNDULUS (page 350).

Restoration of this species, in outline, as far as warranted by actual specimens. The characters of the genal angles of the cephalic shield, and those of the genal spines, if there were any, are unknown,

Clabella of a specimen, from a small island north of Whitcayes Point, Dawson Bay, twice the natural size, to shew the surface mark - ings and glabellar furrows, as well as the occipital furrow and ring.

Dinicutiys CAN \pENSIS (page 353).

View of the exterior of the only specimen collected, from Snake Island, Lake Winnipegosis, of the ‘prenaxillary tooth or dental plate of this species.

Moeyravtuvent,Carcada

=~

@®eolo IN ell Sw rine Dv

CONTR TO CAN.PAL,VOL.I PLATE: XLVI.

LM.Lambe .F.G.5. Delt Mortimer Lith

PLATE NLVII. ASPIDICHTHYS (7) NOTABILIS (page 354).

Figure 1. View of the outer surface of the supposed median ventral plate, from South Manitou Island, Lake Winni- pegosis, upon which this species is based. One-half the natural size.

Figure la. A portion of the saine, twice the natural size, to show the

tuberculation of the surface nore clearly.

®eolo mptesal Su rey Mey vomit, Cawada CONTR.TO CAN.PAL,VOL I PLATE XLYVII.

LM. Lambe. F.G.S. Delt Mortimer, Lith

PLATE XLVIII.

Unless otherwise stated, the figures in this and the following plates are of natural size.

MoNILOPORA ANTIQUA (page 364).

Figure 1. Specimen almost completely enveloping part of a crinoidal column. Figure 2. Partially attached specimen, with thin basal expansion and{,concentrically wrinkled epitheca. : Figure 3. Portion of a free branch of another specimen. : Figure 3a. Small piece of the last, three times the natural size, to shew the surface ornamentation. R2EMERIA RAMOSA (page 367). Figure Club-shaped terminal branch, or branchlet, of a specimen of this species,

4. Figure 5. Compressed, fan-shaped, terminal,branchlet of another specimen.

Dol 4tocRINUS SUBACULEATUS (page 369).

Figure 6. Side view of the calyx of a specimen of this species. Figure 6a. Basal view of the same calyx. : ; ; Figure 60). Two arm bases of the same, four times the natural size, to shew the respira-

tory slit (R. 8.) on one side of each. GENNHOCRINUS ARKONENSIS (page 373).

Figure 7. The specimen in the Museum of the Survey referred to on page 374. Figure 7a. One of the primary interbrachials of thig specimen, six times the natural size, to shew the faint surface markings.

ANCYROCRINUS BULBOSUS (page 375),

Specimen with the ‘‘lateral extensions” at different heights. Another specimen with the ‘lateral extensions ” at nearly the same height.

SCALARIPORA CANADENSIS (page 378).

Figure Figure

so

Figure 10. The larger of the two type specimens from Thedford.

Figure 10a. Outline of transverse section of the same.

Figure 106. Portion of the same, four times thejnatural size, to shew the apertures of the zoovia.

CAMAROTOECHIA THEDFORDENSIS (page 386).

Figure 11. Dorsal view of a specimen from Thedford. Figure lla. The same, three times the natural size. Figure 114. Front view of the same specimen, three times the natural size.

PLEUROTOMARIA ARKONENSIS (page 401).

Figure 12. Apical side of the only testiferous specimen that the writer has seen. Figure 12a. Lateral view of the same.

OrTHoceras ARKONENSE (page +06).

Figure 13. Side view of a cast of the interior of eight of the air chambers, shewing the comparative closeness of the four or five septa next to the body chamber and the distance apart of the posterior ones.

Figure 14. Similar view of a cast of two air chambers and part of a third.

Figure 14@. Outline of transverse section of the same, shewing the relative position of the siphuncle.

Bacrrives (OBLIQUESEPTATUS? var.) ARKONENSE (page 407).

Figure 15. A composite figure, the posterior portion being drawn from septate speci- mens, and the anterior from casts of the body chamber.

Figure 16. Enlarged view of a cast of the interior of the posterior and septate end of the shell, which shews the ventral sinus distinctly on ten of the septa.

Figure 16a. Outline of transverse section of the same, also enlarged, and shewing the marginal and presumably ventral siphuncle.

Hoolagwal Srevew Fhepartment, Gamade

CONTR. TO CAN PAL. VOL I PLATE ALVIII

He a

i

WS

LM Lambe FGS. Del!

PLATE XLIX. OrtHoceras LAMBTONENSE (page 404),

Figure 1. Side view, in outline, of a cast of the interior of the shell of a specimen of this species, collected near Thedford by Mr. Kernahan and now in the Museum of the Survey.

Figure la. Outline of a transverse section of the same, shewing the almost central siphuncle.

Heol myrineel SUTULY Department, Caman

CONTR. TO CAN.PAL. VOL I PLATE ALIA.

ok 7 wy 5 ; NE i. \y

LM Lambe PGS. Del

PLATE L. ASPIDICHTHYS NOTABILIS ? (page 411).

Figure 1. The specimen from Bartletts Mills collected by Mr. Kerna- han.

Figure 2. The specimen from Bartletts Mills collected by Mr. Kearney.

PLATE (OR SCALE) GENUS AND SPECIES INDBTERMINABLE (page 411).

Figure 3. The organic part of the specimen described under this

heading, twice the natural size.

Coidio Lea uR SEAMED Meyrin rirmaenat, Garnmnorer 3 a

CONTR. TO CAN PAL. VOL I PLATE L

z 2 Mortimer Lith LM. Lambe FGS Delt ‘

GEOLOGICAL AND NATURAL HISTORY SURVEY OF CANADA. ALFRED R. C. SELWYN, LL.D., F.R.S., Dirzoror.

CONTRIBUTIONS

TO

CANADIAN PALAZONTOLOGY.

VOLUME I.

J. F. WHITEAVES, FG.8., FR.C.S., &e.,

PALEONTOLOGIST AND ZOOLOGIST TO THE SURVEY.

PART I.—Report on the Invertebrata of the Laramie and Cretaceous Rocks of the Vicinity of the Bow and Belly Rivers and adjacent localities in the North-West Territory.

PRINTED FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF CANADA.

DAWSON BROTHERS, PunLisHErs, MONTREAL

1885.

Under the general title of “* Contributions to Canadian Paleontology” it is proposed to publish, from time to time, such papers as cannot be conveniently included in either,of the volumes on the Paleozoic or Mesozoic Fossils of Canada now in course of preparation. These papers and the plates which illustrate them will be paged and num- bered consecutively, and an index will be prepared for each volume as soon ux completed.

The part now presented contains a descriptive report on the fossils collected by Dr. G. M. Dawson and other officers of the Survey in the years 1881-84, both inclusive, from the Laramie and Cretaceous rocks of the Bow and Belly River district. It consists of eighty-nine pages of letterpress. illustrated by eleven lithographic plates.

ALFRED R. C. SELWYN.

GEOLOGICAL AND NaruraL Hisrory SuRVEY OFFICE, Orrawa, 4th Aug., 1885.

GEOLOGICAL AND NATURAL HISTORY SURVEY OF CANADA. ALFRED R. C. SELWYN, C.M.G., LL.D., F.R.S., Director.

CONTRIBUTIONS

TO

CANADIAN PALAZONTOLOGY.,

VOLUME I.

BY J. F. WHITEAVES, F.GS8, F.RS.O., &e.,

PALZONTOLOGIST AND ZOOLOGIST TO THE SURVEY.

PARP LL.

2. On some fossils from the Hamilton Formation cf Ontario, with a list of the species at present known from that formation and province.

8. The fossils of the Triassie Recks of British Columbia.

4, On some Cretaceous fossils from British Columbia, the North West Territcry and Manitoba.

PRINTED FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF CANADA

WILLIAM FOSTER BROWN & CO., Pupiisaurs, MONTREAL.

1889.

The Second Part of the ‘Contributions to Canadian Paleontology ” consists of three separate papers, on more or less widely different subjects.

No. 2 is ‘on some fossils of the Hamilton Group of Ontario, with a list of the species at present known from that formation and province ;” No. 3 is an enumeration or description, as the case may be, of the fossils of the Triassic Rocks of British Columbia; while No. 4 is ‘on some Cretaceous fossils from British Columbia, the North-West Terri- tory and Manitoba.”

Advances copies of the letter press of pages 91-122 were issued in September, 1887, pages 123-150 were issued in December, 1888, pages 181-184 in June, 1889, while the remainder, or pages 185-196, will bear date herewith.

The Part complete, as now presented, consists of 107 pages of text, illustrated by fifteen full page plates, lithographed by Messrs. Mortimer & Co., of Ottawa, from original drawings made by Mr. L. M. Lambe, the artist to the Survey.

ALFRED R. C. SELWYN.

GroLoaicaL anp NaturaL History Survey OFrFice, Orrawa, Aug. 1, 1889.

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA. ALFRED R. C. SELWYN, C.M.G., LL.D., F.R.S., Direcror.

CONTRIBUTIONS

CANADIAN PALACONTOLOGY.

VOLUME 1.

J. F. WHITEAVES, F.GS, FRSC, &e.,

PALHONTOLOGIS! AND 4ZOOLUGIST TO ‘1LHE SURVEY.

PART IIT.

5. The Fossils of the Devonian Rocks of the Mackenzie River Basin.

PRINTED FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF CANADA.

WILLIAM FOSTER BROWN & CO., PunLisHERs, MONTREAL. 1891.

The Third Part, herewith presented, of the “ Contributions to Cana- dian Paleontology,” consists of an illustrated report on all the fossils now in the Museum of the Survey from the Devonian Rocks of the Mackenzie River basin, and especially on those collected by Mr. R. G. McConnell, in the years ISS7-90, both inclusive. otal

Tt consists of fifty seven payes of text, illustrated by six full page plates, lithographed by Messrs. Mortimer & Co., of Ottawa, from original drawings made by Mr. L. M. Lambe, the artist to the Survey.

The Fourth and concluding Part, which will consist of a similar report on the Fossils of the Devonian Rocks of Manitoba, is now in course of preparation,

ALFRED R. ©. SELWYN.

GEOLOGICAL SurVeY DEPARTMENT, Orrawa, May Ist, 1891.

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA. ALFRED R. C. SELWYN, C.M.G., LL.D., F.R.S., Director.

CONTRIBUTIONS

TO

CANADIAN PALAZONTOLOGY.,

VOLUME 1.

BY J. F. WHITEAVES, F.G8., FRSC. &.,

PALZONTOLOGIST AND ZOOLOGIST TO THE SURVEY.

PART IV.-

6. The Fossils of the Devonian Rocks of the islands, shores or immediate vicinity of Lakes Manitoba and Winnipegosis.

OTTAWA. PRINTED BY S. E. DAWSON, PRINTER TO THE QUEEN’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY.

1892.

The present report, which forms Part IV of Volume I of the “Con- tributions to Canadian Paleontology,” is a memoir “on the Fossils of the Devonian rocks of the islands, shores or immediate vicinity of Lakes Manitoba and Winnipegosis,” consisting of 105 pages of text, illustrated by fifteen full page plates. The drawings for these plates were made by Mr. L. M. Lambe, the artist to the Survey, and lithographed by Messrs. Mortimer & Co., of Ottawa.

In the introductory letter to Part III it was stated that the volume would be concluded with Part IV, but, since the paper “on the fossils of the Hamilton formation of Ontario” was published in Part IT, so much new material has been obtained, that it is thought desirable to include in this volume, as Part V, a supplement to that paper.

ALFRED R. C. SELWYN.

GEoLoaicaL SurvEY DEPARTMENT, Orrawa, December 15th, 1892.

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA GEORGE M. DAWSON, C.M.G., LL.D., E.R.S., Director

CONTRIBUTIONS

TO

CANADIAN PALAONTOLOGY

VOLUME I.

BY

J. F. WHITEAVES, F.G.S,, FLR.S.C., &e.

PALEHEONTOLOGIST AND ZOOLOGIST TO THE SURVEY

PART V., and Last

7. On some additional or imverfectly understood fossils from the Hamilton formution of Ontario, with a revised list of ‘the species therefrom

(WITH GENERAL TITLE PAGE, LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, APPENDIX AND INDEX)

OTTAWA PRINTED BY 8. FE. DAWSON, PRINTER TO THE QUEEN'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 1885-98

No. 659

£ ey eee ;

8941

> FA) GEOLOGICAL AND NATURAL HISTORY SURVEY OF CANADA.

ALFRED R. C. SELWYN, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., Dirzcror.

CONTRIBUTIONS

CANADIAN PAL ASONTOLOGY.

VOLUME I.

aN

J. F. WHITHAVES, F.G.S., FR.S.C., &e.,

PALEZONTOLOGIST AND ZOOLOGIST, G. & N. nm. 5. C.

PART I.—Report on the Invertebrata of the Laramie and Cretaceous

Rocks of the Vicinity of the Bow and Belly Rivers and adjacent localities in the North-West Territory.

PRINTED FOR TILE GOVERNMENT OF CANADA, \

DAWSON BROTHERS, Punrisuers, MONTREAL.

1885.

GEOLOGICAL AND NATURAL HISTORY SURVEY OF CANADA. ALFRED R. C. SELWYN, C.M.G., LL.D., F.R.S., Drecror.

CANADIAN PALAZONTOLOGY.

ee “37 FWHITEAVES, F.GS., F.RSO., &e.,

PALAONTOLOGIST AND ZOOLOGIST TO THE SURVEY.

Ale, GUL. b |

PART Ir.

2. On some fossils from the Hamilton Formation of Ontario, with a list of the species at present known from that formation and province.

3. The fossils of the Triassic Rocks of British Columbia.

4. On some Cretaceous fossils from British Columbia, the North West Territory and Manitoba.

PRINTED FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF CANADA.

WILLIAM FOSTER BROWN & CO., Pusisnurs, MONTREAL.

1889.

GEOLOGICAL AND NATURAL HISTORY SURVEY OF CANADA. ALFRED R. C. SELWYN, C.M.G., LL.D., F.R.S., Dirzoror.

CONTRIBUTIONS

TO

CANADIAN PALASONTOLOGY.

VOLUME 1.

BY

J. F. WHITEAVES, F.GS., FRSC, &e.,

PALMONTOLOGIST AND ZOOLOGIST TO THE SURVEY. A MIVEL, & PART I1r.

5. The Fossils of the Devonian Rocks of the Mackenzie River Basin.

WILLIAM FOSTER BROWN «& CO., PusLisHmrs, MONTREAL. 1891.

er

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA. ALFRED R. C. SELWYN, C.M.G., LL.D., Bsliee Director.

Imai to A Thivai, f oP “ey & corona tus tee | AN ERE} LI rae NN BRABY:,

CANADIAN PALAONTOLOGY.

VOLUME 1.

BY J. F. WHITEAVES, F.G8, FRS.O, &.,

¢ . PALEONTOLOGIST AND ZOOLOGIST TO THE SURVEY,

PART IvV-

6. The Fossils of the Devonian Rocks of the islands, shores or immediate vicinity of Lakes Manitoba and Winnipegosis.

OTTAWA: PRINTED BY S. E. DAWSON, PRINTER TO THE QUEEN’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY.

1892.

_Suntooical snem oF CANADA ne

CANADIAN PALBONTOLOGY.

anenae I.

‘BY J. Fr WHITEAVES, FGS, FRSC, &e.

PALHONTOLOGIST AND. ‘TOOLOGIST 10" THE SURVEY i

oF

PART Vv... 7, On some additional or “imperfectly wnt fossils fron the E Hanilton os formation of Ontario, with a revised Vist of —,

the spas therefrom ; ae eg

a

(WITH GENERAL TITLE 5 PiOE, LRPTER OF TRANSMITTAL, APPENDIX AND moe)

Aas UMS os Teas

; OTTAWA PRINTED. BY 8. E. .DAWSON, ‘PRINTER TO THE QUEEN'S 3 MOST

| EXCELLENT MAJESTY i — 1885-98

. No. 659

¥ K ‘ soe “~ - 40) . § 4%; ee eat cad ne ese he ea & ahs we

‘ 4 ‘ 7 aM » Oy ; per se \ ae SS ve OL, ahi BF 5

el 2 2

Leg ON

ee ah, AY » . .

; >

, tt 4*